Premier Storage and Office Solutions

OVER 8000 HIGH QUALITY PRODUCT LINES

TO COVER ALL YOUR WORKPLACE NEEDS!

Projects

for£10 Lockers,

We can offer next day delivery, for £10,

on products highlighted with the above symbol

(quantity & postcode restrictions

apply - orders must be received by 11am)

Racking, Shelving & Sheet/Bar Racks

Cupboards & Cloakroom

Small Parts Storage & Containers

Hazardous Storage & Security Cages

Safety, Security & PPE

Signs & Labelling

We will endeavour to deliver products

showing these symbols within the shown

working days (quantity & postcode restrictions

apply - orders must be received by 11am)

Noticeboards, Whiteboards & Literature Display

Safety Matting & Flooring

Barriers, Traffic Management & Mirrors

Cycle Storage & Smoking Shelters

Workbenches & Drawer Cabinets

Tool Storage & Trolleys

Drum, Cylinder & Spill Control

Pallet Trucks, Stackers, Lift Tables & Equipment

Sack Trucks

From boxed to assembled/

wrapped and ready to go !

Some of our products are delivered in

a knock down format. Look out for the

banner below on relevant products &

simply add the appropriate code (shown

in the pricing table) to your order

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered to

you assembled please quote

code & price with order

We are proud to offer

the below brands:

Safety, Strength & Durability

Platform Trucks & Dollies

Shelf & Tray Trolleys

Distribution Trucks & Roll Containers

Turntable, General Purpose & Ackerman Trucks

Container Trucks & Trolleys

Wheels, Castors & Conveyors

Kick, Handy & Low Level Steps

Aluminium & Glass Fibre Steps/Ladders

Mobile, Safety & Warehouse Steps

Platforms, Podiums & Towers

First Aid, Cleaning & Janitorial

Waste Management

Winter Management

Office Desks, Seating & Canteen Furniture

Mailroom, Packaging & Retail Equipment

PROJECTS

Mezzanine Floors

Partitions & Guards

Warehouse Solutions

Rack Inspections

Flexible Barrier Systems

Industrial Buildings

Carousels

A

2 & 3

4 to 10

11

12

13

14 & 15

16

B

C

I

J

K

COMPLETE

PROJECTS &

INSTALLATIONS

D

L

M

N

E

A - Racking

B - Safety Mesh

C - Lockers

D - Barriers/Rails

E - Access Equipment

F - Small Parts Shelving

G - Maxi Bins & Louvred Panels

H - Order Picking Trolleys

I - Hi280 Shelving

J - Drawer Cabinets

K - Workbenches

L - Seating

M - Mezzanine Floors

N - Longspan Shelving

O - Mobile Shelving

P - Sack Trucks

Q - Pallet Trucks

R - Construction Tube

F

G

H

R

P

Q

O

Big Project?.....no problem?

›› If your storage requires a more

bespoke solution, we can help.

›› We can advise you on a wide

range of systems which will help

increase your storage efficiency.

›› After discussing your

requirements with you, we will

design, project manage & install

your system, helping you

implement the new facility with

the minimum of disruption.

›› From mezzanines to conveyors,

from drive-in racking to multi-tier

structures, we are here to help.

›› If you have a project brief to

take forward or would like to

arrange a site survey, just pick

up the phone & talk to us.

Mezzanine Floors

A mezzanine floor is a quick & easy way of

utilising the available height of a building, by doubling

or even tripling the available floor space. Installed

quickly & cost effectively, a mezzanine floor can prove

to be a rational alternative to relocating your business or

expanding your premises. Mezzanine Floors are

typically designed as free-standing platforms & comprise

cold rolled galvanised secondary floor beams bolted into

the main universal beams, in turn supported by rolled

hollow section steel columns. This structure is topped

with a tough 38mm thick tongue & grooved particle board,

although we can provide alternatives when required.

Applications:

Storage purposes

Installing a mezzanine floor is an ideal way to solve any

storage issues that your company might have. Shelving &

racking can be installed on the storage level, or it can just

provide a new storage platform for palletised goods.

Office accommodation

By utilising the available headroom in your premises with a

mezzanine floor, additional office space can quickly be created.

This is a relatively cost effective solution, allowing a business

to increase its headcount, under the same roof!

Retail sales space

A Mezzanine floor can be used to increase retail floor space.

Our floors fit seamlessly into a retail space, and we have a

huge selection of high quality decking, staircases & handrail

options to choose from.

BUILDING REGULATIONS

We will make sure that your new mezzanine floor is

designed in compliance with all the current Building

Regulations, British Standards & best practice

guidelines. We will submit the plans to your Local

Authority/Approved Building Inspector, to get

approval and all the required consents. We will also

ensure all the necessary Fire Regulations, health and

safety & access regulations are taken into

consideration when we are designing, manufacturing

& installing your mezzanine platform.

Projects

Mezzanine Floors

As well as the mezzanine floor

itself, there are many other

associated products to be

considered in the design stage:

Ancillary Items:

Staircases

A staircase can either be a functional

part of your mezzanine floor or it could

act as an inviting feature of it, alluring

customers and clients to explore your

added level. Whatever your need is,

our designers and safety experts are

available to offer more information

and talk you through all the features,

design options, regulations and

requirements of your staircase.

Decking Material

We offer a wide range of mezzanine

floor decking designs and styles,

whether for retail, office

accommodation, storage platforms,

industrial or for tiered structures. We

will consult with you to ensure that

suitable decking is installed to your

mezzanine floor to fit with its function

or the image that you require.

Handrails

All mezzanine floors require edge

protection to all exposed edges for

safety purposes. We offer a wide range

of handrail options with different styles,

colours and finishes suitable for retail

and industrial settings alike.

Fire Protection

In some cases, where a mezzanine

floor is used for storage purposes

only, fire protection is not required.

However, if the platform exceeds

certain size parameters, or when

people are occupying the mezzanine

floor on a continual basis, then

suspended ceilings, column casings

and smoke detection will be needed to

comply with building regulations.

Pallet Gates

Pallet gates are designed to allow

the loading and unloading of pallets

and stock safely. Our pallet gates are

designed so that no edge is ever left

exposed, heightening the safety of

those operating it. This ensures that

staff using a pallet gate at the edge of

a mezzanine floor, are always safely

behind a handrail. Robust and easy to

operate with an up and over lift system

our pallet gates are the easiest and

safest addition to an industrial or

storage used mezzanine floor.

Whatever your requirement we welcome

the opportunity to visit your premises,

assess your needs and provide a full

CAD design service and quotation

completely free of charge.

3

Double Skin Partitions

Titan

AVAILABLE ON

RAPID DELIVERY

PRICE ON

APPLICATION

ASK ABOUT OUR

INSTALLATION SERVICE

A high-quality double skin system that is ideal for

cleanroom & office applications where appearance is

important. When used in conjunction with the

correct HVAC system, Titan is ideal for working toward

an ISO 14644-1 class 5 cleanroom environment.

Options:

›› Flush double glazing with integral magnetic

blinds; coved & bull-nosed skirting

›› Anti-static / electro-dissipative &

anti-microbial powder coating

›› Sound reduction

Standard Powder Coated Colours:

Panels:

›› RAL9010

›› Other colours available upon request

Elan

Projects

AVAILABLE ON

RAPID DELIVERY

ASK ABOUT OUR


Ideal for offices, facility areas, machine

enclosures etc, where sound reduction &

insulation are important.

Options:

›› Fire rating, double glazing, ceilings & venetian blinds

Standard Powder Coated Colours:

Panels: sandstone, medium grey, white or light grey

The below price is a guide. Specific prices for

projects are available upon request

BUDGET PRICE

(per linear metre)

£269.00

Available on Fast Delivery - Ask about our Installation Service

5

Single Skin Partitions

Bastion & Sigma

Sigma

Bastion

Available on

Rapid Delivery -

Ask about our

Installation Service

Bastion

Heavy duty industrial partitioning suitable for

harsh environments. It provides secure storage

and screening and can feature a combination of

full steel, mesh & glazing.

The below price is a guide.

Specific prices for projects are

available upon request

Sigma

BUDGET PRICE

(per linear metre)

£141.00

Sigma

Demountable & relocatable medium duty

partitioning, ideal for applications requiring

high quality appearance




BUDGET PRICE

(per linear metre)

£155.00

Sigma

Office Partitioning

Projects

Make the most

of your space...

You may require a more open plan office or the opposite. Utilising

the flexibility that Office Partitioning gives, you are able to

create the space & / or individual working areas that

you need. Having the option to increase privacy, sound

reduction or add fire protection routes.

Whether it is a simple alteration or a complete office

refurbishment it needn’t be a daunting task. With our

expertise, experience & skills in space planning we will

endeavour to meet your requirements no matter how big or small

the project may be.

›› Quick & easy installations - tailored to your individual

requirements

›› Utilise space & create privacy where needed

›› Re-locatable – can be moved or extended to suit your

future needs

›› Wide range of designs, finishes & accessories available

›› Fully glazed or partial glazed modules 7 doors

›› Fire resistance of up to 60mins

›› Sound reduction up to 50dB Rw

›› Integral colour co-ordinated blinds & other furnishings

are available

PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE

7

Anti-Collapse System

Pallet Rack Safety Screen

Available on

Rapid Delivery -

Ask about our


A Pallet rack mesh safety screen

which helps prevent accidents whilst

handling & storing goods.

Panels are available in 3 sizes with a

choice of 100 x 50mm, 50 x 50mm

or 25 x 25mm mesh apertures. Also

various size stand-off brackets are

available. The Anti Collapse Safety

Bracket & System is capable of

withstanding impact of up to 2000 Joules




BUDGET PRICE

(per linear metre)

£27.00

Drop Over Shelving for

Pallet Racking

Projects

We offer Drop Over shelving

solutions for pallet racking to suit

all warehouse racking situations

AVAILABLE ON

RAPID DELIVERY

PRICE ON

APPLICATION

ASK ABOUT OUR


9

Industrial Mesh Partitions

Caelum

Available on

Fast Delivery -

Ask about our


A necessity for all storage & security applications where

mesh walls & ceilings are required.

Available Options:

›› Powder coated or galvanised finish

›› Hinged or sliding doors

›› Variety of locking arrangements

(Europrofile cylinder lock or padlock)

›› 50 x 50 mm mesh aperture or 25 x 25 mm

mesh aperture available

The below price is a guide applicable for standard Grey RAL 7037

finish & a nominal 2200mm standard height & 50 x 50 mm mesh

aperture. Specific prices for projects are available upon request

BUDGET PRICE

(per linear metre)

£111.00

Warehouse Solutions

Projects

11

Rack Inspections

The benefits of a Dexion

rack inspection:

›› Comprehensive professional

inspection

›› Certified & experienced

inspectors

›› No need for delays

in regular activity

Keep your warehouse safe

- By spotting early the details that cause damage

In any warehouse there will be

small changes throughout the year,

caused by moving goods & knocks

through the daily use. These minor

adjustments can change the

capacity of the racks & lead to

incidents, causing damage to both

man & material.

Regular inspections will minimise

the number & effect of these

incidents, as it will be crucial to

identify alterations at an early

stage.

Dexion’s rack inspectors are highly

experienced & certified. They

provide yearly inspections to keep

your facilities safe & up to date.

Every inspection is followed by an

offer of suggested replacement

parts including fitting. When fully

approved, you receive an official

plaque of approval for yet another

year.

›› Detailed inspection report

›› Prevention of person or

goods damage

›› Extending life span of facilities

›› Preserving value, cutting

maintenance costs

›› Early risk discovery minimizes

repair costs

›› Follow-up offer for replacement

parts & fitting of these

›› No need for warehouse

employee involvement

Our services at a glance:

Accurate visual inspection. The

inspection is executed without any

interruption of your working

processes. The rack inspector

controls (checks) the load

capacity, the beams & frames

and the safety guards.

Official Report &

inspection

After inspection you get an official

signed inspection report with

recommendations concerning

maintenance or further

inspections.

Offer for maintenance

In case of maintenance measures

you get a non binding offer as well

as our competent support until

recovery time of your racking

system.

Long-term inspection plan

We develop together with you,

due to your needs, your inspection

plan.

Projects

STOMMPY® Flexible Barrier Systems

Rackend Protection

A range of bollards & guardrails available to protect

the most vulnerable part of warehouse racking. The

rack end is protected from bumps, scrapes & collisions

which inevitably lead to damage, safety concerns &

extra repair costs. Guardrails can also be used to

protect walls, doors & equipment.


Pedestrian Segregation

& Wall Protection

Highly visible, strong and durable. Keep pedestrian

walkways clearly defined. Protect walls, equipment

& the workforce.

i

Information

Tested to stop:

D120 Rail—4030kg @

9.6mph

D140 Bollard—4030kg

@ 7.9mph

i

Information

FULL SURVEY &

INSTALLATION

SERVICE

AVAILABLE


Unique FIXA Block System®

with 5 Year Guarantee*

STOMMPY® Shockproof products deflect but never

break! Made from Tecklene®, STOMMPY® products

are shockproof, rust & shatterproof, suitable for general

warehouse use & certified for use in food processing &

pharmaceutical environments. No more rust, expensive

re-painting procedures or costs for replacing traditional

bollards and guardrails.

The new patented floor anchoring FIXA Block System®

has increased the pull-out resistance of the floor fixing

to over four times that of a traditional floor anchor. All

barriers are fixed within their footprint which ensures

no bolt heads can be pulled out of the floor. The

system is guaranteed not to damage the floor

in normal warehouse impacts.

5YR

GUARANTEE*


High Visibility Bollards

High Visibility bollards can be used internally to

protect columns & machinery; & externally in traffic

& road access areas, effectively protecting areas in

which vehicles are on the move. In external areas, a

flashing LED light can be added to the top which is

visible 360°. The LED light is equipped with a solar

powered rechargeable battery. Long life LED. Available

as D70 H1300mm or D120 H1250mm/H1750mm.

*The guarantee is subject to installation by our engineers & based on standard warehouse operation.

13


Hire Range

Our hire range is an excellent way to save money

on medium term accommodation requirements

covering term from 3 months to 24 months.

We have a unique low cost fixing mechanism,

which is guaranteed to both save you money and

allow instant storage solutions straight onto

existing ground surfaces without the need to

resort to expensive ground preparation works,

yet still have full technical information on ground

bearing pressures at fixing locations (essential for

building regulations and safe installations).

Retractable or Fixed Frame Buildings

Our range of retractable and fixed frame buildings

provides precision space for covered operational

requirements for loading, holding and processing

work. These buildings are available with modular

docks and loading bays, both level and raised,

offering retractable solutions for restricted access.

As with the hire range, they will easily

disassemble for transport to other locations.

Portal or Mono Pitch Frame Buildings

Portal frame and mono-pitch sheds and buildings

provide total business accommodation solutions

and may be fitted out by us with storage,

cranage, mezzanines and partitions providing you

with the perfect modular accommodations at an

affordable cost.

See below for our guide budget shell prices or

request a free site survey.

Single Skin

Fully Insulated (40mm composite panel)

Height to

Eave

Span

Frame Pitch

Starter Bay

Guide Price

Add-On Bay

Height to

Eave

Span

Frame Pitch

Starter Bay

Guide Price

Add-On Bay

Portal Frame Pitched Roof

3m 6m 6m £5,706.90 £3,855.60

4m 8m 6m £8,629.20 £5,905.80

5m 12m 6m £13,096.80 £9,241.20

6m 15m 6m £18,895.50 £14,076.00

7m 20m 6m £26,010.00 £18,666.00

Mono Pitched Roof

3m 3.5m 4m £2,206.25 £1,499.40

4m 5m 4m £3,519.00 £2,448.00

5m 6m 4m £4,314.60 £3,182.40

6m 7m 4m £5,569.20 £4,528.80

7m 8m 4m £6,670.80 £4,957.20

Portal Frame Pitched Roof

3m 6m 6m £6,793.20 £4,957.20

4m 8m 6m £10,954.80 £8,231.40

5m 12m 6m £14,871.60 £12,546.00

6m 15m 6m £22,934.70 £18,115.20

7m 20m 6m £31,273.20 £23,929.20

Mono Pitched Roof

3m 3.5m 4m £2,634.65 £1,927.80

4m 5m 4m £4,437.00 £3,672.00

5m 6m 4m £5,814.00 £4,528.80

6m 7m 4m £7,405.20 £5,752.80

7m 8m 4m £9,172.35 £7,191.00

Accessories

Name

Goods Doors Roller Shutter

Steel Pedestrian Doors

(5 Lever Lock)

Fire Exit Doors

with Panic Bar

Roof Lights

Window Frame

Size 2.5 x 3m 3 x 3m 4 x 4.5m 5 x 5.2m 1 x 2.2m 1.2 x 2.2m 1 x 2.2m 1.2 x 2.2m 1 x 2.2m 1.1 x 1.2m 1.1 x 2m

Price £2,142.00 £2,754.00 £3,672.00 £4,590.00 £734.40 £887.40 £956.25 £1,071.00 £3,825.00 £459.00 £688.50

Foundations

Name Helical Pile Anchor Foundations Concrete Block Foundations

Size 600mm 750mm 1m 1.2m 2m 0.750CuM3 1m CuM3 1.5m CuM3

Price* £198.90 £298.35 £420.75 £459.00 £657.90 £604.35 £879.75 £2,295.00

*guide price per

square metre

Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS

Projects

Loading Bay Equipment

High Speed Doors

Loading Bays

With opening and closing rates of 1 mps and a range

of auto-operating options, these doors really speed

up work, reduce accidents and help temperature

management in the workplace. They can be fitted and

operational in a day and have a low cost of ownership.

A solution to loading on demand and fast roll-on /

roll-off pallet and product turnround times. Prepare and

marshal in advance or turn round HGV traffic in half

the time with pedestrian control handling equipment

and drive-in fork truck traffic. The systems have many

safety and operational accessories all with proven

results that cut costs and improve efficiency in the supply

line process. Levellers can be made to task and have doors

available as part of the package for the fully integrated

door and dock leveller solutions.

Dock Shelters

Dock Levellers

i

Information

CUSTOM

DESIGNS &

FLEXIBLE

SOLUTIONS

Keep cargos dry and free of packaging contaminated by

sealing of the trailers during loading. Need something

out of the ordinary, then ask about our retracting tunnel

shelters, canopies, ‘angled’ docks and pull-out shelters

all accompanied by a full range of goods lifts, scissor lifts

up to a 100 tonnes, loading platforms and fast doors. If

this doesn’t fix the problem, request an engineer and we

will make it for you.

Dock levellers enable trailers to be left and marshalling

to be conducted on the trailer, freeing up valuable floor

space. It takes pressure away from warehousing and

manufacturing operations whilst allowing hauliers the

luxury of not having tractors permanently tied up awaiting

loading/unloading. The speed of operations dramatically

improves vehicle turn roundtime, which in turn means

lower distribution costs. Need something special? Just ask!

Installation service available (subject to a site survey) - CALL FOR DETAILS

15

Storage Machines

Refurbished

Storage Machines

New Bespoke

Storage Machines

›› Storage Carousels & Lift systems

›› Kardex, Megamat, Linpic, Hanel,

Euromat, Modula

›› Service & Maintenance with or without contract

›› Loler Inspections and Safety Checks

›› Breakdown Service

›› Relocations on site or to new premises.

›› Modifications & Upgrades

›› Software

›› Complete Storage Solution Specialists

›› Almost 1 Billion Configurations with the

Silo Range of storage machines

›› From Single Columns to 8 Columns

›› Inclusive of PC & basic software for

the Silo range of machines

›› Flexible both Horizontally & Vertically

›› Complete back up Service

›› Can be linked into an existing

software system if required

›› New Carousel Machines – Rotar

The Ideal Solution for Everyday use in an

Efficient & Organised Work Environment

PLEASE CALL US FOR FURTHER DETAILS & ADVICE


Quality assured

Dexion products meet all relevant

design codes including FEM, EN

and SEMA. Our highly trained

technical engineers ensure

all storage solutions meet the

required legislation and exceed

our own internal standards. We

hold ISO 9001 & ISO 14001

certifications.

Shelving

Premium Economy Shelving .................. 18

Economy Shelving .............................. 19

Longspan Shelving .............................. 20

Maxi bins ........................................... 22

Hi280 Industrial Shelving ..................... 23

Hi280 Shelving Accessories ................... 25

Hi280 Bespoke Solutions ..................... 27

Racking

P90 Pallet Racking .............................. 30

P90 Accessories .................................. 32

Pull Out Units ...................................... 33

Racking Safety Accessories .................. 34

Speedframe ........................................ 36

Slotted Angle ...................................... 37

Cantilever Racking ............................... 40

Automated Solutions ............................ 41

Automatic Storage Machines ................. 43

Many more products....

Shelving ...............................................50 to 65

Lockers, Cupboards & Cloakroom... ........ 66 to 101

Small Parts Storage & Containers ........ 102 to 131

Hazardous Storage & Security Cages... . 132 to 149

17


Premium Economy Shelving

When all you need is more shelf space and you don’t want to spend a fortune, Dexion Economy Shelving

provides the simple solution you need. With a bolt free mounting system, adjustable shelf positions and

high loading capacities, this cost-effective yet robust system can be assembled in minutes. Capable of

holding 100kg per shelf in its smallest size and up to 480kg per shelf in its largest widespan size, the

system provides high capacity, cost-effective and handy storage that won’t break the bank.

Uses

Both Dexion Economy Shelving and Premium Economy

Shelving systems can be used anywhere that simple

storage is needed including:

Storerooms | Garages | Workshops | Maintenance Bays

Post rooms | Stationery cupboards | Studios | Offices

Outlet shops | Pop-up restaurants and shops

• Bolt-free makes it easy to

assemble

• Steel uprights give it strength

and stability

• Adjustable shelf positions make it

easy to reconfigure

• Choice of load weights makes it

versatile

Premium economy 80P

Premium economy 80G

Premium economy 150C

We have kept it simple when it comes to ordering

The numbers relate to the load capacity per shelf, so all you have to do is decide which one is right for you.

Shelving Type

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load Cap

per shelf kg

Premium economy 80P 2000 x 1000 x 450 80kg U.D.L. painted shelf 49P6001 £179.99

Premium economy 80G 2000 x 1000 x 450 80kg U.D.L. galvanised shelf 49P6Z01 £159.99

Premium economy 150C 2000 x 1000 x 450 150kg U.D.L. chipboard shelf 49P6X01 £129.99

Model

Price

18


Economy Shelving

Economy - 175

• Designed for storerooms &

garages

• Boltless mounting system allows

fast & easy assembly

• Shelf positions are adjustable

• Chipboard shelves with a

galvanised frame

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load Cap

per shelf kg

Model

Price

1800 x 900 x 450 175 U.D.L. 92041002 £44.99

Economy - 350

• Designed for storerooms,

workshops & garages




• High load capacity ideal for

heavier storage

• MDF shelves with a galvanised

frame

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load Cap

per shelf kg

Model

Price

1800 x 900 x 450 350 U.D.L. 92041005 £69.99

Economy - 600

• Designed for storerooms,

workshops & garages




• High load capacity ideal for

heavier storage

• HDF shelves with a galvanised

frame

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load Cap

per shelf kg

Model

Price

1770 x 1600 x 600 600 U.D.L. 92041006 £99.99

19


LS3 Longspan Shelving

Dexion Longspan shelving allows you to get maximum storage out of the minimum of space. With slim

uprights, long strong shelves and stepped beams to provide a snag-free front face, it is the fast and easy

way to solve your storage problems.

Bolted frames

for strength &

reliability

Intrinsically safe - a steel lock

prevents accidental lifting or

movement of beams

Choice of steel or

chipboard shelves

Beams are available

in two duties and a

range of standard

lengths to take steel

or chipboard shelves

Footplates for

stability on

uneven surfaces

20


LS3 Longspan Shelving

Uses

Ideal for a wide range of

big and bulky items and for

archive storage.

Can be configured for many

different applications, from

low level hand-loaded

shelving to high-rise shelving

serviced by powered order

picking trucks.

At home in either the

warehouse or office

environments.

Finish

Frames are pre galvanised

and beams are painted

RAL 9002.

Specifications

Upright Sections: 50/150;

50/175; 60/175; 60/200

Frames

Heights: 1500mm-5000mm

Depths: 450/600/750/900/

1000/1200mm

Beams

Standard step beam:

Lengths: 1200/1500/1800/

2100/2400mm

Garment Rail

Lengths: 1200/1500/1800/

2100/2400mm

Shelves

Steel or 22mm chipboard.

Loading

Bay loads up to 4500kg and

shelf loads 800kg per level.

• Can be assembled within

minutes

• Simple to customise

• Medium and longspan bays

can be combined in the

same rack

• Adjustable storage heights

and configurations

• Bolt-free lock-in to

increase safety

• Footplates for stability on

uneven surfaces

• Wide range of frame and

beam sizes

Starter bay

Extension bay

Stage 1 pick your frame and beam length, stage 2 pick your shelf material.

1. LS3 Longspan Bay Prices

4 Beam levels per Bay

Height

mm

Width

mm

Depth

mm

2. Shelf Prices

22mm Chipboard or Steel Decking

Starter bay

Extension bay

Model Price Model Price

2000 2100 450 LS350152045S £357.45 LS350152045E £298.80

2000 2100 600 LS350152060S £362.25 LS350152060E £301.20

2000 2100 900 LS350152090S £372.60 LS350152090E £306.35

Width mm

Depth mm

Chipboard shelf

Steel shelf


2100 450 263124103 £19.30 263221003 £63.25

2100 600 263124203 £25.15 263221013 £69.60

2100 900 263124403 £39.40 263221033 £86.00

21


Maxi Bins

Dexion Maxi Bins not only look good but they work hard too. This attractive range of colourful bins can

be stacked freestanding or hung on a louvre panel so they are always close to hand.

Uses

Virtually unlimited. Ideal for

every environment.

Finish

High grade polypropylene.

Accessories

Dividers, which can be side

to side or front to back.

Specifications

Holding capacity:

from 400 ml to 21 litres

Loading capacity:

from 2.3 kg up to 27 kg

Sizes:

from 60 x 100 x 125 up to

215 x 410 x 450

Colours:

Red. Blue. Yellow. Green.

Please note:

The smallest size, 60 x

100 x 125 Product number

0721012, is available in

Green, Blue or Red only.

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Louvred Panels

Load

Capacity

Volume

Litres

Pack

Size

Model

100 x 125 x 60 2.3 kg 0.4 12 0721012 £15.95

100 x 175 x 85 4.5 kg 0.75 12 0721017 £28.10

135 x 225 x 125 9 kg 2.1 12 0721322 £57.80

185 x 300 x 145 13 kg 4.25 6 0721830 £54.40

185 x 450 x 145 13 kg 7.2 6 0721845 £70.05

370 x 300 x 145 18 kg 10 6 0723730 £96.65

410 x 450 x 215 27 kg 21 6 0724145 £142.75

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

457 x 457 07140718 £62.45

457 x 914 07140736 £76.30

457 x 1372 07140754 £99.95

457 x 1829 07140772 £123.00

Price

• Versatile, modern storage

and handling solution for

all kinds of items

• Extremely durable,

resistant to both oil and

water

• Designed to stand up to

constant use in demanding

working environments

• Bins have slots for Labels/

Barcodes

• Stack freestanding or on a

louvre panel

Hooks & Spigots

Description

Pack

Size

Model

Price

150mm Single prong hook 6 07146152 £32.65

150mm Double prong hook 6 07146162 £31.80

150mm Loop hook 6 07146172 £40.90

150mm Long spigot 2 07146232 £45.90

250mm Long spigot 2 07146234 £38.25

Maxi Bin Dividers

To Fit Bin

Pack

Size

Model

Price

Side by side dividers

1322 12 07250010 £13.75

1830 6 07250011 £10.15

1845 6 07250011 £10.15

Front to back dividers

1830 12 07250020 £32.00

1845 12 07250021 £54.00

3730 12 07250020 £32.00

4145 6 07250022 £32.85

07146152 07146162

07146172 07146232

07146234

22


Hi280 Shelving

Dexion HI280 Industrial Shelving is a boltless, heavy duty and versatile storage system for use in

warehouses, workshops, archives or stores. With high load capacities, open and closed bay options

and a wide range of accessories the HI280 is the clever solution that can be endlessly reconfigured,

extended and adapted to suit changing requirements.

Uses

Can be installed as an

independent manually

operated storage system

or as part of a larger fully

automated system.

Can be built as traditional

shelving system, narrowaisle,

mobile or as a multitier

system.

Ideal for all small parts.

Bays can be used to store

Electrical Sensitive Devices

(ESD) when placed in

appropriate anti-static

packaging and bays are

grounded.

Finish

The finished product is

made out of pre-galvanised

steel to give it strength and

durability.

Specifications

The core of the system is

uprights and shelves using

starter bays and extension

bays.

Hi280 is also available in:

Heights: up to 3000mm.

Widths: 900/1000/1290mm.

Depths: 300/400/450/500/

600/800mm.

Standard starter and

extension bay dimensions:

2100mm(h) x 1000mm(w) x

400, 500 or 600mm(d)

23


Hi280 Shelving

Each starter bay is

supplied with:

2 pre-assembled end frames

and 5 adjustable height

beams with steel shelves that

clip into place.

Extension bays can be added

to create additional bays.

These are supplied with

1 pre-assembled end frame

and 5 beams with steel

shelves.

Heights: Up to 12000mm

Depths: Up to 1000mm

Shelf widths: Up to

2500mm

Other dimensions available

on request!

• Provides maximum storage

for its depth as reinforcing

cross bracing is not

needed

• Beams and shelves

clip onto place on preassembled

end frames

• Modular design means it

can be configured to suit

your requirements - and

reconfigured when your

needs change

• Available as an open or

closed bay system

• An extensive range of

accessories mean that

Hi280 can adapt to exactly

match the items being

stored

• Passes DNV GL

conductivity test

Open bays

Open Bays

5 shelf levels included

Closed bays

Height Width Depth

Starter bay

Extension bay

mm mm mm


2100 1000 400 HIO10040S £349.75 HIO10040E £267.55

2100 1000 500 HIO10050S £396.15 HIO10050E £312.00

2100 1000 600 HIO10060S £432.65 HIO10060E £346.50

Closed Bays

5 shelf levels included

Height Width Depth

Starter bay

Extension bay

mm mm mm


2100 1000 400 HIC10040S £516.40 HIC10040E £380.80

2100 1000 500 HIC10050S £574.85 HIC10050E £425.25

2100 1000 600 HIC10060S £630.65 HIC10060E £459.75

24


Hi280 Shelving Accessories

Specific applications

Extensive range of accessories include pull out shelves, drawers,

plinths, side protectors, dividers (full and part height), extended

beam spans, clothing rails, tyre brackets, automotive and

garment storage accessories. The Hi280 range also includes

shelving for Ships and other situations where items need to be

kept in place, whatever the conditions.

Accessories that:

• Prevent goods from falling

out

• Sub-divide shelves into

compartments

• Lock the system with

special fixings

Contact us for

other size variants

Exhaust Support

Ideal for storing exhausts

& other equipment

Vertical Loop Divider

Used to store all kind of goods and items,

creating additional levels per bay

Model

Price

451053030 from £31.15

Size D x H mm Model Price

600 x 550 444056650 £80.15

Tool Panel

Ideal for storing your tools

on a perforated panel

Size mm Model Price

400 x 2100 450047308 £146.05

U Support

Used to store all kind of goods and items,


Size mm Model Price

500 444031901 £8.60

Hooks

Model Description Price

441031900 ‘S’ shape £12.40

441032000 ‘S’ shape twisted £12.85

Plastic Trays & Bins

Please see page 22 for more details

Shelf Drawers

For storing small parts. Shelf drawers go directly

on the HI280 shelf or guided frame

No of drawers Model Price

8 440600601 £937.35

12 440600501 £1474.20

Pull Out Drawers

Suitable for smaller goods. Supported on

expansion slides. Drawers can be divided

Drawer size

D x W x H mm

Model

Price

400 x 1000 x 75 450052901 £238.30

400 x 1000 x 100 450052902 £264.35

25


Hi280 Shelving Accessories

Perforated Shelf

Used to store all kinds of goods and items,


Sloping Shelf

Used to store all kinds of goods and items,


Sign Holder

Clipping to the upright they provide an

accurate & rapid identification

Size mm Model Price

400 x 1000 450791224 £183.30

Size mm Model Price

400 x 1000 450791273 £79.85

Model

Price

444033600 £33.15

Bin Front

Fitted to the front and/or back of a shelf

to prevent items falling from the shelf

Size mm Model Price

1000 444032302 £10.50

Full Height Dividers

Used to separate stored items & create shelf

locations. Secured with 4 pins

Size mm Model Price

400 x 400 444056607 £10.00

500 x 500 444056612 £20.15

Lockable Doors

Full height lockable doors. Part height doors

available - please call for details

Size mm Model Price

1000 x 2100 444050960 £599.15

Half Height Dividers

Used to sub-divide the shelf

into smaller compartments

Size mm Model Price

500 x 140 440661422 £13.35

600 x 140 440661428 £12.00

Base Plinth

Fitting at the front, below the first shelf, this

prevents items entering the space beneath

Size mm Model Price

1000 444050802 £29.45

Tube Rail

Used as a garment rail or in pairs to support

tyres etc. Items can hang from the rail

To fit D x W

mm

Model

Price

600 x 1000 450752288 £88.80

Bay Divider

Used to segregate long goods when stored

vertically. Allows fast & direct access

Size mm Model Price

350 long 444047601 £51.50

Tyre Brackets

Allows the tyre to rest on a larger surface to

avoid point loads & flat spots.

(2 required per level)

Size mm Model Price

1500 444053451 £28.25

Beams not included

Pull Out Tray

Ideal for resting your documents & folders on

Size D x W

mm

Model

Price

500 x 1000 450052922 £165.55

26


Hi280 Bespoke Solutions

Hi280 is a very versatile system and can be used in numerous applications. Below are some examples

of Hi280 applications.

Please contact us for help to design your bespoke solution!

Hi280 Narrow Aisle

The Hi280 narrow aisle shelving

system is well-suited for your

24hr operation.

A shelving system in a narrow

aisle installation demands

accuracy and high stability. The

Hi280 narrow aisle shelving

system delivers on all fronts.

In fact, with easy access for

man-up trucks, or handling by

automatic cranes, a narrow

aisle storage installation offers

a unique optimisation of storage

space.

• Increase efficiency

• Save space & costs

• Components and shelves

in pre-galvanized steel

• Fast assembly and rebuild

Hi280 Multi-tier

With integrated mezzanine, the

Hi280 Multi-tier Shelving system

is shelving constructed as two

or more levels. Perfect if you

have a larger warehouse storing

multiple items.

• Cost-effective way to gain

extra storage space

• Totally demountable and

reusable

• Multifunctional for a

variety of users

• Fire sprinkler and

lighting systems easily

incorporated

27



Carton Flow

The Carton Flow Picking Unit

system is a fast and flexible

solution for you to transport

components to assembly stations

without interruption. You can

also easily adjust the shelves

and wheels to ensure efficient

movement of various sized

packages.

The system is flexible enough to

allow for changing and evolving

warehouse layouts, thanks to

the fact that it can be built as a

stationary unit, or supplied with

lockable wheels.

• Adjustable, ergonomic

racks

• Separate loading and

unloading

• Reduces travel distances

and picking times

Hi280 Ship Shelving

Keeping things shipshape when

you’re on the high seas can be

a problem, which is why we

developed ship shelving. Based

on the popular Hi280 system,

it’s a special solution for teams

working in marine industry

applications.

• Quick installation

• Strong & solid structure

• System is adaptable to

customer requirements

• Approved by NATO & Lloyd

28



Hi280 Automotive

Solutions

Operating an automotive

workshop, you have to hold

a wide range of spares while

ensuring everything is stored

safely and efficiently, yet easily

accessible.

From exhaust pipes, to fragile

windscreens – the various

shapes and sizes of automotive

parts make automotive storage a

special challenge.

• Full range of specialised

accessories

• Storage of differently-sized

articles

• Multi tier option to

maximise space

Hi280 Tyre Storage

Optimal storage of tyres is

about obtaining the maximum

amount of tyre storage in the

available space without affecting

the quality of the tyre – while

ensuring efficient and ergonomic

handling, through all seasons.

And this is what our products

are designed for. Standardised

components are assembled into

a tailor-made solution – easy to

install, durable in use, and easy

to adjust and readjust again.

• Quick installation

• No corroding

• Strong & solid structure

29


P90 Pallet Racking

Dexion P90 is the logical choice when it comes to pallet racking systems. Why? Because it offers the

most versatile solution for static and dynamic pallet storage, and it carries the Dexion name. It’s a top

of the range system with safety, versatility, strength and dependability built in.

The sizes you need:

• 16 upright sizes in a range

of lengths.

• Structures can be created

in excess of 30 metres

high.

• 30 different beam section

sizes available.

The features you need:

• Racks are simple to install,

and quick and easy to

adjust.

• Made from galvanised steel

manufactured in Europe.

• Beams can be finished in

tough bright orange stove

enamelled finish, or pregalvanised.

The adaptability you need:

• Suitable for all pallet types

including euro, CHEP,

disposable etc.

• Suitable for different fork

lift truck types.

• Suitable for pallet handling

and picking at level.

• Bespoke items can be

manufactured for you.

The flexibility you need:

• Standard aisle pallet

racking

• Narrow aisle

• Drive-in

• Pallet shuttle system

• Pallet flow

• Push-back

• Mobile pallet racking

• Wide aisle pallet racking

30


P90 Pallet Racking

Specifications

Frames

Height: 4500mm or 6000mm

Depth: 900mm or 1100mm

Beams (6 beams)

Length: 2700mm

Colour: Orange (RAL 2001)

Starter bay

Extension bay

• All fixings, base plates &

safety pins are included in

the price.

• Load capacity of 2 tonnes

U.D.L per pair of beams.

• 6 tonnes bay capacity

when height to top of

first beam & subsequent

pitch is no greater than

1650mm. Valid for rack

runs of 2 or more bays.

• Adjustable 50mm beam

pitch.

• Width suitable for 2 no.

1200mm x 1000mm

pallets (900mm deep) or

3 no. 800mm x 1200mm

pallets (1100mm deep).

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Starter bay

Price

4500 x 2700 x 900 P904509PS £2359.70

4500 x 2700 x 1100 P904511PS £2392.40

6000 x 2700 x 900 P906009PS £2700.40

6000 x 2700 x 1100 P906011PS £2740.15

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Extension bay

Price

4500 x 2700 x 900 P904509PE £1790.20

4500 x 2700 x 1100 P904511PE £1806.55

6000 x 2700 x 900 P906009PE £1960.55

6000 x 2700 x 1100 P906011PE £1980.45

31


P90 Pallet Racking Accessories

Speedlock P90 Pallet Racking is the versatile solution for static & dynamic pallet storage. Adjustable

pallet racking solutions, can be designed to fulfil the stringent requirements of EN15512 or SEMA codes

for pallet racking. A top of the range system with safety, versatility, strength and dependability built in.

You’re guaranteed to get a racking system that meets your needs and saves you money.

Mesh Deck

(1000kg UDL)

Steel Shelf Panels

(140kg UDL per panel)

Speedlock Universal Pallet

Support Bars

Size mm Model Price

900 x 1324 49P319/0009000 £31.55

1100 x 1324 49P319/0011000 £33.45

Size mm Model Price

900 x 535 118119130 £61.35

1100 x 535 118119150 £69.75

Size mm Model Price

900 long 118105502 £23.25

1100 long 118105504 £24.65

Additional accessories are available (please see below) - please contact us for further information

Chipboard or Timber Decking

Vertical Loop Divider

Horizontal Loop Divider

Hanging/Standing

Fork Spacer Bars

Drum Holder

Skid Channels

32


Pull-out Units

Within an optimised and efficient warehouse every item should be stored correctly and yet be easily

accessible. Dexion has therefore designed the Pull-out unit to allow fast, but easy picking and storage

of small or heavy items within the main pallet racking structure.

Efficient and ergonomic

Pull-out units are an

important part of a highly

efficient picking operation.

They are designed to be

pulled out of the racking

with very little force, whilst

containing a full load of up to

1000kg.

In their extended position,

a person is able to reach

all the stored items without

straining their back or

placing themselves within the

racking.

Optimised picking

You no longer need to

remove items from their

original pallets, goods can be

stored on the pull-out unit

& picked by hand directly

from the racking. Releasing

the safety catch and pulling

on the unit’s handle results

in the pallet and its goods

being brought out of the rack

into the aisle, making them

accessible from three sides

for hand picking.

• Floor mounted application

pull-out units - finish RAL

5010

• The units are universal

& can be mounted onto

beams - contact us for

design check & pricing

• Other options available:

Euro 1200mm load face,

1000kg with 93% pull out

both universal & floor only

types

Euro 800mm load face,

650kg with 100% pull out

• Special dimension pallets

can be catered for - P.O.A.

• All loads are based on

uniformly distributed pallet

loads

Description Model Price

To suit CHEP pallets

1200mm load face x 1000mm

1000kg UDL

03NP4909 £382.95

55% pull out capacity c/w floor

fixing kit & 600mm side grip/handle

To suit CHEP pallets


1000kg UDL

03NP4910 £402.45



To suit EURO pallets


650kg UDL

03NP4911 £309.25



To suit EURO pallets


1000kg UDL



03NP4912 £329.50

33


P90 Safety Accessories

Make the most of your pallet racking with rack accessories. Store awkward, odd-sized or unpalletised

loads in safety and protect your frames from truck damage with these genuine Dexion accessories.

E-Rail Barrier

(requires 2 additional column guards)

Tubular Barriers


400 x 900 42R/12/E009900 £50.10

400 x 1100 42R/12/E011900 £55.10

400 x 2000 42R/12/E020900 £75.35

400 x 2400 42R/12/E024900 £85.50


500 x 900 42E1//0E009000K £174.85

500 x 1100 42E1//0E011000K £183.20

500 x 2000 42E1//0E020000K £216.25

500 x 2400 42E1//0E024000K £232.85

C-Rail Barriers

Metal Safety Bollard


460 x 900 190128004K £228.60

460 x 1100 190128005K £240.05

460 x 2000 190128006K £280.30

460 x 2400 190128007K £300.70

760 x 900 190128000K £317.50

760 x 1100 190128001K £340.35

760 x 2000 190128002K £420.90

760 x 2400 190128003K £461.75


Painted

850 x 168 42GB0//E008500K £126.50

1000 x 168 42GB0//E010000K £138.80

1200 x 168 42GB0//E012000K £155.40

Galvanised

850 x 168 42GB0//G008500K £197.45

1000 x 168 42GB0//G010000K £218.30

1200 x 168 42GB0//G012000K £246.15

Floor fixings are included

E Rail Barrier Kits do NOT include column guards - see page 35 for column guard prices

Frame protector kits have a central support on barriers longer than 1100mm

Metal safety bollards have 250 x 250mm base plates & 4no. x M12 100mm bolts are included with each bollard

34


P90 Safety Accessories

Frame Protector Kit


500 x 900 03NP0003 £177.10

500 x 1100 03NP0004 £193.15

500 x 2000 03NP0005 £258.80

500 x 2400 03NP0006 £281.05

Sacrificial Legs

(includes 90mm wide upright)


P90+ 10229000 £189.95

P90 03NP0026 £207.60

Upright Metal Guard Kit

(inc floor fixings)

Column Guard Pointed Front

(inc floor fixings)


P90 - 90mm 190222003 £36.00


90 & 100mm Uprights 42GC01/EK £42.65

Corner Guard

(inc floor fixings)


All Uprights 42GL4//EK £31.10

Protect-It Column Guard


P90/MK3 190224012 £35.15

35


Speedframe

A quick and straightforward way to build strong and visually appealing frameworks, Speedframe is the

perfect solution when you want to build your own made-to-measure constructions.

Uses

From benches, trolleys and

display stands to counters &

workstations, the number of

applications is endless. Its only

limit is the users’ imagination.

Specifications

• Sturdy 25mm tubes

• One piece reusable joints

• Pack size:

8 x 3.05m lengths

• Simply cut the square tubing

to the required length & tap

in the joints for a smooth and

snag free structure.

• All constructs can be easily

adjusted or dismantled & the

components re-used.

• Large range of accessories.

Please note: Each joint requires an insert

Tube pack

(3.05m lengths)

Black inserts

2 way joint

Pack Colour Model Price

3 way joint


Pack Model Price

Pack Model Price

1 Black 06311610 £6.55

1 Black 06311611 £7.65

8 06301049 £245.40

24 06319602 £10.25

1 Silver 85711051 £5.80

1 Silver 85711052 £6.90

3 way corner joint 4 way joint 4 way corner joint 5 way corner joint





1 Black 06311613 £7.65

1 Black 06311612 £8.90

1 Black 06311614 £8.90

1 Black 06311615 £10.70

1 Silver 85711054 £6.90

1 Silver 85711053 £8.20

1 Silver 85711055 £8.20

1 Silver 85711056 £10.00

6 way corner joint Single shelf support Double shelf support Plastic shelf spacer


Pack Model Price

Pack Model Price

Pack Model Price

1 Black 85711057 £8.20

1 06331108 £1.90

1 06331118 £2.00

1 06331190 £0.25

Adjustable feet Anchor plate Removable shelf support End cap


Pack Model Price

Pack Model Price

Pack Model Price

1 Plastic 06333105 £0.80

1 06332144 £4.70

1 06332305 £8.35

1 06331128 £1.90

1 Metal 06333146 £2.15

36


Slotted Angle

The Dexion slotted angle construction system has been around for 60 years. It was the

original slotted angle product - and is still the best. Whether it is used to build specialist shelving, racks,

trolleys, benches, mounting jigs, suspension systems, security caging or support frameworks, it gets

the right angle on every job.

Specifications

Length: 3.05m.

Angle type:

140/160/225/260.

Pack size: 5.

Description

Qty

Overall Size

H x W x Gauge x D mm

Finish Model Price

Angle type - 140 5 36 x 36 x 1.75 x 3048

Pre-galvanised 900027023 £109.50

Painted 01111801100000 £125.15

Angle type - 160 5 40 x 40 x 2.00 x 3048


Painted 01112801100000 £133.70

Angle type - 225 5 62 x 41 x 2.00 x 3048


Painted 01113801100000 £173.55

Angle type - 260 5 66 x 45 x 2.50 x 3048 Painted 01114801100000 £178.95

Item Qty Description Model Price

Fixings 50

M8 Nuts BZP 890170300 £3.95

M8 x 16 set screws BZP 890100303 £9.55

8mm corner plates 20


Painted 01119580 £13.90

Base plates 1

Single - pre-galvanised 01064312 £2.10

Double - BZP 01064332 £4.90

37


Speedlock Mk3

Speedlock Mk3 uprights & beams are manufactured using high quality steel and have a durable powder

coated finish, which is available in a range of colours.

Additional Dexion Speedlock Mk3 parts are still widely available through our nationwide network of

Approved Dexion Distributors for both repair works and extensions to existing pallet racking installations.

Today’s components are manufactured to the same specifications and high quality as the original Dexion

Speedlock Mk3 racking.

• All common sizes typically

available from stock

• Extensive range of

accessories

Uses

Only available for repair work

and extensions to existing

Speedlock Mk3 installations.

Racking

UK pallets

A B C

1200 x 1000 1000 x 1200 800 x 1200

Standard bays Mk3

Clear entry Depth Stores

2667 900 2 x A

2700 900 2 x A

1350 900 1 x A

2250 1100 2 x B

2700 1100 3 x C

3300 1100 3 x B

1350 1100 1 x A

38


Speedlock Mk3

Mk3 Uprights

Section

Length

R 1828.8

R 3728.8

R 4343.4

R 4953

H 3733.8

H 4343.4

H 4800.6

H 4953

Mk3 Frames

Section Height Depth

R 3733.8

R 4800.6

from 600 - 1500

H 4800.6

H 6096

Mk3 Beams

Length

Load (kgs)

2667 2000

2667 2500

Contact us to find out about other sizes that are available to order and the range of accessories that are

available for this system.

39


Cantilever Racking

Designed to meet nothing less than your precise requirements, our cantilevers are exceedingly versatile

whatever your work environment, and with no front uprights, all levels are available to forklifts. They

are specially designed to store various length items – steel bars, pipes, tubes, furniture, packs of timber;

as well as boards, metal sheets, crates and boxes, or white goods.

Additional arms, uprights and braces can be added as storage requirements change, while single and

double sided configurations provide maximum storage capacity – be it on a single central column, or

fitting tightly against a wall.

Please contact us for order enquiries and to find out more about cantilever!

Light duty cantilever

Light duty cantilever is a versatile,

modular system for storage of

long goods. With no front uprights

obstructing load-placing and

retrieval, all levels are available

for DIY, manufacturing, plumbing

& pipework, and workshop

environments.

Heavy duty cantilever

Heavy duty cantilever is ideal

if you need to store long and

difficult items such as steel bars,

piping, tubes or timber. Storage

is horizontal, so can be handled

manually or by forklift.

Heavy duty cantilever is a versatile,

modular system for storage of long

or large goods. It’s perfect for all

types of warehousing environments.

Mobile cantilever

Both duties of cantilever racking

can also be installed on MOVO

heavy duty mobile carriages.

This maximises the use of floor

space as it needs only one

operating aisle.

40


Automated Solutions

Some believe automation will cut staff costs, reduce errors and speed-up delivery times.

Others are sticking to the tried and tested manual methods they’ve used for decades.

Thankfully, with the help of our expert team, you can find the solution that’s right for your operation.

Shuttle

The Pallet Shuttle system is a

semi-automated, high-density

storage solution for the handling

of goods inside channels similar

to a drive-in or pallet-flow setup.

Cost-effective and time-saving,

it removes the need for forklift

trucks to enter the racking.

41


Automated Solutions

Mobile pallet racking

(MOVO)

Mobile Racking (MOVO) is a

dynamic solution providing up to

double the storage capacity, in

the same area, of conventional

pallet racking. Offering technical

superiority and total flexibility,

MOVO is suitable for every kind

of stored goods, and has a wide

range of accessories.

The electronically controlled

MOVO high-load racking system

runs on in-ground rails and can

carry bay loads of up to 24 tons

at racking heights of up to 12

metres. While state-of-the-art

sensor technology and variable

control options ensure ease of

operation and absolute safety.

42


Automatic Storage Machines

Our automatic storage systems can save you up to 70% on existing floor space, reduce picking errors

by up to 70% and decrease picking time by more than 60%.

Computer-controlled, the vertical or horizontal storage machines easily integrate with your existing

warehouse management system, but also operate effectively as a standalone solution.

Tornado automated

vertical storage

machine

An ultra-fast, virtually noiseless,

computer-controlled storage

and transfer lift system, the

TORNADO is designed to

maximise storage on the smallest

possible footprint. Using the

goods-to-person principle it cuts

operator walking and waiting

times, reduces search time and

picking errors making it highlyefficient

and energy-saving.

43



Industrial Paternoster

IPN (vertical carousel)

The IPN uses vertical rotation to

transport goods to the operator

by the shortest possible route,

making it ideal for simple manual

operation, host-controlled order

picking or highly efficient batchpicking.

It is particularly suited for fast

order picking of small parts

and can be easily customised,

with its shelving, intermediate

shelving and partitioning

equipment adaptable to various

height requirements.

44


Kwikrack Shelving

›› Offers robust, effective

storage for any application

›› The unique 6 fold channel

beam offers high shelf

capacities with a shelf

height of only 54mm

›› No nuts & bolts required - the

system simply taps together

with the use of a mallet

›› Complete with 5

chipboard shelves

›› Total bay load:

up to 1500kg U.D.L.

Rubber Mallet

FROM ONLY

£103.77

Model

Price

MALLET £4.17

upto

300kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

TAKES LESS

THAN 5 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Beam Profile

For Taller Bays add price

Extra Height Model Price

Bays to 2500mm KWB/25/--/--/5/BGV £10.71

Size

W x D mm

Shelf

Load kg

2000H mm

Extra Shelf


1000 x 300 300 KWB/20/10/03/5/BGV £103.77 KWS/10/03/GV £12.05

1000 x 450 300 KWB/20/10/04/5/BGV £122.26 KWS/10/04/GV £15.76

1000 x 600 300 KWB/20/10/06/5/BGV £138.07 KWS/10/06/GV £18.95

1200 x 300 250 KWB/20/12/03/5/BGV £116.65 KWS/12/03/GV £14.63

1200 x 450 250 KWB/20/12/04/5/BGV £133.49 KWS/12/04/GV £18.03

1200 x 600 250 KWB/20/12/06/5/BGV £151.15 KWS/12/06/GV £21.58

1500 x 300 200 KWB/20/15/03/5/BGV £134.83 KWS/15/03/GV £18.28

1500 x 450 200 KWB/20/15/04/5/BGV £159.19 KWS/15/04/GV £23.18

1500 x 600 200 KWB/20/15/06/5/BGV £180.92 KWS/15/06/GV £27.50

45

Impex - The Original Bolt-free Solution


Impex Shelving

Impex

Impex Shelving System

CONFIGURATIONS

Impex is the original bolt-free shelving system. Durable and

robust, it can be used as straightforward shelving, through to

complex multi-tier or high rise picking installations. Genuine

Impex has been used across all shelving applications for 60+ years.

APPLICATIONS

Single Tier

Heavy Duty

Mobile

2-Tier

Warehouse

Storeroom

Retail

Office

Filing

3 heights available

46


Impex Shelving

IMPEX SHELVING

Easy to build

Tool-free assembly

Price: POA

Delivered in: 7-10 days

TECHNICAL

CALL OUR SALES TEAM FOR

PRICING & INFORMATION

ACCESSORIES

Impex Shelving System

Standard shelf load capacity: Up to 200kg UDL

Side Cladding

Standard bay heights (mm): 2134, 2438, 3048, (others by request)

Standard shelf widths (mm): 914, 991, 1220

Standard shelf depths (mm): 305, 381, 457, 610

Additional shelf depths (mm): 762 & 914 (available on request)

Shelf type: Original MK6 shelves

Medium span bay widths (mm): 1828 & 1981

Back Cladding

Dividers

Maxi Bins

Garment Hanging Rail Kits

Tubular Garment Hanging Beams

Tubular Tyre Racking Beams

47


Workbench

T-Bar Workstations

›› Complete with 15mm chipboard worktop & bottom

shelf on the 915mm or 1220mm wide benches &

18mm chipboard worktop & bottom shelf on

the 1830mm or 2440mm wide benches

›› Complete with 15mm chipboard worktop & bottom

shelf on the 915mm or 1220mm wide benches &

18mm chipboard worktop & bottom shelf on the

1830mm or 2440mm wide benches. Benches also

include a strengthening T-Bar underneath the worktop,

with 2 upper storage shelves which are 305mm deep

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange

specify when ordering

i

upto

600kg

evenly

distributed

Information

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

915 x 915 x 762 RRWB/09/09/07 £114.43

915 x 915 x 915 RRWB/09/09/09 £127.05

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


915 x 1220 x 762 RRWB/09/12/07 £131.79

915 x 1220 x 915 RRWB/09/12/09 £145.90

915 x 1830 x 762 RRWB/09/18/07 £176.95

915 x 1830 x 915 RRWB/09/18/09 £195.65

915 x 2440 x 762 RRWB/09/24/07 £217.69

915 x 2440 x 915 RRWB/09/24/09 £240.97

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1830 x 915 x 915 RRWST/18/09/09/03 £158.72

1830 x 1220 x 915 RRWST/18/12/09/03 £180.71

1830 x 1830 x 915 RRWST/18/18/09/03 £238.29

1830 x 2440 x 915 RRWST/18/24/09/03 £286.19

Rivet Archive Racking

›› Complete with archive boxes

›› 500kg UDL load per shelf

›› Decked with 18mm high density chipboard

i

Information

QUICK & EASY

ASSEMBLE

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


500kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Shelf

Levels

Box

Qty

Model

Price

Single Box Deep - 457mm

1830 x 1830 x 457 3 30 RRAK18/30 £284.25

2440 x 1830 x 457 4 40 RRAK18/40 £371.77

3050 x 1830 x 457 5 50 RRAK18/50 £473.17

Double Box Deep - 915mm

1830 x 1830 x 915 3 60 RRAK18/60 £458.17

2440 x 1830 x 915 4 80 RRAK18/80 £601.15

3050 x 1830 x 915 5 100 RRAK18/100 £763.10

48


Mesh Shelves

Troax mesh shelves are

secure, flexible &

relocatable. No fixings are

required as the panels are

held in place by their own

weight with angle sections

or formed wire mesh.

›› Recommended by Fire Authorities &

Insurance Companies for premises

with Sprinkler Systems installed

›› Dividers optimise storage space

›› Custom made to fit requirements

›› Ideal for underguarding below

conveyors

i

Information

CERTAIN SIZES

ARE AVAILABLE

EX-STOCK

PLEASE CALL

TO ENQUIRE

Prices from

(per square metre)

This price is a guide. Specific prices for

projects are available upon request

125 kg 250 kg 1000 kg

£21.00 £27.00 £32.00

49


The Sapphire Range of Adjustable Steel Shelving

PRICES

HELD

Uprights - single sided, wall fixed

Size Model Price

430 mm (16 3 /4”) DU430 £4.30

710 mm (28”) DU710 £7.13

1000 mm (39 1 /4”) DU1000 £8.73

1220 mm (48”) DU1220 £10.52

1600 mm (63”) DU1600 £12.80

1980 mm (78”) DU1980 £15.23

2400 mm (94 1 /4”) DU2400 £19.39

Straight Brackets

Size Model Price

›› Manufactured from high grade

steel to ensure maximum weight

loading capacity. Uprights are

produced from 2mm thick steel &

the brackets from 1.6mm thick

steel

›› High gloss epoxy polyester paint

finish to 50 microns ensuring

impact & scratch resistance,

durability & easy maintenance

›› Safety feature to prevent

accidental shelf dislodgement

›› Also suitable for wood,

composite & glass shelves

120 mm (5”) DB120 £2.44

170 mm (7”) DB170 £2.76

220 mm (9”) DB220 £3.59

270 mm (10 1 /2”) DB270 £3.98

320 mm (12 1 /2”) DB320 £4.30

370 mm (14 1 /2”) DB370 £5.20

370 mm (14 1 /2”) DMDB370 £7.78

470 mm (18 1 /2”) DB470 £8.73

610 mm (24”) DB610 £11.94

Steel Shelves

Size Model Price

1m x 170 mm (39 1 /4” x 7”) DSS1017 £15.87

1m x 220 mm (39 1 /4” x 9”) DSS1022 £17.29

1m x 270 mm (39 1 /4” x 10 1 /2”) DSS1027 £19.92

1m x 320 mm (39 3 /4” x 12”) DSS1032 £21.70

1m x 370 mm (39 3 /4” x 14 1 /2”) DSS1037 £24.11

1m x 470 mm (39 3 /4” x 18 1 /2”) DSS1047 £29.24

1m x 610 mm (39 3 /4” x 24”) DSS1061 £35.41

500 x 170 mm DSS517 £14.29

500 x 220 mm DSS522 £15.55

500 x 270 mm DSS527 £17.93

500 x 320 mm DSS532 £19.53

500 x 370 mm DSS537 £21.69

500 x 470 mm DSS547 £26.32

500 x 610 mm DSS561 £31.87

Shelf Ends

Size Model Price

150 mm Shelf End Pair DSE150 £10.37



Book Supports

Size Model Price

Square FSB150 £6.66



(6”) Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB150 £5.01

(7 3 /4”) Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB200 £6.35

(9 3 /4”) Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB250 £7.90

Brackets

›› A single shelf support system

with high load capability. Suitable

for use in hospitals, kitchens,

factories, workshops, laboratories,

schools & colleges etc.

Size Model Price

Reinforced Beams

100 x 75 mm DRB10 £2.29

150 x 125 mm DRB15 £3.32

200 x 150 mm DRB20 £4.17

250 x 200 mm DRB25 £5.52

Mitred Beams

200 x 200 mm DMB200 £6.92

250 x 250 mm DMB250 £7.64

300 x 300 mm DMB300 £8.28

350 x 350 mm DMB350 £8.97

50

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge


Locate beam in position

Tap beam to secure

i

Information

10 MINUTE

ASSEMBLY

Lay the shelf into the beams

Quick Assembly Shelving

›› Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts

›› Choose either 175 or 265kg shelf capacities

›› Tested & certified to European GS standards

›› Complete with 5 shelves which offers a smooth &

hard wearing shelf. Strong uprights & beam profiles are

finished in high quality epoxy powder coated paint

Uprights come

split into two,

allowing the

system to be

used as two

benches instead

of a bay

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

5 Chipboard Shelves 5 MDF Shelves

Loading Model Price Loading Model Price

1770 x 900 x 300 175kg U.D.L CL175A/BGC £61.08 265kg U.D.L CL265A/BG £73.80

1770 x 900 x 450 175kg U.D.L CL175B/BGC £69.22 265kg U.D.L CL265B/BG £83.64

CL3/CLIP Connector

Connect two bays back to

back or side by side to

create a run of bays

1770 x 900 x 600 175kg U.D.L CL175C/BGC £78.02 265kg U.D.L CL265C/BG £93.94


1770 x 1200 x 300 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265D/BG £86.31

1770 x 1200 x 450 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265E/BG £98.42 Connector (set of 4) CL3/CLIP £3.71*

1770 x 1200 x 600 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265F/BG £111.34 Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.17*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Quick Assembly Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

51


FROM ONLY

£102.90

Colours Available:

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange

Add /BG to the code

when ordering

Rivet Racking

Add /BO to the code

when ordering

4 Shelf Level Units

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

1830 x 915 x 305

52

Shelf

Loading

Four Shelf Unit

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Extra Shelf


RRB/18/09/03/4 £102.90 RRS/09/03 £17.41

1830 x 915 x 457 RRB/18/09/04/4 £115.15 RRS/09/04 £20.50

1830 x 915 x 610 600 kg RRB/18/09/06/4 £127.15 RRS/09/06 £23.43

per Shelf

1830 x 915 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/09/07/4 £149.97 RRS/09/07 £29.20

1830 x 915 x 915 RRB/18/09/09/4 £173.71 RRS/09/09 £35.17

1830 x 915 x 1220 RRB/18/09/12/4 £205.54 RRS/09/12 £43.05

1830 x 1220 x 305

RRB/18/12/03/4 £128.24 RRS/12/03 £23.74

1830 x 1220 x 457 RRB/18/12/04/4 £144.56 RRS/12/04 £27.86

1830 x 1220 x 610 550 kg RRB/18/12/06/4 £165.52 RRS/12/06 £33.17

per Shelf

1830 x 1220 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/12/07/4 £191.37 RRS/12/07 £39.50

1830 x 1220 x 915 RRB/18/12/09/4 £220.27 RRS/12/09 £46.76

1830 x 1220 x 1220 RRB/18/12/12/4 £264.66 RRS/12/12 £57.89

1830 x 1525 x 305

Deck support on all levels

(not on the 915mm wide units)

RRB/18/15/03/4 £144.10 RRS/15/03 £27.71

1830 x 1525 x 457 RRB/18/15/04/4 £160.42 RRS/15/04 £31.78

1830 x 1525 x 610 500 kg RRB/18/15/06/4 £198.53 RRS/15/06 £41.35

per Shelf

1830 x 1525 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/15/07/4 £225.78 RRS/15/07 £48.10

1830 x 1525 x 915 RRB/18/15/09/4 £252.40 RRS/15/09 £54.69

1830 x 1525 x 1220 RRB/18/15/12/4 £303.28 RRS/15/12 £67.52

›› Offers amazing strength & rigidity

›› All components are joined via the

heavy duty rivet & key hole slot

which offers a simple & effective

way to assemble the racking

›› Only a hammer/mallet is required to

build & the system just taps together

›› No nuts & bolts required

›› Uninterrupted access to all sides

Accessories

Description

Suffix

Price

each

Tie Plate (Set of 4) RR8/SET4 £4.33

Metal Feet (Set of 4) RR5/SET4 £4.74

Floor Fixing

(M8 x 50 Floor Fixings)

Optional Uprights

Additional Cost per Bay

Add suffix to above codes:

FFM8x50 £1.08

Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.17

Height

extended to:

Suffix

Price

2135 mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £5.20

2440 mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £10.71

2745 mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £16.17

3050 mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £22.30

3660 mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £31.98


Rivet Racking

›› Offers amazing strength & rigidity

›› All components are joined via the heavy duty rivet

& key hole slot which offers a simple &

effective way to assemble

the racking

›› Only a hammer/mallet is

required to build & the

system just taps together


›› Uninterrupted access

to all sides

FROM ONLY

£193.07

Colours Available:

Blue & Grey

Add /BG to the code

when ordering

Blue & Orange

Add /BO to the code

when ordering

4 Shelf Level Units

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

1830 x 1830 x 305

Deck support on all levels

Shelf

Loading

Four Shelf Unit

Extra Shelf


RRB/18/18/03/4 £193.07 RRS/18/03 £39.91

1830 x 1830 x 457 RRB/18/18/04/4 £216.66 RRS/18/04 £45.84

1830 x 1830 x 610

1830 x 1830 x 762

500 kg

per Shelf

U.D.L.

RRB/18/18/06/4

RRB/18/18/07/4

£242.05

£267.08

RRS/18/06

RRS/18/07

£52.17

£58.45

1830 x 1830 x 915 RRB/18/18/09/4 £301.64 RRS/18/09 £67.10

1830 x 1830 x 1220 RRB/18/18/12/4 £358.54 RRS/18/12 £81.27

1830 x 2135 x 305

RRB/18/21/03/4 £218.41 RRS/21/03 £46.30

1830 x 2135 x 457 RRB/18/21/04/4 £252.97 RRS/21/04 £55.00

1830 x 2135 x 610

1830 x 2135 x 762

450 kg

per Shelf

U.D.L.

RRB/18/21/06/4

RRB/18/21/07/4

£273.88

£302.46

RRS/21/06

RRS/21/07

£60.10

£67.36

1830 x 2135 x 915 RRB/18/21/09/4 £340.31 RRS/21/09 £76.79

1830 x 2135 x 1220 RRB/18/21/12/4 £400.46 RRS/21/12 £91.77

1830 x 2440 x 305

RRB/18/24/03/4 £246.69 RRS/24/03 £53.30

1830 x 2440 x 457 RRB/18/24/04/4 £279.80 RRS/24/04 £61.70

1830 x 2440 x 610

1830 x 2440 x 762

400 kg

per Shelf

U.D.L.

RRB/18/24/06/4

RRB/18/24/07/4

£311.47

£347.16

RRS/24/06

RRS/24/07

£69.47

£78.49

1830 x 2440 x 915 RRB/18/24/09/4 £390.42 RRS/24/09 £89.25

1830 x 2440 x 1220 RRB/18/24/12/4 £457.58 RRS/24/12 £106.09

Accessories

Description

Suffix

Price

each

Tie Plate (Set of 4) RR8/SET4 £4.33

Metal Feet (Set of 4) RR5/SET4 £4.74

Floor Fixing

(M8 x 50 Floor Fixings)

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Optional Uprights

Additional Cost per Bay

Add suffix to above codes:

FFM8x50 £1.08

Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.17

Height

extended to:

Suffix

Price

2135 mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £5.20

2440 mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £10.71

2745 mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £16.17

3050 mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £22.30

3660 mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £31.98

53


Kanban Shelving

›› Complete with sloping

chipboard shelves which

present containers

for easy access

›› Reduce costs & increase

efficiency for operations

or inventory management

›› Simplify stock rotation

& replacement

›› When the front bin is

removed the bin behind

takes its place, leaving

a space that is clearly

identified for refilling on

the next inspection

›› Capacity of each shelf

is 80kg U.D.L.

›› KSR01Z - shelving unit

›› KSR02Z - complete

with 60 plastic bins:

140W x 274D x 127H mm

›› KSR03Z - complete

with 70 shelf trays:

117W x 300D x 90H mm

KSR01Z

KSR02Z

No of

Shelves

No of Sloping

Shelves

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Complete

With

Model

Price

5 3 1830 x 915 x 610 - KSR01Z £151.95

7 5 1830 x 915 x 610 60 Plastic Bins KSR02Z £379.20

7 5 1830 x 915 x 610 70 Shelf Trays KSR03Z £476.80 KSR03Z

54


Inclined Shelving

›› Ideal for euro size containers

›› Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline

›› Inclined position of bins allows

a better overview & faster access

›› Complete with 3 shelves as

standard which are adjustable

in 25mm increments

›› Easy picking as stocked items

always move to the picking front

›› Ideal for 3 x 400mm wide containers

›› 100kg evenly distributed

capacity per level

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

STOCK PICKING

100kg

evenly

distributed

per level

2YR

GUARANTEE

ISST1852 &

ISEX1852

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Shelf

Depth mm

Starter Bay (1358mm) Extension Bay (1308mm) Additional Shelf

Model Price Model Price Model Price

1850 x 1358 x 524 570 ISST1852 £207.80 ISEX1852 £171.25 ESAS57 £46.20

Inclined Mobile Shelving

›› Easy to assemble

›› Ideal for euro size containers

›› Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline

›› Inclined position of bins allows

a better overview & faster access

›› Easy picking as stocked items

always move to the picking front

›› Complete with 4 shelves as standard

which are adjustable in 25mm increments

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

braked 125mm castors

›› Blue and red container size:

600L x 400W x 270H mm

2YR

GUARANTEE

100kg

evenly

distributed

per level

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

IMS1853WOCT

IMS1853CONTBL

Without Containers With Blue Containers With Red Containers


1815 x 1368 x 533 IMS1853WOCT £433.80 IMS1853CONTBL £690.65 IMS1853CONTRE £690.65

55


Complete 4 Shelf Units: 1625 mm High

Shelf

Length

*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details & prices.

Castors:

56

Eclipse Shelving

Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages:

›› NSF accreditation

›› ESD Compliant with optional accessories - call for details

›› Bolt free assembly

›› Fully adjustable

›› Easy to clean

›› 300kg shelf loading

›› Static or mobile options

›› New extra hard wearing Chrome finish

›› Accessories available - see opposite page for details

Chrome

The open wire design offers improved light

penetration & better air circulation making

it an ideal system for:

›› Catering

›› Retail Display

›› Medical Authorities & Hospitals

›› Electronic

›› Engineering Industries

›› Office

Perma Plus

Depth 305mm Depth 355mm Depth 460mm Depth 610mm

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

Eclipse Shelving - Chrome

460mm - - - - EC39 £93.35 - -

610mm EC31 £83.35 - - EC40 £96.70 EC47A £113.35

760mm EC32 £90.00 EC35 £100.00 EC43 £110.00 EC47 £126.70

915mm EC37 £96.70 EC36 £106.70 EC44 £116.70 EC48 £136.70

1070mm EC34 £103.35 EC33 £113.35 EC51 £126.70 EC54 £146.70

1220mm EC38 £113.35 EC30 £120.00 EC45 £136.70 EC49 £153.35

1370mm - - EC39A £136.70 EC53 £160.00 EC56 £180.00

1520mm - - EC41 £140.00 EC46 £163.35 EC50 £183.35

1820mm - - EC42 £160.00 EC52 £183.35 EC55 £203.35

Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus

With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additive

that will help fight the build up of germs & improve

hygiene standards, making it an ideal system for:

›› Catering

i Information

›› Medical Authorities

& Hospitals

›› Food Production

›› Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms

›› Damp & Corrosive Environments

460mm - - - - - - EPP40 £96.70

610mm - - - - EPP40 £96.70 EPP47A £116.70

760mm EPP32 £93.35 EPP35 £100.00 EPP43 £106.70 EPP47 £130.00

915mm EPP37 £100.00 EPP36 £110.00 EPP44 £116.70 EPP48 £136.70

1070mm EPP34 £106.70 EPP33 £116.70 EPP51 £130.00 EPP54 £146.70

1220mm EPP38 £110.00 EPP30 £130.00 EPP45 £143.35 EPP49 £160.00

1370mm - - EPP39 £140.00 EPP53 £160.00 EPP56 £186.70

1520mm - - EPP41 £146.70 EPP46 £170.00 EPP50 £193.35

1820mm - - EPP42 £163.35 EPP52 £186.70 EPP55 £220.00

Size (Diameter) Model Capacity Wheel/Housing Price

75mm unbraked R75UB 70kg Rubber/Zinc £8.35

75mm braked R75BR 70kg Rubber/Zinc £9.20





PRICES

HELD

PERMA PLUS

10 YEAR

ANTI CORROSION

GUARANTEE

EASY BUILD


Eclipse Shelving - Accessories

1

2

3

12

Shelf Ledge Utility Rail Back Grid

3

4

5

6

Shelf Divider

Mesh Panel

2

Add On Clips

7

8

9

10

11

Ticket Edging

2

PRICES

HELD

Post Clamps

12

Plastic Shelf

Collars

Wall Fixing

Bracket

13

Base Plate

1

4

Garment Rail

Trolley Handle

- Short

Sloping Shelf

14 & 15

16 17

18

Sloping Basket

Basket Shelf

Lipped Shelf

19

Wine Shelf

i

Information

OTHER

ACCESSORIES

AVAILABLE -

CALL FOR DETAILS

Key

1

2

3

4

Description

Model

Price

Type

Size mm

Shelf Ledge 115 x 305 SL12 £1.85






Shelf Ledge 115 x 1070 SL42 £4.10

Shelf Ledge 115 x 1220 SL48 £4.95

Shelf Ledge 115 x 1370 SL54 £5.50

Shelf Ledge 115 x 1520 SL60 £6.25

Shelf Ledge 115 x 1820 SL72 £7.50

Utility Rail 25 x 460 UR18 £3.60









Back Grid 350 x 915 EC3614BG £10.00

Back Grid 350 x 1220 EC4814BG £12.50

Shelf Divider 170 x 305 SD12 £4.20




Description

Key

Model

Price

Type

Size mm

Mesh Panel 380 x 1560 MP1561 £20.85

5

Mesh Panel 530 x 1560 MP2161 £25.00

6 Add On Clips - EAOC £1.25

7 Post Clamps - EPC £2.35

8 Plastic Shelf Collars (pk of 4) - ESC £0.85

9 Wall Fixing Bracket - ECBRAC £4.10

10 Base Plate - BPLT £3.35

11 Ticket Edging 39 x 150 1699/927 £1.10

Garment Rail 915 EC36GR £5.45

12



Trolley Handle - Short 460 SCH18 £6.25

13

Trolley Handle - Short 610 SCH24 £7.50

Sloping Shelf - 27º 305 x 610 SLT1224/27 £17.50

14 Sloping Shelf - 27º 460 x 915 SLT1836/27 £26.70



15 Sloping Shelf - 45º 460 x 915 SLT1836/45 £30.00


Sloping Basket - 27º 305 x 610 SLB2412 £15.00

16

Sloping Basket - 27º 460 x 610 SLB1824 £22.50

Basket Shelf 460 x 610 EC1824B £23.35

17

Basket Shelf 460 x 915 EC1836B £28.35

Lipped Shelf 460 x 915 ELS1836 £20.00

18

Lipped Shelf 460 x 1220 ELS1848 £25.00

19 Wine Shelf 355 x 915 W1436 £15.00

57


Plastic or Aluminium Shelving Systems

PRICES

HELD

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Beige

Red

Blue

Grey


Mobile Unit

i

Information

BESPOKE SIZES

AVAILABLE

CALL FOR DETAILS

Static Unit

›› Shelving Systems suitable for Food,

Pharmaceutical or general factory use

›› Moisture resistant heavy duty plastic

that will never rust, rot or corrode

›› 4 tier units (more or less tiers available)

›› 400mm clearance between shelves

(can be customised - call for details)

58

up to

360kg

evenly

distributed

per shelf

manufactured

Flatpacked for easy transportation & storage

›› Height of racks: Static - 1495mm

Mobile - 1560mm

›› L to R clearance between bays:

1000mm Rack - 915mm

1200mm Rack - 1115mm

1500mm Rack - 2 x 687mm

2000mm Rack - 2 x 937mm

1000mm Long Single Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf

Depth Static Model Price Mobile Model Price Static Model Price Mobile Model Price

400mm 15” 4104 £296.16 4104C £320.91 4104A £379.56 4104AC £426.49

500mm 20” 4105 £329.79 4105C £350.33 4105A £420.75 4105AC £467.68

600mm 24” 4106 £400.41 4106C £412.12 4106A £470.12 4106AC £517.04

1200mm Long Single Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf


400mm 15” 4124 £315.33 4124C £337.68 4124A £404.17 4124AC £451.11

500mm 20” 4125 £352.51 4125C £370.21 4125A £450.43 4125AC £497.36

600mm 24” 4126 £423.59 4126C £432.40 4126A £498.45 4126AC £545.37

1500mm Long Double Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf


400mm 15” 4154 £423.09 4154C £462.88 4154A £550.39 4154AC £614.56

500mm 20” 4155 £489.79 4155C £527.17 4155A £637.44 4155AC £701.61

600mm 24” 4156 £537.08 4156C £568.56 4156A £693.97 4156AC £758.15

2000mm Long Double Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf


400mm 15” 4204 £501.40 4204C £533.95 4204A £711.64 4204AC £775.81

500mm 20” 4205 £552.12 4205C £648.80 4205A £776.93 4205AC £841.11

600mm 24” 4206 £650.64 4206C £678.91 4206A £842.20 4206AC £906.37


Eko Fit Ali System

The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelving

system. Pre-assembled aluminium frames & shelf

supports with plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels.

›› Eko Fit has NSF & NF

›› Temperature range: -30 ° C to +90 ° C

Designed for use in:

›› Medical Authorities & Hospitals

›› Food Production areas, constructed

from Food Safe plastic

›› Walk-In freezers & cold rooms

Loadings

›› 110kg to 250kg per shelf. udl.

›› Total capacity 1000kg. udl.

between 2 ladder frame

90 Degree Corner Supports (1 per shelf)

i

PRICES

HELD

Information

IDEAL FOR

WHERE HYGIENE

IS IMPORTANT

450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit


KFA450 £10.00 KFA600 £11.70

Shelf

Length

mm

Plastic Plus

Complete 4 Shelf Unit

1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves)

Add-on Unit

(1 Frame & 4 Shelves)

Extra Shelf

450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit 450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit 450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

770 KFS450/17/4 £266.70 KFS600/17/4 £290.00 AOKFS450/17/4 £206.70 AOKFS600/17/4 £226.70 KFS450 £36.70 KFS600 £40.85







›› Easy to assemble shelving system which can be

cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher

›› Temperature range: -30 ° C to +90 ° C

›› Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis

›› NSF accreditation

›› Other heights available - call for details

Loadings

›› Shelf loading: 360kg udl.

›› Bay loading: 1400kg udl.

i

PRICES

HELD

Information

TEMPERATURE

RANGE FROM

-30 ° C TO +90 ° C

Image of the Vented Shelf

Shelf

Solid Shelves - complete with 4 shelves (1625H mm)

Vented Shelves - complete with 4 shelves (1625H mm)

Length

460mm Deep Unit 610mm Deep Unit 460mm Deep Unit 610mm Deep Unit

mm


610 8168S £186.70 8184S £206.70 8168V £180.00 8164V £193.35

760 8169S £206.70 8185S £233.35 8169V £206.70 8185V £220.00

915 8170S £230.00 8186S £256.70 8170V £220.00 8186V £240.00

1070 8171S £266.70 8187S £296.70 8171V £253.35 8187V £280.00

1220 8172S £293.35 8188S £326.70 8172V £273.35 8188V £300.00

1370 8173S £326.70 8189S £370.00 8173V £313.35 8189V £340.00

1520 8174S £350.00 8190S £380.00 8174V £333.35 8190V £353.35

1820 8175S £406.70 8191S £446.70 8175V £393.35 8191V £413.35

59


Bar Pallets

›› A versatile & flexible bar storage

system of an all welded construction,

which stacks up to 5 high

›› Load capacity of 1000kg

per unit, max 5000kg

FROM ONLY

£290.00

upto

5000kg

evenly

distributed

4 x BRP01Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BRP12Z

2 x BRP01Z

Internal Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

620 x 400 700 x 480 x 610 19 BRP01Z £290.00

920 x 400 1000 x 480 x 610 22 BRP02Z £294.15

620 x 520 700 x 600 x 610 22 BRP11Z £295.90

920 x 520 1000 x 600 x 610 24 BRP12Z £300.00

GVR31

£432.95

GSR34

3YR

GUARANTEE

GVR31

Variable Height Sheet Rack

›› Fully welded construction

›› Distance between uprights: 160mm

›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1400 x 800 x 1000 4 70 GVR31 £432.95

60

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Sheet Racking


›› Intermediate floor bracing for

supporting the sheet materials


Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Distance

between

Uprights

Weight

kg

manufactured

Model

Price

1200 x 2040 x 1050 4 260mm 135 GSR34 £985.80

1400 x 2040 x 1050 5 242mm 160 GSR35 £1172.80

1600 x 2040 x 1050 6 229mm 180 GSR36 £1380.35

1800 x 2040 x 1050 7 221mm 200 GSR37 £1575.80

2000 x 2040 x 1050 8 214mm 215 GSR38 £1835.20

2200 x 2040 x 1050 9 209mm 235 GSR39 £2070.70

2400 x 2040 x 1050 10 205mm 255 GSR40 £2273.20


Vertical Sheet Rack

Vertical Sheet Rack

GVR20

£638.60

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GVR15

£267.55

3YR

GUARANTEE

Both of these units are

fitted with compartment

bars to stop smaller sheets

from sliding between

compartments

GVR20


Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1100 x 970 x 1245 3 53 GVR20 £638.60

Vertical Storage Racks

manufactured

›› Distance between support bars: 310mm

›› Flat Steel base to accept sheet metal





Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

GVR15

Price

860 x 860 x 900 3 20 GVR15 £267.55

Vertical Sheet Rack

GVR24

£416.45

GVR01

£1197.60

3YR

GUARANTEE

GVR01

GVR24



›› Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied)


Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1200 x 600 x 1500 4 70 GVR24 £416.45

1800 x 600 x 1500 6 100 GVR26 £514.50

2400 x 600 x 1500 8 120 GVR28 £693.50

manufactured

›› Bolted & welded construction

›› Overall Size: 2120L x 1240W x 1530H mm

›› Flatpack Size: 1240L x 1530W x 120H mm


For use with

Sheet Size

Opening

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 1 /2 m x 1 1 /2 m 150 140 GVR01 £1197.60

61


Bar Storage Racks

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Heavy Duty Bar Storage Racks

2 x GSR11

2 x GSR62

GSR61

GSR01

›› Tiers per unit: 6

›› Units can be fixed to

the floor for stability

›› Load heavy materials at base

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to

unload these units

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Type

Weight

kg

350kg

350kg

400kg

850kg

950kg

1100kg

Load Capacity Per Arm

Model

Price

680 x 680 x 1910 Single 45 GSR61 £414.25

1270 x 680 x 1910 Double 55 GSR62 £607.20

Heavy Duty Mobile Bar Storage Rack

›› Load Capacity per arm: 1000kg

›› Space between arms: 250mm

›› Units can be fixed to the floor for stability



Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Tiers

per unit

Type

Weight

kg

Model Price

40 GSR01 £569.15

1150 x 575 x 1500 5

Single

1150 x 575 x 1870 6 60 GSR02 £638.15

1150 x 1000 x 1500 5

50 GSR11 £702.85

Double

1150 x 1000 x 1870 6 80 GSR12 £762.05

›› Tiers per unit: 3

›› Space between arms: 330mm

›› Mobile on 4 x 200mm heavy

duty swivel castors, 2 braked

›› Folded height: 630mm

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed

to unload these units

Removable Central

Support Section on

the GSR52

Foldable unit for easy storage

& allows them to be stacked

Description

62

Load

Capacity kg

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

GSR52

2 Support Posts 1000kg 1600 x 1100 x 1560 78 GSR51 £870.35

3 Support Posts 2000kg 1600 x 1100 x 1560 95 GSR52 £1000.40

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


Heavy Duty Bar CUBI-Rack

›› High capacity storage for

flat/round bar, hollow

section, angle &

channel steel

›› Units can be fixed to

the floor for stability

›› Easy to assemble

›› Heavy duty capacity

of 3000kg per column

›› Columns are fully

welded, with the

braces & spacing

angles bolted together

N.B. A Fork Lift will be

needed to unload these units

NEW

i

Information

HEAVY DUTY

STORAGE SOLUTION

FOR LONG MATERIALS

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

4 Columns with Spacers & Angles 3250 x 1100 x 1900 237 BRP03Z £1676.15





BRP03Z

Mobile Variable Height Sheet Rack


›› Distance between uprights: 160mm

›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm

›› Mobile on 100mm swivel castors (2 braked)



GVR99

£475.95

Mobile Vertical Sheet Rack



›› Flat Steel base accepts sheet metal

›› Mobile on 100mm swivel castors (2 braked)



GVR98

£683.85

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GVR99

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GVR98

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1400 x 800 x 1135 4 71 GVR99 £475.95

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

No of

Bays

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1100 x 970 x 1380 3 54 GVR98 £683.85

63



›› Each starter bay is made up of two

uprights & 8 adjustable support dividers

›› Each extension bay is made up of one upright

& a further 8 adjustable support dividers

›› Movable dividers enable horizontal adjustment

of the storage sections allowing the unit

to meet your individual requirements

›› Plywood base offers protection to the

ends of the stored items whilst

adding stability to the unit

›› Frame has wall mounted fixing points

to secure the unit (fixings not included)


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

CR3000ST

CR3000ST Movable Divider

Description


Overall Size

L x D x H mm

›› Each starter bay is made up of two

uprights & 3 adjustable support arms

›› Each extension bay is made up of one upright

& a further 3 adjustable support dividers

›› Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical

adjustment of the storage sections allowing

the unit to meet your individual requirements

›› Plywood base offers protection to the

ends of the stored items whilst

adding stability to the unit

›› Frame has wall mounted fixing points

to secure the unit (fixings not included)


Starter Bay

Model

Price

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Extension Bay

5 Compartments (8 Dividers) 2430 x 650 x 3000 CR3000ST £1009.70 2430 x 650 x 3000 CR3000EX £842.80

Additional Divider - CRA20A £60.95 - CRA20A £60.95

Model

Price

3YR

GUARANTEE

Movable dividers enable

horizontal & vertical adjustment

manufactured

CR2575ST & CR2575EX

with 1 x CRA15A

64

Description

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Starter Bay

Model

Price

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Extension Bay

3 Dividers 1633 x 785 x 2575 CR2575ST £886.00 1595 x 785 x 2575 CR2575EX £727.10

Additional Divider - CRA15A £72.35 - CRA15A £72.35

Model

Price


Cantilever Racking


›› Load capacity per arm: 200kg

›› Each arm has end stops to

prevent items falling off




manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GCR110

£1002.00

GCR120

GCR110

Description

Cantilever Racking

›› Store long & heavy products safely

›› Improve stock accessibility. Ideal for

timber, piping, steel, plastic etc

›› The arms are fitted with removable

end stops for the ease of loading

products on & off

›› Frame has wall & floor

fixing points to secure the

unit (fixings not included)

›› The arms are height adjustable in

increments of 150mm

›› Load capacity per arm: 250kg



Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Parallel Arms

Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 610 x 2100 106 GCR110 £1002.00

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 38 GCR111 £452.95

Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 1100 x 2100 143 GCR210 £1250.45

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 51 GCR211 £597.90

Tapered Arms

Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 650 x 2030 93 GCR120 £1092.90

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 34 GCR121 £512.75

Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 1190 x 2030 125 GCR220 £1166.85

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 44 GCR221 £594.65

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Heavy duty, height adjustable arms

with removable end stops

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

CR1003ST

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Starter Bay

12 Arms & 3 Uprights

Starter Bay

15 Arms & 3 Uprights

Extension Bay

4 Arms & 1 Upright

Additional Arm


500mm Long Arms

2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR0503ST £1645.20 CR0504ST £1757.60 CR050EX £625.75 CRA05A £144.65

1000mm Long Arms

2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR1003ST £1780.90 CR1004ST £1905.50 CR100EX £674.05 CRA10A £156.60

65

Lockers, Cupboards & Cloakroom

Cube Lockers

›› An excellent way of providing secure storage for

personal & valuable items in offices, call centres

& schools where space is at a premium

›› Fitted with standard mastered

cam locks with 2,000 differs

›› Rubber door buffers

›› Powder coated with Germ Guard

Active Technology paint

›› Pre-drilled for nesting or wall mounting

›› Available with internal shelf - call for details

›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£48.47

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Red

Yellow

Light Grey


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

300 x 300 x 300 UG303030Z £48.47

380 x 380 x 380 UG383838Z £56.91

450 x 450 x 450 UG464646Z £62.18

Internal Shelf for UG464646Z UGES4646Z £25.96

Personal Effect Lockers

FROM ONLY

£313.33



›› Through frame shelf

for extra security

›› Compartment entry aperture:

150H x 163W x 360D mm



›› Pre-drilled for nesting

›› Reaction to Fire

Classification EN 13501-1

›› PEL lockers are fitted with

a security shelf to prevent

unauthorised access

to the compartment below

›› Order quantities may apply -

please speak to sales

manufactured

Blue &

Light Grey

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Blue

Red

Light Grey


LR184538Y

LR189038F

Compartment Close Up

Locking Mechanism

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Compartments

Model

Price

940 x 900 x 380 20 LR909038Y £313.33

1285 x 900 x 380 28 LR129038H £445.75

1800 x 450 x 380 20 LR184538Y £313.33

66

1800 x 900 x 380 40 LR189038F £604.17


Express Lockers

FROM ONLY

£87.47

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Grey

Blue


manufactured

Our range of Express Lockers comprise of the same

high quality design as our Standard Lockers but are

available on a 5 Day Delivery lead time. Express

Lockers are kept in stock with a selection of four

compartment options with a choice of either Light

Grey or Dark Blue doors.

i

Information

STOCKED IN

OUR WAREHOUSE,

READY TO GO

›› Choice of 300mm & 450mm depths

›› 1, 2, 4 & 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised

security shelf to prevent any unauthorised

access to the compartment below

›› Fitted with standard, mastered cam

locks with 2,000 differs

›› Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf & coat hook

›› Two tier lockers fitted with

coat hook in each compartment

›› Strengthened & ventilated doors with rubber buffers

›› Powder coated with Germ

Guard Active Technology paint

›› Order quantities may apply - please

contact us for more details

›› Complete with rust resisting galvanised shelves


Tiers Model Price

Express Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm

1 LQ1830301 £87.47

2 LQ1830302 £107.54

4 LQ1830304 £125.12

6 LQ1830306 £153.32

Tiers Model Price

Express Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm

1 LQ1830451 £101.89

2 LQ1830452 £121.08

4 LQ1830454 £145.33

6 LQ1830456 £166.48

67


Standard Lockers

Interior Coat Hook

FROM ONLY

£85.71

Door Ventilation

Door Stiffener

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Red

Yellow

Dark Grey

Light Grey


›› Choice of 300mm, 380mm & 450mm depths

›› Lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf to prevent

any unauthorised access to the compartment below

›› Fitted with standard, mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs

›› Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf & coat hook

›› Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment


›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint



i

manufactured

Information

REACTION TO FIRE

CLASSIFICATION

EN 13501-1

Overall Size

1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier 5 Tier 6 Tier

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1800 x 300 x 300 LS1830301 £85.71 LS1830302 £105.39 LS1830303 £118.01 LS1830304 £122.62 LS1830305 £136.43 LS1830306 £150.25

1800 x 300 x 450 LS1830451 £99.85 LS1830452 £117.55 LS1830453 £130.39 LS1830454 £142.42 LS1830455 £152.79 LS1830456 £163.15

1800 x 380 x 380 LS1838381 £103.14 LS1838382 £114.28 LS1838383 £124.52 LS1838384 £140.86 LS1838385 £157.87 LS1838386 £164.16

1800 x 450 x 450 LS1845451 £112.85 LS1845452 £128.19 LS1845453 £147.10 LS1845454 £163.24 LS1845455 £166.58 LS1845456 £169.92

68


Lockers

›› Anti-bacterial satin gloss finish. BS Class ‘0’ rated product

›› Robust steel construction with rebated doors

›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000

differs or padlock fitting - please specify when

ordering. Other locks available - please see below

FROM ONLY

£78.00

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Clear Entry

H x W x D mm

Model

Single Door (c/w top shelf & double coat hook)

Price

1800 x 300 x 300 1410 x 235 x 275 1830301 £78.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1410 x 235 x 425 1830451 £94.00

1800 x 450 x 450 1410 x 385 x 425 1845451 £112.00

Two Door (c/w double coat hook)

1800 x 300 x 300 835 x 235 x 275 1830302 £99.00

1800 x 300 x 450 835 x 235 x 425 1830452 £109.00

1800 x 450 x 450 835 x 385 x 425 1845452 £129.00

Three Door

1800 x 300 x 300 540 x 235 x 275 1830303 £108.00

1800 x 300 x 450 540 x 235 x 425 1830453 £123.00

Four Door

1800 x 300 x 300 400 x 235 x 275 1830304 £119.00

1800 x 300 x 450 400 x 235 x 425 1830454 £133.00

1800 x 450 x 450 400 x 385 x 425 1845454 £157.00

Six Door

1800 x 300 x 300 260 x 235 x 275 1830306 £144.00

1800 x 300 x 450 260 x 235 x 425 1830456 £155.00

i

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Red

Yellow

Black

Mid Grey


manufactured

Information

CONSTRUCTED FROM

0.7 – 0.9MM STEEL

COMPONENTS

Locker Accessories

Padlock Fitting Budget Combi Lock Electronic Combi Lock

Sloping

Top

Locker

Stand

Overall Size

W x D mm

Model

Price

Factory Fitted Sloping Top (150mm high)

300 x 300 ST3030 £11.00

300 x 450 ST3045 £12.00

450 x 450 ST4545 £13.00

Locker Stand (150mm high)

300 Width* LS30 £30.00

450 Width* LS45 £39.00

600 Width* LS60 £44.00

900 Width* LS90 £60.00

*Supplied to suit locker depth

Master key for key operated Locks

- MKEY £17.00

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

PADL Please specify

COML £29.00

ECOML £53.00

Coin Return Vinyl Numbering Key Fob

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

COINL £25.00

NUM £2.00

FOB £2.00

69


School Lockers


›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel to

withstand the wear & tear of daily usage

›› Lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf

to prevent any unauthorised access


›› Fitted with standard, mastered


›› Single tier lockers are fitted with a top shelf &

coat hook & two tier lockers are fitted with a






›› Also available in 900H & 1100Hmm

- please call for details

FROM ONLY

£87.85

manufactured

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Red

Yellow

Light Grey

Dark Grey


Overall Size

1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier

H x W x D mm


1365 x 300 x 300 LD1330301 £87.85 LD1330302 £108.01 LD1330303 £120.95 LD1330304 £125.67

1365 x 300 x 450 LD1330451 £102.34 LD1330452 £120.48 LD1330453 £133.64 LD1330454 £145.97

1365 x 380 x 380 LD1338381 £105.72 LD1338382 £117.13 LD1338383 £127.62 LD1338384 £144.37

Spectrum School Lockers


›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel to

withstand the wear & tear of daily usage

›› Lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf

to prevent any unauthorised access




›› Single tier lockers are fitted with a top shelf &

coat hook & two tier lockers are fitted with a



›› Carcass is powder coated with white

Germ Guard Active Technology paint



›› Available in minimum order quantities of 8

›› Also available in 900H & 1100Hmm


manufactured

FROM ONLY

£111.63

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Sublime Lime

Pitahaya Pink

Berry Burst

Lagoon Blue

Tamarillo Red

Guava Green

Chilli Pepper Orange

Tangelo Orange


Overall Size


H x W x D mm


1365 x 300 x 300 LDS1330301 £111.63 LDS1330302 £137.43 LDS1330303 £153.89 LDS1330304 £159.91

1365 x 300 x 450 LDS1330451 £130.22 LDS1330452 £153.29 LDS1330453 £170.05 LDS1330454 £185.73

1365 x 380 x 380 LDS1338381 £134.51 LDS1338382 £149.04 LDS1338383 £162.39 LDS1338384 £183.70

70


White Lockers

›› Anti-bacterial powder coating - RAL 9010

›› Robust steel construction with rebated doors

›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000

differs or padlock fitting - please specify when

ordering. Other locks available - please see below

FROM ONLY

£81.00

manufactured

i

Information

CONSTRUCTED FROM

0.7 – 0.9MM STEEL

COMPONENTS

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Clear Entry

H x W x D mm

Model

Single Door (c/w top shelf & double coat hook)

Price

1800 x 300 x 300 1410 x 235 x 275 1830301W £81.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1410 x 235 x 425 1830451W £99.00

Two Door (c/w double coat hook)

1800 x 300 x 300 835 x 235 x 275 1830302W £104.00

1800 x 300 x 450 835 x 235 x 425 1830452W £114.00

Three Door

1800 x 300 x 300 540 x 235 x 275 1830303W £113.00

1800 x 300 x 450 540 x 235 x 425 1830453W £130.00

Four Door

1800 x 300 x 300 400 x 235 x 275 1830304W £126.00

1800 x 300 x 450 400 x 235 x 425 1830454W £140.00

1800 x 450 x 450 400 x 385 x 425 1845454W £165.00

Six Door

1800 x 300 x 300 260 x 235 x 275 1830306W £151.00

1800 x 300 x 450 260 x 235 x 425 1830456W £163.00

Locker Accessories

Padlock Fitting Premium Combi Lock Electronic Combi Lock

Sloping

Top

Locker

Stand

Overall Size

W x D mm

Model

Price

Factory Fitted Sloping Top (150mm high)

300 x 300 ST3030 £11.00

300 x 450 ST3045 £12.00

450 x 450 ST4545 £13.00

Locker Stand (150mm high)

300 Width* LS30 £30.00

450 Width* LS45 £39.00

600 Width* LS60 £44.00

900 Width* LS90 £60.00

*Supplied to suit locker depth

Master key for key operated Locks

- MKEY £17.00

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

PADL Please specify

PCOML £33.00

ECOML £53.00

Coin Return Vinyl Numbering Key Fob

Model

Price

Model

Price

Model

Price

COINL £25.00

NUM £2.00

FOB £2.00

71


Premium Lockers

FROM ONLY

£104.92

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

manufactured

›› Manufactured to conform to BS 4680:1996 ‘Standard Duty’ (excluding size specification),

ISO 9001:2000 & Environmental Management System ISO 14001:2004. They are also

manufactured in accordance with the Health & Safety certification OHSAS 18001

›› Air vent system on each door with welded internal door strengtheners & 5 knuckle hinges

›› 10 micro spring disk lock ›› Through frame locking

Orange (RAL2003)

Ocean (RAL5024)

Jade (RAL6021)

Lemon (RAL1016)

Lilac (RAL4008)

White (RAL9016)

Black (RAL9004)

Silver (RAL9006)


BODY

COLOUR OPTIONS

White (RAL9016)

Black (RAL9004)

Silver (RAL9006)


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

72

1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier 5 Tier 6 Tier


1780 x 305 x 305 701212 £104.92 701212/2 £137.26 701212/3 £148.90 701212/4 £159.22 701212/5 £170.47 701212/6 £196.31

1780 x 305 x 380 701215 £112.60 701215/2 £142.70 701215/3 £156.80 701215/4 £171.57 701215/5 £177.24 701215/6 £199.26

1780 x 305 x 460 701218 £125.41 701218/2 £153.16 701218/3 £166.94 701218/4 £178.85 701218/5 £187.03 701218/6 £213.81


Personal Effect Lockers

Blue &

Light Grey

manufactured

Compartment Close Up

Locking Mechanism

LR909038Y



›› Through frame shelf for extra security

›› Compartment entry aperture:

150H x 163W x 360D mm





›› PEL lockers are fitted with a security

shelf to prevent unauthorised access


›› Order quantities may apply -

please speak to sales

Width 900mm

LR184538Y

FROM ONLY

£313.33

Width 450mm

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Blue

Red

Light Grey


Width 900mm

LR189038F

Height 940mm

Width 900mm

Height 1285mm

Height 1800mm

Height 1800mm

20

Tier

28

Tier

20

Tier

40

Tier

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Compartments

Model

Price

940 x 900 x 380 20 LR909038Y £313.33

1285 x 900 x 380 28 LR129038H £445.75

1800 x 450 x 380 20 LR184538Y £313.33

1800 x 900 x 380 40 LR189038F £604.17

73


Workwear & Vision Panel Lockers

Two Person

Locker

›› Anti-bacterial powder coating

›› Robust steel construction with coloured doors

›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000 differs

or padlock fitting - please specify when ordering.

Other locks available - please see page 69

Combi Locker

›› Ideal for hanging workwear clothing

›› Vertical hanging compartment with hanging

rail & smaller storage compartments

›› Galvanised internal components

Clean & Dirty Locker

›› Two vertical hanging compartments to

separate workwear & daywear

Two Person Locker

›› Space saving unit for 2 users

›› Each user has a vertical hanging space

& a smaller possession compartment

Twin Locker

›› Space saving unit for 2 users

›› Each user has a slim vertical hanging

space with shelf & double coat hook

Combi

Locker

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£129.00

Clean & Dirty

Locker

Twin

Locker

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Combi Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845N £144.00

Clean & Dirty Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845CD £129.00

Two Person Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845TP £160.00

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Red

Yellow

Black

Mid Grey

Twin Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845TW £151.00


Vision Panel Lockers


›› Allows compartment inspection

from outside the door - deters

concealment within locker

›› Robust steel construction with

rebated doors with engineered

plastic (PET) clear vision panel

›› Fitted with standard cam locks with

4,000 differs or padlock fitting - please

specify when ordering. Other locks

available - please see page 69 (coin lock

can only be fitted to the two door locker)

FROM ONLY

£194.00

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

manufactured

Mid Grey

Blue


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Two Door

1800 x 300 x 300 1830302VP £194.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1830452VP £205.00

Four Door

1800 x 300 x 300 1830304VP £220.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1830454VP £235.00

Six Door

1800 x 300 x 300 1830306VP £267.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1830456VP £277.00

Eight Door

1800 x 300 x 300 1830308VP £320.00

1800 x 300 x 450 1830458VP £338.00

74


Flat Garment Lockers

›› Enables work clothing to be issued

when cleaned, & exchanged when dirty

›› Clothing compartments can be

accessed individually or collectively

using the master door



›› Doors are fitted with rubber

buffers to prevent scratching




›› Reaction to Fire

Classification EN 13501-1

›› Other door colour options available

on minimum order quantity


DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Light Grey

Dark Blue


manufactured

FROM ONLY

£219.38

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Garment Disposal Lockers

5 Tier 10 Tier 12 Tier 15 Tier 20 Tier

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1800 x 380 x 450 LF1838455 £219.38 LF183845N £267.99 LF183845W £291.58 LF183845Q £320.75 LF183845Y £372.13

1800 x 450 x 380 LF1845385 £219.38 LF184538N £267.99 LF184538W £291.58 LF184538Q £320.75 - -

›› Enables dirty work wear to be deposited & collected for cleaning

›› Suitable for use in any industrial environment where a

uniform or work wear cleaning service is provided

›› Fitted with 3 point locking cam locks with 2,000 differs

›› Letter box opening to receive approx. 45 garments

›› Door fitted with rubber buffers



›› Other door colour options available on minimum

order quantity - please call for details

LF183845Y LF183845W LF1838455

manufactured

Garment opening

Coat hooks

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Light Grey

Dark Blue


Cam lock

Ventilated doors

FROM ONLY

£201.77

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1800 x 380 x 450 LL1838451 £201.77

1800 x 450 x 380 LL1845451 £210.45

LL1845451

75


Laminate Lockers

As the door is normally the part of the locker

that comes in for the most punishment, we

offer this premium quality laminate door

locker, without a premium price tag. The door

fits neatly inside the frame and opens a full

180 degrees. Tough, solid laminate doors are

highly resistant to dents and scratches and will

not rust. Ideal for places where lockers are

frequently used, such as in schools & colleges.



›› Two sizes & five door configurations

›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted

with security shelf to prevent

unauthorised access to the

compartment below

›› End panels also available


›› Steel carcass powder

coated in light grey

FROM ONLY

£177.69

manufactured

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Spectrum Red

Campanula

Spectrum Yellow

Aquamarine

Light Grey

Vibrant Green

Graphite Grey

Clementine

Oak

Beech


Tiers Model Price

Tiers Model Price

Laminate Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm

1 LU1830301 £177.69

2 LU1830302 £207.51

3 LU1830303 £236.47

4 LU1830304 £265.89

6 LU1830306 £301.88

End Panel LVEP18301 £149.40

Z-Door Lockers

LAMINATE DOOR

COLOUR OPTIONS

Spectrum Red

Campanula

Spectrum Yellow

Aquamarine

Light Grey

Vibrant Green

Graphite Grey

Clementine

Oak

Beech


STEEL DOOR

COLOUR OPTIONS

Light Blue

Red

Blue

Yellow

Light Grey

Green


Laminate Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm

1 LU1830451 £185.73

2 LU1830452 £215.57

3 LU1830453 £245.49

4 LU1830454 £275.85

6 LU1830456 £313.47


An attractive yet extremely robust locker,

ideal for when space is at a premium.

These lockers are designed so that each

compartment can comfortably hang up

a coat on the fitted hook. Each locker

compartment also has space available to

store small personal effects.

›› Doors are available in steel or high

quality laminate for extra durability

›› Fitted with standard mastered cam

locks, with 2,000 differs.

›› Choice of 300mm or 450mm widths


Active Technology Anti-Bacterial paint

›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN13501-1

›› Available in minimum order quantities of 8

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£268.46

76

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Door

Material

Model

Price

1800 x 300 x 450 Steel LZD183045 £268.46

1800 x 450 x 450 Steel LZD184545 £294.66

1800 x 300 x 450 Laminate LZU183045 £380.06

1800 x 450 x 450 Laminate LZU184545 £413.11


Steel Splash Lockers

These lockers are manufactured from

pre-coated galvanised steel for damp

environments or where frequent

washing down is required.

›› Strengthened & ventilated doors

with rubber buffers

›› Single tier lockers fitted with top

shelf & coat hook

›› Two tier lockers fitted with coat

hook in each compartment

›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active

Technology anti-bacterial paint

›› Hinges are 75mm deep - offers

greater quality & durability

›› Ideal for swimming pools, changing

rooms, saunas, industrial wet areas

& food preparation plants

›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted with

security shelf to prevent unauthorised

access to the compartment below

›› Moisture resistant cam locks are fitted

as standard for superior lock

durability in moist environments

›› Lateral security beam enhances the

security of the product

FROM ONLY

£127.43

STEEL DOOR

COLOUR OPTIONS

Light Blue

Red

Blue

Yellow

Light Grey

Green


manufactured

Tiers Model Price

Tiers Model Price

Steel Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm

1 LW1830301 £127.43

2 LW1830302 £146.41

3 LW1830303 £165.38

4 LW1830304 £184.37

Laminate Splash Lockers

Tough, solid laminate doors are highly

resistant to dents & scratches & will

not rust, which makes them the ideal

solution for placing in wet areas such as

swimming pools and changing rooms


›› Pre-galvanised steel carcass

›› Fitted with moisture resistant cam locks

›› Two sizes & four door configurations

›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted with security

shelf to prevent unauthorised access


›› Wide range of door & end

panel colours available

›› Please check laminate colour

availability with sales prior to order

FROM ONLY

£187.55

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Spectrum Red

Campanula

Spectrum Yellow

Aquamarine

Light Grey

Vibrant Green

Graphite Grey

Clementine

Oak

Beech


Steel Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm

1 LW1830451 £135.57

2 LW1830452 £153.18

3 LW1830453 £174.88

4 LW1830454 £195.21

manufactured

Tiers Model Price

Laminate Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm

1 LZ1830301 £187.55

2 LZ1830302 £223.23

3 LZ1830303 £258.19

4 LZ1830304 £293.64

6 LZ1830306 £321.11


Tiers Model Price

Laminate Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm

1 LZ1830451 £196.27

2 LZ1830452 £231.99

3 LZ1830453 £267.95

4 LZ1830454 £304.41

6 LZ1830456 £333.42


77

Lockers, Executive Cupboards Lockers & Cloakroom

Aluminium Framed Lockers with Laminate Doors

NEW

FROM ONLY

£431.93

Concealed Self

Closing Hinge

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Pearly White

Dust

Dark Grey

Lime Yellow

Lime

Red Dynasty

Electric Blue


Flush Frame

For Zero Gap

Optional Inset

Number Plates

10mm SOLID LAMINATE

SOLID

CORE

Sloping Top

Hasp & Staple

KER STANDS & PLINTHS

lable for any number of stands.

des adjustable feet.

End Panel

›› Lockers are designed and engineered to last, every component is

manufactured from materials which will not degrade when

exposed to chlorinated & humid atmospheres

›› Aluminium body with reduced radius corners

give full width shelf to back of locker

›› Aluminium shelves, fixed firmly into position

adding rigidity to the locker

›› Doors manufactured from 10mm solid grade laminate

›› Heavy duty self-closing hinges engineered to prevent

the doors opening across adjacent compartment

›› A range of quality engineered locks available

KER SEATS for wet, & humid PLINTHS or dry environments

›› All lockers are supplied fully assembled &

lable for any can number nested of side stands. by side with no visible gaps

››

des adjustable Extruded feet. aluminium frames engineered for added strength & stability

* Single tier lockers include top shelf and double coat hook

** Double tier lockers include double coat hook per compartment

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

78

Single Tier

Double Tier

Three Tier

Four Tier

Overall Size

H x D mm

Six Tier

Single Tier* Two Tier** Three Tier Four Tier Six Tier


1800 x 300 x 400 ZEN-180-30-40 £431.93 ZEN-300-400/2 £490.79 ZEN-300-400/3 £570.73 ZEN-300-400/4 £633.67 ZEN-300-400/6 £834.65





Model

Effect End Panels for lockers

Price

1800 x 400 ZEN-END-12 £209.23

1800 x 450 ZEN-END-15 £235.39

1800 x 500 ZEN-END-18 £261.54

Effect End Panels for Lockers with Stands

1950 x 400 ZEN-END-12STANDS £227.02

1950 x 450 ZEN-END-15STANDS £255.41

1950 x 500 ZEN-END-18STANDS £283.74

Sloping Top

Probe Cam Lock

Included in locker price

(Wet Environment

Locks Price Differs)

- SLOPING TOP £89.15

Aluminium Round Number Cut Into Door

- RNR £3.92

Engraved Door - Letter or Number per digit

- ENGDO £6.53


Locker Support Stands

›› Locker support stands raise lockers off the floor, reducing impact damage & making cleaning easier

›› Manufactured from 25mm square aluminium section they are ideal for wet environments

›› Overall height: 150mm

NEW

To Suit Locker Size

W x D mm

Locker Support Seats & Stands

Stand for Single Locker Stand for Nest of 2 Lockers Stand for Nest of 3 Lockers


300 x 400 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40 £85.19 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N2 £88.24 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N3 £93.64





›› Colour coded solid grade laminate seat and aluminium framework form a bench seat in front of the locker

allowing full access to the locker. All units come complete wuth adjustable levelling feet


To Suit Locker Size

W x D mm

Seat & Stand for Single Locker Seat & Stand for Nest of 2 Lockers Seat & Stand for Nest of 3 Lockers


300 x 400 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40 £219.52 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N2 £266.09 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N3 £340.93





Dry Environment Locks

Wet Environment Locks

A

B

C

G

H

I

D

E

F

J

K

L

Item Description Model Price

A Radial Pin Lock - 10,000 Combinations TYPEC £20.15

B Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPEK-W £43.20

C NEW Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPEP £35.63

D Digital Combination Lock - 40,000 Combinations TYPEL £93.92

E The RFID Keyless Digital Combination Lock TYPEM £120.80

F Dual Coin/Token Return Lock TYPEMH-£1 £30.00


G Probe Cam Lock TYPE3 £20.99

H Hasp and Staple TYPE2 £11.84

I NEW Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPE11 £60.02

J Digital Combination Lock - 40,000 Combinations TYPE5 £43.20

K The RFID Keyless Digital Combination Lock TYPE10 £159.38

L Dual Coin/Token Return Lock TYPE7-£1 £65.53

79

Lockers, Executive Cupboards Lockers & Cloakroom

Executive Lockers

Executive Lockers with Pearl White Doors

& Hacienda Black End Panels

FROM ONLY

£238.72

manufactured

The range of Executive Lockers combine high

quality locker design with attractive door

facias and end panels. The locker design has

a premium feel and would fit into any high

end executive office, reception area or foyer.

›› Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs

›› A wide range of doors and end panels available

›› Steel body for maximum strength & durability


›› Fitted with soft close hinges

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Tiers

Pearl White Grey/Brown Kashmir Sand Beige


1800 x 300 x 450 1 LEX1830451PW £238.72 LEX1830451GB £238.72 LEX1830451KA £238.72 LEX1830451SB £238.72








Description

End Panel

80

Hacienda Black Graphite Miracossa (Gloss) Winchester Oak Noce Marino Walnut (Gloss)

To Fit


1800 x 300 x 450 LEX1845EPHBX £164.01 LEX1845EPGMX £196.81 LEX1845EPWOX £164.01 LEX1845EPMWX £196.81

1800 x 380 x 380 LEX1838EPHBX £148.14 LEX1838EPGMX £177.76 LEX1838EPWOX £148.14 LEX1838EPMWX £177.76


Executive Lockers

Graphite Miracossa (Gloss) end panels with Grey/Brown doors

Winchester Oak end panels with Kashmir doors

Pearl

White

Kashmir

Sand

Beige

Grey /

Brown

End Panel Options

Fascia Options

Noce Marino Walnut (Gloss) end panels with Sand Beige doors

Hacienda

Black

Winchester

Oak

Noce Marino

Walnut

(Gloss)

Graphite

Miracossa

(Gloss)

81


TabBox Charge Lockers

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£273.19

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Orange (RAL2003)

Blue (RAL5019)

Red (BS04E53)

White (RAL9016)


TAB/701212/1/10/P/USB TAB/701212/1/15/P/NONE TAB/701212/15/15/P/PLUG TAB/701212/15/15/V/NONE

›› All available charging or non-charging/store

›› All charging units are CE marked and tested: BS 6396:2008*

›› Doors secured by a solid sturdy hinge

›› Lock covers allow for numbering on every door for easy identification

›› Robust and sturdy steel construction

›› A wide variety of locking solutions are available

›› Rear perforated panel for heat dissipation

›› Internal compartment size of 305 x 305mm

integral 2.1amp

USB socket available

15 Door Compartment Locker 1 Door / 15 Compartment Locker 10 Door Compartment Locker

Description


Plain Door Locker TAB/701212/15/15/P/NONE £381.96 TAB/701212/1/15/P/NONE £364.76 TAB/701212/10/10/P/NONE £340.40

Vision Door Locker TAB/701212/15/15/V/NONE £513.84 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/NONE £430.43

Plain Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/P/PLUG £646.33 TAB/701212/1/15/P/PLUG £623.00 TAB/701212/10/10/P/PLUG £589.42

Vision Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/V/PLUG £778.31 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/PLUG £677.83

Plain Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/P/USB £745.24 TAB/701212/1/15/P/USB £720.95 TAB/701212/10/10/P/USB £657.51

Vision Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/V/USB £827.17 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/USB £745.78

1 Door / 10 Compartment Locker 8 Door Compartment Locker 1 Door / 8 Compartment Locker

Description


Plain Door Locker TAB/701212/1/10/P/NONE £318.10 TAB/701212/8/8/P/NONE £295.70 TAB/701212/1/8/P/NONE £273.19

Vision Door Locker - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/NONE £366.47 - -

Plain Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/1/10/P/PLUG £563.41 TAB/701212/8/8/P/PLUG £404.90 TAB/701212/1/8/P/PLUG £364.00

Vision Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/PLUG £475.52 - -

Plain Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/1/10/P/USB £630.91 TAB/701212/8/8/P/USB £458.14 TAB/701212/1/8/P/USB £417.75

Vision Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/USB £529.15 - -

82


Battery Charging Lockers

›› Suitable for the secure charging

of batteries & power tools

›› CE tested & meets EU

safety requirements

›› Fitted with galvanised

security shelf to prevent any

unauthorised access to the

compartment below

›› Fitted with standard,

mastered cam locks

with 2,000 differs

›› Strengthened & ventilated

doors with rubber buffers



›› Reaction to Fire Classification

EN 13501-1

FROM ONLY

£388.06

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Red

Yellow

Light Grey


Perforated Door Charging Lockers with a Standard plug

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Perforated Door Charging Lockers with a RCD plug

Solid Door Charging Lockers with a Standard plug

Solid Door Charging Lockers with a RCD plug



1800 x 300 x 450 BL1830454*PX £388.06 BL1830455*PX £456.56 BL1830456*PX £512.77 BL1830458*PX £615.49

1800 x 450 x 450 BL1845454*PX £441.42 BL1845455*PX £520.34 BL1845456*PX £584.74 BL1845458*PX £701.07

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm



1800 x 300 x 450 BR1830454*PX £542.94 BR1830455*PX £650.17 BR1830456*PX £745.09 BR1830458*PX £925.26

1800 x 450 x 450 BR1845454*PX £596.30 BR1845455*PX £713.94 BR1845456*PX £817.07 BR1845458*PX £1010.84



1800 x 300 x 450 BL1830454*SX £388.06 BL1830455*SX £456.56 BL1830456*SX £512.77 BL1830458*SX £615.49

1800 x 450 x 450 BL1845454*SX £441.42 BL1845455*SX £520.34 BL1845456*SX £584.74 BL1845458*SX £701.07

Overall Size

H x W x D mm



1800 x 300 x 450 BR1830454*SX £542.94 BR1830455*SX £650.17 BR1830456*SX £745.09 BR1830458*SX £925.26

1800 x 450 x 450 BR1845454*SX £596.30 BR1845455*SX £713.94 BR1845456*SX £817.07 BR1845458*SX £1010.84

83

Laptop Lockers, & Cupboards Tablet Storage & Cloakroom Lockers

Laptop & Tablet Storage Lockers

›› High quality & cost effective storage

›› Choice of 10 or 15 compartment units

›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active

technology anti-bacterial paint



›› Other colours available - call for details

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

1800 x

450 x 450

1800 x

380 x 450

Configuration Colour Code Price

10 Comp

10 Doors

15 Comp

15 Doors

15 Comp

1 Door

Light Grey L7184545NLXX £348.64

Dark Blue L7184545NBXX £348.64

Red L7184545NRXX £348.64

Light Grey L7183845QLXX £392.03

Dark Blue L7183845QBXX £392.03

Red L7183845QRXX £392.03

Light Grey L71838451LQX £314.37

Dark Blue L71838451BWX £314.37

Red L71838451RQX £314.37

L7184545NRXX

manufactured

Charging Laptop & Tablet Lockers

L7183845QBXX

L71838451LQX

›› Choice of 8 or 12 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket

›› Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle

›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 470D mm

›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint


L7C145050W1B

L7C10505088B

Internal Charging

Point fitted inside

the compartments

manufactured

Charging Laptop & Tablet Trolleys

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

1000 x

500 x 500

1460 x

500 x 500


8 Comp

8 Doors

8 Comp

1 Door

12 Comp

1 Door

12 Comp

12 Doors

Light Grey L7C10505088L £523.89

Dark Blue L7C10505088B £523.89

Red L7C10505088R £523.89

Light Grey L7C10505081L £492.11

Dark Blue L7C10505081B £492.11

Red L7C10505081R £492.11

Light Grey L7C145050W1L £651.30

Dark Blue L7C145050W1B £651.30

Red L7C145050W1R £651.30

Light Grey L7C145050WWL £686.13

Dark Blue L7C145050WWB £686.13

Red L7C145050WWR £686.13

›› Choice of 8 or 16 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket

›› Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle

›› “Narrow Aisle” units are 525mm wide & allow easy access between desks

›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 465D mm




manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


Narrow Aisle

1200 x

525 x 675

8 Comp

2 Doors

Light Grey L7M12526782L £578.44

Dark Blue L7M12526782B £578.44

Red L7M12526782R £578.44

Narrow Aisle

1200 x

525 x 1220

16 Comp

4 Doors

Light Grey L7M125212X4L £1037.11

Dark Blue L7M125212X4B £1037.11

Red L7M125212X4R £1037.11

Internal Charging

Point fitted inside

the compartments

1200 x

1040 x 660

84

16 Comp

2 Doors

Light Grey L7M121066X2L £1037.11

Dark Blue L7M121066X2B £1037.11

Red L7M121066X2R £1037.11

L7M121066X2R


Plastic Lockers

›› MDPE plastic lockers which are

anti-bacterial & fully recyclable

›› UV resistant with a HALS (hindered

amine light stabiliser) moulded in

›› Robust design which resists

dents & scratches

›› Strong hidden hinges fitted

with high tensile pins

›› Compartment drain holes allows

water to drain out - ideal for cleaning

›› Plus lockers are fitted with an

internal neoprene seal to create a

virtual watertight seal. A must for any

outdoor applications or where there is

a risk of moisture or spray that could

ingress into the compartments

›› Complete with either a water resistant

hasp lock or water resistant cam

lock - please specify when ordering

(*if not specified Cam Lock will be supplied)

Optional Sloping Top

Neoprene seal fitted to

Plus Version Lockers

Water Resistant Hasp Lock

fitted included in prices*

Water Resistant Cam Lock

fitted included in prices

Optional Waterproof

Digital Combination Lock

Optional Waterproof

Coin Return Lock

‘TYPE 7’

10 YR

GUARANTEE

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Yellow

Grey

Red


IP-PL/180/325/450/2

Plastic Lockers

Optional Extras

IP-PL/180/325/450/3

IP-PL/180/325/450/4

Tiers

Overall Size

Shower Lockers

Plus Lockers

H x W x D mm


2 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/2 £439.30 IP-PL/180/325/450/2 £530.54

3 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/3 £449.01 IP-PL/180/325/450/3 £566.96

4 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/4 £445.38 IP-PL/180/325/450/4 £588.78


Sloping Top SLOPING TOP £61.89

Fully Waterproof Cam Lock* TYPE 3 £20.99 per lock

Programmable 4 Digit Number finding Key TYPE 5 £43.20 per lock

Water Resistant 4 Digit Combination Lock with overide key TYPE 6 £100.00 per lock

Fully Waterproof Coin Return Lock* TYPE 7 £93.92 per lock

Fully Waterproof Coin Retain Lock* TYPE 8 £120.14 per lock

Fully Waterproof Digital Combination Lock* TYPE 9 £120.80 per lock

*Suitable for use with the Plastic Lockers

85


Wire Mesh Lockers

FROM ONLY

£97.54

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Light Grey

Dark Grey

Electro Zinc

Plated


i

Information

PREMIUM 8MM

LOCKERS AVAILABLE

- CALL FOR DETAILS

›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper coated

welded mesh on a 6mm rod frame

›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full

through ventilation & high visual security

›› Single tier lockers come complete

with a hat shelf & coat hook

›› Fitted with a hasp & staple for

manufactured

use with a padlock (not included)

›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be

fitted back to back, to the wall & to the

floor (fixings not included)

›› Premium 8mm lockers available - call for details

1980H x 305Dmm 1980H x 457Dmm

1980H x 305Dmm 1980H x 457Dmm

Description

Description



1 Door

4 Door

Single Locker - 300W CM0002EC £97.54 CM0014EC £109.06 Single Locker - 300W CM0056EC £111.59 CM0068EC £126.51

Nest of 2 Lockers - 610W CM0004EC £179.57 CM0016EC £195.01 Nest of 2 Lockers - 610W CM0058EC £211.50 CM0070EC £240.40


2 Door

5 Door




3 Door

6 Door




86

BESPOKE PRODUCTS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers

Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers


›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper

coated welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame

›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer

full through ventilation & high visual security



›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with

provision to be fitted back to

back, to the wall & to the


FROM ONLY

£120.91

manufactured

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Light Grey

Dark Grey

Electro Zinc

Plated


Compartment Lockers with No Doors

Compartment Lockers with Doors

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of Doors /

No of Compartments Model Price

Compartments

Model

Price

1370 x 610 x 305 8 CM010BZP0129 £120.91 8 / 8 CM010BZP0130 £157.74

1370 x 610 x 457 8 CM010BZP0141 £160.39 8 / 8 CM010BZP0142 £194.81

1370 x 910 x 305 12 CM010BZP0145 £162.24 12 / 12 CM010BZP0146 £225.78

1370 x 910 x 457 12 CM010BZP0151 £183.11 12 / 12 CM010BZP0152 £248.10

1370 x 1210 x 305 16 CM010BZP0147 £213.35 16 / 16 CM010BZP0148 £298.82

1370 x 1210 x 457 16 CM010BZP0153 £229.29 16 / 16 CM010BZP0154 £314.75

1370 x 1510 x 305 20 CM010BZP0149 £239.00 20 / 20 CM010BZP0150 £347.32

1370 x 1510 x 457 20 CM010BZP0155 £263.49 20 / 20 CM010BZP0156 £377.51

1370 x 830 x 305 40 CM010BZP0157 £225.04 2 / 40 CM010BZP0158 £290.51

1370 x 830 x 457 40 CM010BZP0159 £255.82 2 / 40 CM010BZP0160 £320.34

Wire Mesh Compartment Cupboards

›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper

coated welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame

›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full

through ventilation & high visual security



›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with

provision to be fitted back to

back, to the wall & to the


FROM ONLY

£118.44

manufactured

Description

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Blue

Red

Green

Light Grey

Dark Grey

Electro Zinc

Plated


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Low Cupboard - Single Door (c/w 2 shelves) 1370 x 450 x 457 CM090BZP0401 £118.44

Low Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 2 shelves) 1370 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0402 £212.27

Narrow Cupboard - Single Door (c/w 3 shelves) 1980 x 450 x 457 CM090BZP0403 £145.94

Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 3 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0404 £313.49

Divided Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 6 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0405 £291.49



Janitor Cupboard - Double Door (c/w Rail & 3 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0408 £318.63

Wardrobe Cupboard - Double Door (c/w Hat Shelf & Rail) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0409 £291.49

Price

BESPOKE PRODUCTS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

87


Wire Mesh Storage Compartmentss

›› Strong & hard wearing

›› Fully welded tubular

steel construction with a

50 x 50mm square mesh

outer carcass & 25 x 25mm

mesh shelves

›› Fitted with hanging rail & 2

storage shelves per

compartment as illustrated

›› Produced with both floor &

wall fixing points (fixings

not supplied)

›› Easy access for cleaning

›› Contents can easily be

visually inspected



i

Information

BESPOKE MODELS

CAN BE MADE TO YOUR

SPECIFICATION

CALL FOR DETAILS

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

WML01Z

Single sided

WML04Z

88

WML02Z

Double sided

No. of

Compartments

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Wall Mounted Unit

Model

Price

3 1890 x 1590 x 565 65 WML01Z £832.00

Double Sided Unit

6 1890 x 1590 x 1130 130 WML02Z £1586.05

Mobile Unit with padlockable doors (padlock not included)

3 2090 x 1590 x 565 105 WML04Z £1300.15


Workplace Cupboards

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£194.70

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Grey

Blue

Yellow

Light Blue

Red


SCQ090946 &

SCQ180946 ARE ON

5 DAY DELIVERY

IN BLUE &

GREY ONLY

›› Strong construction provides all round robustness

›› ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking

›› Strengthened doors

›› Grey powder coated carcass



›› Wall cupboard is pre-drilled for

mounting (fixings not supplied)

›› Shelf capacities: 70kg evenly distributed


Static Cupboards

Overall Size No of

Cupboard

Extra Shelf

H x W x D mm Shelves Model Price Model Price

900 x 460 x 460 1 SCQ094646 £194.70 SCQ0446ES £26.80

900 x 900 x 460 2 SCQ090946 £243.75 SCQ0946ES £34.85

900 x 900 x 610 2 SCQ090961 £302.40 SCQ0961ES £31.45

1200 x 900 x 460 2 SCQ120946 £301.10 SCQ0946ES £34.85

1800 x 600 x 460 3 SCQ180646 £298.50 SCQ0646ES £19.65

1800 x 900 x 460 3 SCQ180946 £329.55 SCQ0946ES £34.85

1800 x 900 x 610 3 SCQ180961 £439.80 SCQ0961ES £31.45

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 SCQ181246 £435.95 SCQ1246ES £40.20

1800 x 1200 x 610 3 SCQ181261 £524.85 SCQ1261ES £45.80

Mobile Cupboards

Overall Size No of

Cupboard

Extra Shelf


1040 x 900 x 460 2 MCQ10946 £352.10 MCQ0946ES £34.85

1040 x 900 x 610 2 MCQ10961 £493.45 MCQ0961ES £31.45

Wall Cupboard

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Cupboard

Extra Shelf


570 x 850 x 255 1 WCQ57825 £185.10 - -

89


Perforated Door Cupboards

‘No snag’ handles with

2-point locking

Door Locking

Mechanism

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Grey

Blue

Yellow

Light Blue

Red


FROM ONLY

£292.90

PDC090946

›› The perforated doors allows view

of contents for greater visual security


›› Powder coated light grey carcass

with a variety of door colours

›› Adjustable shelves

›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1 manufactured

PDC180946

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Vision Door Cupboards

No of

Shelves

Cupboard

Extra Shelf


900 x 900 x 460 2 PDC090946 £292.90 PDC0946ES £34.85

900 x 900 x 610 2 PDC090961 £351.60 PDC0961ES £31.45

1200 x 900 x 460 2 PDC120946 £350.30 PDC0946ES £34.85

1800 x 600 x 460 3 PDC180646 £347.65 PDC0646ES £19.65

1800 x 900 x 460 3 PDC180946 £366.45 PDC0946ES £34.85

1800 x 900 x 610 3 PDC180961 £488.45 PDC0961ES £31.45

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 PDC181246 £485.15 PDC1246ES £40.20

1800 x 1200 x 610 3 PDC181261 £574.05 PDC1261ES £45.80

These cupboards and cabinets bring

a combination of storage, mobility,

security and a touch of style to the

workplace. The perspex doors allow

managers and supervisors to be able to

see the contents of cupboards whilst the

cupboard is locked.

›› Flush “no snag” handles

›› Mobile and static options



›› Secure locks

›› Tough powder coated finish

›› Cupboard shelves have

a UDL of 70kg

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Grey

Blue

Yellow

Light Blue

Red


manufactured

90

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Cupboard

Extra Shelf


700 x 350 x 300 2 VDOR073530 £230.75 - -

700 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR079045 £352.95 VDOR0945ES £34.85

900 x 460 x 450 2 VDOR094645 £268.05 VDOR0445ES £26.80

900 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR099045 £410.15 VDOR0945ES £34.85

1200 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR129045 £473.10 VDOR0945ES £34.85

1800 x 900 x 450 3 VDOR189045 £572.10 VDOR0945ES £34.85

1800 x 1200 x 450 3 VDOR181245 £651.25 VDOR1245ES £40.20

Extra Wide Cupboards

Extra Wide Cupboards


›› Robust steel construction, welded

frame with reinforced doors

›› 3 point locking

Standard Lockers, Cupboards Cupboards & Cloakroom

Standard Cupboards




›› Hardwearing galvanised shelves

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Red

Yellow

Black

Mid Grey


724818C

manufactured

724818CE 724818JAN 724818W

Description

Slim Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm




›› 3 point locking

Model

Price

General Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818C £385.00

Clothing & Equipment Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818CE £457.00

Janitorial Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818JAN £424.00

Wardrobe Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818W £401.00

No of

Shelves

No of

Doors

Tray Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2 1 910 x 457 x 457 361818C £134.00

1 2 1000 x 915 x 457 393618C £215.00

3 2 1830 x 915 x 457 723618C £279.00



›› 3 tray options - 75, 150 & 225mm high

manufactured

manufactured

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

722418C

Description


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

722418N

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Red

Yellow

Black

Mid Grey

Model

722418CD

722418W

Price

General Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418C £251.00

Clothing & Equipment Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418N £279.00

Clothing Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418CD £262.00

Wardrobe Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418W £241.00

Mid Grey

Blue

Dark Grey

Red


TRAY COLOUR

OPTIONS

Opaque

Blue

Red


No of

Trays

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

7245182

7245181

Model

7245183

Price

51 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245181 £891.00

27 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245182 £746.00

18 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245183 £624.00

91


FACS189046

First Aid Cupboards

manufactured

FACS094646

FACS099046

›› Strong construction provides all round robustness


›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves for superior

spill management. Integral liquid-tight sump encourages

the correct handling of spills through the use of

absorbents (except the Wall Cupboard)

›› White powder coated finish with

identification symbol signs/labels


Active Technology anti-bacterial paint

›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for

mounting (fixings not supplied)

›› Stands raise cupboards by 500mm

& they incorporate an adjustable

foot for uneven surfaces

›› Reaction to Fire Classification

EN 13501-1

Static Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

700 x 350 x 300 1 FACS073530 £160.25

700 x 900 x 460 1 FACS079046 £224.10

900 x 460 x 460 1 FACS094646 £190.30

900 x 900 x 460 1 FACS099046 £243.75

1800 x 900 x 460 3 FACS189046 £368.70

Mobile Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

FACS079046

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

840 x 900 x 460 1 FACM089046 £362.50

1040 x 900 x 460 1 FACM109046 £367.35

Stainless Steel Cupboards & Floor Chests

FACS073530

Wall Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Extra Shelves

No of

Shelves

To Fit

W x D mm

Model Price

350 x 300 FACES3530 £21.45

460 x 460 FACES4646 £26.80

900 x 460 FACES9046 £34.85

Model

Price

570 x 850 x 255 1 FACW578525 £212.10

Stands (height of 543mm)

To Fit

W x D mm

FACW578525

Model

Price

350 x 300 FACST3530 £93.05

460 x 460 FACST4646 £96.95

900 x 460 FACST9046 £112.65

›› Ideal for food, pharmaceutical & medical

environments - especially where damp is a factor


›› Adjustable stainless steel shelves

›› Corrosion resistant

›› Floor chests have riveted structure with angled

lid to discourage article placement. Fitted with a

hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied

STFC050603

manufactured

STFC061104

Floor Chests

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

510 x 610 x 340 STFC050603 £790.00

610 x 1170 x 460 STFC061104 £1054.90

Static Cupboards

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

900 x 460 x 460 1 STSC090446 £596.75

900 x 900 x 460 1 STSC090946 £752.95

1200 x 900 x 460 2 STSC120946 £911.65

1800 x 900 x 460 3 STSC180946 £1146.15

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 STSC181246 £1502.85

Extra Shelves

To Fit

W x D mm

Model

Price

STSC180946

STSC090946

900 x 460 STSC0946ES £97.20

1200 x 460 STSC1246ES £110.20

92


Clothing Cupboards

›› “No Snag” handles with 2-point locking


›› Top shelf & hanging garment rail


COLOUR OPTIONS

Light Grey

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Green

Red

Yellow

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

1800 x 600 x 450 1 CC180645Z £336.90

1800 x 900 x 450 1 CC180945Z £357.75

1800 x 1200 x 450 1 CC181245Z £446.25

Extra Shelves

To Fit W x D mm Model Price

600 x 450 CC0645ES £22.30

900 x 450 CC0945ES £27.50

1200 x 450 CC1245ES £35.35

Utility Cupboards

›› “No Snag” handles with 2-point locking


›› Central divider with removable rail on one side

& 3 adjustable shelves on the other


COLOUR OPTIONS

Light Grey

Light Blue

Dark Blue

Green

Red

Yellow

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

1800 x 900 x 450 3 UCU180945Z £374.65

1800 x 1200 x 450 3 UCU181245Z £493.15

Extra Shelves


900 x 450 UCU0945ES £20.95

1200 x 450 UCU1245ES £22.30

93


Economy Wall Cupboards

›› Welded steel construction

›› Three point locking, with re-inforced doors

›› Roller bearing 75mm high drawers with 10kg U.D.L. capacity

C

›› Galvanised shelves adjustable on 100mm pitch

›› 35kg U.D.L capacity per shelf

10YR

GUARANTEE

16929101.11

A

B

D

Item

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Laptop Cupboard

No of

Drawers

16929001.11

Model

Price

A 600 x 525 x 350 1 - 16929001.11 £110.74

B 600 x 525 x 350 2 1 x 75mm 16929003.11 £141.66

Item

16929003.11

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Shelves

No of

Drawers

16929103.11

Model

Price

C 600 x 800 x 350 1 - 16929101.11 £147.96

D 600 x 800 x 350 2 1 x 75mm 16929103.11 £187.57

›› Wall mounted secure storage

for laptops at point of use

›› Lockable fold down flap

›› Inner mat & fixing strap

94

16912350.11V

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

16912350.11V

Price

410 x 500 x 150 16912350.11V £160.89


Industrial Utility Cupboards

›› Made from robust,

high quality plastic

›› Ideal for many applications;

kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial

closets, schools, offices etc

›› Anti-wear steel hinges that

provide a snap closure

›› Hygienic - easy to clean

FROM ONLY

£83.85

CLD1634

CLD163T

PRICES

HELD

CLD163U

i

Information

IDEAL FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS;

KITCHENS,

CAFETERIAS,

SCHOOLS,

OFFICES ETC

CLD084D

CLT084T

Doors

Features

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Compact Cupboard

Double

840 x 680 x 370 9 CLD084D £83.85

1 Shelf

Triple 840 x 1020 x 370 14.5 CLT084T £125.95

Large Cupboard

Double

1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD1634 £139.80

3 Shelves

Triple 1630 x 1020 x 370 22 CLD163T £199.75

Utility Cupboard

Double 3 Half Shelves 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD163U £139.95

Weight

kg

Model

Price

95

Garment Lockers, Cupboards Rails & Cloakroom

Garment Rails s

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£180.40

3YR

GUARANTEE

80kg

evenly

distributed

GSG26Y

Single Bar

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Static

GSG16Z

Mobile


1200 x 490 x 1800 GSG14Z £180.40 GSG14Y £188.55

1800 x 490 x 1800 GSG16Z £197.85 GSG16Y £206.35

Nesting Frame Garment Rail

›› Epoxy powder coated black

›› Welded tubular steel construction

›› Mobile models are mounted on 4 x 50mm

PVC swivel castors

Double Bar

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Static

Heavy Duty Garment Rail

Mobile


1200 x 490 x 1800 GSG24Z £204.80 GSG24Y £213.15

1800 x 490 x 1800 GSG26Z £225.45 GSG26Y £230.45

›› Welded tubular

steel construction

›› Mobile on 125mm

rubber castors

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

2 x GSG36N

3YR

GUARANTEE

›› ‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular steel

›› Mobile on 50mm PVC castors

96

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Rail

Height mm

Model

Price

1220 x 490 x 1800 1770 GSG34N £217.00

1800 x 490 x 1800 1770 GSG36N £234.60

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

GSG44R

Rail

Height mm

Handle

Height mm

Model

Price

1200 x 500 x 1930 1920 1030 GSG44R £461.60

1800 x 500 x 1930 1920 1030 GSG46R £495.80


Coat Stands

Premium Coat Racks

NEW

NEW

CSW17Z

CSW15Z

CSW16Z

CSW14Z

CSW18Z &

CSW19Z

Description

Hat/Shoe Racks

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

6 Coat Hooks 450 x 450 x 1760 CSW15Z £104.10

Umbrella Stand 260 x 260 x 460 CSW16Z £30.65

6 Coat Hangers & Umbrella Holder 380 x 380 x 1750 CSW14Z £140.85

›› Can be used as a hat or shoe rack

Description

Coat Racks

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Single Sided Coat Rack - 19 Coat Hooks 1000 x 410 x 1700 CSW17Z £398.00

Double Sided Coat Rack - 38 Coat Hooks 1000 x 600 x 1700 CSW18Z £581.65

Set of 4 wheels - Suits both units - CSW19Z £55.15

FROM ONLY

£18.40

CSW20Z

CRW11Z

CSW20Z &

CSW21Z

CSW21Z

NEW

CRW13Z

CRW14Z

CRW12Z

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Oak/Aluminium - c/w 3 Hooks 1000 x 245 x 190 CSW20Z £104.10

Aluminium/Aluminium - c/w 3 Hooks 1000 x 245 x 190 CSW21Z £104.10

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks 600 x 65 x 130 CRW11Z £18.40



Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks & Hat Shelf 800 x 300 x 240 CRW14Z £79.60

97


Plastic Cloakroom Equipment

›› Moisture resistant heavy duty plastic

that will never rust, rot or corrode

›› Constructed from plastic & aluminium

›› Benches are fully demountable for storage

›› Can be fixed to the floor or supplied

with adjustable feet - call for details

›› Can be supplied with standard or

theft-proof hangers - call for details

PRICES

HELD

Double Coat

Bench shown

with 10 Hooks

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Beige

Red

Blue

Grey


manufactured

B1840S

C1240S

Standard Bench - O/H 450mm

Size

L x D mm

Model

Price

1000 x 400 B1040S £128.59

1200 x 400 B1240S £138.43

1500 x 400 B1540S £180.51

1800 x 400 B1840S £211.99

2000 x 400 B2040S £225.84

Single Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm

Size

L x D mm

No of

Hooks

Model

Price

1000 x 400 6 C1040S £223.32

1200 x 400 7 C1240S £242.55

1500 x 400 9 C1540S £280.19

1800 x 400 11 C1840S £304.19

2000 x 400 12 C2040S £326.08

Double Coat Bench - O/H 1800mm

Size

L x D mm

No of

Hooks

Model

Price

1000 x 800 12 C1080D £375.48

1200 x 800 14 C1280D £410.64

1500 x 800 18 C1580D £501.05

1800 x 800 22 C1880D £532.01

2000 x 800 24 C2080D £576.48

Wall Rack

›› Available in matching colours

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Model

Price

1000 40 6 WR1000 £51.81

1200 40 7 WR1200 £56.81

1500 40 9 WR1500 £66.55

1800 40 11 WR1800 £73.85

2000 40 12 WR2000 £78.81

98


Cloakroom Equipment

SS12

SS10H

DS24

SUPPLIED WITH

UNBREAKABLE

PLASTIC HOOKS

DS20H

›› Single or double sided

›› With hooks or hangers

›› Shoe baskets are available as an optional extra

›› Bespoke units available - call for details

Frames available in: Black, Grey & Blue

Hooks available in: Claret Red, Bottle Green, Teal, Yellow, Black, Grey,

Chocolate Brown, Bright Green, Bright Red & Bright Blue

›› Ash, beech or sapele timber slats

›› Single sided units: 400mm wide

›› Double sided units: 762mm wide

›› All units are 1803mm high

manufactured

Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm timber, with

four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer.

Complete with Hooks

Length

Single Sided

Double Sided

mm No of Hooks Model Price No of Hooks Model Price

900 6 SS6 £230.00 12 DS12 £300.00

1200 9 SS9 £260.00 18 DS18 £345.00

1500 12 SS12 £285.00 24 DS24 £385.00

Bench Seats & Coat Rails

›› Benches have timber slats with four radiused

corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished

›› Coat rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting

Complete with Black Hangers

Length

Single Sided

Double Sided

mm No of Hooks Model Price No of Hooks Model Price

900 6 SS6H £275.00 12 DS12H £400.00

1200 8 SS8H £305.00 16 DS16H £460.00

1500 10 SS10H £345.00 20 DS20H £530.00

PRICES

HELD

CR12

Shoe Baskets

Benches

400H x 300W mm

Coat Rails

70 x 20mm Timber

Length mm


900 B36 £120.00 CR6 £50.00

1200 B48 £130.00 CR9 £55.00

1500 B60 £140.00 CR12 £58.00

›› Strong wire mesh

baskets

›› Available to suit all

lengths of bench

›› Bespoke units available

- call for details

manufactured

No of

Sections

Model

Price

B60

1 SB1 £95.00

5 SB5 £105.00

10 SB10 £110.00

SB1, SB5 & SB10

99


Cloakroom Equipment

i

Information

VIRTUALLY

UNBREAKABLE

‘TOUGHOOKS’

TIMBER SLAT

OPTIONS

American

White Ash

Beech


›› Triple lacquered 70 x 32mm hardwood

timber slats with radiused edges fitted

to a steel seat support frame

›› Frames come complete with floor

fixing brackets on each leg

›› Durable grey plastic coated frame doesn’t

chip whilst giving a softer & more durable

finish - alternative colours are available in a

powder coated finish - please call for details

›› Virtually unbreakable ‘toughooks’ in mid-grey.

Other colours available - call for details

FROM ONLY

£162.86

i

Information

FRAMES WITH

PLASTIC COATING,

GIVES A SOFTER

& MORE DURABLE

FINISH

CM0972

manufactured

CM0977

Single Sided Cloakroom Units

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Single Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 400 5 2 CM0970 £162.86

1200 400 6 2 CM0971 £175.71

1500 400 8 2 CM0972 £207.14

1800 400 10 3 CM0973 £260.00

Cloakroom Bench

CM0966XL

Double Sided Cloakroom Units

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Double Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 800 10 2 CM0975 £271.43

1200 800 12 2 CM0976 £290.00

1500 800 16 2 CM0977 £328.57

1800 800 20 3 CM0978 £398.57

Cloakroom Unit/Bench Shoe Baskets

›› Triple lacquered

70 x 32mm hardwood

timber slats with

radiused edges

›› Frames come

complete with floor

fixing brackets on

each leg

›› Durable grey plastic

coated frame doesn’t

chip whilst giving a softer

& more durable finish

CM0966

›› Grey LDPE dip

plastic coated baskets

which can be fitted to

either the Cloakroom

units above or the

Cloakroom Benches

shown to the left

Length

mm

100

Leg

Sets

300mm Deep Bench

400mm Deep Bench


1000 2 CM0966 £101.43 CM0966XL £115.71

1200 2 CM0967 £110.00 CM0967XL £127.14

1500 2 CM0968 £122.86 CM0968XL £141.43

1800 3 CM0969 £157.14 CM0969XL £181.43

Length

mm

No of

Compartments

Model

Price

1000 6 CM1001 £67.15

1200 8 CM1002 £80.00

1500 10 CM1003 £107.15

1800 12 CM1001 (x2) £134.30

Aqua Stainless Steel Cloakroom Seating

Cloakroom Equipment


›› Manufactured from 304 grade stainless

steel with 40mm square legs

›› Sturdy aluminium or stainless steel coat hooks

›› Seat height: 450mm ›› Height : 1750mm

›› Laminate seats are available in blue or

light grey - please specify when ordering

›› Floor fixings, shoe racks, 316 marine grade finish

& mono benches are available - call for details

›› Aqua solo benches are most suitable as a perimeter

bench. Floor fixing cleats are available for added stability

manufactured

ASTS15X

5YR

GUARANTEE

STD15X in Blue

Aqua Solo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Single Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 400 5 2 ASTS10X £557.59

1500 400 7 2 ASTS15X £658.43

2000 400 10 2 ASTS20X £745.43

2500 400 12 3 ASTS25X £987.43

3000 400 14 3 ASTS30X £1078.01

Aqua Duo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Double Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 800 10 2 ASTD10X £796.12

1500 800 14 2 ASTD15X £1004.45

2000 800 20 2 ASTD20X £1131.68

2500 800 24 3 ASTD25X £1543.72

3000 800 28 3 ASTD30X £1708.14

Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches

with Laminate Seats

Aqua Solo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Single Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 400 5 2 STS10X £585.64

1500 400 7 2 STS15X £731.59

2000 400 10 2 STS20X £895.70

2500 400 12 3 STS25X £1184.39

3000 400 14 3 STS30X £1301.04

Aqua Duo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks

Length

mm

Depth

mm

No of

Hooks

Leg

Sets

Double Sided Bench

Model

Price

1000 800 10 2 STD10X £931.30

1500 800 14 2 STD15X £1176.94

2000 800 20 2 STD20X £1423.63

2500 800 24 3 STD25X £1907.60

3000 800 28 3 STD30X £2114.74

Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches

with Stainless Steel Slats

Blue Laminate Seat

450mm high

Stainless Steel Slats

450mm high

Light grey

laminate seat

Length

mm

Depth

mm

Legs

Sets

Model

Basic Bench

Price

1000 325 2 ST10 £377.66

1500 325 2 ST15 £497.14

2000 325 2 ST20 £578.11

2500 325 3 ST25 £770.20

3000 325 3 ST30 £868.11

Length

mm

Depth

mm

Legs

Sets

Model

Basic Bench

Price

1000 325 2 AST10 £346.02

1500 325 2 AST15 £415.23

2000 325 2 AST20 £482.45

2500 325 3 AST25 £676.23

3000 325 3 AST30 £743.45

101


Corrugated Cardboard Storage Bins

›› Manufactured from fully recyclable cardboard

›› Economical storage solutions

›› Supplied flat packed for easy assembly

›› Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock

K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving

valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking &

assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown

are external measurements, designed to fit

metric & imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of

available space.

H

manufactured

i

Information

W

D

D

MATCH YOUR

SHELF DEPTHS

RANGE A - PACKS OF 50

ALL 100MM HIGH

Depth: 150mm

Depth: 200mm

102

A3010

BESTSELLER

£29.50

Depth: 300mm

Depth: 400mm

Depth: 450mm

Depth: 500mm

Depth: 600mm

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 50

50 A1505 £21.90

75 A1507 £23.90

100 A1510 £26.90

150 A1515 £28.80

Width

mm

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 50

100 A4010 £36.70

150 A4015 £39.40

200 A4020 £43.70

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 50

100 A4510 £41.30

150 A4515 £43.20

200 A4520 £46.30

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 50

100 A5010 £46.30

150 A5015 £46.80

200 A5020 £50.50

Width

mm

Model

Model

Price

per pk 50

50 A2005 £29.90

75 A2007 £30.90

100 A2010 £28.30

150 A2015 £34.50

200 A2020 £38.30

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 50

50 A3005 £30.90

75 A3007 £31.90

100 A3010 £29.50

150 A3015 £34.70

200 A3020 £37.50

250 A3025 £41.90

Price

per pk 50

100 A6010 £50.50

150 A6015 £52.70

200 A6020 £54.40

Depth: 300mm

Depth: 400mm

Depth: 450mm

Depth: 500mm

Depth: 600mm


W

RANGE B - PACKS OF 25

ALL 200MM HIGH

D

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 25

150 B3015 £43.70

200 B3020 £46.30

300 B3030 £49.40

Width

mm

Width

mm

Width

mm

Model

Model

Model

Price

per pk 25

150 B4015 £46.20

200 B4020 £46.80

250 B4025 £47.60

300 B4030 £50.50

Price

per pk 25

150 B4515 £47.60

200 B4520 £48.90

250 B4525 £49.90

300 B4530 £51.80

Price

per pk 25

200 B5020 £50.00

250 B5025 £51.40

300 B5030 £52.70

Width

mm

H

Model

Price

per pk 25

150 B6015 £50.00

200 B6020 £51.30

250 B6025 £53.70

300 B6030 £55.50


Storage Bins/Trays & Modular Trays

›› Polypropylene bins & trays

›› Easy access open fronts

›› Sturdy profiled design allows

stacking whenever needed

›› Perfect for handling small parts

›› Ideal for carousel systems

›› Accessories available to suit;

dividers, labels & flaps

›› 0.2L to 33L capacity

for all types of parts

i

Information

IDEAL FOR YOUR

SMALL PARTS

STORAGE NEEDS

9067.000.624

Maxi Bins

9101.760.624

Description

Storage

Tray

Storage

Tray

Storage

Tray

Storage

Tray

Storage

Bin

Modular

Storage

Bin

External Size

H x W x D mm

Colour Options Model Price

80 x 94 x 300 Blue 4533.760.624 £4.75

80 x 94 x 400 Blue 4532.760.624 £6.55

Divider for 94mm wide Storage Trays 4535.760.624 £0.89

80 x 188 x 300 Blue 4531.760.624 £7.03

80 x 188 x 400 Blue 4530.760.624 £8.63

80 x 188 x 500 Blue 4536.760.624 £8.63


100 x 115 x 300 Blue 9101.760.624 £5.37

100 x 115 x 400 Blue 9111.760.624 £8.16

100 x 115 x 500 Blue 9121.760.624 £9.90

100 x 115 x 600 Blue 9131.760.624 £10.40


100 x 230 x 300 Blue 9103.760.624 £8.00

100 x 230 x 400 Blue 9113.760.624 £9.88

100 x 230 x 500 Blue 9123.760.624 £11.62

100 x 230 x 600 Blue 9133.760.624 £13.70


45 x 105 x 96 Blue 9076.000.624 £3.82

75 x 105 x 170 Blue 9075.000.624 £4.16

130 x 148 x 250 Blue, Yellow, Red 9074.005 £6.48

150 x 206 x 350 Blue, Yellow, Red 9073.005 £12.36

200 x 310 x 500 Blue 9071.000.624 £22.10

250 x 310 x 500 Blue 9072.000.624 £27.98

150 x 230 x 300 Blue 9067.000.624 £8.59

150 x 230 x 400 Blue 9068.000.624 £14.02

150 x 230 x 500 Blue 9069.005.624 £16.24

150 x 230 x 600 Blue 9070.000.624 £21.05

Widthway Divider for 230mm wide Modular Storage Bins 9067.300.504 £3.84

›› All bins have slots for labels/barcodes

›› Available in; Red, Green, Blue & Yellow

please specify when ordering

Size 0721012 is available in

Green, Blue or Red only

PRICES

HELD

Size 0721012

Size 0721322

Size 0723730

Size 0724145

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load

Cap. kg

Volume

Litres

Maxi Bins

Pack

Size

Model

Price

60 x 100 x 125 2.3 0.4 12 0721012 £15.95

85 x 100 x 175 4.5 0.75 12 0721017 £28.10

125 x 135 x 225 9 2.1 12 0721322 £57.80

145 x 185 x 300 13 4.25 6 0721830 £54.40

145 x 185 x 450 13 7.2 6 0721845 £70.05

145 x 370 x 300 18 10 6 0723730 £96.65

215 x 410 x 450 27 21 6 0724145 £142.75

Divider

Side - Side

Front - Back

To fit

Bin:


Pack

Size

Dividers

Model

Price

1332 12 07250010 £13.75

1830 6 07250011 £10.15

1845 6 07250011 £10.15

1830 12 07250020 £32.00

1845 12 07250021 £54.00

3730 12 07250020 £32.00

4145 6 07250022 £32.85

103


Shelf Bins

›› Available in four widths & depths & two heights

›› Bin stop available to prevent removal

›› Environmentally friendly recyclable bins

›› Colour: Blue

›› Open front for easy viewing of contents

›› Optimised for shelving - NO WASTED SPACE

›› Label holder for improved logistics

›› Anti-static bins available - please ask for details

Shelf Bin

Bin Stop

Showing Open Front

& Dividers

Extra Re-inforced

Bottom

i

Information

CALL FOR

MORE DETAILS

Curved Dividers Facilitate Selection

To Fill the Whole

Bin use a Divider

LOWER

PRICES

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

each

Quantity

Per Pack

Price

95 x 90 x 300 3009 £1.73 40 £69.20

95 x 120 x 300 3012 £1.92 30 £57.60

95 x 180 x 300 3018 £2.51 20 £50.20

95 x 240 x 300 3024 £2.72 15 £40.80

Accessories

104

Labelling

Description

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

each

Quantity

Per Pack

Price

Bin Stop 40 x 80 508 £0.23 50 £11.50

Divider

Labels (with holder) only available in packs of 100

Model: LABSTD

Price: £13.21 per pack

95 x 90 P09 £0.23 50 £11.50

95 x 120 P12 £0.27 50 £13.50

95 x 180 P18 £0.46 25 £11.50

95 x 240 P24 £0.56 25 £14.00

150 x 240 P24-15 £0.71 10 £7.10

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Model

Price

each

Price

each

Quantity

Quantity

Per Pack

Per Pack

Price

95 x 90 x 400 4009 £2.21 40 £88.40

95 x 120 x 400 4012 £2.57 30 £77.10

95 x 180 x 400 4018 £2.99 20 £59.80

95 x 240 x 400 4024 £3.55 15 £53.25

150 x 240 x 400 4024/15 £5.18 10 £51.80

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

each

Quantity

Per Pack

Price

95 x 90 x 500 5009 £2.67 40 £106.80

95 x 120 x 500 5012 £3.03 30 £90.90

95 x 180 x 500 5018 £3.49 20 £69.80

95 x 240 x 500 5024 £4.39 15 £65.85

150 x 240 x 500 5024/15 £6.12 10 £61.20

Price

95 x 120 x 600 6012 £3.68 30 £110.40

95 x 240 x 600 6024 £4.80 15 £72.00

150 x 240 x 600 6024/15 £7.20 10 £72.00


Eco Bins

Eco Bins

LP3


›› Stackable parts bins for use on panels, shelves or stacking

110

111

112

LP1

LOWER

PRICES

114

115

Overall Size

Price Per Pack

Colours

Model

W x D x H mm

each Quantity Price

Eco Bins

109 x 100 x 53 Red, Blue, Green Eco110 £0.52 40 £20.80





Galvanised Backplates

500 x 500 - EcoLP1 £10.01 - -

1000 x 500 - EcoLP2 £18.48 - -

500 x 1000 - EcoLP3 £18.48 - - LP2

Supra Bins

›› Large heavy duty bin with a strong heavy duty

reinforced base, sides and stacking rim

›› Resistant to most industrial solvents designed

so that they can stack one on top of each other

›› Open front design allows clear access to

contents and all bins have space on

the front for labelling

›› Bins sit flush on top of each other

NEW

and a stopper prevents the stacked

bins from shifting forward

i Information

CREATE YOUR OWN

STRONG & STABLE

FREESTANDING

STORAGE SYSTEM

FBSUP8 BLUE &

FBSUP8 DIV x 2

FBSUP8 RECY

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model Price each

Supra Bin Black 300 x 425 x 600 FBSUP8 RECY £9.25

Supra Bin Blue 300 x 425 x 600 FBSUP8 BLUE £10.27

Supra Bin Divider FBSUP8 DIV £1.44

FBSUP8 BLUE x 15


105


XSTORE Bin

›› Versatile stacking & nesting containers

›› Ideal for industrial or domestic use

›› Large picking space when stacked

›› This range is manufactured from 100%

reprocessed polypropylene. Formed

from recycled sources, it does not

reduce the quality of mechanical

properties of the containers

manufactured

i

Information

IDEAL

PICKING WALL

FUNCTIONALITY

20 x XSTORE Grey

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Black

Grey


XSTORE Black

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Pack

Qty

Cap.

L

Model

Price

per pack

1 to 9 off

Price

per pack

10 to 19 off

Price

per pack

20+ off

NEW

320 x 490 x 390 5 50 XSTORE £53.57 £50.00 £47.82

Louvre Panel Wall Kits

›› Wall fixed units make for efficient container storage & product access

›› These units come complete with containers

›› Containers now come inclusive with ID Label Card

manufactured

ECOWALLKIT 32

ECOWALLKIT 24

106

Panel Size

H x W mm

Containers

438 x 914 32 XL2 ECOWALLKIT 32 £76.39

641 x 914 24 XL3 ECOWALLKIT 24 £93.37

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge + Pricing Support Available On Large Volume Requirements – Quotation On Request

Model

Price

Each

Econotainers

›› Our Econotainer range is manufactured from

100% reprocessed polypropylene. Formed from

recycled sources, it does not reduce the quality

of mechanical properties of the containers. As

these are made from recycled materials, there

may be a difference in the shade of grey supplied

›› The design incorporates a sturdy base

& sides with reinforced front & rims

›› Safe stacking with instant access to contents

›› Compatible for use with

XL6

louvre panels,

shelving,

trolleys &

benches

›› Containers now

come inclusive

with ID Label

Card

XL4

XL7


XL7

FROM ONLY

£0.60each

XL5

XL3

XL2

XL1

XL3

XL5

XL7

XL1

XL2

XL4

XL6

DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR VOLUME ORDERS

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Pack

Qty

Cap.

Litres

Model

Price

per pack

1 to 9 off

Price

per pack

10 to 19 off

Price

per pack

20+ off

50 x 100 x 90 20 0.46 XL1 £15.71 £13.43 £12.00

75 x 100 x 165 20 1.27 XL2 £20.86 £18.00 £15.71

125 x 150 x 240 10 4.6 XL3 £23.57 £20.00 £17.71

125 x 200 x 355 10 9.1 XL4 £28.71 £25.57 £24.14

175 x 200 x 355 10 12.8 XL5 £44.14 £33.14 £28.71

180 x 420 x 370 5 28.3 XL6 £41.43 £31.36 £27.14

200 x 310 x 520 5 31.4 XL7 £51.21 £35.86 £33.29

Information

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge + Pricing Support Available On Large Volume Requirements – Quotation On Request

i

100% RECYCLED

POLYPROPYLENE

manufactured

107


Polypropylene Bins

manufactured

H

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Silver/Grey

Blue

Orange


›› Manufactured from fully recyclable

strong twinwall fluted polypropylene

›› Wipe clean surfaces (inside & out)

›› Oil, grease & moisture resistant

›› Resistant to most chemicals

›› Supplied flat packed for easy assembly

›› Long shelf life

›› 4 colour options available: red (RD), silver/grey (SG)

blue (BE) or orange (OE) - please specify when ordering

please add the following letters to the code to

indicate the colour(s) required:

Red: RD Silver/Grey: SG Blue:BE Orange: OE

Depth: 150mm

Depth: 200mm

Depth: 300mm

W

RANGE TPA

ALL 100MM HIGH

Width

mm

D

Model

Price

per pk 25

75 TPA1507 £24.40

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 25

100 TPA2010 £28.30

150 TPA2015 £30.90

200 TPA2020 £33.10

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 25

100 TPA3010 £28.80

150 TPA3015 £31.90

200 TPA3020 £34.50

Depth: 400mm

Width

mm

Model

Price

per pk 25

100 TPA4010 £35.60

150 TPA4015 £38.30

200 TPA4020 £41.90

W x H

mm

108


Fits

Width

mm

Model

Model

Price

per pk 25

100 TPA4510 £35.60

150 TPA4515 £38.30

Depth: 450mm

200 TPA4520 £41.90

Front Panel Self -adhesive labels - pack of 100

Price

per pk 100

41 x 66 TPA Bins up to 100mm wide FPL1X100 £2.20

41 x 127 TPA Bins over 100mm wide FPL2X100 £3.00


Compartment Storage Boxes

›› Complete with clear compartment boxes ›› Manufactured from high quality ‘impact proof’ polypropylene

›› Suitable for storage of your components in a workshop, production or service area

›› Incorporates 4 locating holes on the back of each unit, which allows them to be hung on the wall

i

Information

IMPACT PROOF

POLYPROPYLENE

FROM ONLY

£17.70

Locating

Holes

MSB24Z

MSB44Z

MSB12Z

MSB06Z

MSB64Z

Description

Drawers

Drawer Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

6 Compartment Drawers 6 Large

0.9 MSB06Z £17.70

235 x 265 x 160

12 Compartment Drawers 8 Small & 4 Large Small

1 MSB12Z £18.60

24 Compartment Drawers 24 Large

38 x 45 x 130

Large

2.6 MSB24Z £40.35

44 Compartment Drawers 32 Small & 12 Large 53 x 107 x 130

390 x 500 x 160

2.8 MSB44Z £43.20

64 Compartment Drawers 64 Small 3.2 MSB64Z £44.75

‘The Organiser’ Carry Case

›› Ideal for all your D.I.Y.

needs: nuts, bolts,

fuses, screws etc

›› Complete with 18

individual removable

containers which have

their own divider

& belt clip

Individual containers complete

with dividers & belt clip

PRICES

HELD

FROM ONLY

£19.95

MSC18H

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

MSC18H

Price (each)

Pack of 8

330 x 330 x 130 1.6 MSC18H £23.80 £19.95

MSC18H

109


High Density Storage Cabinets

›› Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications

›› A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m 2

›› Robust construction: steel frame holding polypropylene bins

›› Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame

›› Steel frame in light grey RAL7035

›› Adjustable feet

›› Load capacity: 240kg

(with castors 150kg)

i

Information

ROBUST &

SPACE SAVING

ESD protected

versions - please

see below

2440-4840

Cabinet

Outer Size

H x W x D mm

Bin

Quantity

Bin

Type

Model

ESD Version - Black Bins

Divider Pack

Price

Red Blue Grey Model Price Model Price

24 4020 2440-5 2440-6 2440-3 £459.20 2440-ESD £681.63 D-20 £8.61

870 x 605 x 410

48 4010 4840-5 4840-6 4840-3 £508.40 4840-ESD £809.75 D-10 £4.61

Castor Set Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake) PS-LH £106.60 PS-LHESD £152.73 - -

Shelf Bins - Coloured & ESD Versions

›› Comprehensive range with depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm

›› Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys

›› Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space.

›› Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin

›› Corrugated base for ease of picking items

›› Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents

›› Coloured bins of polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 to +80°C.

Bin

Outer Size

H x W x D mm

Pack

Model

Price ESD Version - Black Bins

Red Blue Grey per pack Model Price per pack

Divider

Pack

Model

Price

per pack

82 x 92 x 300

3010-5 3010-6 3010-3 £114.39 3010-ESD £205.72

82 x 92 x 400 30 4010-5 4010-6 4010-3 £138.07 4010-ESD £227.86

10 D-10 £4.61

82 x 92 x 500 5010-5 5010-6 5010-3 £177.43 5010-ESD £297.66

100 x 132 x 300 30 3015-5 3015-6 3015-3 £158.36 - -

100 x 132 x 400

4015-5 4015-6 4015-3 £126.69 4015-ESD £207.05

20

100 x 132 x 500 5015-5 5015-6 5015-3 £149.86 5015-ESD £252.15

10 D-15 £6.25

100 x 132 x 600 15 6015-5 6015-6 6015-3 £131.30 6015-ESD £224.48

82 x 186 x 300

3020-5 3020-6 3020-3 £88.25 3020-ESD £142.53

82 x 186 x 400 4020-5 4020-6 4020-3 £98.09 4020-ESD £158.36

15

82 x 186 x 500 5020-5 5020-6 5020-3 £120.23 5020-ESD £201.41

10 D-20 £8.61

110

82 x 186 x 600 6020-5 6020-6 6020-3 £131.30 6020-ESD £232.16


Bin Cabinets

›› Can be wall

hung, stood

on a worktop

or used with

space-saving

turntables

›› Comprises

steel frame,

shelf bins,

labels &

backstops

›› Compact & robust

Cabinet

Type

Outer Size

H x W x D mm

Bin

Quantity

Model

ESD Version - Black Bins Divider Pack

Price

Clear Red Blue Grey Model Price Model Price

8 0830-1 0830-5 0830-6 0830-3 £109.68 0830-ESD £169.13 D-20 £8.61

Series 300 395 x 400 x 300

16 1630-1 1630-5 1630-6 1630-3 £123.00 1630-ESD £198.85 D-10 £4.61

8 0840-1 0840-5 0840-6 0840-3 £121.98 0840-ESD £213.20 D-20 £8.61

Series 400 395 x 400 x 400

16 1640-1 1640-5 1640-6 1640-3 £144.53 1640-ESD £254.20 D-10 £4.61

Turntable Assemblies

›› Easy assembly without tools

›› Compact storage systems for service,

workshop, production & storage

areas etc

›› Space saving & practical

›› Assemblies offer storage for up to

1,792 different items

›› This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of

series 300 or 400 in four layers,

which are ordered separately,

see above


›› Special offer kits include base

unit, 8 x 8 drawer units &

8 x 16 drawer units

please specify colours when ordering

i

Information

OFFERS STORAGE

OF UP TO 1792

SEPARATE ITEMS

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load

capacity

For cabinets

(ordered separately)

Model

Price

1680 x 700 x 700 800 kg 0830/1630 D16-300 £510.45

1680 x 800 x 800 800 kg 0840/1640 D16-400 £554.53

D16-300 KIT

£2265.25

D16-400 KIT

£2620.93

111


Visible Storage Cabinets

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

›› A comprehensive range of

visible storage cabinets

›› Available in two cabinet

heights 290 & 550mm

›› Strong polypropylene

frame, dark grey, RAL7016

›› Galvanised steel shelves

›› Crystal clear polystyrene

drawers

›› Price includes frame,

drawers & self-adhesive

labels

›› Cross & length dividers

8

9 10 11

12 13 14

No

1

Frame Size

H x W x D mmw

Quantity

Clear Drawers

Type

Model

60 pcs DL-00 D550-3

2 48 pcs DL-01 D551-3

3 24 pcs DL-04 D554-3

4 550 x 310 x 180

12 pcs DL-07 D557-3

5 24 pcs DL-02 D552-3

6 8 pcs DL-06 D556-3

7 24 pcs, 6 pcs & 2 pcs DL-01, DL-04 & DL-06 D550C-3

8

30 pcs DL-00 D290-3

9 24 pcs DL-01 D291-3

10 12 pcs DL-02 D292-3

11 290 x 310 x 180

12 pcs DL-04 D294-3

12 4 pcs DL-06 D296-3

13 6 pcs DL-07 D297-3

14 12 pcs, 3 pcs & 1 pcs DL-01, DL-04 & DL-06 D290C-3

Price

£62.53

£35.88

Extra/Replacement Clear Drawers Cross Dividers Length Dividers

Outer dims

H x W x D mm

Model

Price per

drawer

37 x 55 x 175 DL-00 £0.88

Pack

drawer

Model

each

Price per

pack

37 x 69 x 175 DL-01 £0.99 DV-01 £2.15

37 x 138 x 175 DL-02 £1.95 DV-02 £2.67

10

59 x 92 x 175 DL-04 £1.61 DV-04 £2.67

59 x 277 x 175 DL-06 £3.87 DV-06 £6.56

Pack

pieces

Model

pack

Price per

pack

DV-00 £2.15 - - -

10

DV-012 £4.10

DV-0456 £4.61

81 x 138 x 175 DL-07 £2.70 DV-07 £4.92 DV-078 £5.74

112

ESD Protective Storage Systems

NEW

›› To complement ESD protected work environments

›› Steel frames have a semi conductive ESD powder coat finish grey

›› Shelf bins are made of semi conductive polypropylene

›› Dividers available please contact for more details


291-4ESD

Frame Size

H x W x D mm

290 x 310 x 180

Turntable Assemblies

Bins Model Price

24 pcs 291-4ESD £85.08

12 pcs 294-4ESD £76.88

294-4ESD

›› Easy assembly without tools

›› Compact storage systems for service,

workshop, production & storage

areas etc

›› Space saving & practical

›› This unit holds 16 bin cabinets

which are ordered separately

›› Steel frame in grey RAL7016

›› Special offer kits include base

unit, 4 x 12 drawer units, 4 x 24 drawer

units & 4 x 48 drawer units

Standard Version

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Load

capacity

Load

capacity

For cabinets


For cabinets


Model

1730 x 500 x 500 400 kg D551-3, D554-3 & D557-3 12-550 £247.03

ESD Version

Model

1730 x 500 x 500 400 kg D551-3, D554-3 & D557-3 12-550 ESD £291.10

Price

Price

Standard Version

12-550 KIT

£997.33

ESD Version

12-550 ESD KIT

£1656.40

113


‘Magna’ Bin Racks

›› These units come complete with polypropylene bins

›› Incorporates a unique magnetic strip at the top

of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools

›› Bin size: small - 75H x 100W x 165D mm

large - 130H x 150W x 235D mm

›› GIL07Z: pre-drilled holes for wall

fixing (fixings not included)

›› Subject to availability

Bin Racksk

›› These units come complete with polypropylene bins

›› Bin size: small - 75H x 100W x 165D mm

large - 130H x 150W x 235D mm


GIL15Z

GIL26Z

LOWER

PRICES

No of

Bins

Bin

Quantity

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

15 15 Small 405 x 540 x 255 5 GIL15Z £34.75

26 16 Small & 10 Large 765 x 900 x 305 7 GIL26Z £74.40

GIL16Z

Double Sided Bin Trolley

›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes

›› Length of the hanging strip: 840mm

›› Height between hanging strips: 130mm

›› Ideal when small parts storage is an

essential part of the day to day operations

GIL07Z

LOWER

PRICES

No of

Bins

Bin Rack

Bin

Quantity

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price



›› This unit comes complete with 24 polypropylene bins


GIL24Z

LOWER

PRICE

GILR2Y with

additional bins

Supplied without small parts bins

which must be ordered as additional items

No of

Bins

Bins Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

24 100 x 95 x 280 600 x 790 x 300 9 GIL24Z £59.65

114

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

940 x 500 x 1250 23 GILR2Y £213.00


Bin Rack

›› This unit comes complete with 47

polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large:

Small Bins: 75H x 100W x 165D mm

Large Bins: 130H x 150W x 235D mm

Bin Trolley

›› This unit comes complete with 46

polypropylene bins; 30 medium & 16 large:

Medium Bins: 100H x 120W x 175D mm

Large Bins: 120H x 150W x 240D mm

›› Mobile on

4 x 75mm

swivel castors,

2 braked

GIL47Z

£194.10

GIL46Y

£212.80

GIL47Z

GIL46Y

No of

Bins

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

No of

Bins

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

47 1150 x 930 x 285 17 GIL47Z £194.10

46 1120 x 660 x 560 20 GIL46Y £212.80

Organise your small parts easily & efficiently

Bin Trolleys

›› These units come complete with polypropylene bins.

GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins

& 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with

36 small bins, 30 medium bins & 24 large bins

›› Small Bins:

50H x 90W x 135D mm

Medium Bins:

100H x 120W x 175D mm

Large Bins:

120H x 150W x 240D mm

›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm

swivel castors, 2 braked

FROM ONLY

£220.90

i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

POLYPROPYLENE

BINS

GIL60Y

No of

Bins

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

60 1120 x 660 x 570 20 GIL60Y £220.90

90 1320 x 660 x 570 28 GIL90Y £247.85

GIL90Y

115


Bin Trolleys

›› Robust light grey frame with

tough galvanised louvred panels

›› Complete with ergonomic

plastic handle

›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors

(2 braked)

Bin Trolley

Side View

Bin Sizes

Bin 1 - 76H x 106W x 136D

Bin 2 - 76H x 106W x 187D

Bin 3 - 127H x 140W x 274D

Bin 4 - 179H x 210W x 375D

BTC03Y

Description

Bins Included

Overall Size

Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 H x W mm

Model Price

Trolley without Bins - - - - 1425 x 930 BTA01Z £480.95

Trolley with Bins - 96 48 - 1425 x 930 BTB02Y £742.15

Trolley with Bins 32 48 24 16 1425 x 930 BTC03Y £775.85

Bin Racks

›› Robust light grey frame with

tough galvanised louvred panels

›› Single or double sided racks

Bin Sizes

Bin 1 - 76H x 106W x 136D

Bin 2 - 76H x 106W x 187D

Bin 3 - 127H x 140W x 274D

Bin 4 - 179H x 210W x 375D

Bin 5 - 254H x 280W x 457D

i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

POLYPROPYLENE

BINS

BRSS01Z

BRSS05Z

BRSS09Z

116

Description

Bins Included

Overall Size

Starter

Extension

Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 H x W mm


Single Sided 16 24 12 8 6 1920 x 930 BRSS01Z £548.00 BRSE02Z £444.55

Double Sided 32 48 24 16 12 1920 x 930 BRDS03Z £899.40 BRDE04Z £814.90

Single Sided - 32 24 16 - 1920 x 930 BRSS05Z £558.10 BRSE06Z £454.65

Double Sided - 64 48 32 - 1920 x 930 BRDS07Z £919.60 BRDE08Z £835.10

Single Sided 24 24 24 12 - 1920 x 930 BRSS09Z £542.20 BRSE10Z £438.65

Double Sided 48 48 48 24 - 1920 x 930 BRDS11Z £887.75 BRDE12Z £803.25


‘Pigeon Hole’ Storage

›› Fully welded steel construction

›› Specially designed for heavy duty use

›› Modular design: allows cabinets to be

stacked for added storage capacity

Mobile Work Station


›› Non-slip rubber tray mat

›› 2 x 40 compartments back to back

- A total of 80 compartments

364 (BBC-12)

with 1 x 363 (72B)

664 - 95

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Drawer Cabinets

Weight

kg

Model


›› Each drawer is supplied with 2 plastic dividers

›› Modular design: allows cabinets to be stacked

for added storage capacity

Price

Base Unit 150 x 865 x 305 6 364 (BBC-12) £82.14

40 Compartments 610 x 865 x 305 23 359 (40B) £207.14

72 Compartments 1067 x 865 x 305 37 363 (72B) £314.29

Description

Mobile Work

Station

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

810 x 610 x 610 52 664 - 95 £764.29

Shelving & Storage

005 (18D) & 007 (24D)

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Base Unit 150 x 865 x 305 6 364 (BBC-12) £82.14

3 Level

Drawer Cabinet

4 Level

Drawer Cabinet

298 x 857 x 305 24 005 (18D) £214.29

431 x 857 x 305 32 007 (24D) £264.29

364 (BBC-12)

with 4 x 007 (24D)

117


Viewbins

›› Store stock in a flexible, dust free environment

›› High visibility, quality & density system

›› Bins tilt forward for access & are easily removable

›› One width with various heights & depths

›› Incorporates keyhole slots for easy wall mounting

›› Viewbins come complete with locking bars

ViewBin 9

ViewBin 6 ViewBin 5

i

Information

PERFECT FOR VAN

STORAGE WHEN

USED WITH THE

LOCKING BARS

ViewBin 4

ViewBin 3

Shelf Units

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model Price

ViewBin 9 600 x 68 x 76 VB9 £10.61

ViewBin 6 600 x 94 x 112 VB6 £12.86

ViewBin 5 600 x 135 x 164 VB5 £18.71

ViewBin 4 600 x 177 x 206 VB4 £24.98

ViewBin 3 600 x 214 x 240 VB3 £30.15

›› Complete with robust bins

›› Loading per shelf: 60kg UDL

›› Bin sizes: SSU 112

129H x 160W x 250D mm

›› Bin sizes: SSU 114

167H x 220W x 355D mm

LOWER

PRICES

BIN COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Green


i

Information

COMPLETE

WITH

ROBUST BINS

SSU 114

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Contents Model Price

1000 x 300 x 2000 45 x Eco Bins 112 SSU 112 £153.99

SSU 112

118

1000 x 300 x 2000 36 x Eco Bins 114 SSU 114 £186.24



Small Parts Shelving

›› Using the handle/stop allows the tray to be

withdrawn & suspended from the shelf which offers

around 90% clear picking. It also acts as a

handle to enable the trays to be carried

›› All the below are starter bays. Extensions

are available - call for details

ASUA13 ASUB13 ASUD13

ASUF13 ASUG13 ASUH13

ASUE13

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


90 x 117 x 300 Tray ‘A’ ASTA01 £4.15*

90 x 234 x 300 Tray ‘B’ ASTB02 £6.10*

140 x 234 x 300 Tray ‘C’ ASTC03 £7.75*

90 x 117 x 400 Tray ‘D’ ASTD04 £5.25*

90 x 234 x 400 Tray ‘E’ ASTE05 £7.75*

140 x 234 x 400 Tray ‘F’ ASTF06 £9.55*

90 x 117 x 500 Tray ‘G’ ASTG07 £5.95*

90 x 234 x 500 Tray ‘H’ ASTH08 £9.25*

140 x 234 x 500 Tray ‘I’ ASTI09 £12.15*

Dividers

Dividers

Shelf Trays

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

90 x 117 ASTD109 £0.75*

90 x 234 ASTD209 £1.00*

140 x 234 ASTD214 £1.40*

Handles/Stops

Size

Width mm

Model

Handles/Stops

N.B. the dividers do not come complete with

the white card as illustrated in the above images

Price

117 ASTH117 £1.95*

234 ASTH234 £2.75*

*price applicable when ordering with the Shelf Units.

Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Shelving with Shelf Trays

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘A’, 12 x ‘B’ & 12 x ‘C’ Trays ASUA13 £557.40

2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘A’ Trays ASUB13 £610.50

2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘B’ Trays ASUC13 £513.60

2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘C’ Trays ASUD13 £509.15

2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘A’, 16 x ‘B’ & 20 x ‘C’ Trays ASUE13 £814.75

2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘A’ Trays ASUF13 £1015.65

2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘B’ Trays ASUG13 £833.85

2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘C’ Trays ASUH13 £705.25

2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘D’, 12 x ‘E’ & 12 x ‘F’ Trays ASUA14 £665.70

2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘D’ Trays ASUB14 £731.65

2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘E’ Trays ASUC14 £615.00

2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘F’ Trays ASUD14 £604.35

2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘D’, 16 x ‘E’ & 20 x ‘F’ Trays ASUE14 £974.95

2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘D’ Trays ASUF14 £1221.25

2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘E’ Trays ASUG14 £1002.45

2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘F’ Trays ASUH14 £837.95

2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘G’, 12 x ‘H’ & 12 x ‘I’ Trays ASUA15 £765.55

2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘G’ Trays ASUB15 £818.05

2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘H’ Trays ASUC15 £701.30

2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘I’ Trays ASUD15 £712.90

2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘G’, 16 x ‘H’ & 20 x ‘I’ Trays ASUE15 £1123.15

2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘G’ Trays ASUF15 £1365.55

2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘H’ Trays ASUG15 £1146.75

2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘I’ Trays ASUH15 £994.55

119


Steel Bins & Racks

›› Heavy duty parts storage

›› Constructed from welded steel with bin retainers

›› Counter units have a 1.6mm galvanised steel top

›› Bin units can be stored 3 or 4 wide

N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items

GCU335 Counter

Unit with 9 x SB005

manufactured

GRH635 Rack Unit

with 18 x SB005

Counter Units

Rack Units

Overall Size

H x D x W mm

Max

Load kg

Weight

kg

Suitable

for Bin

Model

Price

Overall Size

H x D x W mm

Max

Load kg

Weight

kg

Suitable

for Bin

Model

Price

850 x 305 x 1040

24 12 x SB001 GCU431 £443.15

850 x 455 x 1040 400 26 12 x SB002 GCU432 £528.80

850 x 610 x 1040 28 12 x SB003 GCU433 £616.15

850 x 305 x 1350

32 16 x SB001 GCU441 £497.00

850 x 455 x 1350 400 35 16 x SB002 GCU442 £593.45

850 x 610 x 1350 38 16 x SB003 GCU443 £690.40

850 x 305 x 1040

19 9 x SB004 GCU334 £398.55

850 x 455 x 1040 400 21 9 x SB005 GCU335 £470.25

850 x 610 x 1040 23 9 x SB006 GCU336 £540.95

850 x 305 x 1350

26 12 x SB004 GCU344 £451.75

850 x 455 x 1350 400 28 12 x SB005 GCU345 £532.95

850 x 610 x 1350 30 12 x SB006 GCU346 £612.00

1620 x 305 x 1040

38 24 x SB001 GRH831 £590.05

1620 x 455 x 1040 600 46 24 x SB002 GRH832 £714.30

1620 x 610 x 1040 54 24 x SB003 GRH833 £840.15

1620 x 305 x 1350

48 32 x SB001 GRH841 £665.05

1620 x 455 x 1350 800 75 32 x SB002 GRH842 £837.10

1620 x 610 x 1350 100 32 x SB003 GRH843 £1006.20

1530 x 305 x 1040

40 18 x SB004 GRH634 £515.55

1530 x 455 x 1040 450 46 18 x SB005 GRH635 £609.55

1530 x 610 x 1040 52 18 x SB006 GRH636 £703.80

1530 x 305 x 1350

50 24 x SB004 GRH644 £577.10

1530 x 455 x 1350 600 57 24 x SB005 GRH645 £681.95

1530 x 610 x 1350 65 24 x SB006 GRH646 £789.30

Stackable

Bin Racks

›› Fully welded

construction

›› Horizontal or

tilted shelves

N.B. Steel Bins

are sold as

separate items

Overall Size

H x D x W mm

120

manufactured

Weight

kg

Suitable

for Bin

Horizontal

Model

2 x SBH12 with

24 x SB002

Tilted

Model

Price

640 x 305 x 1350 15 12 x SB001 SBH11 SBT11 £289.05

640 x 455 x 1350 21 12 x SB002 SBH12 SBT12 £332.75

640 x 610 x 1350 27 12 x SB003 SBH13 SBT13 £376.25

790 x 305 x 1350 25 12 x SB004 SBH14 SBT14 £309.65

790 x 455 x 1350 31 12 x SB005 SBH15 SBT15 £353.55

790 x 610 x 1350 37 12 x SB006 SBH16 SBT16 £396.95

manufactured

Steel Bins

›› Spot welded

construction from

galvanised steel

›› Units incorporate:

›› Rear half lift handle

›› Front handle support bar

›› Card holder

›› Re-inforced rim

›› Stacking runners

›› Semi-open fronted

steel bins for easy

viewing & instant

access to the contents

Overall Size

H x D x W mm

Model Price

150 x 305 x 305 SB001 £34.15*

150 x 455 x 305 SB002 £40.90*

150 x 610 x 305 SB003 £48.50*

200 x 305 x 305 SB004 £41.55*

200 x 455 x 305 SB005 £49.50*

200 x 610 x 305 SB006 £58.25*

*prices applicable when ordering

with Racks. Order charges will

apply if ordered on their own.

Tote Pans & Racks

1


1

1 - STACKING RACK SYSTEM

›› Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide

›› Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing

2 - HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM

›› Allows for the most economical use of available space

›› Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide

›› Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans

3 - TILTED RACK SYSTEM

›› Welded construction with pan retainers

›› With tilted shelves for component viewing

4 - HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM

›› As the Tilted Rack System except with

horizontal shelves for component viewing

manufactured

GALVANISED TOTE PANS

›› These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress

›› Strong construction of galvanised steel with half-lift

handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets

›› Ideal for bulk storage & item picking

›› Load Capacity: 25kg each

2 x GST13

& 22 x GTP03

2

4

GDR03 & 20 x GTP03

GRH03

& 24 GTP03

Tote Pan Trolley

3

GRT13 &

22 x GTP03

5 x GTP03

No of

Pans High

3 Pans

5 Pans

Overall

H x D x W mm

Weight

kg

Suitable

For Pan

All racks & trolleys are supplied without tote pans which must be ordered as additional items

Horizontal

Model

Tilted

Model

Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks

Price

640 x 305 x 1350 15 12xGTP01 GSH01 GST11 £274.70

640 x 455 x 1350 21 12xGTP02 GSH02 GST12 £316.85

640 x 610 x 1350 27 12xGTP03 GSH03 GST13 £357.95

High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only

900 x 305 x 1350 25 20xGTP01 GDR01 - £465.20

900 x 455 x 1350 35 20xGTP02 GDR02 - £540.20

900 x 610 x 1350 45 20xGTP03 GDR03 - £619.45

Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks

6 Pans

8 Pans

-

1230 x 305 x 1350 30 24xGTP01 GRH01 GRT11 £477.90

1230 x 455 x 1350 42 24xGTP02 GRH02 GRT12 £561.40

1230 x 610 x 1350 54 24xGTP03 GRH03 GRT13 £651.25

1620 x 305 x 1350 40 32xGTP01 GRH04 GRT14 £632.65

1620 x 455 x 1350 56 32xGTP02 GRH05 GRT15 £750.20

1620 x 610 x 1350 72 32xGTP03 GRH06 GRT16 £860.45

150 x 305 x 305

Galvanised Tote Pans

GTP01 £26.85*

150 x 455 x 305 GTP02 £33.20*

150 x 610 x 305 GTP03 £40.55*

- -

150 x 305 x 255 GTP11 £26.85*

150 x 455 x 255 GTP12 £33.20*

150 x 610 x 225 GTP13 £40.55*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Rack Systems.


Container Trolley

›› For use with tote

pans in transporting

spare parts etc.

›› Framework painted

blue with 3 galvanised

sheet shelves

›› Mobile on 2 fixed &

2 swivel 125mm

castors

N.B. Tote pans to be

ordered as additional

items

manufactured

300kg

evenly

distributed

3YR

GUARANTEE

GTT51R &

7 x GTP03

›› Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel

non-marking grey rubber castors

›› 30 containers included:

›› 12 Red: 300 x 150 x 100

›› 18 Blue: 300 x 100 x 100

manufactured

200kg

evenly

distributed

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

1040 x 455

x 980

1040 x 610

x 980

Wheels

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Nylon

GTT21N £589.20

Rubber

60

GTT31R £627.30

Nylon GTT41N £636.75

Rubber GTT51R £675.10

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

CT230Y

Model

Price

700 x 350 x 1140 21 CT230Y £530.65

121


Maxi Nest Perforated Containers

›› From field or food manufacturer to retail point

of sale Maxi Nest protects, maintains &

promotes hygiene for fresh & frozen foods

PRICES

HELD

›› Securely stack on bale-arms & nest with arms pushed back

›› Nests by up to 76% with bale arms pushed back

›› All models inter stack

9994002546

9635002646

9632002646

Description

Colour

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Perforated Tray with Bale Arms Blue 600 x 400 x 106 552 x 352 x 80 16 9635002646 £13.03




Bread Baskets with Bale Arms Grey 762 x 508 x 216 697 x 463 x 190 65 9994002546 £23.35

Bread Baskets with Bale Arms Blue 788 x 617 x 190 723 x 569 x 165 68 97960016A6 £25.70

Volume

Litres

Model

Price

Folding Box

›› The unit easily & quickly folds &

unfolds making it ideal to store


FROM ONLY

£10.95

50kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) Pack 5

530 x 360 x 280 530 x 280 x 50 1.2 GC059Z £14.50 £10.95

GC059Z

‘Prelog’ Folding Containers

›› Fold flat for maximising vehicle capacity &

reducing your storage space when empty

›› Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow

for fresh produce & minimise water retention

›› Constructed from tough polypropylene

Confectionery Trays

›› High quality food grade trays

›› Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow

for fresh produce & minimise water retention

›› Constructed from tough polypropylene

PRICES

HELD

9742.001

i

Information

External Size

L x W x H mm

122

OPERATIONAL

FROM

-20°C TO +80°C

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

600 x 400 x 190 566 x 366 x 176 36 1.9 3212.750 £21.98

600 x 400 x 235 566 x 366 x 221 47 2.1 3211.750 £22.14

External Size

L x W x H mm

9741.001

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

762 x 457 x 92 715 x 412 x 72 22 1.4 9743.001 £17.47

762 x 457 x 123 715 x 412 x 103 32 1.8 9742.001 £18.89

762 x 457 x 176 715 x 412 x 156 48 2.1 9741.001 £23.33



Clear Containers

›› Manufactured from transparent polypropylene

›› Perfect for transport, order picking & storage

›› Food safe & suitable for use in

temperature ranges from -20 o c to 90 o c

›› Minimum order quantity of 3 containers

HINGED LID

COLOURS

Blue

Red

Yellow

Clear


5YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£12.95

Plain

Container

External Size

L x W x H mm

Stack Rail

Container

External

Base Size

L x W mm

Hinged Lid

Container

Volume

L

Hygienic Uni Boxes

Load

Cap. kg

›› Material: food approved HD-polyethylene

›› Smooth surface, hygienic

Minimum

Order

Quantity

Plain Container Stack Rail Container Hinged Lid Container


410 x 300 x 240 318 x 240 17 20 3 - - - - THL413024 £21.00

400 x 300 x 223 318 x 240 18 20 3 TPC403022 £12.95 TSR403022 £16.00 - -

610 x 400 x 240 505 x 335 36 30 3 - - - - THL614024 £29.05

600 x 400 x 223 505 x 335 37 30 3 TPC604022 £20.10 TSR604022 £24.00 - -

610 x 400 x 340 505 x 335 54 35 3 - - - - THL614034 £34.00

600 x 400 x 323 505 x 335 55 30 3 TPC603032 £25.60 TSR603032 £29.50 - -

FROM ONLY

£17.84

7904.750

7903.750

PD064S

PRICES

HELD

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Volume

Litres


Colour Type Model

400 x 300 x 165 358 x 258 x 160 1 14 Blue/Red Solid 7903.750 £17.84

600 x 400 x 145 537 x 358 x 140 1.9 24 Blue/Red/White Solid 7904.750 £28.42



400 x 300 - 0.7 - Grey Lid 6410.820.502 £11.41

600 x 400 - 0.9 0.9 Grey Lid 7905.822 £17.47

Dolly to suit 1 x 600W by 400Dmm or 2 x 400W by 300D Containers PD064S £88.35

Price

(each)

123


View & Pick Stacking Containers

FROM ONLY

£12.10

Label Cards /

Holders

Insertable

Window

5YR

GUARANTEE

›› Each container is supplied with a label card

›› Integral label holder on all four sides

›› Ergonomically designed open hand grips

›› Minimum order quantity of

3 containers on some sizes

Suits

Container

Pack

Size

Insertable Window

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 220 10 IW403022/10 £49.20

400 x 300 x 270 10 IW403027/10 £50.35

600 x 400 x 220 10 IW604022/10 £50.35

600 x 400 x 270 10 IW604027/10 £53.00

600 x 400 x 320 10 IW604032/10 £53.00

600 x 400 x 420 10 IW604042/10 £59.30

800 x 600 x 320 10 IW806032/10 £109.05

800 x 600 x 420 10 IW806042/10 £90.65

Label Cards / Holders

Label Cards - 210 x 74 mm 50 LC275 £6.35

Label Holders - 209 x 67 mm 10 LHC261 £18.35

External Size

L x W x H mm

Pick Opening

W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Load

Cap. kg

Stacking

Load kg

Minimum

Order

Quantity

Colour: Blue

Colour: Red


400 x 300 x 220 212 x 106 20.8 20 200 3 XL2110B £12.10 XL2110R £13.25

400 x 300 x 270 212 x 131 25.6 20 200 3 XL2113B £13.70 XL2113R £14.75

600 x 400 x 220 274 x 106 44.3 15 250 3 XL2710B £17.85 XL2710R £19.05

600 x 400 x 270 274 x 131 54.5 15 250 3 XL2713B £20.80 XL2713R £22.10

600 x 400 x 320 274 x 156 64.8 20 250 3 XL2715B £20.80 XL2715R £21.70

600 x 400 x 420 274 x 206 85.3 20 250 3 XL2720B £25.40 XL2720R £28.35

800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 60 500 - XL4515B £58.60 - -

800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 60 500 - XL4520B £63.05 - -

800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 60 500 - XL4525B £68.05 - -

FROM ONLY

£479.30

Container Pick Walls

PRICES

›› Create a storage & picking area HELD

without the need for shelving

›› Quick & easy to create picking areas

›› Ideal for NEW products & great sellers

›› More sizes & options available - call for details

5YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

PW6842

OTHER SIZES

AVAILABLE

CALL FOR DETAILS

PW6442

Description

Capacity Litres

per Container

Overall Size - per Container

L x W x H mm

Overall Size - per Wall

L x W x H mm

Container Picking Walls

Model

Price

16 Containers - 4 Wide x 4 High 82.5 600 x 400 x 415 2400 x 400 x 1640 PW6442 £479.30

12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High 174 600 x 800 x 420 1800 x 800 x 1640 PW6842 £698.90

12 Containers - 3 Wide x 4 High 174 800 x 600 x 420 2400 x 600 x 1640 PW8642 £707.95

124


Stack Nest Containers

›› Work well with dollies, conveyors & other automated equipment

›› Stack when full, optimising space, & nest when

empty by turning the box 180 degress

Two Tone Stack

Nest Containers

PD064S

PRICES

HELD

SN105105

SN110305

7907.820

4129.760.050 4128.760

7925.760

›› These stackable nesting containers are suitable for the distribution of goods in a wide variety of industries

›› The wide range of sizes & designs means the boxes can be tailored to the flow of goods in most situations

›› Boxes & lids available in multiple colours - please specify when ordering

›› Model 4129.760.050 is manufactured from recycled material

›› N.B: The Tellus & Two Tone Stack Nest Containers do not inter work with each other

Description

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm


Colour Options Model Price

Tellus Stack Nest Containers (This range doesn’t inter work with the Two Tone Stack Nest Containers)

Solid sides & base 400 x 300 x 220 300 x 245 x 215 Green (Blue available P.O.A) 7924.760 £17.88

Lid 400 x 300 - Grey 6410.820.502 £11.41

Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 180 490 x 340 x 175 Green, Blue 4128.760 £24.65

Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 220 490 x 340 x 215 Green (Blue available P.O.A) 7925.760 £26.57


Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 270 490 x 340 x 265 Dark Grey Recycled 4129.760.050 £25.15


Plain Lid without Hooks 600 x 400 - Green, Grey 7907.820 £13.37

Two Tone Stack Nest Containers (This range doesn’t inter work with the Tellus Stack Nest Containers)

Perforated sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 200 457 x 338 x 177 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN110301 £24.95

Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 200 457 x 338 x 177 Two Tone Red & Grey SN110305 £23.31

Perforated sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN105201 £28.89

Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Red & Grey SN105105 £30.10

Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN105105AD £30.10

Container Dolly

Suits 1 x 600 x 400

or 2 x 400 x 300

Container Dolly - Fits both above ranges

- Blue only PD064S £88.35

125


Folding Euro Containers

›› Practical footprint (600 x 400) for use with euro pallets

›› Sides lock open with a simple push on the top of the handle

›› Open grip handle for your comfort

FROM ONLY

£31.25

FEC32ORWO

FEC32BLWO

4 x FEC32ORWO 4 x FEC32ORWO Folded

FEC32ORLID

FEC32BLLID

Description

External Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

Cap. kg

Stacking

Cap. kg

Volume

Litres

Blue Folding Euro Container

Orange Folding Euro Container


600 x 400 x 285

58 FEC28BLWO £31.25 FEC28ORWO £32.30

Without Lid

600 x 400 x 320 65 FEC32BLWO £34.80 FEC32ORWO £35.70

20 180

600 x 400 x 285 57 FEC28BLLID £38.10 FEC28ORLID £39.20

With Lid

600 x 400 x 320 64 FEC32BLLID £41.75 FEC32ORLID £42.70

Euro Containers - Integral Lids

›› Attached lids for added security

›› Tough polypropylene construction

›› Comfortable hand holes & smooth base

ES1C3004

ES1C1004

ES0C2804

i

Information

ATTACHED LIDS

FOR ADDED

SECURITY

PRICES

HELD

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

400 x 300 x 129 355 x 255 x 105 10 1.21 ES0C1004 £23.74

400 x 300 x 186 355 x 255 x 164 15 1.43 ES1C2704 £26.16

400 x 300 x 246 355 x 255 x 220 20 1.68 ES1C2004 £27.47

400 x 300 x 330 355 x 255 x 300 30 2.18 ES1C3004 £33.41

600 x 400 x 161 555 x 355 x 139 28 2.11 ES0C2804 £33.41

600 x 400 x 246 555 x 355 x 220 45 3 ES1C4504 £52.22

600 x 400 x 291 555 x 355 x 265 54 3.33 ES1C5404 £56.26

600 x 400 x 423 555 x 355 x 394 75 4.47 ES0C8505 £66.36

126


ES0C8505


Euro Containers

›› Available in capacities from 4 to 165 litres

›› Straight walls provide maximum volume

›› Modular sizes ensure optimum pallet use

›› Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet

›› Suitable for distribution of goods in most industries

›› Conveyor compatible

i

Information

MAXIMUM

VOLUME LOW

UNIT WEIGHT

PRICES

HELD

8715.005 8701.005 5787.820

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Volume

Litres

Colour Type Model

300 x 200 x 120 257 x 158 x 117 0.5 4 Grey Solid 8715.005 £11.09

400 x 300 x 120 365 x 265 x 115 0.7 9 Grey Solid 8701.005 £17.98

400 x 300 x 145 355 x 255 x 142 0.9 13 Grey Recycled Solid 6468.001.050 £12.69

400 x 300 x 145 355 x 255 x 142 0.9 13 Grey Solid 6468.001.502 £13.92

400 x 300 x 230 355 x 255 x 225 1.3 20 Grey Recycled Solid 6469.001.050 £16.81

400 x 300 x 230 355 x 255 x 225 1.3 20 Grey Solid 6469.001.502 £18.24

400 x 300 - 0.4 - Grey Lid 5787.820 £8.06

Price

(each)

8710.005 6479.760 6476.750

5786.820

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Volume

Litres

Colour Type Model

600 x 400 x 50 555 x 355 x 40 0.8 8 Grey Solid ES100804 £12.08


600 x 400 x 150 555 x 355 x 139 1.25 28 Grey Perforated Sides & Base ES200201 £19.90


600 x 400 x 175 556 x 356 x 162 1.6 32 Grey Solid 8710.005 £26.20

600 x 400 x 175 556 x 356 x 162 1.8 34 Grey / Red Solid ES641704 £17.68

600 x 400 x 230 555 x 355 x 225 2.2 44 Grey Solid 6479.750 £30.97

600 x 400 x 230 555 x 355 x 225 2.2 44 Dark Grey Recycled Solid 6479.760 £27.58

600 x 400 x 280 555 x 355 x 275 2.7 55 Grey Solid 6476.750 £36.26

600 x 400 x 300 560 x 350 x 285 3.1 56 Grey Solid - Sliding Panel Long Side 2366.857.502 £41.92

600 x 400 x 300 560 x 350 x 285 3.1 56 Grey Solid - Sliding Panel Short Side 2366.851.502 £41.92

600 x 400 x 320 555 x 336 x 306 2.6 59 Grey Solid 8712.005.502 £35.25

600 x 400 - 0.4 - Grey Lid 5786.820 £13.11

Price

(each)

6488.005 6491.750

6440.750 6440.820

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Volume

Litres


Colour Type Model

800 x 400 x 200 760 x 360 x 196 2.7 54 Grey Flat Base 6488.005 £51.94

800 x 600 x 235 755 x 555 x 205 3.8 87 Grey Flat Base ES210905 £55.05

800 x 600 x 300 750 x 550 x 290 4.5 123 Grey Flat Base 6491.750 £80.53

800 x 600 x 415 750 x 550 x 400 7.2 165 Grey Re-inforced Base 6440.750 £90.36

800 x 600 - 1.8 - Grey Lid 6440.820 £34.99

1000 x 400 x 214 947 x 350 x 198 4 63 Grey Solid 8716.005.502 £49.88

Price

(each)

127


Economy Attached Lid Containers

›› Up to 75% height saving when nested

›› Designed for both automated & manual handling

›› Lids are equipped with ribs which

hold stacked containers securely

›› Integrated lid accepts strapping

& security seals

›› Attached lids allow maximum volume & load

capacity whilst saving space during transportation

AT642604

Closed

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

AT643104

Open

PRICES

HELD

Capacity

Litres

2 x AT643604

Nested

Colour Model Price

400 x 300 x 222 338 x 254 x 197 18 Blue Container & Lid AT432204 £19.07







710 x 460 x 368 (without drainholes) 597 x 374 x 330 80 Green Container & Lid AT10A804 £33.92

710 x 460 x 368 (with drainholes) 597 x 374 x 330 80 Green Container & Lid AT10A829 £33.92

Security Seals - Bag of 1000 - OTKS0104AA £129.84

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Blue PD064S £88.35

N.B. ECONOMY & PREMIUM CONTAINERS WILL NOT INTER WORK TOGETHER

Premium Attached Lid Containers

›› Wholesale & industrial applications




›› Integrated lid accepts

strapping & security seals

›› The step design enables nearly vertical walls.

This maximises volume & load capacity &

saves space during transportation

PRICES

HELD

128

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litres

400 x 300 x 250 328 x 237 x 235 21

Colour Model Price

1325.850 £22.73

400 x 300 x 300 327 x 235 x 285 25 1325.851 £23.13

600 x 400 x 250 529 x 344 x 235 46 Blue Container

1310.851 £37.92

600 x 400 x 300 527 x 342 x 285 55

& Lid

1311.851 £38.30

600 x 400 x 350 526 x 341 x 335 64 1329.850 £45.13

600 x 400 x 400 526 x 341 x 385 73 1330.850 £46.44

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Blue PD064S £88.35



Attached Lid Containers

›› Up to 75% height saving when nested




›› Integrated lid accepts

strapping & security seals

›› Attached lids allow maximum volume & load

capacity whilst saving space during transportation

PRICES

HELD

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Blue

Green

Red


FROM ONLY

£21.76

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litres

Colour Model Price

600 x 400 x 310 527 x 351 x 290 56 Black with Coloured Lid LH604031HS £21.76

600 x 400 x 365 521 x 346 x 345 65 Black with Coloured Lid LH604036HS £23.56

600 x 400 x 365 552 x 370 x 330 65 All Black LH6040R6AB £31.41

1000 x 575 x 540 900 x 500 x 400 190 All Grey LH105754HB £124.24

Distribution Pallets

›› 100% plastic - lightweight & durable

›› Maximum load up to 5000kg

›› Constant quality & dimensional conformity

›› Suitable for use in the food industry

›› Our light duty pallets are ideal for retail & export

›› Our heavy duty pallets are the best choice where

heavy loads & high bay racking are required

PRICES

HELD

MAN30204

6101.751.093

1855.508.093

5591.510.093

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Static Load

Capacity kg

Dynamic Load

Capacity kg


Racked Load

Capacity kg

Description

Model

Price

800 x 600 x 145 3.7 500 250 - 6101.751.093 £31.20

Light Duty Pallet

with Lip

1200 x 800 x 130 5 2500 1000 - 5591.510.093 £36.94

1200 x 1000 x 155 6.5 2500 1000 - 1855.508.093 £36.31

Heavy Duty Pallet 1200 x 1000 x 165 23.5 5000 1500 1200 MAN30004 £182.54

Heavy Duty Pallet with Lip 1200 x 1000 x 165 23.5 5000 1500 1200 MAN30204 £182.54

129


GEO Boxes

›› Manufactured in high density polyethylene

›› 450kg load per container/4.5 tonnes per stack of 10

›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning

›› Designed to be used with forklifts,

pump trucks & automatic systems

9503010801 9503002801

NEW

FROM ONLY

£161.98

9530001801

Base Type

Description

Capacity

Litres

External Size

L x W x H mm

XL Containers with Fork Entry Shoes

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

2 Runner Base Solid 260 1000 x 600 x 662 929 x 544 x 519 9530000801 £166.76

6 Feet Base Solid 260 1000 x 600 x 662 929 x 544 x 519 9530001801 £161.98

2 Runner Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503002801 £255.40

6 Feet Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503004801 £234.21

3 Runner Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503010801 £238.10

2 Runner Base Solid 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503006801 £281.27

6 Feet Base Solid 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503009801 £272.14

Lid to Suit - - 1200 x 1000 x 50 - 8819004906 £71.43

Model

Price

›› Each container is supplied with a label card

›› Ergonomically designed open hand grips

Insertable

Window

5YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£80.65

External Size

L x W x H mm

Pick Opening

W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Load

Cap. kg

Short Side Pick Opening

Container Insertable Window (pk of 10)


800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 200 XLS4515 £80.65 XLW4515/10 £109.05

800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 200 XLS4520 £87.00 XLW4520/10 £90.65

800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 200 XLS4525 £93.20 XLW4525/10 £108.35

Long Side Pick Opening

800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 200 XLL4515 £83.15 XLW4515/10 £109.05

800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 200 XLL4520 £87.00 XLW4520/10 £90.65

800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 200 XLL4525 £95.70 XLW4525/10 £108.35

130



Big Box

›› Manufactured in high density polyethylene

›› Securely stacks loads of up to 4500Kg - 9 full units

›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning

›› 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks

›› Drain taps & plugs are available & all

components are easily replaceable

›› Boxes & lids available in grey only

›› Ideal for heavy duty applications

i

Information

OPERATIONAL

FROM -40° TO +80°

4410.820.502

i

Information

UNIT LOAD

CAPACITY 500KG

Description

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Feet & Door Fittings Model Price

Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Feet 4403.100.554 £320.06

Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 790 1110 x 710 x 610 3 Skids 4403.300.554 £360.72

Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Wheels 4403.105.554 £500.00

Solid sides & base with drop down door 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Feet 4403.150.554 £350.00

Lid to suit 1200 x 800 Box 1200 x 800 - - 4409.820.502 £61.52

Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Feet 4429.100.502 £274.72

Solid sides & base with drop down door 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Feet 4429.400.502 £292.60

Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 3 Skids 4429.300.502 £346.26

Perforated sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 3 Skids 4429.600.502 £274.72

Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Wheels 4429.105.502 £472.22

Lid to suit 1200 x 1000 Box 1200 x 1000 - - 4410.820.502 £68.91

Magnum Optimum

›› Easy to fold & erect. Folded Height: 325mm

›› Lighter, more durable, offers more shipping

& useable volume. Achieves a highest

possible folding ratio & fulfills quality

standards of all current European

regulations for FOC’s

›› When empty, it folds to around one third

of its erected size, saving valuable space in

storage or return transport. Each side is

numbered in the sequence they fold.

Open

Folded

Description

External Size

L x W x H mm

Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors 1200 x 800 x 950 620 55 2330.456 £409.97

Volume

Litres

Lid to suit 1200 x 800 - 7 2336.820 £51.03

Magnum - 2 Drop Access Doors 1200 x 1000 x 975 847 49 2549.461.502 £412.70

Lid To Suit. Colour: Black 1200 x 1000 - 7 2326.820 £47.60

Weight

kg

Model


131

Price


Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards

manufactured

EXCEPT

FLOOR CHESTS

FROM ONLY

£149.90

i

Information

THESE CABINETS

CAN HELP YOU

COMPLY WITH

COSHH

REGULATIONS,

DEPENDING ON

YOUR RISK

ASSESSMENT

›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors

›› These units enable separate storage of hazardous substances

›› “No Snag” handles with 2 point locking mechanism

›› Adjustable spill retaining shelves for superior spill management

›› Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of

spills (except wall mounted cupboards)

›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included)

›› Floor chests have an integrated welded sump, angled lid to

discourage article placement & a hasp & staple

lock - padlock not supplied

›› Stands raise cupboards by 543mm

with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

No of

Doors

Model

Price

Floor Cupboards

700 x 350 x 300 1 Single EFC01Z £149.90

700 x 900 x 460 1 Double EFC03Z £206.60

900 x 460 x 460 1 Single EFC02Z £176.35

900 x 900 x 460 1 Double EFC05Z £226.10

1200 x 900 x 460 2 Double EFC06Z £285.15

1800 x 900 x 460 3 Double EFC08Z £335.45

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 Double EFC16Z £395.20

Mobile Cupboards

840 x 900 x 460 1 Double EMC01Z £329.00

1040 x 900 x 460 1 Double EMC02Z £358.45

Wall Cupboards

570 x 850 x 255 1 Double EWC01Z £195.90

Floor Chests

510 x 610 x 340 - - EFC18Z £243.90

610 x 1170 x 460 - - EFC19Z £381.10

To Fit

W x D mm

Model

Price

Extra Shelves

350 x 300 EES01Z £21.35

460 x 460 EES02Z £26.65

900 x 460 EES08Z £34.65

1200 x 460 EES16Z £40.00

Stands (543mm high)

350 x 300 ESS01Z £76.45

132

EFC18Z

ESS02Z

460 x 460 ESS02Z £79.95

900 x 460 ESS08Z £89.30

Heavy Duty Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards

›› Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet

steel with formed & welded seams

›› Supplied with removable

galvanised sump tray & shelves

›› Doors are fitted with vertical

reinforcement panels to

prevent distortion

›› Produced with return flange

around doors & joints to

prevent the passage of flame

›› Fitted with security locks & two keys

›› Shelves can be used as flush

shelves or as a tray & are

adjustable to 75mm centres

›› Locks & handles are all metal to

eliminate melting under fire attack

›› Powder coated yellow


HSC05Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

HSC08Z

i

Information

HSC03Z

HSC02Z

THESE CABINETS CAN

HELP YOU COMPLY

WITH COSHH

REGULATIONS,

DEPENDING ON YOUR

RISK ASSESSMENT

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Doors

Weight

kg

Model

915 x 458 x 483 1 Single 27 HSC02Z £346.15

610 x 610 x 306 1 Double 18 HSC03Z £358.45

915 x 915 x 483 2 Double 50 HSC05Z £478.60

1830 x 915 x 483 3 Double 83 HSC08Z £804.30

Price

133


Heavy Duty Hazardous Cabinets

GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE

CABINETS SHOWN ON THESE TWO PAGES

›› Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid

Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate &

Health & Safety Guidance notes HSG51 & CS19

›› Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate

of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 & 4

›› Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel for extra

strength & improved protection from fire penetration

›› A robustly constructed range of cabinets

providing safe storage for flammable liquids

›› Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity

removable sump to contain any spillage

›› All formed welded seams

FROM ONLY

£407.20

›› Doors are fitted with

vertical reinforcement

panels to prevent

distortion

›› Produced with return

flange around doors &

joints to prevent the

passage of flame

›› Fitted with all metal

security locks &

two keys

›› Adjustable galvanised

shelves to 75mm

centres. Shelves are

also reversible which

allows them to be

used as a tray

›› Floor stands are

available for the five

smallest sizes, raising

the units by 450 mm

HEAVY DUTY CABINETS

Made from 1.2mm sheet steel

FSC Range

i

Information

THESE CABINETS

CAN HELP YOU

COMPLY WITH

COSHH

REGULATIONS,

DEPENDING ON

YOUR RISK

ASSESSMENT

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Highly Flammable Storage

Cabinets - FSC Range

›› Powder coated Yellow

›› Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard

›› For pricing details please see opposite page

General Storage Cabinets

- GSC Range

›› Powder coated grey

›› Supplied complete with general purpose labelling

›› For pricing details please see opposite page

134

GSC Range


3YR

GUARANTEE

PSC Range

manufactured

i

Information

HEAVY DUTY

CABINETS

Made from 1.2mm

sheet steel

Pesticide/Agrochemical Storage Cabinets - PSC Range

›› Powder coated red

›› For your safety the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents

›› Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 & EEC directive 92/58

›› All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page

Acid Storage Cabinets - ASC Range

›› Powder coated white which is impervious to most acids

›› Complete with acid warning label conforming to BS5499/1 & EEC directive 92/58

›› All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page

ASC Range

SAFETY NOTE

Before storage of herbicides

& petroleum based products

takes place the advice of the

following should be sought

for specific guidance.

›› Health & Safety Inspector

›› Trading Standards Officers

›› Environmental Health Officers

›› Fire Officers

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Shelf Depth

(as a tray)

Sump

Capacity

Doors

Weight

kg

Highly Flammable General Pesticide/Agrochemical Acid


*765 x 458 x 483 1 38mm 14 litres 1 25 FSC01Z £412.60 GSC01Z £407.20 PSC01Z £439.40 ASC01Z £439.40





1220 x 915 x 483 2 34mm 33 litres 2 65 FSC06Z £738.75 GSC06Z £733.55 PSC06Z £765.45 ASC06Z £765.45



*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes) FSC09Z £188.65 GSC09Z £188.65 PSC09Z £210.50 ASC09Z £210.50

135


CoSHH Cupboards

CFC08Z

CFC16Z

FROM ONLY

£149.90

CFC03Z & CSS08Z

CFC06Z

CFC05Z

CFC02Z

CFC01Z

manufactured

CFC18Z

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the

control of hazardous substances in all working environments.

This range of cupboards & cabinets enables the separate

storage & transportation of hazardous substances as

demanded by the CoSHH regulations.

›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel

body & 0.9mm steel doors


›› “No snag” handles with 2-point locking

›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves

for superior spill management*

›› Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct

handling of spills through the use of absorbents*

›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting

(fixings not included).

›› Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled

lid to discourage article placement & a hasp

& staple lock – padlock not supplied

›› Stands raise cupboards by 543mm with an

adjustable foot for uneven surfaces

*Except wall mounted cupboards

136

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

To Fit

W x D mm

No of

Shelves

No of

Doors

Model

Stands (543mm high)

Model

Price

Price

Floor Cupboards

700 x 350 x 300 1 Single CFC01Z £149.90

700 x 900 x 460 1 Double CFC03Z £206.60

900 x 460 x 460 1 Single CFC02Z £176.35

900 x 900 x 460 1 Double CFC05Z £226.10

1200 x 900 x 460 2 Double CFC06Z £285.15

1800 x 900 x 460 3 Double CFC08Z £335.45

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 Double CFC16Z £395.20

Mobile Cupboards

840 x 900 x 460 1 Double CMC01Z £329.00

1040 x 900 x 460 1 Double CMC02Z £358.45

Wall Cupboards

570 x 850 x 255 1 Double CWC01Z £195.90

Floor Chests

510 x 610 x 340 - - CFC18Z £243.90

610 x 1170 x 460 - - CFC19Z £381.10

350 x 300 CSS01Z £76.45

460 x 460 CSS02Z £79.95

900 x 460 CSS08Z £89.30

Hazardous Substance & CoSHH Security Cupboards


FROM ONLY

£534.70

manufactured

It is vital that employers & employees comply with the

control of hazardous substances in all working environments.

This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate

storage of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH

regulations. They are constructed from welded 1.5mm steel

for strength combined with a superior anti-pick locking

mechanism, to ensure security.

›› Welded all steel structure for extra strength

›› Seven lever safe lock for high security

›› New regulation labels enclosed to be fitted

by customer to suit regulations

›› Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed

fixings to prevent forced entry

›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves

for superior spill management

›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active

Technology anti-bacterial paint

›› Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct

handling of spills through the use of absorbents


Hazardous Substance Security Cupboards (Yellow)

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

900 x 460 x 450 1 HSSC090445 £534.70

1200 x 900 x 450 2 HSSC120945 £744.75

1200 x 1200 x 450 2 HSSC121245 £1136.60

1800 x 900 x 450 3 HSSC180945 £1144.70

1800 x 1200 x 450 3 HSSC181245 £1399.20

Extra Shelves


460 x 450 HSSC0445ES £31.25

900 x 450 HSSC0945ES £48.15

1200 x 450 HSSC1245ES £67.70

CoSHH Security Cupboards (Grey)

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Model

Price

900 x 460 x 450 1 CSSC090445 £534.70

1200 x 900 x 450 2 CSSC120945 £744.75

1200 x 1200 x 450 2 CSSC121245 £1136.60

1800 x 900 x 450 3 CSSC180945 £1144.70

1800 x 1200 x 450 3 CSSC181245 £1399.20

Extra Shelves


460 x 450 CSSC0445ES £31.25

900 x 450 CSSC0945ES £48.15

1200 x 450 CSSC1245ES £67.70

137


Safety Cabinets for Flammable Substances

10YR

GUARANTEE

›› Exceed the requirements of HSG51, 2015 (HSE Storage

of Flammable Liquids in Containers, 3rd Edition)

›› Meets the requirements of HSG140, 2015 (HSE Safe

Use & Handling of Flammable Liquids, 2nd Edition)

›› 10 minute fire tested at up to 1,300°C (independent testing)

›› Internal temperature during fire test kept below the auto

ignition temperature of vast majority of flammable liquids

›› Can help justify storage of more volume of flammable

liquids than HSG51 would normally allow

›› Fully load tested

›› Self-closing models have fusible links

that close the doors at 74°C

›› Dual wall construction with insulating air space

›› Fully welded construction with 1mm steel used throughout

›› 3 point heavy duty stainless bullet self-latching

doors – positive door closure without

manual rotation to ensure latching

›› Leak proof integrated sump & 2 air vents

with flame arresters built-in

›› Concealed self-close mechanism – release

doors on self-closing models from any open

position & the door will shut & latch

›› Adjustable shelf positions on 76mm

centres, each with 156kg UDL rating

›› Continuous piano hinges on doors

›› Shelves direct leaks to back & bottom of cabinet

›› Adjustable levelling feet

›› Built in grounding connector

Description

Overall Size

No of No of Sump

Manual Close Doors

Self Close Doors

H x W x D mm

Doors Shelves Capacity Model Price Model Price

Mini Cabinet 580 x 560 x 230

2 L 8902001 £296.46 - -

Countertop Cabinet 580 x 560 x 460 6.5 L 8904001 £348.18 8904201 £473.96

1

Compact

889 x 591 x 457 1

10 L 8912001 £511.36 8912201 £550.18

Cabinet

1118 x 591 x 457 10 L 8915001 £575.88 8915201 £620.52

Slimline Cabinet 1651 x 591 x 457 3 10 L 8922001 £717.16 8922201 £750.46

Undercounter Cabinet 889 x 889 x 459

20 L 8923001 £656.75 8923201 £757.45

1

1118 x 1092 x 457 20 L 8930001 £693.13 8930201 £764.62

Standard

1651 x 1092 x 457

2

20 L 8945001 £836.35 8945201 £909.60

Cabinet

1651 x 864 x 864 2

31.5 L 8960001 £994.13 8960201 £1072.09

1651 x 1092 x 864 41 L 8990001 £1228.81 8990201 £1385.26

138


Storage Vaults

›› Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid

Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate &

the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51

›› Adjustable vent meets the requirements

of both flammable storage (vents closed) &

agrochemicals (vents open)

›› All welded units conforming to the

A.P.E.A. construction requirements

›› Provide a half hour protection from

collapse & the passage of flame

›› Multi-lockable for high security & fitted with

a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts

›› For extra protection & fork lifting the units

have skids on the base

›› Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z &

SSV02Z to enable larger items to be

stored on the base level

›› Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four

shelves - the two middle shelves fold away &

the two top shelves are made in 3 sections -

the back section is fixed in position & the

front two sections removable

›› All models have a liquid-tight base to

contain spillage

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to

unload these vaults

FROM ONLY

£1643.95

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

SSV02Z

SSV01Z

SAFETY NOTE

Before storage of herbicides

& petroleum based products

takes place the advice of the

following should be sought

for specific guidance.

›› Health & Safety Inspector

›› Trading Standards Officers

›› Environmental Health Officers

›› Fire Officers

SSV03Z

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Liquid Tight Sealed

Base Unit Capacity

Shelves

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1270 x 700 x 850 120 Litre

1270 x 1370 x 850 250 Litre

2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed

Middle: 690 x 400 pivots

2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed

Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots

180 SSV01Z £1643.95

260 SSV02Z £2315.65

1270 x 2500 x 1080 550 Litre 4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500 460 SSV03Z £4126.80

139



Petroleum Storage Chests

›› Suitable for ‘CLASS A’ Storage (1986) & labelled in

accordance with the Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928,

conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC

›› Fully welded units designed & constructed

to comply with A.P.E.A requirements

›› Fitted with a hasp & staple to enable padlocking

›› Produced with a sloping roof to aid

protection against the weather

›› Each unit is fitted with

a removable sump

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size

H front/rear x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Capacity

(Cubic Metres)

Model

Price

655/810 x 610 x 630 46 0.25 SSB09Z £710.45

SSB10Z

655/810 x 965 x 630 64 0.34 SSB10Z £883.25

655/810 x 1270 x 630 85 0.40 SSB11Z £1045.55

Storage Cabinet

›› Lockable handle on double doors

›› Clear space between shelves:

550 top & 540 bottom shelf

›› Two removable storage shelves of

25x25mm mesh (1115W x 520Dmm)

›› Designed to comply with the

Flammable Liquid Storage Regs.

(1972) as appropriate & the

Factory Inspection Guide HSG51

›› The adjustable vent meets the

requirements of both flammable

storage (vent closed) &

agrochemicals (vent open)

›› All welded unit conforming to the

A.P.E.A. construction requirements

›› The unit provides a half hour

protection from collapse

& the passage of flame

N.B - A Fork Lift will be

needed to unload this unit

SSC01Z

£1262.90

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Base Unit

Capacity

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1535 x 1125 x 560 85 Litre 120 SSC01Z £1262.90

140

SSC01Z


Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages

›› These units are supplied knock down

for easy access into your premises

›› Robust 50 x 50mm mesh panels easily bolt

together to create a strong & rigid frame.

These units also incorporate a galvanised roof

›› Complete with a locking facility

(padlock not supplied)

›› Easy to expand with additional panels

NEW

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

FULLY GALVANISED

VERSION AVAILABLE -

CALL FOR DETAILS



Includes

Lock Up Security Cage

GLC55Z

Supplied Knock Down

›› Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels

& galvanised roof (supplied fully constructed)

›› Complete with a hasp & staple locking

facility (padlock not supplied)

›› Door fitted to right hand side

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

GLC55Z

Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages

1 x Back Panel, 2 x Side Panels, 1 x Door Panel & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 977 x 1042 81 GLC50Z £766.20

2 x Back Panels, 2 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 1954 x 1042 125 GLC60Z £1158.85

2 x Back Panels, 4 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 1954 x 2019 177 GLC70Z £1592.05

Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages with Floor Grid Panel

1 x Back Panel, 2 x Side Panels, 1 x Door Panel, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 977 x 1042 99 GLC55Z £888.75

2 x Back Panels, 2 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 1954 x 1042 161 GLC65Z £1403.90

2 x Back Panels, 4 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 1954 x 2019 249 GLC75Z £2082.20

Weight

kg

Model

Price

FROM ONLY

£1417.05

manufactured



Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

3YR

GUARANTEE

Price

1910 x 1580 x 1175 100 GLC12Z £1417.05

1910 x 2700 x 1175 150 GLC15Z £2029.35

1910 x 3160 x 1175 160 GLC18Z £2098.95

141


Galvanised Secure Stores

FROM ONLY

£3416.85

i

Information

Manufactured in accordance

with PPG 26 regulations

as per the requirement of the

Environment Agency

HAZARDOUS

STORES TO

MEET ALL YOUR

STORAGE NEEDS

›› Side & roof panels are manufactured from

0.6mm cold rolled corrugated galvanised steel

& for additional strength the unit has a

structural frame which is fitted at

each end & at the centre of the unit

›› The sump is manufactured from 2mm

structural grade galvanised steel & is fitted

with base plinths to keep the underside of

the units out of contact with the ground

›› The double doors, fitted with 3 upper &

3 lower vents in each door, are located on

one of the short sides of the unit & are secured

with a Kale mortis lock with cylinder (152R)

›› Complete with two sets of shelves (60kg shelf

U.D.L.) on each of the long sides of the unit

›› Fork lifting pockets are underneath the units

This unit will be delivered by an articulated vehicle, therefore please ensure that a vehicle of this size can access your premises before ordering and advise us accordingly.

You will require an appropriate size-capacity fork lift truck or Hiab unit to offload this item from the delivery vehicle. IMPORTANT: our standard delivery doesn’t include

any offloading due to insurance restrictions - if you require this service then please call for details. The unit must be positioned on a solid level surface, ideally concrete of

circa 150mm in depth and 100mm bigger overall than the unit. The purpose of this is to ensure the unit does not settle unevenly when placed in position.

142

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Sump Capacity

Litres

2184 x 2168 x 2198 2018 x 2080 x 1935 415 EMDL415 £3416.85

2184 x 2928 x 2198 2018 x 2840 x 1935 560 EMDL560 £3894.55

2184 x 3778 x 2198 2018 x 3690 x 1935 727 EMDL727 £4625.65

Model

Price

Hazardous Material Stores


FROM ONLY

£2556.80

ECS2196

i

Information




Environment Agency

HAZARDOUS

STORES TO

MEET ALL YOUR

STORAGE NEEDS

20

STRUCTURAL

YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

ECS0650

ECS1098

ECS0450

ECS1125

›› Base is manufactured from 3mm mild steel

›› Corner posts, main rails & cross members are rolled hollow section

›› The roof is pressed with suitable bracing & fully welded around the perimeter, while the back,

side & door panels are pressed from 2mm mild steel sheet & corrugated where required

›› Fitted with a single cam door gear which is secured with a padlock (not supplied)

›› Fully seam welded sump fitted with a removable galvanised grid mesh deck

›› High & low louvre vents complete with flame arrestor mesh as standard

›› Shot blasted before being painted (RAL 6029) for greater durability





Model 1 2 3 4 5

External Size: H x W x L mm

Sump Capacity: Litres

Shelves:

Type of Door:

2658 x 2160 x 2160

650

Shelving Units each side

of the door

775mm Wing Door

2658 x 2440 x 3000

1098

Shelving Units each side

of the door

1250mm Wing Door

2350 x 800 x 2500

450

2 Middle Shelves

Sliding Doors

2450 x 1500 x 3000

1125

2 Middle Shelves

Sliding Doors

2658 x 2440 x 5920

2196

3 sets of Double Shelves

1250mm Wing Door

Model:

Price

ECS0650

£6533.35

ECS1098

£7353.85

ECS0450

£2556.80

ECS1125

£5126.75

ECS2196

£12,537.65

143


Heavy Duty Metal Stackable Pallets

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


›› Available with

half drop gate

›› Stackable up

to 5 high

›› Load capacity:

1000kg

›› Hard, durable,

powder coated

finish

›› We recommend

that Heavy Duty

pallets are used

when stacking at

height as impact

forces in excess

of rated loads can

be experienced

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size: Effective H x W x D mm

609 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)





Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price

Post Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base)

27 PP02Z £196.90 38 PP03Z £240.30 47 PP04Z £274.80

Box Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides)

52 BP02Z £388.35 60 BP03Z £417.30 73 BP04Z £449.85

Box Pallet with 1 /2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides)

52 BP62ZH £428.40 60 BP63ZH £456.95 73 BP64ZH £495.15

Mesh Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides)

36 MP02Z £305.35 46 MP03Z £370.50 53 MP04Z £426.25

Mesh Pallet with 1 /2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides)

36 MP62ZH £344.80 46 MP63ZH £410.30 53 MP64ZH £471.45

Security Cage with Solid Roof & Base

›› All welded unit constructed from steel

angle & 50 x 50mm weld mesh

›› Unit has a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)

›› Ideal for the security of both

hazardous & valuable materials

›› Blue powder coat finish

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£619.55

i

Information

IDEAL FOR SECURE

STORAGE OF BOTH

HAZARDOUS &

VALUABLE

MATERIALS

GLC40Z

144

GLC40Z

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Doors

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1830 x 1180 x 1200 1710 x 1100 x 1140 2 75 GLC40Z £619.55


Security Cages

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£482.80

SCB01Z

SCB06Z

SCB05Z

SCB02Z

›› All welded units constructed from

steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh

›› Units have a padlock facility


›› Ideal for the security of both

hazardous & valuable materials

›› Blue powder coat finish

›› Optional hazardous chemical sign

available - see page 147 for details


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Doors

Weight

kg

Model

Price

830 x 700 x 700 790 x 690 x 690 1 37 SCB01Z £482.80

830 x 1400 x 700 790 x 1380 x 690 2 52 SCB02Z £808.20

1630 x 700 x 700 1585 x 690 x 690 1 55 SCB03Z £857.70

1630 x 700 x 1000 1585 x 690 x 990 1 58 SCB06Z £958.85

1630 x 1400 x 700 1585 x 1380 x 690 2 110 SCB04Z £1301.40

1630 x 1400 x 1000 1585 x 1380 x 990 2 113 SCB07Z £1409.30

1630 x 2070 x 700 1585 x 2040 x 690 2 124 SCB05Z £1640.50

1630 x 2070 x 1000 1585 x 2040 x 990 2 127 SCB08Z £1727.65

145


Security Cage with Lift Up Lid


›› Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts

›› When the lid is shut the front doors will not open

leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit

›› Units have a hasp & staple padlock facility

(padlock not included)

›› Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets

›› Optional hazardous chemical sign available

- see page 147 for details

FROM ONLY

£1100.05

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GBC12Z

GBC12Z



FROM ONLY

£1102.60

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Internal

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

830 x 1260 x 1260 710 150 GBC12Z £1100.05

1250 x 1860 x 1260 1130 180 GBC18Z £1403.65

Knock Down Security Cages

›› This unit is supplied knock down for easy access

into your premises. Manufactured from

50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof

›› Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility


›› GLC25Z & GLC35Z supplied with a pallet

base which incorporates fork lift pockets


3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

GLC25Z

GLC20Z

146

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Painted

Galvanised


Cage Only 1830 x 1260 x 1310 90 GLC20Z £1102.60 GLC30Z £1217.55

Cage with Pallet Base 2000 x 1290 x 1340 135 GLC25Z £1454.80 GLC35Z £1665.65 GLC20Z Folded

(on a pallet)

Security Cages


SCS04Z fitted with SCS001


FROM ONLY

£560.15

SCG02S

SCG01Z

i

Information

IDEAL FOR SECURE

STORAGE OF BOTH

HAZARDOUS &

VALUABLE

MATERIALS

SCS01Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

›› All welded units constructed from

steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh

›› Units are load tested & CE certified

›› Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)

›› Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the

Cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader)

›› A hazardous chemical sign is available

as a factory fitted optional extra

›› Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon,

2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height)

›› Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or

galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Doors

Wt

kg


Powder Coated Yellow Galvanised - Yellow Doors Shelf to suit

Factory Fitted

Static Mobile Static Mobile

(one per unit)


880 x 700 x 700 790 x 690 x 690 1 37 SCS01Z £560.15 SCS01S £613.45 SCG01Z £617.90 SCG01S £672.85 - -

880 x 1400 x 700 790 x 1380 x 690 2 52 SCS02Z £906.00 SCS02S £959.50 SCG02Z £994.85 SCG02S £1049.70 - -

1680 x 700 x 700 1585 x 690 x 690 1 55 SCS03Z £953.25 SCS03S £1006.70 SCG03Z £1042.40 SCG03S £1097.25 SCS003 £76.30



Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted SCS001 £58.60

147


Mini & Maxi Boxes

i

Information

AVAILABLE

EX-STOCK

Boxes

Mini Box

No. 1

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

2230 x 1200 x 1200

Finish Model Price

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800298 £811.82

Hot Dip Galvanised UK800299 £997.06

Why not ask about

our installation

service?

Maxi Box

No. 1

Maxi Box

No. 2

2230 x 2200 x 1200

2230 x 2200 x 2400

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800295 £979.49


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800293 £1311.07


›› These modular mesh storage

boxes come with a roof &

padlockable single or double doors

Maxi Box

No. 3

Maxi Box

No. 4

2230 x 2200 x 3600

2230 x 2200 x 4800

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800290 £1701.35


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800288 £2025.33


›› Suitable for the safe storage of

hazardous materials &

ISO 9000:2015 segregation

of materials

Maxi Box

No. 5

2230 x 2200 x 6000

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800286 £2349.31


›› All boxes have a nominal

height of 2230mm

148

Site Survey, CAD Design & Installation Service Available

Gas Cylinder Cages


›› Provision for a padlock

›› Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign

›› Useable distance between shelves: 720mm

›› Manufactured in angle iron with sides, end &

top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle

›› Mobile models have a push handle at one end

›› Designed to carry up to 16 ‘calor gas’ type cylinders

›› Hinged lockable doors

›› Internal size of 1560W x 840Dmm

N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units

FROM ONLY

£1244.20

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GCC01N

Description

Static Unit

Mobile Unit

200mm Nylon

Finish

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Cylinder Storage Lock-up Cages

Model

Price

Painted 1800 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC02Z £1244.20

Galvanised 1800 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC12G £1668.45

Painted 1900 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC01N £1326.95

Galvanised 1900 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC11G £1756.95

GCC12G

CP612G

Description

CS511G

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Painted Finish

FROM ONLY

£1515.80

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

Galvanised Finish


Cage Only 1840 x 1360 x 1095 CS501Z £1515.80 CS511G £1815.90

Cage with Pallet Base 1990 x 1360 x 1095 CP601Z £1930.25 CP611G £2538.95

Cage Only 1840 x 1360 x 1715 CS502Z £1759.55 CS512G £2077.45

Cage with Pallet Base 1990 x 1360 x 1715 CP602Z £2358.60 CP612G £2984.35

CP601Z

›› Permanently fixed or

pallet base units

›› Complete with ‘Highly

Flammable’ sign

›› Manufactured in angle iron

infilled with tough iron mesh

›› Cylinders held by retaining chain

›› Base is drilled for fixing points

›› CS512G & CP612G are of a

slightly different design as

shown in the picture


149


THE FUTURE OF WORKWEAR

Hi-Vis T-Shirt

Hi-Vis Bodywarmer

PW342 - PW3 Hi-Vis

›› Available in: yellow & orange

Extreme Trouser

PW3 High Visibility

›› EN ISO 20471 Class 2

Portwest PW3 High Visibility is characterised

Collection: ›› 55% cotton PW3 & High 45% Visibility polyester

by fresh dynamic designs, premium fabrics and

Range: ›› 1 pocket PW3for secure storage NEW a contemporary fit. Using advanced HiVisTex

Shell

›› 2 PW342 retro Fabric: reflective Portwest - strips PW3 Extreme Hi-Vis

200g Pro retro reflective tape, the segmented

›› 35+ UPF rated fabric to

heatseal tape flexes with movement. Certified to

Extreme Trouser

PW3 High Visibility

block 97% of UV rays

the latest

Portwest

international

PW3 High

high

Visibility

visibility

is

standards

characterised

Collection: PW3 High Visibility for complete

by fresh

protection.

dynamic designs, premium fabrics and

Product Range: information

PW3

a contemporary fit. Using advanced HiVisTex

Shell Fabric: Portwest Extreme 200g Pro retro reflective tape, the segmented

PW3

This highly innovative, waterproof and

extremely breathable trouser boasts a multitude heatseal tape flexes with movement. Certified to

Portwest PW3 contemporary workwear blends

of useful features including HiVisTex the latest international high visibility standards

sports and lifestyle trends with function, a

segmented reflective tape, secure zipped for complete protection.

modern fit and improved comfort. Utilising

storage Product pockets, external information

kneepad pockets, rule

premium fabrics, products are engineered for

pocket

This

and

highly

extra-long

innovative,

side leg zips

waterproof

for ease of

and flexibility PW3 across a diverse range of industry and

taking

extremely

on and

breathable

off. It features

trouser

an

boasts

elevated

a multitude trade

padded back panel keeping the lower back

Portwest

end uses

PW3

and offer

contemporary

exceptional

workwear

value.

blends

of useful features including HiVisTex

warm and protected. The stylish slimline fit and

sports and lifestyle trends with function, a

segmented reflective tape, secure zipped

contemporary design guarantees that the

modern fit and improved comfort. Utilising

storage pockets, external kneepad pockets, rule Features

wearer will stand out from the crowd.

premium fabrics, products are engineered for

pocket and extra-long side leg zips for ease of

● CE certified

flexibility across a diverse range of industry and

taking on and off. It features an elevated

trade end uses and offer exceptional value.

padded back panel keeping the lower back

● Waterproof and breathable with taped seams

warm and protected. The stylish slimline fit and

to prevent water penetration

Standards

contemporary design guarantees that the Features

●

EN ISO wearer 20471 Class will 2stand out from the crowd. Premium stain resistant finish repels oil,

RIS-3279-TOM ISSUE 1 (ORANGE ONLY)

water

● CE and certified grime

EN 343 Class 3:3 (WP 11,000mm, MVP

50,000g/m²/24hrs)

● Lightweight

● Waterproof flexible and HiVisTex breathable Pro with segmented taped seams

EN 14404:2004+A1:2010 Type 2 (Level 0 (WHEN reflective to prevent tape for water increased penetration visibility

Standards


›› EN ISO 20471 Class 1 (sizes S & M) &

EN ISO 20471 Class 2 (size L upwards)

›› Durable polyester/cotton fabric

with Texpel stain resistant finish

›› 6 pockets for ample storage

NEW

USED IN COMBINATION WITH S156))

S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL


● 8 pockets

●

EN ISO 20471 Class 2

Premium for ample stain storage resistant finish repels oil,

36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

RIS-3279-TOM ISSUE 1 (ORANGE ONLY)

water and grime

●

EN 343 Class 3:3 (WP 11,000mm, MVP Easy access cargo pockets

Model

Price

Model

Price

50,000g/m²/24hrs)

● Lightweight flexible HiVisTex Pro segmented

●

EN 14404:2004+A1:2010

T181

Type 2 (Level 0 (WHEN

£18.00 2 side zip pockets for secure storage PW374 £68.45

reflective tape for increased visibility

USED IN COMBINATION WITH S156))

Colours

● Knee 8 pad pockets pockets for to ample facilitate Hi-Vis storage knee Polo pads Shirt

●

Short Reg Tall XTall

● Half elasticated Easy access waist cargo for pockets a secure and

Orange/Black

S - XXL

●


comfortable fit ›› EN ISO 20471 Class Yellow/Black 2

S - XXL

● 2 side zip pockets for secure storage

››

● *Registered European Community 55% cotton Design& 45% polyester

Colours

● Knee pad pockets ›› to 1 facilitate pocket knee for pads secure storage NEW

›› 2 retro reflective strips

Short Reg Tall XTall

● Half elasticated waist ›› 35+ for a UPF secure rated and fabric toOrange/Black

S - XXL

comfortable fit block 97% of UV rays Yellow/Black

S - XXL

● *Registered European Community Design

i

Information

MORE HI VIS PPE

AVAILABLE - PLEASE

CALL FOR DETAILS


36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

Model

Price

T180 £20.25

150

Portwest Clothing Ltd ~ Fieldsend Business Park ~ Thurnscoe, Rotherham ~ S63 OJF ~ United Kingdom (29-Nov-2019)


Safety, Security && PPE

Hi-Vis Softshell Jacket



›› Made of durable breathable,

windproof & water resistant fabric

›› Ezee zip allows for quick & easy fastening

even when wearing work gloves

NEW

Hi-Vis Winter Jacket



›› Waterproof & breathable with taped

seams to prevent water penetration. Texpel

stain resistant finish repels dirt & stains

›› Quilt lined for thermal insulation

NEW


36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

Model

Price

T402 £66.55

Hi-Vis Extreme Trouser

NEW



›› Waterproof & breathable with taped seams to

prevent water penetration. Premium stain

resistant finish repels oil, water & grime



36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

Model

Price

T400 £92.30

Hi-Vis Work Trouser



›› 100% polyester


›› Adjustable hem for all leg lengths

NEW


30-32 33-34 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-47 48-50


30-32 33-34 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-47 48-50

Model

Price

Model

Price

PW342 £59.40

T501 £49.90


151


Fire Extinguishers

PRICES

HELD

i

Information

MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION,

FIRE RISK ASSESSMENTS

& TRAINING AVAILABLE

- CALL FOR DETAILS

i

Information

ALL EXTINGUISHERS

ARE APPROVED

TO BS EN 3

Description Cap. Fire Rating Model Price

Carbon

Dioxide

AFF Foam

ABC Powder

Water

2 kg 55 B C2/1 £48.50

5 kg 70 B C5/1 £92.90

2L 8 A : 55 B F2/1 £30.00

6L 21 A : 183 B F6/1 £40.15

9L 27 A : 233 B F9/1 £50.00

1 kg 5 A : 55 B P1/1 £22.85

2 kg 13 A : 89 B P2/1 £25.75

6 kg 43 A : 233 B P6/1 £35.75

9 kg 55 A : 233 B P9/1 £47.15

6L 13 A W6/1 £37.15

9L 21 A W9/1 £45.75

Water Additive 6L 21 A WA6/2 £41.65

Wet Chemical 6L 21 A : 113 B : 75 F WC6/1 £95.00

Fire Risks Water Water Additive Carbon Dioxide AFF Foam ABC Powder Wet Chemical

Freely burning materials: Wood, Paper, Textiles etc. 4 4 4 4 4

Flammable Liquids: Petrol, Oil, Fats, Paints etc. 4 4 4 4

Flammable Gases 4

Electrical Hazards 4 4

Cooking fats - such as deep fat fryers oils 4

Fire Control

A

F

D

B

C

E

I

H

J


152

A Fire Blanket - 1200 x 1200mm FB12 £23.60

B Single Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting ECS £58.60

C Double Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting ECD £88.60

D High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Single Extinguisher Stand ESS £31.45

E High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Double Extinguisher Stand ESD £41.45

F Mobile FireKart, to hold two fire extinguishers & a fire bucket MFK £115.25

F Mobile FireKart with Rotary Hand Bell, to hold two fire extinguishers & a fire bucket MFKRHB £130.00

H Polypropylene Fire Bucket with Lid & Handle FBK £22.15

I Site Alarm - Diecast Aluminium Hand Bell (65dB at 30M) RHB £41.30

J Site Alert Alarm (118dB & 5 units can be linked) ESA £63.45


Twin Fold Work Lights

TUFF-T 4000 Work Lights

Utilise your Makita, Bosch,

Hitachi or Panasonic power

tool battery with our

unique 4 in 1 adapter

TF1500R-TRI

TF3200-240V-TRI

T4000H-240V

›› High power folding work lights with tough ABS case

›› 3200 lumen 110V & 240V versions with 50% or 100% output

›› Supplied with 3M cable & CEE or BS plug

›› 1500 lumen Li-ion rechargeable dimmable to

10% output giving up to 7.5hrs runtime

›› Supplied with USB charging lead

›› Anti glare diffused lens for shadow free light

›› Floor standing opens to 290° or tripod mountable


110v Folding Work Light TF3200-110V £69.95

110v Folding Work Light with 1500mm Tripod TF3200-110V-TRI £89.95

240v Folding Work Light TF3200-240V £69.95

240v Folding Work Light with 1500mm Tripod TF3200-240V-TRI £89.95

Rechargeable Folding Work Light TF1500R £69.95

Rechargeable Folding Work Light with 1500mm Tripod TF1500R-TRI £89.95

CompactCube - 900 Set Out

Cross Line Laser

›› High power 4000 lumen work lights available in

Hybrid mains 110V & 240V or rechargeable

versions, all of which can use the Li-ion battery

or 4 in 1 Power Tool adapter

›› Colour temperature 6500K comparable to daylight

›› T4000R has runtimes of 4hrs 100%,

8hrs 50%, 16hrs 25%

›› Hook design handle with locking system for scaffolding etc

›› Adjustable base tripod mountable with built in magnets

›› IP65 Weatherproof with 2 year warranty

LaserRange-Master


Work Light with 4 in 1 Power Tool Adapter T4000A £109.90

Work Light with High Capacity Rechargeable Battery T4000R £149.95

110v Work Light T4000H-110V £119.95

240v Work Light T4000H-240V £109.95

›› PowerBright-Laser: Special high-performance

laser diodes project extremely visible laser lines

›› This unit produces 3 very visible laser lines which

make it outstanding for the alignment of tiles,

wall studding, windows, doors, etc.

›› The 2 vertical lines are aligned at right angles

›› Automatic Level: automatic alignment by

virtue of a magnetic pendulum system

›› Individually switchable laser lines

›› Additional slope mode to align angled surfaces.

›› Out-Of-Level: is indicated by optical signals

when the unit is outside its self-levelling range

›› Transport lock: A pendulum lock

protects unit during transport

›› Small, compact design – fits in any toolbox

›› Sturdy, ergonomically designed, rubberised casing


CompactCube - 900 Laser 036.150A £99.99


T4 Bluetooth

T3

›› Point-precise measuring with laser

to determine lengths exactly

›› The area & volume functions permit

the acquisition of room sizes, for example

to calculate material quantities

›› 360° inclination sensor for determining

the horizontal & vertical distance

›› High measuring accuracy 30 or 40 M: ± 2 mm*

›› Inside measurement range: 0.2 M to 30 or 40 M

›› 3 selectable measurement reference points:

front, tripod & rear

›› Continuous measuring function

›› Illuminated 3-line colour LCD with touch function

›› Stable, ergonomic housing

›› T4 incorporates bluetooth interface with a free

downloadable app for measurement data transfer


LaserRange-Master T3 - 30M range T3080.840A £72.99

LaserRange-Master T4 Pro with Bluetooth - 40M range T3080.850A £89.99

153


Fire Chests

›› Ideal for storing

valuables, documents &

digital items from fire

›› ETL verified waterproof

against submersion for up to

72 hours (except SML-L1200)

›› Carrying handle for portability

›› Key locking complete

with 2 keys

›› After fire replacement

guarantee

FROM ONLY

£47.77

SML-LCFW-30100

PRICES

HELD

SML-LCHW-20101

SML-L1200

Description

Solid Brass Padlocks

›› Corrosion resistant brass

body with double locking

hardened steel shackle

›› Pack size - 6

›› Horizontal shackle clearance:

4130 - 14mm

4140 - 21mm

4150 - 25mm

Fire

Resistance

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Combination Padlocks

›› Solid aluminium body

with a brushed metal

finish & steel shackle

›› 7630D - 3 digits / 1000 codes

›› 7640D - 4 digits / 10,000 codes

›› Pack size - 4

›› Horizontal shackle clearance:

7630D - 14mm

7640D - 22mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

Suitable for A5 Documents UL/ETL verified chest - 30 minutes at 843°C 5 155 x 362 x 284 89 x 305 x 191 SML-L1200 £47.77

Suitable for A4 Documents UL classified chest - 30 minutes at 843°C 8 168 x 391 x 363 112 x 325 x 216 SML-LCHW-20101 £85.48

Suitable for A4 Documents UL/ETL verified chest - 1 hour at 927°C 10 193 x 419 x 375 136 x 321 x 232 SML-LCFW-30100 £106.37

Model

Excell Laminated

Steel Padlocks

Price

›› Laminated steel core for higher

strength with stainless steel

& zinc outer sleeve for

weather resistance

›› Exclusive octagonal boron-carbide

shackle for maximum cut

resistance & double deadbolt

locking for added protection

from prying & hammering

›› Horizontal shackle clearance - 24mm

PRICES

HELD

PRICES

HELD

Body

Width

mm

154

Shackle

Diameter

mm

Shackle

Length

mm

Model

Price

30 5 14 4130 £36.64

40 6 21 4140 £46.28

50 7 24 4150 £73.91

Body

Width

mm

Shackle

Diameter

mm

Shackle

Length

mm

Model

Price

30 5 25 7630D £44.99

40 6 26 7640D £52.71

Body

Width

mm

Shackle

Diameter

mm

Shackle

Length

mm

Model

Price

50 9 25 5MEURD £20.25

50 9 38 5MEURDLF £22.18

50 9 51 5MEURDLH £23.03

50 9 64 5MEURDLJ £23.89


Keystor

›› Sturdy steel cabinets with a tough

powder coated, light grey finish

›› Fixed coloured & numbered hook

bars, with matching key tabs

›› Removable key control index

with the 3 larger models

›› Key locking complete with 2 keys

K100

PRICES

HELD

K048

K064

K030

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

System Key Cabinets - The total solution for the storage of keys

Price

20 Hook Key Cabinet 255 x 180 x 80 K020 £39.74






K020

K030

PRICES

HELD

‘Key Vault’ Security Key Cabinets

›› 2.5mm fabricated steel construction

›› Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths

›› Removable control index for added security

›› Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars

›› Supplied with euro profile security deadlock lock c/w 2 keys

›› Combination or electronic locks available - call for details

›› Closed loops & security seals feature, provides an

un-tamperable method of key restriction

›› Pressed steel construction (1.5mm thick body & door)

›› Removable control index for added security (except KC020)

›› Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths

›› Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars

›› Supplied with security camlock c/w 2 keys

›› Combination or electronic locks available - call for details

›› Closed loops & security seals feature, provides an

un-tamperable method of key restriction

Capacity

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

20 Keys 260 x 185 x 80 KC020 £73.81

30 Keys 305 x 215 x 80 KC030 £96.51

35 Keys 320 x 245 x 80 KC035 £107.87

48 Keys 355 x 300 x 80 KC048 £174.92

64 Keys 450 x 300 x 80 KC064 £238.45

100 Keys 550 x 380 x 80 KC100 £289.54

150 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KC150 £470.15

200 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KC200 £532.60

Capacity

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

30 Keys 305 x 230 x 70 KV030 £141.93

48 Keys 355 x 300 x 80 KV048 £210.06

100 Keys 550 x 380 x 80 KV100 £361.10

200 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KV200 £593.88

400 Keys 550 x 730 x 140 KV400 £989.04

600 Keys 550 x 730 x 205 KV600 £1210.46

48 Bunches 355 x 300 x 140 KVD048 £240.80

100 Bunches 550 x 380 x 140 KVD100 £428.16

200 Bunches 550 x 730 x 140 KVD200 £709.67

PRICES

HELD

155


Euro Vault

PRICES

›› Ideal for laptops, cash or valuables

HELD

›› 2mm solid body with 4mm anti-bludgeon flush fit doors

›› £1500 recommended overnight cash rating (10x valuables)*

›› 2 locking options: double bitted key lock or easy to

use programmable digital keypad with dual user function

›› Access to the power source is via a front panel

›› Can be fixed to a wall or floor (fixings supplied)

Key Locking

Drawer Open

Electronic Locking Keypad

Key Locking

Electronic Locking

Description

External Size

H x W x D mm

Key Locking

Electronic

Locking

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

Euro Vault Key 200 x 500 x 400 195 x 495 x 350 34 17 SFEV035PHZ £115.69

Euro Vault Electronic 200 x 500 x 400 195 x 495 x 350 34 17 SFEV035-TZE £140.33

Euro Vault Gas Strut 150 x 400 x 350 95 x 395 x 345 13 12 SFEV-GS-TZE £151.04

Euro Vault 12L Drawer 205 x 400 x 370 135 x 305 x 295 12 14 SFEV-DR12-TZE £174.61

Euro Vault 17L Drawer 200 x 510 x 380 140 x 405 x 305 17 18 SFEV-DR17-TZE £188.65

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Mini Vault Silver

Model

Price

PRICES

HELD

›› Ideal in the office or at home

›› 4mm solid body with 8mm thick solid steel door


›› All models tested and certified to EN14450-S2

›› 2 locking options: double bitted key lock or easy to

use programmable digital keypad with dual user function

›› Felt lined interior & motion sensitive interior light.

Jewellery shelves included in sizes 1 & 2

›› Access to the power source is via a front panel

›› Registration system to

prevent lockout situation

›› Can be fixed to a wall

or floor (fixings supplied)

External Size

Internal Size

No of

Weight

Key Locking

Electronic Locking

H x W x D mm

H x W x D mm

Shelves

kg


250 x 374 x 274 240 x 354 x 210 0 22 SFMV0K-S £211.24 SFMV0ZE-S £280.55



PRICES

HELD

Fire Stor

›› For the safe storage of paper documents & valuables

›› Independently tested to EN-14450 S1 by VdS test house

›› 3-way locking mechanism & continuous ‘dog bar’ to

protect the hinge edge for maximum security


›› CEN/VdS approved double bitted 8 lever safe lock & 2 keys

›› Filled with fire resistant material to DIN4102

›› Combination & electronic locking options - call for details

Price includes delivery to kerbside only. Delivery & place/location

installation is available on application - please call for details.

156

External Size

H x W x D mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Capacity Lever

Arch Files

Weight

kg

Model

860 x 600 x 520 690 x 490 x 405 1 12 95 FS1023S1 £1157.00

1220 x 600 x 520 1050 x 490 x 405 2 18 120 FS1022S1 £1327.32

1580 x 600 x 520 1410 x 490 x 405 3 24 145 FS1021S1 £1449.97

1950 x 930 x 520 1780 x 820 x 405 4 50 215 FS1020S1 £2040.42

1950 x 1200 x 520 1780 x 1090 x 405 4 65 245 FS1024S1 £2350.43

*Insurance Companies’ ratings can vary with higher or lower figures applied depending upon risk, location and locking option. Please check with your insurers

Price


Security Cupboards

SC181246

›› Provide an extra level of security for the

storage of high value equipment & materials

›› Welded all steel structure for extra strength

›› Seven lever safe lock for high security

›› Full length heavy duty hinges with

concealed fixings to prevent forced entry

›› Adjustable powder coated shelves

›› Powder coated

with Germ Guard

Active Technology

anti-bacterial paint

›› Made from 1.5mm

powder coated

mild steel

›› Reaction to

Fire Classification

EN 13501-1

manufactured

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Light Blue

Blue

Grey

Yellow


Heavy Duty High Security Storage Cabinets

›› All welded construction, designed to minimise intrusion

›› Produced from heavy gauge material

›› “Jemmy” proof with built in security features

›› Uses a 7 lever no tamper locking system with anti-pick levers

›› Keys are individual to each unit ›› CE marked & plated

›› Hand or foot operated door opening system, prevent putting

down what you are carrying to open a door on this cabinet

›› The door handles & lock are recessed for security & there

are no protuding parts to be damaged by passing equipment

›› Cabinet can be moved without unloading. The shelves in the

doors are positioned to prevent items stored

on the interior shelves from falling off

when the cabinet is moved

›› Lifting eyes fitted on two door unit

›› Stove enamel painted yellow finish



SC120946

SC094646

Overall Size

No of

Security Cupboards

Extra Shelves


900 x 460 x 460 1 SC094646 £519.60 SC4646ES £31.45

1200 x 900 x 460 2 SC120946 £723.75 SC0946ES £48.45

1200 x 1200 x 460 2 SC121246 £1104.50 SC1246ES £68.05

1800 x 900 x 460 3 SC180946 £1112.35 SC0946ES £48.45

1800 x 1200 x 460 3 SC181246 £1359.65 SC1246ES £68.05

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Image showing the

foot mechanism

showing how the door

can be opened even if

your hands are full!

YSC01Z

YSC02Z

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

No of

Shelves

Weight

kg

Model

1560 x 1020 x 615 3 180 YSC01Z £2018.10

1610 x 1830 x 615 3 275 YSC02Z £2578.90

Price

157


Dock Bumpers

›› Reduce damage to loading docks &

buildings caused by vehicle impact

›› The use of rubber dock bumpers, cushions

the impact thus minimising ongoing

maintenance requirements

›› The correct thickness bumper also helps

with the positioning of loading dock

equipment such as dock levellers

TWB-1018-4

TWB-E-100

Overall

Size mm

158

Thickness

mm

Fixing

Holes

Fixing

Required

Model

Price

254 x 457 50 2 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-2 £33.31

254 x 457 100 2 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-4 £62.99

254 x 457 150 2 TWB-F5 TWB-1018-6 £76.19

254 x 762 50 3 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-2 £50.96

254 x 762 100 3 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-4 £80.01

Washer to suit all TWB-XXXX-X Bumpers - 2½” TWB-W £2.13

Fixing: 16mm dia x 180mm long - for concrete TWB-F4 £4.15


Dockplates

›› Used for (un)loading vehicles

from a raised loading area

›› Typically for use with pallet trucks, sack trucks,

roll cages & pedestrian access

›› Standard features; manufactured from high tensile

aluminium with built in anti-slip finish, loop type

handles for movement & one pair of locking legs to

prevent movement

›› Options; fork truck

handles (FTH-1) for

movement by fork truck

(recommended for plates

marked*) & side curbs

with castors (SCC-2)

to aid movement

Other sizes & capacities available

on request - please call for details

Overall Size Height Differential Load

W x L mm Max Poss. Max Rec. Cap. kg

Model Price

915 x 1220 178 125 770 3648 £644.79

1220 x 610 76 50 2040 4824 £513.91

1220 x 915 127 90 1360 4836 £643.72

1220 x 915 127 90 2450 H4836* £798.00

1220 x 1220 178 125 1020 4848* £768.21

1220 x 1220 178 125 1810 H4848* £965.05

1220 x 1525 228 160 810 4860* £889.51

1525 x 1220 178 125 1270 6048* £892.69

Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair) FTH-1 £159.60

Side Curbs with castors for easy movement (pair) SCC-2 £251.11

+ Priced per metre

*7 holes recommended per 3M length


100 x 100 D-Section - lengths up to 3M TWB-E-100 £68.95+

Optional steel fixing strip for TWB-E-100 TWB-EST £16.49+

Fixing holes drilled in TWB-E-100 as required* TWB-EH £4.68


Wheel Chocks

›› Wheel chocks are a low cost

effective way of minimising the unexpected movement

of vehicles whilst parked or being (un)loaded

›› Moulded rubber units have built-in lifting handles

›› An anti-theft retaining chain is available

TWC-3

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

each

Rubber Chock 270 x 190 x 190 TWC-1 £39.05

Retaining Chain 5M Long TWC-2 £41.92

Aluminium Chock 400 x 180 x 180 TWC-3 £99.80

Rubber Chock 150 x 175 x 150 TWC-8 £26.39

Steel Chock 268 x 200 x 230 TWC-10 £35.85

Dock Lights

TWC-1

TWC-8

›› Swings & pivots,

allowing the light

to be positioned to

illuminate the inside

area of a vehicle

during (un)loading

›› All units emit 1000

lumen light output

›› Extended arm length of 1060mm

›› IP21 rated for indoor applications only

TWC-10


Dock Light - 240v 80W Halogen TWDL-3-240 £264.93

Dock Light - 110v 80W Halogen TWDL-3-110 £264.93

Dock Light - 110/240v 12W LED TWDL-3L-240 £316.01


PVC Strip Curtains

›› Bespoke-made curtains to

fit any location & opening

›› Light to heavy duty use

›› Ambient or freezer grade

›› Pedestrian & forklift friendly

›› Supplied ready to hang

i

Information

DESPATCHED

WITHIN 2/3 DAYS

OF ORDERING

›› High quality clear PVC

›› DOP & DEHP free

›› Flexible -15 o C to +50 o C (polar to -25 o C)

›› UV stabilisers & high impact resistance

Swivel-hinge

For heavy & frequent use by

forklifts. Strips bolted into

hinges so they can’t be pulled

down.

Hook-on

For pedestrian, pallet truck

& occasional forklift use.

Available in galvanised or

stainless steel.

TM

Quickmount

For pedestrian areas where

safety is key. No steel

plates, so no one can be

hurt if strips are dislodged.

›› Strip widths:

300 & 400mm

›› Strip thickness:

3 & 4mm

›› Overlap options:

Min & Max


200, 300 & 400mm


2, 3 & 4mm


Min, Med & Max


200, 300 & 400mm


2, 3 & 4mm


Min, Med & Max

PVC in standard grade, polar grade, double ribbed & anti-UV

Replacement

Strips & Rolls

Available in all sizes

& formats. Supplied

in 50M rolls or cut

to any length &

priced per metre

EXPRESS

DELIVERY

ALL CURTAINS

PRICED INDIVIDUALLY

BASED ON HEADRAIL

& PVC OPTIONS

CONTACT US

FOR A QUOTE

159

Climbing Helmet

Signs & Labelling

Health & Safety Law Poster

›› Legally required

›› Clearly marked sections for easy reading

›› Certified for authenticity with an embedded hologram

›› Details HSE & incident contact centre helpline numbers

›› Manufactured using biodegradable material

Prohibition Signs

›› Available in 200H x 150Wmm or 300H x 200Wmm

›› Many more sign designs available - call for details

›› 1mm rigid plastic signs have an adhesive back. They

can be stuck to smooth & clean surfaces or drilled

PRICE

HELD

SPRS701 SPRS702 SPRS703 SPRS704

SPRS705 SPRS706 SPRS707 SPRS708

Model

Size

H x W mm

Self-Adhesive

Vinyl

1mm

Rigid Plastic

Overall Size H x W mm Model Price

595 x 415 HSLP01 £23.81

Fire Exit & Emergency Signs

SFES701 SFES702 SFES703 SFES704 SFES705

150 x 450

See Below

Illustrations

200 x 150 £4.29 £5.14

300 x 200 £5.51 £7.23

QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE

WORKPLACE

Photoluminescent Signs

SFES706

SFES707

100 x 100 mm

SFES708

SFES709

150 x 150 mm

SPLS701 SPLS702 SPLS703 SPLS704 SPLS705

150 x 450

SFES710 SFES711 SFES712

50 x 100 mm

SPLS706 SPLS707 SPLS708

150 x 300 mm

GLOWS IN THE DARK

SFES713 SFES714 SFES715

400 x 300 300 x 200 300 x 200

SPLS711 SPLS712

100 x 100 mm

SPLS713

SFES716

Model

See below

each illustration

for the model

number & the

size that sign is

available in

160

Size

H x W mm

75 x 600 mm

Self-Adhesive

Vinyl

1mm

Rigid Plastic

50 x 100 £3.36 £3.71

75 x 600 £5.51 £7.26

100 x 100 £3.36 £3.71

150 x 150 £3.97 £4.62

150 x 450 £5.83 £7.76

300 x 200 £5.51 £7.23

400 x 300 £8.00 £11.46

SPLS709

Model

See below

each illustration

for the model

number & the

size that sign is

available in

300 x 250 mm

Size

H x W mm

WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL

SPLS710

Self-Adhesive

Vinyl

SPLS714

150 x 150 mm

1mm

Rigid Plastic

100 x 100 £4.22 £4.87

150 x 150 £5.88 £7.09

150 x 300 £8.24 £9.66

150 x 450 £10.84 £12.61

300 x 250 £11.73 £14.24

Signs & Labelling

Hazard Signs

›› Available in 200H x 150Wmm or 300H x 200Wmm ›› Many more sign designs available - call for details

SHZS701

SHZS702 SHZS703 SHZS704 SHZS705

SHZS706 SHZS707 SHZS708

SHZS709 SHZS710 SHZS711 SHZS712

SHZS713

SHZS714

SHZS715

SHZS716

Model

Size

H x W mm

Self-Adhesive

Vinyl

1mm

Rigid Plastic

Self-Adhesive Vinyl

Mandatory Signs

1mm Rigid Plastic (Undrilled)

See Below

Illustrations

200 x 150 £4.29 £5.14

300 x 200 £5.51 £7.23

›› Available in 200H x 150Wmm or 300H x 200Wmm ›› Many more sign designs available - call for details

›› 1mm rigid plastic signs have an adhesive back. They can be stuck to smooth & clean surfaces or drilled

SMAS701

SMAS702 SMAS703 SMAS704 SMAS705

SMAS706 SMAS707 SMAS708

SMAS709 SMAS710 SMAS711 SMAS712 SMAS713 SMAS714 SMAS715 SMAS716

SMAS717 SMAS718 SMAS719 SMAS720 SMAS721 SMAS722 SMAS723 SMAS724

QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE

WORKPLACE

Model

Size

H x W mm

Self-Adhesive

Vinyl

1mm

Rigid Plastic

SMAS725

SMAS726 SMAS727 SMAS728

See Below

Illustrations

WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL

200 x 150 £4.29 £5.14

300 x 200 £5.51 £7.23

161

Signs & Labelling

i

Information

INFORM ALL

EMPLOYEES &

VISITORS OF

RISKS OR

TEMPORARY

RULES ON SITE

ST4560SS &

SS002

Stanchions

›› Robust stanchions which are ideal for

displaying signs on a temporary basis

›› Easily & quickly position near

to a potential hazard or danger

›› Manufactured from steel which is painted

in grey primer to discourage rust

›› Available in single or double sided options

›› Clips are provided for sign

retention into the stanchion

Stanchion Signs

›› Made from 2mm rigid plastic (economy

stanchion signs) or 2mm rigid foam plastic

(standard stanchion signs)

›› Suitable for indoor or outdoor use

›› Other signs available - call for details

Stanchions


Economy Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 450W mm Stanchion Signs

Single Sided ST4545SS £25.35

Double Sided ST4545DS £36.65

Standard Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 600W mm Stanchion Signs

ST4560SS

ST4560DS

Economy Stanchion Signs - 450H x 450Wmm

SE009 SE010 SE011 SE012 SE013

Standard Stanchion Signs - 450H x 600Wmm

Single Sided ST4560SS £22.20

Double Sided ST4560DS £32.45

SS001

SS002

SS003

SS004

Stanchion Signs

Model

Size

H x W mm

To

Suit

Price

See Below

Illustrations

162

450 x 450 Economy Stanchions £19.60

450 x 600 Standard Stanchions £20.45

SS006

SS007

SS008

Signs & Labelling

Numbers & Letters

manufactured

Self-adhesive Individual & Packs

›› Self-adhesive vinyl labelling

›› Black characters on yellow backgrounds

(available on white backgrounds for

F1 to F6 - call for details)

›› Individual cards or complete handy

packs of numbers or letters

›› Minimum order - 20 individual cards.

These can be mixed numbers, letters or sizes

›› Specify characters required

See table for quantity of characters per card

›› Cards of identical, individual peel-off numbers

0-9 or letters A-Z

›› Easily applied - cleanly removed

Magnetic Numbers & Letters

›› Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets as a combination

of mixed alpha numeric or numeric digits

›› Two tile heights, either 23mm with a 17mm

high digit or 43mm with a 39mm high digit

›› Available with black digits on a white background

›› Allows for fast & easy labelling on any steel surface

›› Die-cut A4 sheets

Size

H mm

Type Colour Model Price

23mm Numbers White M23MIXW/N £20.10

23mm Numbers Yellow M23MIXY/N £20.10

23mm Letters White M23MIXW/L £20.10

23mm Letters Yellow M23MIXY/L £20.10

43mm Numbers White M43MIXW/N £20.10

43mm Numbers Yellow M43MIXY/N £20.10

43mm Letters White M43MIXW/L £20.10

43mm Letters Yellow M43MIXY/L £20.10

Card Size

H x W mm

Digits

per card

Arrows Model Price

9.5 x 6 168 F1 £1.11

12.5 x 8.5 90 F2 £1.11

19 x 14 36 3 F3 £1.11

38 x 21 12 3 F4 £1.11

56 x 21 12 3 F5 £1.51

90 x 38 6 3 F6 £2.10

130 x 45 5 F7 £2.72

230 x 140 1 F8 £2.72

Label Size

H x W mm

Digits

per card

Number Pack (10 cards)

Letter Pack (26 cards)


9.5 x 6 168 F1PACK0-9 £10.85 F1PACKA-Z £28.20

12.5 x 8.5 90 F2PACK0-9 £10.85 F2PACKA-Z £28.20

19 x 14 36 F3PACK0-9 £10.85 F3PACKA-Z £28.20

38 x 21 12 F4PACK0-9 £10.85 F4PACKA-Z £28.20

56 x 21 12 F5PACK0-9 £14.90 F5PACKA-Z £38.70

90 x 38 6 F6PACK0-9 £20.40 F6PACKA-Z £53.20

130 x 45 5 F7PACK0-9 £26.70 F7PACKA-Z £69.30

230 x 140 1 F8PACK0-9 £26.70 F8PACKA-Z £69.30


163

Signs & Labelling

Weight Load Notices

›› Sign to identify weight loadings & procedures

›› Supplied blank or printed with black text at no extra charge

›› Available in horizontal & vertical

BLS6

BLS1

BLS2

BLS3

manufactured

BLS7

BLS4

BLS5

Description

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model Price

Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS1 £13.50

Cantilever Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS2 £13.50

Drive Thru’ Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS3 £13.50

Landscape Mezzanine Floor Weight Load Notice 210 x 295 BLS4 £13.50

Portrait Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 470 x 350 BLS5 £16.20

Landscape Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 297 x 420 BLS6 £16.50

Landscape Shelving Weight Load Notice 215 x 220 BLS7 £10.95

Information Labels

›› High visibility individual weight loading

labels suitable for both racking & shelving

›› Available in magnetic or self-adhesive & printed

black on yellow or white background. Please state

colour required. *print may appear on two lines

›› Minimum order value of £25.00

Overall Size

H x W mm

Ticket Pouches

Self Adhesive

Magnetic


25 x 200 BL23 £1.05 BL23M £1.65

50 x 300 BL53 £1.60 BL53M £3.15

70 x 300 *BL73 £2.40 *BL73M £4.20

90 x 300 *BL93 £2.88 *BL93M £5.25

›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing system

›› Clear front enables barcodes to be scanned

›› Available in 4 sizes & 5 colours

›› Supplied with white card insert

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Overall Size

H x W mm

Pack

Size

Self Adhesive

Magnetic


30 x 100 100 SAP310 £57.30 MP310 £64.20

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Black


40 x 120 100 SAP412 £60.60 MP412 £75.90

60 x 100 100 SAP610 £63.60 MP610 £88.20

60 x 140 100 SAP614 £71.10 MP614 £102.00

164


Signs & Labelling

Aisle Markers

›› High visibility aisle markers

manufactured in rigid styrene

in white or yellow with black

letters (Model AM4 is only

available in yellow)

›› Prices include printing

›› Other styles & sizes are

available - call for details

AM1

AM1T

AM1F

(state left or right

hand side)

AM3

AM2

AM6

AM4

Overall Size

H x W mm

Type Fixing Model Price

90 x 160 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Shelving - AM1 £7.20

95 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Self-adhesive AM1F £7.89

95 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Magnetic AM1F/M £8.19

95 x 130 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Self-adhesive AM1T £12.50

95 x 130 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Magnetic AM1TM £14.00

220 x 270 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM2/2 £14.10

220 x 450 - up to 3 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM3/3 £19.80

300 x 300 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM3X/2 £15.60

600 x 343 - up to 1 x 450mm Digit I.D. Markers - AM4 £21.40

Bay Markers

›› High visibility magnetic or

self-adhesive bay markers

›› Offers clear identification

›› Simple & easy to use

- no drilling required

›› Available in single or

double digit sizes

Please note characters are supplied

separately & can be fitted to the front

or back of each marker

Fixing

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Overall Size

W x H mm

Model

Price

167 x 260 - Single Digit BM1 £17.70

310 x 260 - Double Digits BM2 £25.30

167 x 260 - Single Digit BA1 £17.70

310 x 260 - Double Digits BA2 £25.30

Individual Adhesive Characters F8 £2.72

Code Labelling

›› High quality custom made location code labels

produced quickly & efficiently

›› They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes,

directional arrows, check digits & barcodes

›› Black text on white or yellow background

›› Manufactured to your needs - call

to discuss your requirments

manufactured


165

Signs & Labelling

Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Matt Black

White


20mm

30mm

50mm

70mm

90mm

manufactured

›› Write on - wipe off with

wet wipe marker pen

›› Adheres to most steel surfaces

›› Cut to suit any length required

Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip

Overall Size

L x W

Model

Price

10m x 10mm MSR1 £13.20

10m x 15mm MSR15 £18.60

10m x 20mm MSR2 £22.80

10m x 25mm MSR25 £27.00

10m x 30mm MSR3 £30.60

10m x 40mm MSR4 £39.00

10m x 50mm MSR5 £46.80

10m x 60mm MSR6 £47.40

10m x 70mm MSR7 £54.60

10m x 80mm MSR8 £58.50

10m x 90mm MSR9 £63.00

10m x 100mm MSR10 £68.40

Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers

›› Locates on any steel surface

›› Makes anything magnetic

›› No drilling required

›› White faced magnetic

location markers

›› Use a wet wipe

marker pen, wipe off

Size mm

H x W

Pack

size

Model

Price

10 x 80 100 LM18 £9.90

15 x 80 100 LM158 £15.30

20 x 80 100 LM28 £22.50

Overall Size

H x W mm

Fixing

Pack

Size

Model

Price

13mm x 30M Premium Adhesive 1 MSSA/13 £67.50

20mm x 10M Foam Adhesive 1 MSSA/20 £36.00



25 x 80 100 LM258 £25.80

30 x 80 100 LM38 £29.10

40 x 80 100 LM48 £33.60

50 x 80 100 LM58 £42.90

30 x 100 100 LM310 £31.20

40 x 100 100 LM410 £42.30

50 x 100 100 LM510 £48.30

60 x 100 100 LM610 £63.00

70 x 100 100 LM710 £68.10

80 x 100 100 LM810 £72.60

50 x 150 100 LM515 £64.20

56 x 105 100 LM105 £58.50

80 x 150 100 LM815 £97.20

100 x 150 100 LM1015 £113.00

50 x 200 100 LM520 £86.70

80 x 200 100 LM820 £125.00

100 x 200 100 LM1020 £156.00

90 x 210 10 LM219 £17.70

166


Signs & Labelling

Magnetic & Self-adhesive Label Holders

›› Instant identification ›› Steel racking or shelving

›› Supplied complete with white card ›› Easy to update & cut to size

›› Protective transparent PVC strip supplied with each holder

›› Self-adhesive holders are white & magnetic holders are brown

Magnetic

Height

mm

10

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

70

80

Length

mm

Self-adhesive

Pack

Size

Model

Price

80 100 ML18X £22.50

500 20 ML150X £29.10

50,000 50M Roll MLR1X £97.50

80 100 ML18 £33.90

500 20 ML150 £43.80

50,000 50M Roll MLR1 £144.00

80 100 ML28X £38.40

500 20 ML250X £48.30

50,000 50M Roll MLR2X £159.00

80 100 ML28 £41.70

500 20 ML250 £51.90

50,000 50M Roll MLR2 £168.00

80 100 ML38 £46.20

500 20 ML350 £56.70

5000 5M Roll MLR3/5 £28.80

10,000 10M Roll MLR3/10 £56.70

50,000 50M Roll MLR3 £177.00

80 100 ML48 £60.60

500 20 ML450 £71.10

5000 5M Roll MLR4/5 £37.50

10,000 10M Roll MLR4/10 £74.40

50,000 50M Roll MLR4 £214.00

80 100 ML58 £75.00

500 20 ML550 £91.50

5000 5M Roll MLR5/5 £46.20

10,000 10M Roll MLR5/10 £91.50

50,000 50M Roll MLR5 £247.00

100 100 ML610 £86.70

200 50 ML620 £85.20

500 20 ML650 £101.00

1000 10 ML6/10 £101.00

100 100 ML710 £104.00

200 50 ML720 £102.00

1000 10 ML7/10 £122.00

10,000 10M Roll MLR7/10 £122.00

200 50 ML820 £116.00

1000 10 ML8/10 £137.00

10,000 10M Roll MLR8/10 £137.00

10

25

manufactured

Label Holder Profiles

20

80

15

70

60

50

40

30

Height in mm

Height

mm

Length

mm

Pack

Size

Model

Price

15

30

50

80 100 AL18 £42.30

1000 10 AL1/10 £33.00

80 100 AL38 £57.30

1000 10 AL3/10 £44.70

80 100 AL58 £70.80

1000 10 AL5/10 £52.50

Ticket Holders

›› Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating

›› Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores

›› * White card included

Overall Size

H x W mm

Pack

Size

Self-Adhesive

Magnetic


25 x 100 100 TS210* £46.20 TS210M* £80.70

25 x 200 50 TS220* £44.10 TS220M* £63.90

25 x 1000 10 TS25/10* £36.60 TS25M/10* £56.40

25 x 2000 10 TS25/20 £54.00 TS25M/20 £87.90

38 x 100 100 TS310* £50.10 TS310M* £85.20

38 x 200 50 TS320* £47.10 TS320M* £69.00

38 x 1000 10 TS38/10* £42.00 TS38M/10* £63.00

38 x 2000 10 TS38/20 £62.70 TS38M/20 £101.40

54 x 100 100 TS510* £69.00 TS510M* £100.80

54 x 200 50 TS520* £62.70 TS520M* £91.20

54 x 1000 10 TS54/10* £59.70 TS54M/10* £88.80

54 x 2000 10 TS54/20 £101.00 TS54M/20 £149.00

80 x 100 100 TS810* £75.30 TS810M* £111.00

80 x 200 50 TS820* £69.60 TS820M* £99.30

80 x 1000 10 TS80/10* £65.40 TS80M/10* £92.70

80 x 2000 10 TS80/20 £120.00 TS80M/20 £163.00


167

Signs & Labelling

RackSack

›› Manage your warehouse waste manufactured

›› To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking

›› Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings

›› Manufactured from tough woven polyester

›› Choice of 14 standard designs as shown below

›› Clear design is available in 5 text designs

Specials are available - call for details

14 standard designs available in blue or green

Clear designs - 5 text designs and blank

Overall Size

H x W mm

1000 x 920

Sack

Colour

Single Unit Pack of 5 Pack of 10


Clear RSC/1 £34.50 RSC/5 £157.80 RSC/10 £291.00

Blue RSB/1 £25.60 RSB/5 £117.40 RSB/10 £216.00

Green RSG/1 £25.60 RSG/5 £117.40 RSG/10 £216.00

RackSack Trolley & RackSack Rollcage

›› Easily organises waste packaging materials

›› Fits by hooking over the sides or can

also be secured via eyelets in the top corner

›› Manufactured from tough, woven polyester

RackSack Trolley - suits trolleys up to 580mm wide

›› Single pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 50L

›› Double pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 55L

RackSack Rollcage - for cages 800mm wide

›› Upper pocket - 700 x 850 with a capacity of 105L

›› Lower pocket - 650 x 850 with a capacity of 95L

SACK COLOUR

OPTIONS

Clear

Blue

Green


880mm

Single Unit Pack of 5 Pack of 10

Description


RackSack Trolley

Single Pocket T1B/1 £17.10 T1B/5 £84.00 T1B/10 £167.00

Double Pocket T2B/1 £23.00 T2B/5 £108.40 T2B/10 £216.50

RackSack Rollcage (Clear or Blue option available)

Double Pocket C2B/1 £30.90 C2B/5 £148.00 C2B/10 £295.00

168


Signs & Labelling

Floor Graphic Markers

›› Graphic floor signs - 430mm diameter ›› Bold text

›› Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse

›› High visibility ›› Independently tested for slip resistance

manufactured

FM01

FM02

FM03

FM04

FM05

FM06

FM07

FM08

FM09

FM10

FM11

FM12

FM13

FM14

FM15

FM16

FM17

FM18

FM19

FM20

FM21

FM22

FM23

FM24

FM25

FM26

FM27

FM28

FM29

FM30

FM31

FM32

FM33

FM28

FM34

FM35

FM36

Model

FM37

FM38

Price

FM05

See codes below each illustration £20.20

Floor Identification Markers

Floor Signalling

›› High visibility floor markers

›› Designed to withstand

traffic in a warehouse

›› Bay or aisle identification

‘A TO Z’ & ‘0 TO 10’

AVAILABLE

›› Manufactured from tough PVC

›› Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse

›› Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse

›› FS/F: Pack of 10 - 5 right & 5 left feet

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Black

White

Green

Red

Blue


Size

dia.

Model

Frames4floors

Price

190mm FMC/State Character or Digit £5.35

Description

Overall Size

H x W mm

Pack

Size

Model

Price

‘T’ Floor Signal 200 x 300 10 FS/T £14.90

‘L’ Floor Signal 200 x 200 10 FS/L £14.90

‘+’ Floor Signal 300 x 300 10 FS/+ £21.70

‘O’ Floor Signal 90 dia. 100 FS/O £34.00

‘O’ Floor Signal 90 x 90 100 FS/A £34.00

‘ ’ Floor Signal 300 x 100 10 FS/F £14.90

›› Tough, flat, colour coded floor identification frames

›› Available in 2 insert sizes: A4 and DL

›› Choice of 6 stand out colours

›› Permanent industrial strength adhesive

to withstand warehouse traffic

›› Ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or

to highlight important information

Size of Insert Colours Model Price

manufactured

DL - 210 x 99mm Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FFDL/10 £32.80

DL - 210 x 99mm 2 of each of the above colours FFDLMIX/10 £32.80

DL - 210 x 99mm Yellow & Black FFDLBY/10 £40.20

A4 - 210 x 295mm Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FFA4/10 £55.80

A4 - 210 x 295mm 2 of each of the above colours FFA4MIX/10 £55.80

A4 - 210 x 295mm Yellow & Black FFA4BY/10 £64.80


169

Signs & Labelling

Rainbow Pockets

›› Industrial quality coloured document pockets

›› Help protect & highlight your messages

›› Quick & easy to use - no need to remove

or lift the pocket to replace the insert

›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing

COLOUR

OPTIONS

manufactured

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Black

available as a pack of

the same colour or

a mixed pack of 2 -


Document Pockets

Magnetic Self-adhesive Tie-on

To Suit Quantity Magnetic Self-adhesive Tie-on

Documents per Pack Model Price Model Price Model Price

A5 Vertical

CMP5V £26.80 CAP5V £18.90 CTP5V £20.80

A5 Horizontal

10

CMP5H £26.80 CAP5H £18.90 CTP5H £20.80

A4 Vertical CMP4V £32.90 CAP4V £22.30 CTP4V £24.40

A4 Horizontal CMP4H £32.90 CAP4H £22.30 CTP4H £24.40

›› Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape

on reverse for permanent fixing

›› Magnetic pockets for steel cabinets, racking or shelving

›› Manufactured in tough clear polypropylene with welded

edges, ample room for A3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents

›› Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size

which is supplied in packs of 100

manufactured

Overall Size

Self-Adhesive

Magnetic

H x W mm


316 x 436 AP3H/10 £56.90 MP3H/10 £63.30

436 x 316 AP3V/10 £56.90 MP3V/10 £63.30

215 x 310 AP4H/10 £20.90 MP4H/10 £29.90

310 x 220 AP4V/10 £20.90 MP4V/10 £29.90

155 x 230 AP5H/10 £17.30 MP5H/10 £24.60

215 x 160 AP5V/10 £17.30 MP5V/10 £24.60

110 x 155 AP6H/10 £23.20 MP6H/10 £23.70

150 x 110 AP6V/10 £23.20 MP6V/10 £23.70

60 x 110 AP7H/100 £63.00 MP7H/100 £83.70

110 x 110 AP1111/10 £19.50 MP1111/10 £23.20

110 x 220 AP1122/10 £27.30 MP1122/10 £28.50

Frames4windows

›› Neat, self-adhesive

A4 display panels which

enables documents to be

viewed from both sides

›› Can be moved &

re-stuck time & time

again, without glue residue

›› Coloured edge strips top &

bottom provides an attractive way

to mount & highlight documents

›› Ideal for use on glass

›› Suitable for documents up to 1mm thick

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Black


Format

Pack

Size

Model

Price

Vertical 10 FW4V/10 £58.80

Vertical 50 FW4V/50 £278.00

Horizontal 10 FW4H/10 £58.80

Horizontal 50 FW4H/50 £278.00

170


Signs & Labelling

Stock Indicator Wheel

›› Clear 3 colour coding system to show stock availability

›› Ideal visual aid when stock is not visible

›› Plate dimension 90mm high (110mm overall) x 140mm wide

Stock Identity Slider

›› Clear 2 colour coding system to

show stock availability

›› Ideal for use on racking & shelving

›› Aggressive adhesive fixing

›› Slider is 30H x 100W mm

Fixing

Pack

Size

Model

Wrap-A-Round Pockets

Price

Self-adhesive 10 SIWA/10 £50.40

Magnetic 10 SIWM/10 £50.40

Wire-clip 10 SIWW/10 £81.00

Hanging Pockets

Fixing

Self-adhesive

Pack

Size

Model

Price

50 SISA/50 £70.20

100 SISA/100 £138.00

›› Three information pockets made from tough plastic,

with a magnetic header that is designed to wrap

around the mesh of an industrial cage or trolley

handle (fits around a maximum diameter of 30mm)

›› Manufactured in tough plastic

›› Unique hooked header design - ideal

for hanging off industrial wooden pallet

cases, trolleys & stillages (anything

that has a lip of up to 25mm)

manufactured

manufactured

Size

Type Pack Model Price

H x W mm

297 x 210

10 WRP4V/10 £44.50

A4 Vertical

297 x 210 50 WRP4V/50 £193.20

148 x 210

10 WRP5H/10 £36.50

A5 Horizontal

148 x 210 50 WRP5H/50 £156.40

105 x 210

10 WRP6H/10 £33.40

A6 Horizontal

105 x 210 50 WRP6H/50 £139.50

Weather Resistant Pockets

To Suit

Documents

A5

Quantity

per Pack

Model

Price

WCP5H/10 £28.80

10

A4 WCP4H/10 £35.60

›› Keep documents clean & dry

›› Press seal fastening makes them ideal

for use where exposed to wind or rain

›› Ideal for use on external racking

Size

Pack

Size

Magnetic Self-Adhesive Tie-On


A4 Horizontal 10 WRM4H/10 £34.90 WRA4H/10 £30.50 WRT4H/10 £32.30

A4 Vertical 10 WRM4V/10 £34.90 WRA4V/10 £30.50 WRT4V/10 £32.30

A4 Horizontal 50 WRM4H/50 £158.50 WRA4H/50 £144.00 WRT4H/50 £152.30

A4 Vertical 50 WRM4V/50 £158.50 WRA4V/50 £144.00 WRT4V/50 £152.30


171

Signs & Labelling

Modulean Shadow Boards

SHB001

SHB002 SHB005 SHB006

SHB003 SHB007 SHB004

›› Modular system to fit any space

›› Choose from a range of standard 5S boards

›› Various colour options to keep track of tools

›› Customise through title frames

›› Supplied with the products on display

›› Carefully designed to enable compliance with

the 5S Lean system, the Modulean Shadow

Board series consists of a modular system

of boards that can be used individually, or

together, in the workplace

›› Keep track of your tools! Pick and choose

from a range of standard boards of 750 x

750mm in various colour options to create a

modular and lean visual communication

system to suit your requirements. Each

board is supplied with the products on

display, along with title frames which can be

customised to your design

›› Modulean Shadow Boards can be used in a range of

environments within the workplace

NEW

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Red

Yellow


All boards except 5S Information Board and

Easy Wipe Board come in four colour options

Description

Board Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

5S Information Board 750 x 750 SHB001 £99.00

Notice Board* 750 x 750 SHB002 £99.00

Easy Wipe Board 750 x 750 SHB003 £99.00

Cleaning Board - Dry* 750 x 750 SHB004 £129.00

Accessorise your boards with Modulean

Doc Frames, Rainbow Pockets and other

Modulean accessories

Cleaning Board - Wet* 750 x 750 SHB005 £129.00

Cleaning Board - XL* 1500 x 750 SHB006 £219.00

First Aid Board* 750 x 750 SHB007 £129.00

172


Signs & Labelling

Frames4docs

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Black

Black/Yellow

Green/White

Red/White

available as a pack of

the same colour or

a mixed pack of 2 -


›› Frame any sign, chart or document in seconds

›› Colour coded frames. Colours conform

with British Safety Standards

›› Ideal for displaying important messages

in 5S & lean manufacturing

›› Frames can be used vertically or horizontally

›› Suitable throughout industry to display all types of

literature, certificates & information. Suitable

for documents up to 1.5mm thick

To Suit Quantity

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Documents per Pack Model Price Model Price

A5

MFD5/10 £48.50 SFD5/10 £47.20

A4 MFD4/10 £59.40 SFD4/10 £57.60

A3 10 MFD3/10 £90.80 SFD3/10 £88.40

A2 MFD2/10 £153.50 SFD2/10 £150.50

Title Block MFD6/10 £32.30 SFD6/10 £32.30

Title Block

Ring Binders & Covers

›› 2 or 4 hole ring binders

›› Magnetic or self-adhesive fixings

›› Available with colour coded

PVC covers which can be retrofitted

to the ring binders. Covers are available

in 5 Lean Manufacturing colours;

red, black, blue, yellow or green

- please specify when ordering

›› Creates quick & flexible information centres

›› Use self-adhesive version for permanent

fixing or for heavier files

Quantity

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Description

per Pack Model Price Model Price

2 Ring Binder

RBM2/3 £30.00 RBA2/3 £15.00

3

4 Ring Binder RBM4/3 £36.00 RBA4/3 £18.00

Coloured cover which can be retrofitted - pack of 5 RBC/5 £28.00


173


Ultrabrite Boards

PRICES

HELD

›› Highly visible aluminium yellow frame

›› Available in Magnetic steel drywipe

surface and natural cork surface

›› Magnetic steel surface has a sturdy

construction with metal backing

›› Magnetic steel board includes a pen tray

that simply clips onto the frame in any position

›› Use accessories to enhance functionality

›› Concealed wall fixings through plastic corners

›› Wall fastening kit included

Ultrabrite Display Cases

›› Highly visible aluminium yellow frame

›› Strong, secure and lightweight solution

for a best-selling glazed case

›› Strong acrylic door gives excellent

visibility to displayed material

›› Quality & versatility at an affordable price

›› Two versions: lacquered steel or natural cork

›› Lockable & supplied with 2 keys

PRICES

HELD

Magnetic Whiteboards

Corkboards

Magnetic Display Cases

Cork Display Cases

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Ultrabrite - Magnetic Whiteboards

Price

600 x 900 MA0315177 £59.81

900 x 1200 MA0515177 £99.17

Ultrabrite - Corkboards

600 x 900 CA0311721 £44.09

900 x 1200 CA0511721 £62.44

All Purpose Gridded Planner

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

A4 Pages

Stored

Information Boards

Model

Price

Ultrabrite - Magnetic Display Cases

674 x 720 x 35 6 VT6201601511 £122.80

981 x 720 x 35 9 VT6301601511 £149.03

1288 x 340 x 35 16 VT9501601511 £204.13

Ultrabrite - Cork Display Cases

981 x 720 x 35 9 VT6301611511 £128.06

981 x 940 x 35 12 VT6601611511 £151.09

›› High-quality drywipe magnetic surface

with aluminium frame

›› Ideal to draw charts and present

visual communication

›› Reuse whenever you need

›› Maximize and build your

planning board with our

planning magnetic accessories

›› Adjustable pen tray

NEW

Grid

Static

Mobile

›› Highly flexible visual

communication board

for the factory floor

›› Rotating structure with

three or four boards

›› Lacquered steel surface

›› Flexible structure with a

large communication area

›› Available as a static or mobile version

Description

Board Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

174

Planner Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 600 GA03107830A £88.19

1200 x 900 GA05107830A £134.34

1800 x 1200 GA27107830A £215.66

Three Sided Boards

Static 910 x 650 EA903217 £442.06

Mobile 910 x 650 EA673217 £458.91

Four Sided Boards

Static 910 x 650 EA903117 £490.17

Mobile 910 x 650 EA673117 £519.81


Ayda Whiteboards

›› Surface in a choice of Lacquered Steel or Non-Magnetic

›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired in minimalist

office trends

›› Easy fixation with improved stability and possibility

to be mounted both portrait and landscape

›› Concealed wall fixings through

corner covers for a clean look

›› Includes plastic pen tray that can be NEW

easily clamped onto the frame

Ayda Cork Noticeboards

›› Resilient natural cork bulletin surface

never shows pin holes

›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired in

minimalist office trends

›› Concealed wall fixings through corner

covers for a clean look


NEW

Pen Tray

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Ayda Felt Noticeboards

Price

Magnetic

(Drywipe magnetic lacquered steel surface with 10 year warranty, for regular use)

900 x 600 MA03759214 £24.64

1200 x 900 MA05759214 £50.71

1800 x 1200 MA27759214 £90.19

Non-Magnetic

(Dry wipe non-magnetic surface with 2 year warranty, for moderate use)

900 x 600 MA031539214 £18.93

1200 x 900 MA051539214 £33.21

1800 x 1200 MA271539214 £76.23

NEW

›› Smooth felt surface in blue

›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired

in minimalist office trends

›› Possibility to be mounted both portrait & landscape

›› Concealed wall fixings through corner covers

for a clean look


Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Enclore Felt Display Cases

Price

600 x 450 CA02409214 £28.72

900 x 600 CA03409214 £33.63

1200 x 900 CA05409214 £44.64

›› Strong acrylic door gives excellent

visibility to display material

›› Usable internal depth: 18mm; total depth: 35mm

›› Smooth blue felt surface

›› Quality and versatility at an affordable price

›› Lockable and supplied with 2 keys

NEW

Colour

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

Blue 900 x 600 FA03439214 £20.36

Green 900 x 600 FA03449214 £20.36

Grey 900 x 600 FA03429214 £20.36

Blue 1200 x 900 FA05439214 £40.07

Green 1200 x 900 FA05449214 £40.07

Grey 1200 x 900 FA05429214 £40.07

Blue 1800 x 1200 FA27439214 £69.31

Green 1800 x 1200 FA27449214 £69.31

Grey 1800 x 1200 FA27429214 £69.31

Overall Size

H x W mm

A4 Pages

Stored

Model

Price

600 x 450 4 VT610107150 £82.13

600 x 900 9 VT630107150 £117.09

1200 x 900 15 VT640107150 £166.60

175


WRITE-ON ® Frameless Whiteboards

WRITE-ON ® Dual Faced Whiteboards

manufactured

›› Frameless design with white ABS edging.

Available with coloured edging - call for details

›› A plain non magnetic ultra smooth drywipe surface

›› Boards can mount virtually seamlessly side by side

›› Wall fixings included

Description

White Edged

Whiteboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 600 49332/WH £28.53

900 x 1200 49343/WH £40.30

1200 x 1200 49344/WH £48.12

1200 x 1500 49354/WH £63.76

1200 x 1800 49364/WH £83.16

1200 x 2400 49384/WH £97.71

Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £5.87

WRITE-ON ® Frameless

Magnetic Whiteboards

›› Whiteboards with a plain surface to one side

& a guideline ® gridded surface to the reverse

›› Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting

›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings

Description

Non-magnetic

Whiteboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450 47131 £18.87

900 x 600 47132 £25.60

900 x 1200 47143 £38.05

1200 x 1200 47144 £42.34

1200 x 1500 47154 £53.52

1200 x 1800 47164 £63.33

1200 x 2400 47184 £90.55

1200 x 2700 47194 £123.95


WRITE-ON ® Magnetic Whiteboards

manufactured

›› Whiteboards that also accept magnets

›› Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting

›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings

›› All whiteboards include a pen tray

›› Boards mount flush to the wall in portrait or

landscape using ingenious button-fix system

›› Coated steel surface, to accept magnets,

bonded to multi layered wood backing

176

Description

Frameless Magnetic

Whiteboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

1000 x 1200 41012 £372.74

1000 x 2400 41024 £651.41


30mm Black Magnets - pack of 10 439152 £6.07

Description

Magnetic

Whiteboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 450 49631 £20.26

900 x 600 49632 £27.20

900 x 1200 49643 £42.76

1200 x 1200 49644 £58.92

1200 x 1500 49654 £74.05

1200 x 1800 49664 £81.50

1200 x 2400 49684 £102.43

1200 x 2700 49694 £146.15



WRITE-ON ® Glass Whiteboards

›› Contemporary white glass boards

- ideal for meeting or boardrooms

›› Many different colour options


›› A range of attractive glass drywipe

boards which also accept super

strength magnets

›› Board stands proud of the wall on

chrome fixings

›› Made from steel backed 4mm

toughened safety glass

›› Optional matching glass pen tray


WRITE-ON ® Revolving

Mobile Whiteboards

Description

White Glass Whiteboards

›› Sturdy white steel frame with a locking

pivot mechanism with 4 castors - 2 locking

›› Whiteboard rotates through its horizontal axis

›› Aluminium framed ultra smooth whiteboard

›› Magnetic versions accept magnets

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

500 x 500 G5050/WH £52.54

900 x 600 G6090/WH £101.01

1000 x 1500 G1015/WH £213.13

1000 x 2000 G1020/WH £286.44

1200 x 900 G9012/WH £162.72

1200 x 1200 G1212/WH £205.42

1200 x 1800 G1218/WH £267.34

1200 x 2400 G1224/WH £370.29

Pentray G5000 £11.37


25mm Silver Magnets - pack of 2 439158 £15.03

Description

Non-magnetic

Whiteboard

Magnetic

Whiteboard

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model Price

900 x 1200 447431 £139.63

1200 x 900 447341 £143.05

1200 x 1200 447441 £158.07

1200 x 1500 447541 £176.39

1200 x 1800 447641 £202.07

900 x 1200 447433 £158.91

1200 x 900 447343 £162.56

1200 x 1200 447443 £184.40

1200 x 1500 447543 £208.23

1200 x 1800 447643 £232.95



177

Noticeboards, Aluminium Framed Whiteboards Noticeboards & Literature Tamperproof Display Felt Noticeboards

Aluminium Framed Noticeboards

Tamperproof Felt Noticeboards

i

Information

FRAMELESS NOTICEBOARDS

AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

COLOUR OPTIONS

DB RD GR

BU

LG

CK

COLOUR OPTIONS

›› Aluminium framed noticeboards with

flushfix conceal corner wall fixings (supplied)

›› Choice of 5 special felt surfaces or traditional cork

›› Can be mounted portrait or landscape

Description

Aluminium Frame

Felt Noticeboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Blue Red Green Burgundy

** To order please add

colour code to model code

Fire retardant versions are available,

please ask for details

Model

Price

600 x 450 44531/** £18.30

900 x 600 44532/** £23.66

900 x 1200 44543/** £34.77

1200 x 1200 44544/** £40.72

1200 x 1500 44554/** £53.65

1200 x 1800 44564/** £59.39

1200 x 2400 44584/** £69.73

Eco-Colour ® Fire Retardant

Aluminium Framed Noticeboards

Grey

Cork

›› A durable solution to protecting displayed

information against casual interference

›› Single door versions can be mounted

with hinge to side, top or bottom

›› Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied

Description

Single Door

Double Door

Overall Size

H x W mm

DB RD GR

Blue Red Green Burgundy



Model

Price

900 x 600 TP9060/** £63.74

900 x 900 TP9090/** £84.22

1200 x 900 TP1290/** £100.39

1200 x 1200 TP1212/** £135.31

1200 x 1800 TP1812/** £185.27

1200 x 2400 TP2412/** £228.53

Eco-Colour ® Fire Retardant

Tamperproof Lockable Noticeboards

BU

LG

Grey

COLOUR OPTIONS

DB

Blue

RD

Red

CH NA LB

Charcoal Natural L. Blue

LG

Grey

GR

Green

COLOUR OPTIONS



DB

RD

CH

NA

LB

LG

GR

Blue

Red

Charcoal Natural L. Blue

Grey

Green



›› Fire resistant - BS EN 13501 Class B

›› Made from recycled materials

›› Acoustic properties

›› Self-coloured pinnable core

›› Mount portrait or landscape

›› Concealed corner fixings

›› Bright colours available upon request

178

Description

Aluminium Framed

Noticeboards

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

manufactured

Price

900 x 600 22632/** £39.47

1200 x 900 22643/** £65.53

1200 x 1200 22644/** £81.02

1200 x 1500 22654/** £96.60

1200 x 1800 22664/** £116.63

1200 x 2400 22684/** £151.23

›› Fire resistant - BS EN 13501 Class B

›› Made from recycled materials

›› Acoustic properties

›› Self-coloured pinnable core

›› Protects against casual interference

›› Concealed corner fixings & matching keys

›› Ideal for sensitive areas & corridors

›› Bright colours available upon request

Description

Side Hinged

Single Door

Side Hinged

Double Door

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

manufactured

Price

900 x 600 CBT32/** £95.56

1200 x 900 CBT43/** £134.19

1200 x 1200 CBT44/** £159.58

1200 x 1800 CBT64/** £234.46

1200 x 2400 CBT84/** £288.63


Freestanding Whiteboard Signs

BUSYGRIP ® Poster Frames

›› Magnetic double sided drywipe signs

›› Available in three useful shapes; rectangular,

octagonal & directional arrow

›› The Arrow sign angles & locks in chosen position

›› Whiteboard surface accepts magnets & is

designed for use with drywipe markers

›› Robust plastic frame, pole & circular base which

can be filled with water or sand for extra stability

Description

Stand

Height mm

Sign Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

Directional Arrow 1632 430 x 650 G4173BL £100.70

Rectangle 1650 565 x 565 G4118BL £125.39

Octagon 1650 645 x 435 G4117BL £125.39

Set of 3 - - G400SET £343.26

Mesh Literature Display

›› This range of wall mounted black

mesh leaflet dispensers are robust

yet stylish

›› 2 wall mounted options in either 5

or 10 pocket versions

›› Easily mount with fixings supplied

›› Large capacity revolving stand

with easy self assembly

›› Wide range of popular sized poster

frames finished in satin anodised aluminium

›› Simply snap open & closed to change the poster

›› Protected by anti-glare UV resistant cover

›› Mounts portrait or landscape with fixings provided

›› Quantity discounts available - call for details

›› Coloured frame versions available - call for details

›› A4 fire resistant version available - call for details

Description

‘A’ Sized

Poster Frames

‘B’ Sized

Poster Frames

Paper

Size

Overall Size

H x W mm

Wave Literature Display

›› A contemporary leaflet dispenser

›› 4 oversized A4 shelves

›› Wide version holds

8 sets of A4 literature

›› Up to 35mm of

brochures

›› Supplied with

optional castors

Model

Price

A4 297 x 210 PFA4AL £13.47

A3 420 x 297 PFA3AL £17.84

A2 594 x 420 PFA2AL £26.61

A1 840 x 594 PFA1AL £38.76

A0 1189 x 840 PFA0AL £61.35

B2 700 x 500 PFB2AL £29.80

B1 1000 x 700 PFB1AL £44.81

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

5 x A4 720 x 260 x 90 G5578BL £66.45

10 x A4 1290 x 260 x 90 G5579BL £100.29

30 x A4 Stand 1680 x 420 x 420 G5577BL £336.68

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Grey 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8GS £74.14

White 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8W £74.14

Black 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8B £74.14

Wide Grey 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16GS £82.43

Wide White 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16W £82.43

Wide Black 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16B £82.43

179


Vertical & Rotary Con-tur Literature Racks

›› Exclusive Con-tur design totally eliminating paper curl

›› Manufactured from prime steel with a baked enamel finish

›› Vertical racks will wall mount with provided key hole slots

NEW

Con-Tur design

keeps literature

upright.

Paper

curl is

eliminated.

i

Information

VERTICAL & ROTARY

RACKS TO

ORGANISE & STORE

YOUR LITERATURE

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Tan

Black

Grey


360º 360º 360º

20 Pockets 11 Pockets 5 Pockets 20 Pockets

44 Pockets 80 Pockets

Description

Horizontal Literature Racks

Overall Size

W x H x D mm

Vertical Racks

Literature Rack - 5 Pockets 248 x 514 x 105 4 403 £94.29

Literature Rack - 11 Pockets 248 x 914 x 105 7.5 402 £121.43

Literature Rack - 20 Pockets 248 x 1473 x 105 11.5 400 £135.71

Rotary Racks




Weight

kg

Model

Price

›› Steel construction

›› For floor or desktop use

›› Convenient storage for literature & file folders

›› Colour: Tan

›› Rigid racks - will NOT twist or warp

›› Each opening can be easily labelled

›› Rubber feet are provided

›› Stackable with a modular design

180

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Horizontal Literature Rack - 9 Openings 859 x 281 x 275 12 431-75 £171.43



Weight

kg

Model

Price


Literature Displays

Wall Displays

Wall Displays

›› Economical & visually appealing

›› Easy to assemble using the

aluminium wall bar provided

›› Mix & match all pockets to create

a unique literature display

Foyer Stands

›› Lightweight yet sturdy

with a 5 legged base

›› 550W x 1700H mm

Floor Standing Carousels

›› Lightweight yet sturdy

with a 5 legged base

›› Spinners rotate independently

›› Complete with header sleeve

›› 550W x 2060H mm

i

Information

ASSEMBLED

IN MINUTES

WITHOUT THE

NEED FOR TOOLS

Pockets

1/3 A4 A5 A4

Size

mm

Wall Displays

Model

Price

1 to 4

Price

5 +

8 - - 225W x 560H WD8TF £47.35 £45.35

16 - - 450W x 680H WD16TF £57.65 £55.20

32 - - 900W x 560H WD32TF £97.80 £93.60

- - 4 225W x 760H WD4A4 £47.35 £45.35

- - 8 450W x 760H WD8A4 £57.65 £55.20

- - 16 900W x 760H WD16A4 £97.80 £93.60

8 - 4 450W x 760H WD4A48TF £57.65 £55.20

16 - 8 900W x 680H WD8A416TF £97.80 £93.60

9 10 6 900W x 760H WD6A410A59TF £117.35 £112.35

- - 6

Foyer Stands

F6A4 £113.25 £108.40

- - 12 F12A4 £129.70 £124.15

16 - - F16TF £121.50 £116.30

24 - - 550 x 1700

F24TF £129.70 £124.15

32 - - F32TF £150.30 £143.85

16 - 6 F6A416TF £142.05 £136.00

- 16 6 F6A416A5 £158.55 £151.75

- 18 -

Floor Standing Carousels

C18A5HS £226.50 £216.75

- - 18 C18A4HS £226.50 £216.75

- - 24 C24A4HS £259.40 £248.30

36 - - C36TFHS £226.50 £216.75

48 - -

550 x 2060

C48TFHS £298.55 £285.75

72 - - C72TFHS £319.10 £305.45

12 6 6 C6A46A512TFHS £226.50 £216.75

12 - 12 C12A412TFHS £259.40 £248.30

36 - 18 C18A436TFHS £319.10 £305.45

12 6 18 C18A46A512TFHS £259.40 £248.30

Floor Standing

Carousel

Foyer Stands

181


T-Cards

›› T-CARDS - 170gsm card. Available

in 10 colours (shown on the right)


›› PRINTER T-CARDS - 170gsm card.

Available in 5 colours - white, yellow,

green, blue or pink - please specify

when ordering

›› PLASTIC T-CARDS - Available in 7

colours - black, white, silver, transparent,

red, blue or green - please specify

when ordering

›› 20040 is not available in purple or grey

›› PTC-3 is not available pink

Size Model Price

T-Cards

1 - box of 100 20010 £1.44

1.5 - box of 100 20015 £1.57

2 - box of 100 20020 £1.87

3 - box of 100 20030 £2.77

4 - box of 100 20040 £4.70

Printer T-Cards

2 - pack of 180 PTC-2 £12.09

3 - pack of 80 PTC-3 £12.09

Plastic T-Cards

2 - pack of 50 P-20020 £5.10

3 - pack of 50 P-20030 £8.10

Workload Production

Board Kit

Plastic T-Cards

Size 1

Size 1.5

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Dimensions (mm)

A B C D

15 28 49 16.5

15 45 53 35

15 60 85 48.5

15 92 120 80

15 124 180 112

General Purpose Kit

T-Cards &

Printer T-Cards

Office Planner Kit

›› Use as a daily/weekly, job planner/message

centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels,

index panel, wall supports & 7 packs

of size 2 T-Cards

Size Model Price

480H x 480W 29110 £76.50

Yearly Day Planner Kit

Title each panel to preferred job stages &

progress job T-Card stage by stage to

produce a production overview board.

Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, index panel,

wall supports, blank title strips, & 5 packs

of size 2 T-Cards

Size mm Model Price

805W x 665H WPDB-32 £167.83

Economical & simple yearly multi -

application display board. Displays

a yearly schedule by months & days

Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, index panel,

wall supports, blank title strips, day/month

labels & 10 packs of size 2 T-Cards

Size mm Model Price

805W x 960H 29112 £228.54

Multi-application kit. Schedule all plans over a

year on a daily basis.

Contents: 12 x 32 slot depth monthly panels,

index panel, wall supports, blank title strips, &

5 packs of size 2 T-Cards

Size mm Model Price

805W x 665H DMY-365 £167.83

Document Display Pockets - professionally display your documentation

New Pack Size of 3

MAGNETIC BACKED

DOCUMENT POCKETS

›› For magnetic whiteboard use, 3 per pack

Size Style Model Price

A3

A4

182

Portrait MG3-A3P £25.70

Landscape MG3-A3L £25.70

Covers CVR3-A3 £8.20

Portrait MG3-A4P £16.20

Landscape MG3-A4L £16.20


HOOK & LOOP BACKED

DOCUMENT POCKETS

›› For felt noticeboard use, 3 per pack


A3

A4

Portrait HL3-A3P £24.76

Landscape HL3-A3L £24.76


Portrait HL3-A4P £15.46

Landscape HL3-A4L £15.46


ADHESIVE BACKED

DOCUMENT POCKETS

›› For general use, 3 per pack



A3

A4

Portrait AD3-A3P £24.56

Landscape AD3-A3L £24.56


Portrait AD3-A4P £15.26

Landscape AD3-A4L £15.26


›› No more overloaded,

untidy info displays

›› Colour coded plastic

document pockets

& optional cover

inserts ensure

paperwork is

secure & protected

›› Document pocket

packs available in

white, yellow, red,

dark blue, green,

blue-grey, grey,

black, orange

& transparent

- please specify

›› Available in A5 &

A6 formats

Cascading Document Display Racks

›› Modular, wall mounted, document organiser racks

›› Durable steel construction for office & industrial environments

›› Stand-alone document rack or combine for complete systems

›› Choice of colours: Yellow (1), Grey-White (2), Red (3), Blue (4),

Green (5), Grey-Aluminum (7) – Add

colour code to reference

›› Mixed colour and alternative

pocket depth racks available

›› A5 & A6 pocket formats

available – call for details

›› Cascading Weekly Kit includes:

1 x Blank Title, 7 x Blank Column

Titles, 7 x 5 pocket depth racks

(Grey-Alu), 1 x Durable Backing Board

No of

Pockets

2

6

10

Document

Size

A4

(Visible Edge:

Portrait Style

68mm

Landscape

Style 45mm)

Document

Format

Adhesive backed Rack Header Plates - includes 1 x Holder,

1 x Black Card Insert (Size: 44 H x 200 W mm)

Model

Price

Portrait CDUA4P2/.. £33.26

Landscape CDUA4L2/.. £33.26





8958810 £12.20

Cascading Weekly Kit - 1900L x 850Hmm 8119901 £970.00

Magnetic Document Shields


Cascading Weekly Kit

Kiss Cut Indicator

›› Size A4 or A3 transparent

Document Shields with

printed coloured frame

for colour coding

›› Backed on 3 edges

with magnetic strips

›› Can be used either

portrait or landscape

Size

Pack

Size

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Red

Blue

Green

Black


Colours

per Pack

Model

Document & Clipboard Racks

Price

A4 5 1 BDS-A4 £16.76

A3 5 1 BDS-A3 £31.76

›› Magnetic sheets of ‘push out’

Kiss cut (square cut) planning

& whiteboard icons

›› Supplied as 3 sheets, each

consisting of 16 icons

(48 icons per pack)

›› Indicator Size: 36 x 36 mm

›› Available as Sad Face (Red),

Happy Face (Green), Neutral

Face (Yellow), Tick (Green),

Cross (Red), Exclamation

Mark (Warning Triangle)

Pack

Designs

per Pack

Model

Price

3 sheets (48 Icons Total) 1 KCI-36 £9.96

›› High quality, easy-care, Document & Clipboard Racks

constructed from tough polypropylene

›› Designed to hold single or multi page

documents & clipboards

›› Supplied complete with wall fittings

›› Pocket depth 210 mm. Pocket

capacity 12-15 mm

›› Flexi-Clipboards feature a metal clamp

with a flexible (semi-ridged) core

Description

Pockets per

Column

No of

Column

CBF-A4

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

DCRS-2-10

Single Column Rack (A4) 10 1 1282 x 315 x 76 DCRS-1-10 £159.96

Double Column Rack (A4) 6 2 900 x 554 x 76 DCRS-2-06 £188.96



A4 Flexi-Clipboard Pack of 3 (1 colour per pack) - Blue, Black, Red or White CBF-A4 £9.76


Model

DCRS-2-10

Price

183


COBAGRiP

COBAGRiP Stair Tread

Safety Flooring

›› UV stabilised GRP sheets, treads & stair

nosing designed to offer exceptional levels

of slip-resistance both indoors & out, while

having outstanding wear & tear qualities

›› Ideal for pedestrian & factory walkways,

access ramps, gangways & bridges

›› Resistant to most solvents & chemicals

›› Manufactured from a flame retardent

silicone carbide ‘gritted’ top surface

›› Easy to install, simply bond or screw

to the existing floor surface

COBAGRiP

›› Suitable for use with forklift traffic

›› Thickness: 5mm overall

COBAGRiP Light

›› Also suitable for food production areas

›› Thickness: 2.4mm overall

COBAGRiP Stair Tread

›› Designed to fully cover the stair area


COBAGRiP Stair Nosing

›› Designed to cover the edge of the stair


COBAGRiP Stair Nosing

COBAGRiP

Stair Tread

COBAGRiP

Stair Nosing

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Colour Model Price

Colours:

184

COBAGRiP

COBAGRiP

COBAGRiP

COBAGRiP

Light

COBAGRiP

Light

COBAGRiP

Stair Tread

COBAGRiP

Stair Nosing

1200 x 1200

GRP010002 £111.92

Black

1200 x 2400 GRP010001 £213.72

1200 x 1200

GRP060002 £111.92

Grey

1200 x 2400 GRP060001 £213.72

1200 x 1200

GRP070002 £111.92

Yellow

1200 x 2400 GRP070001 £213.72

1200 x 1200

GRP010002L £84.28

Black

1200 x 2400 GRP010001L £158.35

1200 x 1200

GRP060002L £84.28

Grey

1200 x 2400 GRP060001L £158.35

345 x 1000 x 55

GRP010704S £41.96

345 x 1500 x 55 GRP010703S £59.12

Black/Yellow

345 x 2000 x 55 GRP010702S £73.67

345 x 3000 x 55 GRP010701S £105.45

55 x 1000 x 55

GRP070004N £20.13

55 x 1500 x 55 GRP070003N £25.42

Yellow

55 x 2000 x 55 GRP070002N £30.08

55 x 3000 x 55 GRP070001N £40.02

Black

Grey

Yellow


Grip Foot Tape

›› Hard wearing & easy to install

›› Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive backing

›› Suitable for ladders, stairs, ramps, entrances etc

GF010006

GF010005

Rampmat

›› An economical anti-fatigue mat for the workplace

›› Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance

›› Conforms to Slip Resistance Test DIN 51130:2014 - R10

›› Open drainage holes for spilt liquids

›› Made from hardwearing NBR rubber

›› Moulded bevelled edges

reduce trip hazards

›› Thickness: 10mm


Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long

Black - 25mm wide GF010001 £21.02

Black - 50mm wide GF010002 £41.96

Black - 102mm wide GF010003 £83.92

Black - 152mm wide GF010004 £125.90

Black/Yellow - 50mm wide GF010702 £52.43

Red/White - 50mm wide GF031002 £52.43

Grip Tape Patches

Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10) GF010005 £13.58

Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10) GF010006 £46.20

i

Information

HELP PREVENT

SLIPPING

ACCIDENTS IN

THE WORKPLACE

Bubblemat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model Price

1200 x 800 RP010002 £27.72

1500 x 900 RP010001 £35.44

›› Effective anti-fatigue mat

made from 100% natural rubber

›› Raised bubbled surface to

stimulate blood circulation

›› Available as complete mats

or interlocking sections for

longer runs


Overall Size

L x W mm

Model Price

600 x 900 (edged all round) BF010001 £51.14

900 x 1200 (edged all round) BF010002 £73.58

600 x 900 (interlocking end piece) BF010003 £51.14

600 x 900 (interlocking middle piece) BF010004 £51.14

185


Orthomat ® Anti Fatigue

›› Extremely comfortable standing surface

›› Reduces fatigue from standing for long periods

›› Pebble surface offers slip resistance

›› Suitable for dry environments only

›› Anti Fatigue - charcoal or grey

Safety Fatigue - charcoal with yellow borders


Orthomat ® Ultimate

Overall Size

L x W mm

Anti Fatigue

Safety Fatigue


600 x 900 AF-0001 £33.90 AF-0701 £36.35

900 x 1500 AF-0002 £68.25 AF-0702 £73.27

900 x 18,300 AF-0003 £715.13 AF-0703 £768.53

900 x Linear Metre AF-0003C £53.32 AF-0703C £59.04

›› The mat is encapsulated in revolutionary PolyNit

material that is resilient to most oils & chemicals

found in engineering

›› Soft foam centre layer creates a very comfortable

surface to reduce tiredness & health issues

associated with prolonged standing

›› Raised diamond surface provides additional

underfoot grip for enhanced safety.

›› Fire test classification to BS EN 13501-1:2018 CFL s1


Overall Size

L x W mm

Model Price

600 x 900 OU010001 £55.03

900 x 1500 OU010002 £130.18

900 x 18,300 OU010003 £1324.65

900 x Linear Metre OU010003C £80.18

Solid & Open Fatigue Step

›› Premium quality anti-fatigue tiles

›› Available with solid surface or holes for drainage

›› Tiles interlink to provide coverage for any area size

›› Suitable for wet or dry environments

›› Optional extras - male & female bevelled edges

in black or yellow tiles colour black


Deckplate

Solid

›› PVC diamond surface offers wear resistance

›› Foam backing relieves fatigue from standing

›› Supplied complete with all round ramped edges

›› Withstands demanding industrial applications

›› Suitable for dry environments

›› Deckplate - black

Safety Deckplate - black with yellow borders


Open

Overall Size

L x W mm

Solid Fatigue Step

Open Fatigue Step


900 x 900 ST-0001 £113.21 SS-0001 £113.21

Black Edging/Corner Female SS010002F £19.04 SS010002F £19.04

Black Edging/Corner Male SS010002M £19.04 SS010002M £19.04

Yellow Edging/Corner Female SS070002F £23.91 SS070002F £23.91

Yellow Edging/Corner Male SS070002M £23.91 SS070002M £23.91

i

Information

AVAILABLE IN

BESPOKE MADE TO

MEASURE LENGTHS

UP TO 18.3M

Overall Size

L x W mm

Deckplate

Safety Deckplate


600 x 900 DP-0609 £117.43 SD-0701 £125.66

900 x 1500 DP-0915 £223.03 SD-0702 £243.37

900 x 3000 DP-0903 £442.07 SD-0703 £484.69

900 x 6000 DP-0906 £886.33 SD-0704 £967.47

186


Cobamat Standard

›› Fights against operator fatigue

›› Slip tested to EN13501-1:2018 EFL s2

›› Flame retardant to DIN 51130:2014 R10

›› Offers slip resistance in both directions

›› Colours: red, black, green or blue


›› Hole size: 22 x 22mm

manufactured

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 10,000 CS-0610 £473.84

900 x 10,000 CS-0910 £710.81

1200 x 10,000 CS-1210 £947.70

Edging per linear metre XS01 £9.14

Cobamat Inter

›› Easy to clean with detergent & a pressure cleaner

›› Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas

›› Ideal for heavy duty applications

›› Colours: red, black, green or blue


›› Hole size: 30 x 10mm

manufactured

Workstation Mat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 10,000 CE-0610 £584.18

900 x 10,000 CE-0910 £876.13

1200 x 10,000 CE-1210 £1168.38

Edging per linear metre XE02 £9.14

›› Supplied with yellow bevelled edge

›› Cross ribbed to help prevent slipping in wet areas

›› Ideal as a machine operatives mat

›› Slip tested to EN13501-1:2018 EFL s2

›› Flame retardant to DIN 51130:2014 R10

›› Good resistance to the

majority of oils & chemicals


manufactured

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 1200 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size) WS-0701 £96.66



600 x 1200 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size) WD-0701 £144.87



Worksafe Mat

›› Manufactured from hard wearing rubber

›› Ideally suited to relieve operator fatigue

›› Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat

›› Unique underside design prevents the mat

from slipping on the floor

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

900 x 1500 - Black SW-0001 £142.78

900 x 1500 - Blue (grease/oil resistant) SW-0002 £187.35

187


Entraplush

›› Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors

›› Quick drying ‘crush-resistant’ carpet surface

›› Slip resistant, stain resistant with PVC backing

›› Colours: grey, brown, blue, red or green

Microfibre Doormat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 900 PP-0001 £19.49

900 x 1500 PP-0002 £49.14

1200 x 1800 PP-0003 £77.74

›› Exceptional multi-action entrance mat using

hygienic microfibre technology

›› Superior ‘brushing & wiping’ with ‘rapid dry’

properties – even out performs cotton

›› Flexible, ultra-fine fibres provide deep cleaning

action on passing footwear

›› Filament structure creates a capillary effect for

improved dirt retention/absorbency

›› Environmentally friendly – does not require chemical

pre-treatment or washing detergents

›› Colours: beige or black

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 900 MF-0001 £41.31

900 x 1500 MF-0002 £89.96

i

Information

WASHABLE LOGO

MATS AVAILABLE

CALL FOR DETAILS

Coba Wash

›› Machine washable mat

›› Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt

›› Traps moisture, grit & grease

›› Bleach & fade resistant - 11 year warranty

›› Non-slip nitrile rubber backing

›› Colours: black/blue, black/steel,

black/brown or black/red

Enviro-mat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 850 LM-0201 £48.07

850 x 1200 LM-0204 £96.08

850 x 1500 LM-0202 £114.38

1150 x 1750 LM-0203 £182.41

›› Manufactured using 100% recycled materials

›› Heavy rubber backing minimises movement

on carpet & hard floor surfaces

›› Raised pattern removes dirt & debris

›› Colours: blue, brown, grey or charcoal

188

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 900 EM-0001 £31.04

900 x 1500 EM-0002 £77.69

1200 x 1800 EM-0003 £124.30


Finger Tip

›› Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors

›› Bevelled edges to help prevent trips

›› Offers slip resistance in both directions

›› Easy to clean - shake or hose down

›› Ideal for all weather conditions

›› Colour: Black

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

600 x 800 FT-0001 £30.31

800 x 1000 FT-0002 £50.47

900 x 1800 FT-0003 £90.87

Cobascrape

›› Hard wearing surface scrapes dirt from your shoes

›› Gives a sure footing grip in wet/oily conditions

›› Bevelled edges to help prevent trips

›› Manufactured from 100% nitrile

›› Ideal for all weather conditions

›› Machine washable


Ringmat Octomat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

850 x 750 CS-0001 £68.51

850 x 1400 CS-0002 £127.57

850 x 3000 CS-0003 £272.15

1100 x 1700 CS-0004 £208.76

›› Manufactured from hard wearing rubber matting

for a long life span even in demanding conditions

›› Conforms to EN-13552 Category R10

›› Connectors available for a larger area coverage


Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

1000 x 1500 RM-0003 £95.23

Connector RM-0004 £2.23

Rampmat

›› Manufactured from durable NBR rubber making

this popular doormat suitable for most climates

›› Superior slip resistance conforming to Slip

Resistance Test EN-13552 Category R10

›› Raised circular pattern surface provides

grip while scraping dirt & moisture.

›› Moulded bevelled edging for

safety & wheeled access


Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

1200 x 800 RP010002 £27.72

1500 x 900 RP010001 £35.44

189


CablePRO - Cable Protectors

›› Reduce trip hazards caused by trailing cables

›› Protect cables and wires from being pulled

or crushed causing costly damage

›› Hazard strip version for increased visibility

i

›› General purpose cable protectors

›› Hazard strip version for increased visibility

Colour

Information

REDUCE TRIP HAZARDS & PROTECT YOUR CABLES

CablePRO GP

H x W

mm

3M Cable Protector

9M Cable Protector


CablePRO GP

Black 11 x 68 CP010012 £25.39 CP010005 £59.81

Black/Yellow 11 x 68 CP010711 £26.36 CP010701 £62.76

Black 14 x 83 CP010013 £30.84 CP010006 £72.98

Black/Yellow 14 x 83 CP010712 £31.88 CP010702 £79.32

CablePRO Data

›› Multi channel cable protectors for

telephone, power or ethernet cables

›› Ideal for keeping multiple cable types separated

›› Seam in base for snapping in cables

CablePRO GP - Black

CP010012 & CP010005

Channel Size: 8mm W x 14mm H

CablePRO GP - Black

CP010013 & CP010006


CablePRO GP - Black/Yellow

CP010711 & CP010701


CablePRO GP - Black/Yellow

CP010712 & CP010702


Colour

H x W

mm

CablePRO HD

3M Cable Protector

›› Tough ramped edges keep cables protected

›› Larger 23mm diameter channels

accommodate heavy duty cables

›› CP010009 has a 4.5M length

9M Cable Protector


CablePRO Data

Black 14 x 83 CP010010 £34.24 CP010003 £86.38

Black 14 x 108 CP010011 £38.82 CP010004 £100.11

CablePRO Data

CP010010 & CP010003

2 x Channel Size:

Channel Size: 15mm W x 10mm

CablePRO Data

CP010011 & CP010004

2 x Channel Size:

30mm W x 10mm H & 20mm W x 10mm H

Colour

H x W

mm

CablePRO Mat

3M/4.5M Cable Protector

9M Cable Protector


CablePRO Data

HD1 - Black 28 x 127 CP010007 £69.40 CP010001 £189.24

HD2 - Black 30 x 156 CP010009 £127.74 CP010002 £247.34

›› Special mat for protection from tripping

hazards due to loose cables lying around

›› Extremely durable nylon surface in dappled colour shades

›› Cleated non-slip backing made from durable nitrile rubber

›› Integrated cable run underneath the mat

›› Edge in hazard stripe

›› Product height: approx. 11.4 mm

›› 2 year warranty when professionally maintained

CablePRO HD - HD1

CP010007 & CP010001

Channel Size: 23Ø mm

Integrated cable run

underneath the mat

CablePRO HD - HD2

CP010009 & CP010002

2 x Channel Size: 23Ø mm

Overall Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

190

1200 x 400 CPM010701 £56.73


Fast Cover Flooring

NEW

i

Information

IDEAL FOR A

WIDE VARIETY OF

APPLICATIONS

›› Versatile floor covering which is suitable for a wide

range of applications; car parks, marquee flooring,

playgrounds, walkways, warehouse flooring etc

›› Anti-slip surface eliminates trip hazards

›› Interlocking lips enable smooth joints

›› Gentle edging ramps provide a

smooth transition to ground level

›› Made from 100% recycled PVC

›› Prices shown below are per mat based on

purchasing in full pallet quantities - for single

unit prices please call for details

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Useable Area

L x W mm

MOQ/Pallet

Quantity

Model

Price

Each

Floor Covering 1200 x 800 x 22 1160 x 760 50 FC 115 £32.99

Floor Covering 1200 x 800 x 43 1160 x 760 30 FC 102 £39.99

Edging Strip 400 long x 60 deep - FC ES £5.99

191


Self-adhesive Floor Marking Tape

PROline

›› Floor marking tape

for internal surfaces

›› Ideal for demarcation

of aisles, traffic ways,

pedestrian routes etc

›› Can be removed from

most surfaces without

leaving residue

›› Tape length: 33M

PROline Paint Marking Systems

›› Floor marking paint for internal & external use

›› Will adhere to concrete, asphalt, tarmac,

metal, tiles etc

›› Quick drying - can

be walked on

in minutes

›› 750ml can will do a

50mm wide line for

50 to 90M approx

›› ENVIRONMENTALLY

FRIENDLY

›› Not to be used on

sealed floors

›› Conforms to the

latest EU Regulations

Description

Tape Marking Set

1 x TAPEliner

2 x Rolls of

PROline Tape

1 x Trimming Knife

Marker Line

& Chalk

Colour

50 x 33mm 75 x 33mm


White 261.15.202 £245.99 261.19.212 £250.86

Yellow 261.17.297 £245.99 261.18.900 £250.86

Blue 261.14.977 £245.99 261.16.487 £250.86

Red 261.15.660 £245.99 261.16.560 £250.86

Green 261.19.541 £245.99 261.17.656 £250.86

Orange 261.17.130 £245.99 261.13.748 £250.86

TAPELiner (Marker with Trimming Knife) 261.16.528 £241.32

Description

50mm Wide

75mm Wide


White 261.16.606 £5.28 261.16.619 £7.82

Yellow 261.13.796 £5.28 261.18.798 £7.82

Blue 261.19.771 £5.28 261.15.989 £7.82

Red 261.13.752 £5.28 261.18.675 £7.82

Green 261.18.249 £5.28 261.16.655 £7.82

Orange 261.16.322 £5.28 261.17.531 £7.82

Red & White (laminated) 261.18.826 £7.11 261.15.954 £10.66

Yellow & Black (laminated) 261.17.941 £7.11 261.13.438 £10.66

Green & White (laminated) 261.17.310 £7.11 261.19.066 £10.66

PROline VINYL Line Marking Tape

›› Floor marking tape for internal surfaces

manufactured in high grade vinyl

›› Suitable for forklift areas

›› For permanent marking

›› 500μ vinyl thickness

Colour

Description Colour Model Price

Paint Marking Set - 1 PROliner Applicator,

2 Cans of Paint, Marker Line & Chalk

Model

Price

per Can

Paint Cans

Colour

White 260.11.610 £207.01

Yellow 260.10.795 £207.01

PROliner Applicator for 50 to 75mm Lines 260.10.174 £159.09

ROADliner Applicator for 100 to 130mm Lines 260.10.383 £211.98

HANDliner Applicator for Hand Use 260.10.437 £41.32

PROline Chalk Marker Line 260.11.543 £24.77

Chalk Refill (for Marker Line above) 260.11.117 £5.58

Model

Price

per Can

White 260.11.745 £13.50 Green 260.11.015 £13.50

Yellow 260.11.089 £13.50 Orange 260.17.886 £13.50

Blue 260.12.531 £13.50 Grey 260.11.057 £13.50

Red 260.12.976 £13.50 Black 260.11.954 £13.50

PROline Steel Line Marking Tape

›› Floor marking tape for internal surfaces

manufactured in flat steel

›› Forklift resistant

›› For permanent marking

›› 700μ coloured flat steel thickness

Colour

192

Length

M

50mm Wide

75mm Wide


White 25 261.27.044 £63.05 261.28.523 £94.82

Yellow 25 261.24.239 £63.05 261.24.227 £94.82

Blue 25 261.26.957 £63.05 261.25.412 £94.82

Red 25 261.21.702 £63.05 261.29.359 £94.82

Colour

White

Yellow

Length

M

Model

Price

1.5 261.25.551 £14.42

6 261.24.898 £62.03

1.5 261.22.021 £14.42

6 261.27.500 £62.03


Indoor Industrial Floor Paint

PROline-paint

›› Tough & fast drying

›› Dirt repellent,

easy to clean

›› Highly resistant to oils,

solvents & detergents

›› Easy to use - no mixing

of components

›› Suitable for use with

forklift trucks

›› 5 Litre container will

cover about 20 to 25m 2

Anti-Slip Industrial Floor Paint

PROline-paint

›› For indoor use

›› Fast drying

with excellent

covering properties

›› Wear resistant

& durable

›› Resists abrasion &

most chemicals

›› Anti-slip to

classification R10

›› 5 Litre container will

cover about 20 to 25m 2

NEW

Anti-Slip

NEW

ANTI-SLIP TO

CLASSIFICATION R10

Colour Weight kg Model Price

White

263.13.824 £99.40

Yellow 263.14.807 £99.40

Red 263.18.881 £99.40

7

Blue 263.19.179 £99.40

Silver Grey 263.13.740 £99.40

Stone Grey 263.14.968 £99.40

Outdoor Industrial Floor Paint

PROline-paint

›› For outdoor use

›› Fast drying with excellent covering properties

›› Wear resistant & durable

›› Highly abrasion resistant

›› Easy to use - no mixing of components

›› 5 Litre container will cover about 20 to 25m 2


White

263.23.941 £121.00

Yellow 263.24.370 £121.00

Blue 7 263.25.507 £121.00

Silver Grey 263.26.072 £121.00

Stone Grey 263.24.599 £121.00

NEW


White

263.22.420 £121.00

Yellow 263.25.624 £121.00

Red 7 263.23.804 £121.00

Blue 263.21.512 £121.00

Grey 263.25.110 £121.00

193


Belt Barriers

Black Post

Belt Barrier

RPLB4R, RPLB5B

or RPLB6B

Stainless Steel

Post Belt Barrier

RPLS1R, RPLS2B

or RPLS3B

Double

Belt Barrier

RDLS7B

FROM ONLY

£88.70

3 x RPLS1R

Wall Mounted

Belt Barrier

RWLS9B

YOUR

MESSAGE

GOES

HERE

RSLS8Z

›› The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon

›› Ideal for where you need to channel traffic;

hotels, airports, warehouses, offices,

showrooms etc

›› 3 way connectivity

Belt Barriers

›› Posts are available in a black coated finish

or a high quality polished stainless steel

finish for a durable & aesthetic finish

›› Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

›› Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction

function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

194

Belt

Colour

Post Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier

Red

RPLB4R £90.35

Blue RPLB5B £90.35

930 x 350

Black RPLB6B £90.35

Receiving End Post RRLB8P £80.90

Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier

Red

RPLS1R £88.70

Blue RPLS2B £88.70

930 x 350

Black RPLS3B £88.70

Receiving End Post RRLS9P £80.45

Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier

Blue 985 x 320 RDLS7B £128.25

Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier

Blue - RWLS9B £41.35

Sign Board

- 370 x 205 RSLS8Z £59.20*

*prices applicable when ordering with Posts.



Rope Barriers

›› High quality polished stainless steel

posts for a durable & aesthetic finish

›› The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester

›› Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels,

airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc


3 x SPL11Z &

2 x SRL25B

i

Information

SIMPLY BUY YOUR

POST & ADD YOUR

ROPE TO SUIT

YOUR REQUIREMENTS

SRL21R

SRL22B

SRL25B

Description

Post Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

Stainless Steel Post

Ball Head 987 x 320 SPL11Z £79.95

Top Hat Head 935 x 320 SPL21Z £82.45

Ropes

SPL21Z

& SRL21R

Red

SRL21R £34.10*

Blue 1500

SRL22B £34.10*

Black SRL25B £34.10*

SPL11Z

& SRL22B

SHL01Z

Wall Hook

- - SHL01Z £15.20*

195


Premium Safety Belt Barriers

›› Ideal for restricting access to

temporary work areas

›› Solid, cast iron base for

extra strength & durability

›› Extra long belt of 10.6 metres


NEW

CHEVRON BELT OPTIONS


MESSAGED BELT OPTIONS

i

Information

SOLID CAST IRON

BASE FOR EXTRA

STRENGTH &

DURABILITY

i

Information

HUGE BELT

LENGTH OF 10.6M

Available with the messages listed above


PSSB10CH

PSSB10CH

PSSB10CH

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Wall Mounted Belt Barriers

›› Manufactured with a steel housing

›› Heavy duty nylon construction means

the belt won’t fray or break even

in the toughest conditions

›› Ideal for hallways, doors, factories,

warehouses & much more

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 355 PSBB10CH £122.70 PSBB10ME £159.70


WMBB23CH

WMBB23ME

NEW



i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

RECEIVER CLIP



196

Housing

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Housing Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

*Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Polished Chrome, Black, Yellow or Red 50 2300 120 x 114 x 90 WMBB23CH £39.50 WMBB23ME £42.90





Safety Belt Barriers

i

Information

STEEL BASE

WITH HEAVY DUTY

RUBBER RING

Steel Base

›› Ideal for restricting access to

temporary work areas

›› Heavy duty rubber ring provides full contact

around the circumference of the base


FROM ONLY

£53.80




4 way connectivity with

belt locking mechanism



NEW

SBBT34CH

SBBS34ME

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

Single Belt

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*


Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBS34CH £53.80 SBBS34ME £63.90

Twin Belt

Yellow or Red 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBT34CH £72.30 SBBT34ME £92.45

197


Premium Weatherproof Barriers

›› Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating outdoor waiting

lines or restricting access to temporary work areas

›› With a recycled rubber base & powder coated

stainless steel post, designed for outdoor use

›› Base features convenient carry handles

& is tough enough to drive over

›› Designed for creating long run barriers




i

Information

Fitted with unique locking

device that locks the belt

mechanism. This fixes the belt

in place at the desired length

and eliminates belt sagging

HUGE BELT

LENGTH OF 10.6M

NEW



WMS106ME

WMS106CH

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Traffic Cone Belt Mounts

Belt

Length mm

›› Retracting belt unit that fits onto most types of

traffic cones & creates a barrier that is more

effective at restricting access than cones alone

›› Heavy duty nylon construction means the belt won’t

fray or break even in the toughest conditions

›› A retraction lock relieves tension on the

belt allowing lighter cones to be used & a belt

lock prevents accidental belt release

Post Size

H x W mm

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 480 WMS106CH £122.70 WMS106ME £159.70

Easily fits together

with other

Traffic Cone Belt

Mounts

Easily fits on

most Traffic Cones

3 x TCB300RW shown

on Traffic Cones

Belt Mount

Colour

198

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Carcass Size

H x W mm

Red & White Chevron Belt

Model

Price each

2+ Off*

Red 50 3000 235 x 83 TCB300RW £29.45

Red 50 3700 235 x 83 TCB370RW £33.65

Red 50 6100 285 x 150 TCB610RW £37.00

Red 50 7600 285 x 150 TCB760RW £39.50

Red 50 9100 285 x 150 TCB910RW £42.05

Red 50 12,200 285 x 150 TCB122RW £55.50


NEW


Weatherproof Barriers

FROM ONLY

£64.75

›› Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating

outdoor waiting lines or restricting

access to temporary work areas

›› With a recycled rubber base

& powder coated stainless steel

post, designed for outdoor use

›› Base features convenient carry handles

& is tough enough to drive over






WMT34ME

WMS34CH

WMS34CH

NEW

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*


Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Single Belt

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMS34CH £64.75 WMS34ME £74.80

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMS49CH £89.95 WMS49ME £109.25

Twin Belt

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMT34CH £89.95 WMT34ME £110.10

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMT49CH £123.55 WMT49ME £162.20

199


Guarda - Lightweight Chain Posts

›› For quick & easy cordoning off

space in warehouses etc

›› Available in a choice of 3 base styles:

›› Triangular plastic base filled

with concrete for outdoor use

›› Round plastic hollow base to

be filled with sand, water etc

›› Square hard rubber base

Version

Triangular Plastic

Base - Concrete Filled

Square Hard

Rubber Base

Round Plastic

Hollow Base

Triangular Plastic

Base - Concrete Filled

Square Hard

Rubber Base

Round Plastic

Hollow Base

Colour

Traffic Line - Belt Posts

Height

mm

›› Flexible system providing demarcation

of public areas from traffic routes

›› Powder coated aluminium posts

›› Moulded bases with reflective disks

›› Secure 4 point fixing for permanent

installation (fixings not included)

›› Self-tensioning belts

with retraction feature


›› Post diameter: 60mm

Base

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Individual Guarda Chain Posts & Bases

Red & White

175.13.895 £10.96

300 SL 3.4

Black & Yellow 175.14.011 £10.96

Red & White 265

175.19.222 £15.53

870

2.3

Black & Yellow x 265

175.16.601 £15.53

Red & White

175.16.320 £12.89

300 ø 2

Black & Yellow 175.18.711 £12.89

Guarda Chains

6mm Polyethylene Chain - Red & White (25M Length) 212.10.805 £32.99

6mm Polyethylene Chain - Yellow & Black (25M Length) 212.13.380 £32.99

Set of 6 Guarda Chain Posts & Bases (10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks)

Red & White

175.16.146 £77.06

300 SL 20

Black & Yellow 175.13.735 £77.06

Red & White 265

175.19.176 £102.64

870

12.5

Black & Yellow x 265

175.17.668 £102.64

Red & White

175.15.850 £89.95

300 ø 6

Black & Yellow 175.17.247 £89.95

Price

Post

Colour

Yellow

Red

Belt

Colour

3000mm Belt Length

4000mm Belt Length


Black & Yellow 179.14.759 £210.96 179.22.511 £234.62

Yellow 179.17.353 £210.96 179.26.335 £234.62

Red & White 179.19.970 £210.96 179.28.338 £234.62

Wall Mounted

Belt Cartridges

Red 179.15.362 £210.96 179.24.575 £234.62

Wall Clip 179.16.000 £13.91

Belt Link 179.17.430 £7.72

›› For entrances,

doorways, stairs etc

›› Easy to fix bracket

›› Black cartridge

›› Self tensioning

179.13.738 179.27.462

Belt

Colour

Black/Yellow Striped

Red/White Striped

200

Belt

Length

Wall Mounted

Wall Mounted - Magnetic


3000mm 179.18.124 £109.54 179.27.462 £136.14

4000mm 179.23.024 £136.14 179.23.187 £170.15

3000mm 179.13.738 £109.54 179.27.835 £136.14

4000mm 179.23.085 £136.14 179.21.407 £170.15

Traffic Line Heavy Duty Pallet Racking Protectors


›› Conform to DIN 4844 safety guidelines

›› Provide protection from vulnerable

frame ends & uprights

›› Made in steel & powder coated

yellow with black bands

›› Can effectively be used to protect

machines, partitioning, mezzanine

support columns, concrete columns etc

›› Right angle - for corner protection

(bolted on 2 sides)

›› U-Profile - for three sided protection

(bolted on 3 sides)

›› Superior high strength & build quality

Description

Right Angle

Overall Size

H x W x Gauge mm

Fixing Bolts

required per protector

Weight

kg

Model

400 x 160 x 5 4 8 197.15.928 £36.65

400 x 160 x 6 4 9 197.13.182 £46.09

800 x 160 x 6 4 16 197.14.605 £85.18

1200 x 160 x 6 4 22 197.18.380 £127.01

Right Angle with Rollers 400 x 160 x 6 4 9 197.22.542 £100.51

U-Profile 400 x 160 x 6 6 11 197.18.365 £69.95

U-Profile with Rollers 400 x 160 x 6 6 12 197.22.021 £131.47

Fixing Bolts (2 per pack) 12 x 100 - 0.2 100.17.393.2 £3.05

Traffic Line - Collision Protection Bars

197.22.542 197.22.021

Price

›› Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc

›› Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians

›› Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness

›› Surface mounted with extra strength base plates

›› Powder coated in yellow with black bands

Description

Protection Bars

(needs 4 Bolts)

Overall Size

H x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

86 x 400 5 199.13.478 £31.07

86 x 800 7.5 199.19.220 £45.79

86 x 1200 10 199.14.143 £61.32

Fixing Bolts (4 per pack) 12 x 100 0.2 100.17.393.4 £6.09

201


Traffic Line - Protection Guards

›› High impact guards manufactured in 3mm gauge steel,

76mm dia. Superior high strength & build quality

›› Finishes: yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) or hot

dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use)

›› Protect your stock, traffic routes & work areas

›› Special size & colours are available - call for details

›› Sub-surface fixings are available - call for details

Description

Overall Size

H x W mm

Traffic Line - Steel Hoop Guards

Weight

kg

Bollards

›› Guards manufactured in 2mm gauge high quality steel, 48mm dia.

›› Ideal for the segregation & protection of vulnerable

zones such as walkways & machinery

›› Finishes: Yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use)

Hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat

with black bands (exterior use)

Powder

Coated

Galvanised &

Powder Coated


Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate 90 x 1200 14.5 - - 199.19.943 £139.19

Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing 90 x 1600 16.5 - - 199.17.454 £135.53

Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate 159 x 1200 33.5 - - 199.16.549 £274.21

Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing 159 x 1600 35.5 - - 199.15.852 £270.66

Protection Guards

Yellow - Surface Fixing Plate 350 x 375 10 195.15.621 £117.77 195.18.233 £160.30

Yellow with

Black Bands -

Surface Fixing Plate

350 x 750 12 195.14.450 £134.82 195.16.265 £184.26

350 x 1000 13 195.14.589 £148.73 195.13.499 £201.83

600 x 750 14 195.18.515 £163.76 195.17.623 £209.54

600 x 1000 16 195.18.943 £175.94 195.19.157 £224.47

1200 x 750 20 195.19.573 £208.02 195.17.296 £264.77

1200 x 1000 22 195.17.903 £223.35 195.18.822 £285.48

Surface Fixing Bolts (8 per guard - price per 8) 12 x 100 0.2 - - 100.17.393.8 £12.18

Yellow with

Black Bands -

Surface Fixing Plate

Corner Protection Hoops

350 x 600 20 195.13.241 £246.29 195.14.708 £330.86

600 x 600 24 195.14.637 £289.85 195.17.083 £387.61

1200 x 600 34 195.17.512 £366.50 195.13.874 £489.75


Description

Yellow with

Black Bands

Overall Size

H x W mm

Weight

kg

Powder

Coated

Galvanised &

Powder Coated


1000 x 1000 10 201.14.228 £179.80 201.15.512 £227.92

1000 x 1500 12 201.15.794 £200.10 201.17.982 £273.10

1000 x 2000 20 201.14.465 £234.01 201.13.553 £313.20


202

Heavy Duty Safety Barriers / Machine Guards


›› Constructed from heavy duty 115mm

diameter steel pipe, these

units are ideal for work areas

›› Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm

diameter holes for fixing

to the floor (not supplied)

›› These units are powder

coated yellow for high visibilty

FROM ONLY

£81.35

SMG02L In Use

SMG10H

SMG09B

SMG02L

Description

Overall

Height mm

Overall

Length mm

Mounting Plate

Size mm

Weight

kg

Model

High Profile Guard 1065 1220

17 SMG10H £166.70

Low Profile Guard 230 1220

200 x 200

12 SMG02L £114.65

Safety Bollard 915 - 10 SMG09B £81.35

Corner Guard 610 610 12 SMG15C £149.70

Protective Posts

›› Designed to protect building

doorways from accidental damage

›› Fully welded construction for floor

mounting - fixings included

›› Extra height posts available on

request for embedding into concrete

›› Powder coated in Yellow or Yellow & Black

›› Order quantities may apply, please

speak to the sales team

Price

SMG15C

FROM ONLY

£110.45

manufactured

YELLOW ONLY

Overall Size

H x Dia. mm

760 x 90

915 x 115

1100 x 170

Colour Model Price

Yellow PP0709YE £110.45

Yellow & Black PP0709YB £110.45





203


Barriers - Open & Mesh Infil

These safety barriers are designed for creating

protective barriers around machinery & equipment

and for defining walkways through industrial,

manufacturing & warehousing areas.

›› Choice of open or mesh infill panels


›› Powder coated high visibility yellow

›› Supplied with floor fixings

manufactured

i

Information

Gate Barrier Unit

with Mesh Infil

TAILOR MAKE YOUR

OWN BARRIER

Corner

Barrier Unit

Guard Barriers

Open Straight

Barrier Unit

OPEN STRAIGHT

BARRIER UNITS

Overall Size

L x H mm

Mesh Infil

Open


Gate Barrier Units

900 x 900 SBG0909M £195.20 SBG0909O £152.95

900 x 1100 SBG0911M £203.70 SBG0911O £163.00

1200 x 900 SBG1209M £213.90 SBG1209O £160.85

1200 x 1100 SBG1211M £227.90 SBG1211O £173.65

Straight Barrier Units

1200 x 900 SBS1209M £216.40 SBS1209O £164.35

1200 x 1100 SBS1211M £272.75 SBS1211O £210.35

2400 x 900 SBS2409M £345.35 SBS2409O £243.95

2400 x 1100 SBS2411M £361.50 SBS2411O £252.40

Corner Barrier Units

1200 x 900 SBC1209M £341.70 SBC1209O £232.00

1200 x 1100 SBC1211M £342.40 SBC1211O £235.00

Modular Barriers

These attractive tubular, safety barriers are ideal for

protecting walkways around machinery & shelving

and also for defining walkways through industrial,

manufacturing & warehouse areas.



›› Supplied with floor fixings

›› An economical range of protection barriers

for the end of pallet racking bays

›› Constructed from heavy gauge steel tube &

fully welded - no on-site assembly


›› Heavy duty floor fixing plate with bolts included

›› Sizes to suit single or double bays

Corner

Guard Barrier

Long Guard Barrier

MB1900

204

manufactured

Overall Size

H x L mm

Short Guard Barrier

Model

Price

940 x 1000 GBSG94 £158.10

Corner Guard Barrier

940H x 530W x 530D GBCG94 £176.10

Pillar Guard Barrier (Maximum pillar size: W600 x D480mm)

850H x 750W x 700D GBPG85 £202.05

Long Guard Barrier

Pillar

Guard Barrier

940 x 2000 GBLG94 £206.55

manufactured

Length x Height mm Model Price

To suit 700 x 620mm MB0700 £150.90

To suit 900 x 620mm MB0900 £168.10

To suit 1100 x 620mm MB1100 £191.10

To suit 1500 x 620mm MB1500 £208.35

To suit 1900 x 620mm MB1900 £254.30

To suit 2300 x 620mm MB2300 £283.05


Protective Rail System

›› Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular steel

›› Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc

›› Mounted on square floor plates (200 x 200mm) with pre-drilled fixing

holes (approx 12mm) for fixing to the

floor (fixings not supplied)

›› The corner rail gives the option of a

protective cage around equipment

›› Finish: powder coated yellow

Corner

Section

Triple Rail

SBR304

Single Rail

SBR104

FROM ONLY

£285.25

SBR200

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Double Rail

SBR204

Lift Out Rail System

Rail Length

Single Rail Height 380mm Double Rail Height 750mm Triple Rail Height 1120mm

Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

1220mm 27 kg SBR104 £285.25 58 kg SBR204 £540.00 84 kg SBR304 £725.85



Corner Section

1m x 1m

50 kg SBR100 £456.00 94 kg SBR200 £763.10 136 kg SBR300 £1018.10

›› The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery

›› Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square tubular steel & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular steel

›› Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied)


SBLR04 &

2 x SBLP11

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£113.05

Lift Out Rails

Rail Length

Weight

kg

Model Price

1220 mm 9 SBLR04 £113.05

1830 mm 13 SBLR06 £125.40

2440 mm 17.5 SBLR08 £156.85

3000 mm 21.5 SBLR10 £182.35

Modular Barrier System

3YR

GUARANTEE

Posts

Description

Single Rail - 500mm High

4 x SBLR04 &

2 x SBLP21 &

1 x SBLP22

Double Rail - 1100mm High

Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price

End Post 5.5 SBLP11 £126.55 10 SBLP21 £179.05

Corner Post 6 SBLP12 £148.75 10.5 SBLP22 £201.30

In Line Post 6 SBLP13 £148.75 10.5 SBLP23 £201.30

›› These units provide isolation for drums & machinery offering protection to products & operators

›› Manufactured from rectangular hollow section steel these units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles

›› Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the

floor with 12mm bolts (not provided)

›› Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts


Standard Unit

Extension Unit

Description

Length

mm

Height

mm

Model

Price

Standard 1000 1000 SB1000 £140.25

Extension 1000 1000 SE1000 £134.65

Standard 1500 1000 SB1500 £148.25

Extension 1500 1000 SE1500 £138.75

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

205


Steel Partition System

i

i

Information

QUICK & EASY

TO INSTALL

PARTITIONING

Information

›› Steel partition system which is ideal to

segregate areas of your workshop/warehouse

›› Fully modular to create your desired size

›› Posts are constructed from 50mm heavy duty

square tubular steel which are mounted on

floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing

to the floor (fixings not supplied)


›› When ordering please send drawing

showing design layout, including which side

is the front & any corner positions

CREATE YOUR

DESIRED

PARTITION

SIZE WITH EASE

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Front View

1 x SPS110, 2 x SPS210 & 3 x SPS250

Back View

1 x SPE110 (not visible),

2 x SPS210 &

3 x SPS250

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Single Height Connector Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPS110 £82.80

Double Height Connector Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPS210 £100.60

Single Height End Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPE110 £82.80

Double Height End Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPE210 £100.60

Single Height Corner Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPC310 £94.65

Double Height Corner Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPC410 £108.20

Steel Panel 995 x 2500 x 30 SPS250 £271.55

Traffic Mirrors

›› Help eliminate accidents & injuries

by eliminating blind spots

›› Convex traffic mirrors which

are ideal for outdoor use

›› High visibility orange casing

with impact resistant mirror

›› Complete with hood for weather

protection to help reduce sun glare

›› Complete with brackets & fixings

to fix the mirrors to a post

›› Can be fitted onto a pole

which is 76mm dia.

PRICES

HELD

i

Information

MIRROR HOOD

GIVES WEATHER

PROTECTION & HELPS

REDUCE SUN GLARE

206

TMH60Z

Description

Visibility

Distance

Weight

kg

TMH45Z

Model

Price

450mm dia. approx. 5 metres 1 TMH45Z £39.95

600mm dia. approx. 11 metres 2 TMH60Z £46.95


Steel Barrier System

›› Simple & easy installation

›› Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity

›› Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges

›› Available with single & double height posts

›› Mounted on square floor plates with

pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)

3 x SGP10Z &

4 x SGR11Z In Use

i

Information

TAILOR MAKE

YOUR OWN

BARRIER

Barriers

3 x SGP04Z & 2 x SGR11Z In Use

Length

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

508 10 SGR05Z £76.40

1118 18 SGR11Z £126.65

1728 26 SGR17Z £176.15

2337 34.5 SGR23Z £231.40

Posts - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts

Heavy Duty Barrier System

›› Simple & easy installation

›› Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity

›› Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges

›› Available in either a powder coated yellow

finish or galvanised for outdoor use

›› Mounted on square floor plates with

pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)

Height

mm

FROM ONLY

£106.05

Post Size

W x D mm

Mounting Plate

Size W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Single - 483 100 x

254 x

16.5 SGP04Z £112.90

Double - 1093 100

254

27.5 SGP10Z £172.10

i

Information

GALVANISED

BARRIERS ARE

IDEAL FOR

OUTDOOR USE

3 x BPY04Z,

1 x BBY06Z

& 1 x BBY24Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

3 x BPG04Z,

1 x BBG06Z

& 1 x BBG24Z

Barriers

Length

mm

Weight

kg

Stove Enamel Yellow

Galvanised


610 8 BBY06Z £106.05 BBG06Z £121.15

915 10 BBY09Z £129.85 BBG09Z £150.40

1220 12 BBY12Z £135.60 BBG12Z £157.90

2440 24 BBY24Z £178.40 BBG24Z £224.90

3 x BPG04Z,

1 x BBG06Z

& 1 x BBG24Z

Posts - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts

Post Size

mm

Mounting Plate

Size mm

Post

Height mm

Weight

kg

Stove Enamel Yellow

Galvanised


100 x 100 220 x 220 510 10 BPY04Z £155.30 BPG04Z £170.75

207


Traffic Line - Impact

Protection Railing System

›› Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system

›› Interior use - powder coated yellow

›› Exterior use - hot dip galvanised & powder coated yellow

›› Superior high strength & build quality

›› Posts: 100 x 100mm section

Base Plate: 200 x 200mm

Surface fixing (4 bolts)

›› Lateral rails: 120 x 80mm section

Bollards & Posts

Cross Bars

Cross Weight Interior Use

Exterior Use

Bar mm kg Model Price Model Price

1000 9.5 194.18.997 £86.80 194.16.672 £135.53

1200 11.5 194.16.172 £93.91 194.14.863 £146.19

1500 14 194.15.942 £116.65 194.16.449 £181.73

2000 18 194.13.434 £152.59 194.13.826 £237.56

Traffic Line - Impact Protection

Shock Absorbing Pad

Description

Overall Size Weight Interior Use

Exterior Use

H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price

Bollard 1000 x 100 x 100 16 194.15.516 £105.99 194.13.700 £164.97

End Post 500 x 100 x 100 10 194.16.094 £83.96 194.15.765 £130.46

Centre Post 500 x 100 x 100 10.5 194.18.550 £91.47 194.18.142 £141.83

90 o Angle Post 500 x 100 x 100 10.5 194.13.760 £92.89 194.15.032 £154.82

End Post 1000 x 100 x 100 17 194.14.244 £125.89 194.13.501 £195.94

Centre Post 1000 x 100 x 100 18 194.17.026 £143.35 194.13.894 £223.35

90 o Angle Post 1000 x 100 x 100 18 194.18.205 £148.63 194.15.572 £231.88


Railing Gate

›› Shock absorbing pad enables the posts & bollards to

deflect by up to 10°. This allows the railing system

to absorb shocks & impacts whilst damage is reduced

significantly. The pad is UV, weather/temperature

resistant & increases the height of the railing system

by 40mm (installed by the use of 4 chemical

anchor bolts per post/bollard)

›› Designed to fix to end posts, centre posts or corner

posts & can be hung on the left or right hand side

›› Can be manually opened 90° inwards or outwards

Description

208

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Pad for Post 50 x 200 x 200 0.6 422.21.456 £34.92

Chemical Anchors 300 x 100 x 100 2 100.20.858 £66.60

Overall Size

L x H mm

Gate Size

L x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

905 x 520 835 x 475 12 194.20.653 £236.35



›› Manufactured in flexible, age-resistant

foam which is free from CFC’s & silicones

›› Ideal for interior or exterior use

›› Simply cut to size on site with a knife or fine toothed saw

›› Provide both visual warning & safety cushioning

›› Protect protruding edges in your warehouse or goods in area

›› UV resistant signal colours according to DIN 4844

›› Temperature resistant from -40 o C to +90 o C

›› Easy to install to dust & grease free surfaces

›› Other colours / profiles available - call for details

Trapeze

40/40

Trapeze

40/40/8

Edge Protection

Trapeze

40/40

30/50mm

Pipes

External

Corner

Right

Angle

30/30

Semi

Circular

40/32

50/70mm

Pipes

Tri

External

Corner

Right

Angle

60/60

Surface Protection

External

Corner

Tri

External

Corner

Rectangle

60/20

Push-fit Protection

Trapeze

40/80/8

Semi

Circular

40/40/8

Pipe Protection

70/100mm

Pipes

Internal

Corner

Internal

Corner

Semi

Circular

40/40

Rectangle

25/30/5

Corner Edge Protection

Trapeze


Semi Circular

Self-Adhesive Fitting Magnetic Fitting

Description Colour Length


Edge Protection

Trapeze - 40/40 Yellow/Black 1000 422.14.275 £31.07 422.23.243 £36.55

Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.559 £29.24 422.24.979 £34.62

Right Angle - 30/30

White 1000 422.15.712 £29.24 - -

Right Angle - 60/60 Yellow/Black 1000 422.18.566 £47.61 422.25.253 £53.10

Yellow/Black 1000 422.19.099 £31.07 422.20.276 £36.55

Semi Circular - 40/40

White 1000 422.15.039 £31.07 - -

Surface Protection

Trapeze - 40/40 Yellow/Black 1000 422.18.441 £30.05 422.26.582 £36.45

Yellow/Black 1000 422.13.249 £30.05 422.27.977 £36.45

Semi Circular - 40/32

White 1000 422.18.541 £30.05 - -

Yellow/Black 1000 422.19.912 £40.91 422.20.678 £47.31

Rectangle - 60/20

White 1000 422.18.163 £40.91 - -

Push-fit Protection (Push Fit)

Trapeze - 40/40/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.13.264 £28.63 - -

Trapeze - 40/80/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.15.601 £45.18 - -

Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.696 £28.63 - -

Semi Circular - 40/40/8

White 1000 422.18.250 £28.63 - -

Rectangle - 25/30/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.26.168 £30.46 - -

Pipe Protection

40: for 30-50mm Pipes Yellow/Black 1000 422.16.740 £54.52 422.21.293 £60.00




Trapeze External Corner Black - 422.18.641 £16.75 - -

Trapeze External Tri Corner Black - 422.16.525 £15.33 - -

Trapeze Internal Corner Black - 422.18.012 £15.33 - -

Black - 422.19.578 £13.91 - -

Semi Circular External Corner

White - 422.14.008 £13.91 - -

Black - 422.18.356 £13.91 - -

Semi Circular External Tri Corner

White - 422.17.487 £13.91 - -

Semi Circular Internal Corner Black - 422.17.839 £13.91 - -

209


Protect-It

Does your warehouse meet HSE requirements?

HSE document HSG76 states: ‘Where racking is likely to be

struck by lift trucks & other vehicles it should be protected’

i

Information

HSE GUIDELINES

STATE THAT EVERY

UPRIGHT SHOULD

BE PROTECTED

If you are going to conform to HSE requirements make sure you fit a

protector that meets the recognised European Standard FEM 10.2.02.

›› Passes both front/side impact tests to conform to FEM 10.2.02

›› Deflects in the same way as a car bumper to absorb impacts

›› Easy to fit by hand - no tools required

›› Easy to remove for rack inspections

›› Effective in cold stores as low as -40 o C

›› Sold in over 70 countries throughout the world

Please specify type of racking if known when ordering or send a photo of the racking

Protection

Height

Protect-It MAXI

Uprights

upto 90mm

Protect-it MAXI is a revolutionary structural column

guard designed to minimize damage to building

columns especially suited to mezzanine floor columns

›› Fits any column size beginning with 100mm (4”) &

increasing in 25mm (1”) increments to fit any size &

shape including square, rectangular, ‘H’ section,

‘I’ section, round or even walls

›› Slim line construction saves space. Only

adds 75mm to each side of the column

›› Provides even impact absorption from all directions

›› Improves workplace safety

›› Securely fits around columns ◆

›› Tested to withstand a 2.7 tonne fork lift truck

hitting a 200mm column at 6km/hour - no

damage to the column occurred

Uprights

between 90mm x 120mm wide

268mm £15.95 £18.13

400mm £23.93 £27.20

Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For orders

less than this please add £25.00 per order.

For Column Sizes

Between mm

Price

500mm High

Price

1000mm High

Square or ‘H’ Section

100 x 100 & 140 x 140 £104.64 £202.74

150 x 150 & 300 x 300 £202.74 £405.48

325 x 325 & 425 x 425 £307.38 £608.22

450 x 450 & 600 x 600 £405.48 £810.96

Round Section

175

200

300

£202.74 £405.48

Protect-It Wall (per linear metre - actual size 1080L x 500H mm)

- £405.48 -

210

Wall Protection: can conform to the shape

of the wall (1080L x 500H mm)


Column Protectors

Slimline Protector - CP100 & CP150

›› Impact protection for

columns & girders

›› Easy to assemble with no fixings

- fit with velcro straps

›› Manufactured from highly

flexible & strong polyethylene

›› Available in a range of sizes which

are suitable for warehouses,

mezzanine floors & carparks

Protector - CP200

Universal Protector

can be cut to required size

Protector - CP300

Pair of Infils

Bollard Sleeves

Description

Infil110 Infil210 Infil310

Size

mm

Model

Price

Slimline Protector to fit columns 100 x 100mm 1000H x 390W x 435D CP100 £171.36

Slimline Protector to fit columns 160 x 160mm 1000H x 390W x 435D CP150 £171.36

Protector to fit columns 160 x 160mm or 210 x 210mm 1100H x 600dia CP200 £230.40

Protector to fit columns 260 x 260mm or 310 x 310mm 1100H x 600dia CP300 £230.40

Pair of infils to increase the CP200 or CP300 by 110mm 1100H x 110W Infil110 £69.12



Universal Protector to fit columns 200mm to 700mm 1000H x 700W x 700D UNCP £204.48

PRICES

HELD

›› Durable plastic sleeves to protect

steel bollards from weathering

›› Manufactured from low density polyethylene

which requires no maintenance or re painting

& protects the bollard from rust

›› Easy to fit: just slide over existing steel bollard

›› Sleeve is 1220mm high but can be cut

to suit bollards which are smaller than this

›› Secure fit with self adhesive foam strip

›› Available in: yellow with black strip or

green, yellow, red, blue with reflective strip

PRICES

HELD

126mm Dia.

183mm Dia.

Description


Yellow with 180mm Black Strip BS126YB £55.00 BS183YB £58.00

Yellow with 60mm Reflective Strip BS126Y £55.00 BS183Y £58.00

Green with 60mm Reflective Strip BS126G £55.00 BS183G £58.00

Red with 60mm Reflective Strip BS126R £55.00 BS183R £58.00

Blue with 60mm Reflective Strip BS126B £55.00 BS183B £58.00

211


Cable Protection Ramp - Reel

›› Easily deployed - roll out, cut to length &

press cable/hose into the recess

›› Enables you to drive over cables &

hoses without causing them damage

›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber

›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 20mm

Small Cable Protection Ramps

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

10,000 x 100 x 30 21 279.26.118 £106.90

›› Easily & quickly installed

›› Enables you to drive over cables &

hoses without causing them damage

›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber

›› Yellow & black elements provides high visibility

›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 40mm

Colour

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Yellow

1200 x 215 x 65 12.8

279.28.720 £62.84

Black 279.21.784 £62.84

Large Cable Protection Ramps - 3

›› Enables you to drive over cables, hoses

& pipes without causing them damage


›› High strength rubber compound ramp

with a polypropylene chequer plate,

anti-slip, yellow surface moulded cover

›› All sections can be safely interlocked

›› Features 3 cable ducts: 2 cables

68 x 50mm, 1 cable 55 x 50mm

›› End sections & 45º elbow sections

are available for corners & curves

›› Tested to 10,000kg axle weights

212

Description

Colour

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Centre element Black & Yellow 960 x 600 x 75 26.5 279.23.799 £78.58

Angle - left Black & Yellow 500/200 x

279.29.848 £39.49

12

Angle - right Black & Yellow 600 x 75

279.26.562 £39.49

End element - Female

Black

279.20.233 £16.65

283 x 600 x 75 3

End element - Male Black 279.22.899 £16.65

Price


Traffic Line - Wheel Stop Park It


›› Highly visible reflective markings

›› Oil & heat resistant. Also UV stable

›› Fixings included

i

Information

PREVENT VEHICLE

OVERUNS

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Black & Yellow

Black & White


550 x 150 x 100 284.25.388 £31.07 - -

900 x 150 x 100 284.26.220 £36.04 284.22.610 £36.04

1200 x 150 x 100 284.21.568 £50.15 284.26.766 £50.15

1800 x 150 x 100 284.26.285 £64.16 284.27.586 £64.16

20kg 2 Component Resin Based Adhesive (5kg bonding agent & 15kg Quartz Sand Activator) 284.25.975 £110.86

i

Information

MOUNT KERBS

EASILY

Traffic Line

Kerb Ramp

›› Enables vehicles, trolleys

& wheelchairs to mount

kerbs easily


›› All rubber construction

›› Features channels in the

base which allow the

passage of rainwater or

can be used to channel

cable through

›› Load capacity

up to 40,000kg

279.23.929

279.20.108

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

600 x 300 x 100 11 279.23.929 £40.10

600 x 360 x 150 20 279.20.108 £59.49

213


manufactured

Speed Ramps

›› Quick & easy to install

›› Heavy duty 99% recycled PVC segments which

have high UV & chemical resistance.

All parts are re-useable & recyclable

›› White reflectors offer excellent visibility

›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles & will not

deform or crack in extreme weather conditions

›› Central channel available for wiring

›› Supplied complete with fixings

Description

50mm Speed Ramp

75mm Speed Ramp


2 Metres SB22(5)20 £110.37 SB22(7.5)20 £125.27

2.5 Metres SB22(5)25 £131.61 SB22(7.5)25 £154.59

3 Metres SB22(5)30 £168.41 SB22(7.5)30 £200.19

3.5 Metres SB22(5)35 £188.39 SB22(7.5)35 £221.47

4 Metres SB22(5)40 £213.19 SB22(7.5)40 £249.04

4.5 Metres SB22(5)45 £234.17 SB22(7.5)45 £287.71

5 Metres SB22(5)50 £255.14 SB22(7.5)50 £314.66

5.5 Metres SB22(5)55 £293.33 SB22(7.5)55 £360.71

6 Metres SB22(5)60 £307.30 SB22(7.5)60 £390.26

6.5 Metres SB22(5)65 £328.27 SB22(7.5)65 £406.70

7 Metres SB22(5)70 £349.84 SB22(7.5)70 £443.89

7.5 Metres SB22(5)75 £369.97 SB22(7.5)75 £465.00

8 Metres SB22(5)80 £407.26 SB22(7.5)80 £476.61

8.5 Metres SB22(5)85 £428.23 SB22(7.5)85 £514.23

Height Restriction Barriers

Surface Mounted Flow Plates

›› DON’T BE FOOLED BY FAKE, this original patented

design is and has been UK Manufactured for over

25 Years. The Surface Mounted Flow Plate has been

designed to offer advantages over the sunken design.

This product is strong enough to withstand the

heaviest goods vehicle, or with the flap reduced to

115mm, will provide the strength and flexibility to

allow all types of vehicles (standard design maximum

weight 1 tonne per axle) to travel over them.

Another advantage these plates offer is eliminating

the problem of piercing roadway surfaces, no more

digging holes as these simply bolt down to the

surface providing an easy yet effective traffic

control solution.

HGV Deflator

›› Tough & heavy duty ›› Easy & quick to install


Standard Flow Plate (up to 1 tonne per axle) SB14S £171.43

HGV Flow Plate SB14 HGV £314.29

HGV Deflator SB14 HGVD £444.04

Standard Locking Bar - £16.20

HGV Locking Bar - £21.89

Fixings (each) - £1.64

›› Manufactured from 100mm Square box

section the SB.23 is available as a fixed

height restriction or an opening option for

temporary access. Both options are

available surface mounted (up to 7 metres

only) or concrete in. Both designs are

manufactured to your width and height

requirements however, 2.1 metres is the

standard height if not specified. The

opening barrier is available single leaf

(up to 6 metres) and double leaf (6

metres and above) & can be locked in the

open position, using an optional latch back

post. “Maximum Height” Nudge Bar is

optional extra but recommended. Supplied

powder coated & galvanised is available

at additional cost - call for details

Description

Fixed

Opening


3 Metre SB.23F-3 £773.29 SB.23H-3 SINGLE £873.73



6 Metre

SB.23F-6 £1066.09 SB.23H-6 SINGLE £1158.20

- - SB.23H-6 DOUBLE £1244.44

7 Metre SB.23F-7 £1139.26 SB.23H-7 DOUBLE £1356.63



214

manufactured


Manual Raise Arm Barrier

›› Our carefully designed pivot post has the strength to cover up to 9 metre road widths (8 metre for the

standard design) and can still be operated by one person alone. Also combined with a strong stainless steel

pivot bar and two heavy duty bearings. Supplied with a high quality aluminium boom this barrier is a great

way of ensuring complete traffic management. Comes complete with Red & White or a Black & Yellow Boom

(size to your specification), Traffic Red Pivot post, end rest, padlock & fixings.

Heavy Duty Version

Standard Duty Version

Heavy Duty - thicker steel & heavier ballast

manufactured

Standard Duty

manufactured

Access Gate


6 Metre Boom SB4-6HD £1017.76

6.5 Metre Boom SB4-6.5HD £1052.04


7.5 Metre Boom SB4-7.5HD £1121.93


8.5 Metre Boom SB4-8.5HD £1254.20


›› Robust, durable gate suitable for access control

which is manufactured from 100mm box section

›› Available as single (up to 6m) or double leaf. Both

options are supplied with hinge posts & can be locked

in the open position using an optional latch back

post. The single leaf option comes with a latch

post for locking in the closed position & the double

leaf comes with a central locking bar

›› Supplied traffic red but can be supplied black,

yellow or galvanised - please call for details


3 Metre - Single Leaf SB.18-3S £784.29




6 Metre - Double Leaf SB.18-6D £1129.36





3 Metre Boom SB.43M £642.86






Optional Extras: Stop / No Entry Sign £25.53

manufactured

Height Restriction Nudge Bar

›› The perfect solution for warning vehicles of height

restrictions ahead. Suitable for car parks,

construction sites, warehouses or anywhere

that requires restricted access

›› Manufactured from a 76mm Dia aluminium tube

& comes with eyebolts to suit

›› Supplied Yellow & Black as standard. Chain not

supplied, but available at extra cost - call for details


manufactured

2 Metre Width SB.23HRB-2 £135.06





215


Economy Posts

›› Constructed from 50mm square

mild steel coated yellow with a

quick & easy bolt down design

& easy collapsing mechanism

›› Stands 610mm high

Parking Posts

›› Multiple posts can be keyed alike

›› A fixed post is available surface

mounted or concreted in - call

for details

›› Available Hi

Viz Yellow &

winged for

larger spaces

SB.28HP

manufactured

SB.28W

SB11HI

manufactured

SB11W

in Yellow



Winged Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied) SB.28W £83.56

Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied) SB.28HP £68.93

Fixed Surface Mounted SB.28SM £45.71

Fixed Sunken Permanent SB.28SP £42.14

Heavy Duty Fold Down Bollard

›› Padlock facility at the top of the post

(padlock not supplied) complete with

handles for easy operation

›› 1000mm high with a 230 x 230mm

base (fixings not supplied)

Hinged Padlock Type (Zinc Plated) SB11HP £66.67

Hinged Integral Lock (Zinc Plated) SB11HI £71.43

Hinged Integral Lock (Yellow) SB11HIY £71.43

Winged c/w Integral Lock (2 keys) SB11W £121.91

Fixed Surface Mounted SB11SM £62.06

Fixed Sunken Permanent SB11SP £56.43

Removable Security Posts

›› The base is coupled to the steel post by a padlock

(not supplied) & stands 1000mm high. The handles

create easy lifting for this lightweight, yet strong

removable security solution. Powder coated semi

matt black with a white vinyl stripe complete with the

ground socket (replacement ground sockets available)

manufactured

SB.25HP

manufactured

2 x SB.24HP

Folded

SB.25R


Tough 90mm Square Hinged Padlock Post SB.25HP £150.14


Tough 90mm Round Hinged Padlock Post SB.24HP £133.41

Fixings to suit (pack of 4) SB.24F £6.57

High Vis Bollards

Tough 90mm Square Removable Security Post SB.25R £94.47

COMPLETE WITH GROUND SOCKET

SB.32 PEDESTRAIN REMOVABLE SECURITY POS

Tough 90mm Round Removable Security Post SB.24R £99.30

Pedestrian Street Bollards

SB.29FSM9

›› A perfect solution to

protect buildings, shutter

doors, loading bays or

anywhere similar

›› Constructed from 5mm

mild steel coated black

with two high visibility

Yellow stripes

manufactured


1000mm

BRAND NEW Removable Pedestrian Bollard manufactured from 76mm Diameter CHS

›› Removable steel bollard standing at

1000mm high. Complete with ground socket

& supplied with three Hi-Viz stripes, colour

of your choice; red, white or yellow - specify

when ordering. The base when not in use

sits flush with the surface & can be locked in

position by a padlock (padlock not supplied).

Also available as a fixed surface mounted

or concrete in option

Suitable for protecting pedestrian areas, driveways and pathways or anywhere similar.

the SB.32R is complete with ground socket and supplied with three Hi-Viz stripes, colou

White or Yellow.

The base when not in use sits flush with the surface and is manufactured from durbar fo

139.7mm dia. Fixed Surface Mounted - 900mm High SB.29FSM9 £125.71

139.7mm dia. Fixed Surface Mounted - 1200mm High SB.29FSM12 £145.89

139.7mm dia. Fixed Sunken Permanent - 1500mm High (Overall) SB29SP £134.29

90mm dia Fixed Surface Mounted (White Stripe) – 1000mm High SB.24SM £85.13

90mm dia Fixed Sunken Permanent (White Stripe) – 1500mm High SB.24SP £75.30

90mm dia fixed Sunken Permanent (Yellow Stripes) – 1500mm High SB.2990 £75.30

Fixings to suit (pack of 4) SB.29F £6.57

216

manufactured

SB.32R Padlock Facility

Description

Base sits flush when not in use

Model Price

76mm dia. Fixed Sunken Permanent SB.32SP £62.54

76mm dia. Fixed Surface SOCKET: Mounted 90mm (bolts Square not supplied) x 250mm deep. SB.32SM

76mm Dia Round POST: Removable 76mm (c/w o/d x Socket) 3mm thick x 1240mm SB.32R long.

£71.97

£88.00

240mm

Fixings to suit (Pack of 3) SB.32F £4.93

Powder coated with Red, White or Yellow Vinyl Stripes.

INSTALLATION: Hole required 400mm x 400mm x 400mm deep.


Traffic Line

Crowd Barrier - HDPE

›› This innovative crowd barrier

is manufactured in virgin

high density polyethylene

with no screws or rivets

used in the assembly

›› It is completely recyclable

and will not rust, is

remarkably durable and

strong, ensuring a long

productive life-cycle

›› Lighter than traditional

metal barriers it is easily

handled and deployed

on flat or uneven ground

›› No sharp edges

›› Easily stacked for storage

due to 360° swivel feet

›› Suitable for crowd control,

festivals, events,

queue control etc

NEW

230.31.607 x 2

Overall Size

W x H x D mm

Weight kg Model Price

2000 x 1100 x 50 10 230.31.607 £57.40

Traffic Line

Flexible Post

›› These posts have a

knuckle joint at the

base enabling them

to return to a vertical

position after being

hit or run over

›› Ideal for off-highway

applications

Knuckle

Joint

Height mm Model Price

460 291.10.114 £19.90

760 291.12.496 £26.09

1000 291.11.558 £31.78

60 - Base 291.11.145 £8.12

Traffic Cones

›› Two piece & one-piece

moulded cones with

retro-reflective D2 sleeves

›› The cellular construction of

the D2 sleeve provides

greater tear resistance

Traffic Line Flexible Post in application

TC2

Cone

TC3 Cone

(Sand Weighted)

TC1 Cone

Description Height mm Model Price

TC1-50 500 350.15.478 £12.08

TC1-75 750 350.16.862 £17.26

TC1-100 1000 350.17.100 £21.42

TC2 460 350.18.349 £7.31

TC3 (Sand Weighted) 750 350.13.537 £13.40

217


Extendable Trellis Barriers

›› Strong steel, expanding trellis

barriers which are very quickly

deployed to highlight no go areas

›› The units incorporate chain hooks

& red reflective warning strips

›› Foot depth of 500mm &

overall height of 1000mm

›› 340.11.363 - trellis bars are 25 x 4mm

›› 340.12.455 - trellis bars are 40 x 5mm

i

Information

EXTENDS

UP TO

4000MM

340.11.363

340.12.455

Traffic Line - Blow Moulded Barriers

Description

Max. Extended

Width

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Flexi-Light Barrier 3600 12 340.11.363 £195.84

Flexi Barrier 4000 19 340.12.455 £392.79

›› Manufactured in HDPE which is UV resistant

›› Bright orange with red/white reflective panels

which make them highly visible, day or night

›› Can be connected to each other using a

“hook & eye” system which makes them

very adaptable for use on uneven ground

›› Lightweight yet stable barriers which

incorporate non-trip 360° swivel feet for

compact storage & transportation

›› Conforms to requirements of BS EN 8442

& reflectivity to BS EN 12899-1

218

Overall Size

W x H x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2000 x 1000 x 50 14 230.27.647 £79.49


Econovex Safety Mirrors

›› Helps prevent accidents &

injuries by eliminating blind spots

›› Ideal for combating theft of

property & valuables

›› Impact resistant acrylic face

with vacuum metalised coating

›› Supplied with fully adjustable

‘J-arm’ mounting bracket

›› External mirrors

have ACM back for

added rigidity

PRICES

HELD

External

Mirror

Interior Mirror

Exterior Mirror

Description


300mm dia. M18021A £69.31 - -

400mm dia. M18036A £76.16 M18036JP £103.37

500mm dia. M18040A £99.94 - -

600mm dia. M18057A £123.83 M18056JP £165.82

Internal Mirror

A range of convex mirrors ideally suited for security & safety applications. Computer

designed curvature & vacuum metalised coating gives the brightest & sharpest image

Hemisphere Mirrors

Features:

›› Suits retail & industrial use

›› 90 º & 180 º mirrors wall

mounting - supplied with

dome top screws

›› 360 º mirror supplied with

dome top screws. Can be

suspended with kit included

›› Impact resistant acrylic

Hemisphere Model Price

300mm 90 o M18541H £48.84

450mm 90 o M18562H £57.95

600mm 180 o M18535H £86.33

900mm 180 o M18552H £124.90

600mm 360 o M18585H £162.39

900mm 360 o M18589H £258.91

180 º 90 º

Polycarbonate Anti-ligature Mirrors

360 º

Stainless Steel Anti-ligature Mirrors

›› Polycarbonate anti-ligature mirrors are specifically

designed for use in prisons & secure units where

security to both staff & prisoner/patient are critical

›› Virtually indestructible & a unique anti-ligature steel

frame give a clear distortion free reflection

›› Anti-ligature fixing hole design are tamperproof

& ideal for tough requirements

PRICES

HELD

›› Stainless steel anti-ligature mirrors are specifically

designed for use in prisons & secure units where

security to both staff & prisoner/patient are critical

›› Virtually indestructible, can’t be burnt & more

resistant to scratching. The unique anti-ligature

steel frame give a clear distortion free reflection

›› Anti-ligature fixing hole design are tamperproof

& ideal for tough requirements

M16505W

PRICES

HELD

M17527H

Description

Viewing

Distance M

Model

M17537H

Price

300 x 300mm Quarter Dome 6 M17527H £264.36

600 x 300mm Half Dome 6 M17537H £353.64

M500CD

Description

Viewing

Distance M

Model

Price

250 x 250mm Quarter Dome 5 M16525HL £326.17

500 x 250mm Half Dome 6 M16529HL £475.28

500mm Wall Dome 30 M16505W £447.81

500mm Ceiling Dome 5 M500CD £595.92

219


Wall Mounted Rack

3/4/5 Bicycle Racks

169.15.334

Sheffield Style Racks

›› Swivels up to 180 o

›› Compact & flexible design

›› Suitable for tyre width: 50mm

›› Manufactured in galvanised

steel with round tube

wheel locators

i

Information

SWIVELS

UP TO 180°

Stores

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model Price

1 Bike 335 x 90 x 285 169.17.113 £22.34

Hi-hoop Cycle Rack

›› Great value for money


›› Manufactured in galvanised steel

with round tube wheel locators

i

Information

FULLY ASSEMBLED

READY FOR

IMMEDIATE USE

Stores

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model Price

3 Bikes 255 x 725 x 330 169.28.632 £54.21

4 Bikes 255 x 1180 x 330 169.15.334 £64.67

5 Bikes 255 x 1340 x 330 169.19.382 £76.75

Lo-hoop Cycle Rack

›› Economic, durable &

effective bike storage

›› Manufactured in mild

steel galvanised

›› 48mm dia. x 2.5mm

gauge steel tube

›› Size (above ground):

750W x 850H mm

›› Surface fixing plates:

70 x 160 x 5 mm


Surface Fixing 169.88.041 £85.89

Sub-surface Fixing 169.88.045 £70.76

›› Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction


›› Accessible from both sides

›› Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction


›› Accessible from one side

manufactured

169.14.981

169.13.416

Stores

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2 Bikes 415 x 700 x 390 169.13.535 £65.28

3 Bikes 415 x 1050 x 390 169.18.628 £90.05

4 Bikes 415 x 1400 x 390 169.15.104 £116.55

5 Bikes 415 x 1750 x 390 169.14.981 £140.41

6 Bikes 415 x 2100 x 390 169.15.566 £166.80

220

Stores

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2 Bikes 415 x 700 x 550 169.19.379 £65.48

3 Bikes 415 x 1050 x 550 169.17.164 £95.13

4 Bikes 415 x 1400 x 550 169.14.842 £127.72

5 Bikes 415 x 1750 x 550 169.13.432 £151.88

6 Bikes 415 x 2100 x 550 169.13.416 £175.53


Traditional Cycle Shelters

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Grey

Blue

Green

Red

Black


Finish & Installation

Shelters are supplied in knock down

form. Installation service is available

upon request - call for details

›› Choice of galvanised or powder coated

sheet steel side & back panels

- light grey panels supplied as standard

›› Adjustable feet for on-site positioning

›› Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete

included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick

concrete for stability

›› High capacity shelters can be

created using runs of initial

& extension shelters or

double depth shelters

›› Shelter height - 2180mm

Picture shows

Shelter & Bike Rack

manufactured

Powder Coated Sides With Open Back Frame

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Galvanised Sides With Open Back Frame

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Shelter

Model

Shelter

Model

Traditional Racks

Price

Extension

Model

2180 x 2450 x 1900 SC211924G £1210.17 SC211924GE £1047.31

2180 x 2450 x 2500 SC212524G £1313.39 SC212524GE £1108.21

2180 x 3060 x 1900 SC211930G £1555.74 SC211930GE £1452.46

2180 x 3060 x 2500 SC212530G £1688.14 SC212530GE £1572.95

Price

Extension

Model

Price

2180 x 2450 x 1900 SC211924B £1726.54 SC211924BE £1551.77

2180 x 2450 x 2500 SC212524B £1890.72 SC212524BE £1681.52

2180 x 3060 x 1900 SC211930B £2082.71 SC211930BE £1942.36

2180 x 3060 x 2500 SC212530B £2322.36 SC212530BE £2131.69

Price

With Closed Back Frame

Shelter

Model

Price

With Closed Back Frame

Extension

Model

Price

SC211924C £2005.91 SC211924CE £1786.95

SC212524C £2160.82 SC212524CE £1960.89

SC211930C £2387.23 SC211930CE £2213.79

SC212530C £2640.12 SC212530CE £2425.63

Shelter

Model

Price

Extension

Model

Price

SC211924K £1394.21 SC211924KE £1192.63

SC212524K £1477.62 SC212524KE £1253.87

SC211930K £1730.51 SC211930KE £1547.80

SC212530K £1865.56 SC212530KE £1604.73

›› Twin level bike racks for use with Traditional

Shelters (see the shelter range above)

›› Powder coated dark grey

›› Fully welded - no assembly required

›› Simply bolts to the floor

(fixings not supplied)

manufactured

Stores

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

6 Bikes 935 x 1750 x 600 SRTRADCR6KXX £264.81

8 Bikes 935 x 2350 x 600 SRTRADCR8KXX £331.01

221


i

Information

OFFERS FLOOR

TO ROOF LEVEL

PROTECTION

FROM THE

ELEMENTS

Dudley Cycle Shelters

The Dudley Shelter combines contemporary design at

a competitive price. This Shelter is available with a

perspex roof and optional end panels in a galvanised

finish or a galvanised with a powder coated finish.

›› Leg frames can either be bolted to

the floor or grouted into the ground

›› Designed for use with our Sheffield Loops

›› Initial shelters can be linked side

by side to form longer runs


›› Supplied with a 4mm PETG perspex roof

›› Powder coated finish in 5 colours; jet black,

pine green, traffic blue, red or light

grey - please specify when ordering.

222

Overall Size

H x D x W mm

manufactured

Perspex End Panel

Sheffield Cycle Loop

Size

Adult

(800H x

715W)

Junior

(600H x

715W)

Galvanised Unit

Galvanised & Painted Unit


2230 x 2150 x 2000

SCDUD2020VXX £1311.50 SCDUD2020J £1480.22

Without

2230 x 2150 x 4000 SCDUD4020VXX £1574.70 SCDUD4020J £1771.54

2230 x 2150 x 2000

SCDUD2020VPX £1592.70 SCDUD2020P £1761.42

With

2230 x 2150 x 4000 SCDUD4020VPX £1855.90 SCDUD4020P £2052.73

Loops

Galvanised Unit

SRSHT80713VX

Zinc & Painted Unit


2 SRSHT80712VX £258.60 SRSHT80712JX £258.60

3 SRSHT80713VX £388.94 SRSHT80713JX £388.94

4 SRSHT80714VX £519.27 SRSHT80714JX £519.27

5 SRSHT80715VX £649.60 SRSHT80715JX £649.60

2 SRSHT60712VX £258.60 SRSHT60712JX £258.60

3 SRSHT60713VX £388.94 SRSHT60713JX £388.94

4 SRSHT60714VX £519.27 SRSHT60714JX £519.27

5 SRSHT60715VX £649.60 SRSHT60715JX £649.60


Cycle Shelter

›› Can fit up to 7 bikes

›› Constructed from heavy

gauge steel framework of

bolted components

›› Fitted with triple wall

polycarbonate roof & side

panels to protect the bikes

›› Modern & attractive design

›› Staggered storage to

prevent handle contact

›› Powder coated green

›› On-site construction


N.B. A fork lift will be needed to

unload the panelled sections

BCS07Z

£3299.65

BCS07Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Staggered Cycle Slots

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Cycle Shelter 2580 x 2430 x 2230 200 BCS07Z £3299.65

Industrial

Cycle Shelter

Price

›› Can fit up to 7 bikes

›› Constructed from heavy

gauge steel framework of

bolted components

›› Galvanised side panels

& PVC roof

›› Design features curved

roof & drainage gutters

›› On-site construction


N.B. A fork lift will be needed to

unload the panelled sections

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BCS03Z

£2930.80

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

BCS03Z

Weight

kg

Model

Industrial Cycle Shelter 2600 x 2480 x 2230 285 BCS03Z £2930.80

Price

i

Information

PROVIDE SECURE

STORAGE FOR

BICYCLES

223


Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter

ONLY

£881.15

BSSW6Z &

2 x BSSP7Z

›› Aesthetically pleasing design

›› On site construction available - ask for details

›› Complies to Smoking Regulations 2007

›› Box section construction which makes the

unit exceptionally sturdy & durable

›› The roof is made up of 16mm thick triple wall polycarbonate

sheet & front capping of 1mm galvanised sheet steel

›› The unit comes with two upright supports &

additional option of fill in end panels clad with 16mm

triple wall polycarbonate sheeting

›› Powder coated green

N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units. The unit must be securely

bolted to the wall & floor. Wall/Floor fixing bolts are not supplied with the unit

i

Information

COMPLY TO

SMOKING

REGULATIONS

2007

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

224

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter 2440 x 1100 x 2250 65 BSSW6Z £881.15

Optional Single Side Panel 1220 x 80 x 1085 20 BSSP7Z £309.25

Weight

kg

Model

Price


Smoking & Wheeled

Bin Shelters

›› No fixing required - simply

secure these units by using six

600 x 600mm paving slabs

(not supplied)

›› Fabricated from robust

heavy duty box section

›› Complemented by tri wall

fluted plastic side panels & a

galvanised sheet steel roof



i

Information

COMPLY TO

SMOKING

REGULATIONS

2007

BSS204

£1002.45

BSS204

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BWS204

£1002.45

i

Information

KEEP YOUR

WHEELED BIN

AREA NEAT

& TIDY

Overall Size

Model Price

L x W x H mm

Smoking Shelter

1980 x 1250 x 2040 BSS204 £1002.45

Wheeled Bin Shelter

1980 x 1250 x 2040 BWS204 £1002.45

BWS204

These units are supplied complete with 2 braces which fit securely

over the bottom leg brace. This allows you to place six 600 x 600

paving slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place. This

also gives a neatly finished & firm standing area.

225


Smoking Canopy

Frame Colour Options

L

B

For required colour please add

corresponding suffix to end of code

G


manufactured

›› This shelter provides

cover for up to 3 smokers

›› Translucent polycarbonate

roof provides up to 97%

UV protection

›› Simply bolts to a suitable

wall (fixings not included)

›› Site survey and erection service


Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1100 x 2000 x 1000 SS102011WM2 £640.96

Wall Mounted Shelters

NEW

›› Aimed at locations where space is at a

premium, this shelter provides cover for

up to 8 smokers.

›› Robust all-weather construction

›› Greater than 50% open

›› Translucent polycarbonate roof

provides up to 97% UV protection

›› Fixes to a suitable wall on one side

(fixings not included) while supporting

legs can be bolted to the floor

(Parabolts included). Must be bolted

to 250mm thick concrete for stability

›› Site survey and erection service


L

B



Premier Smoking Shelters


›› More than 50% open area to allow

rapid dispersal of fumes

›› Parabolts for surface mounting to

250mm thick concrete for stability

G

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2270 x 3000 x 1900 SS241930CWM £1069.18

manufactured

Shelter With Perspex Sides

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2270 x 3000 x 2100 SS223021X £4008.07

With Perforated Steel Sides

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Perch Seat

Model

Price

2270 x 3000 x 2100 SS223021P £3679.41


L

B



G

Finish & Installation

Shelters are supplied in knock down

form. Installation service is available

upon request - call for details

226

Description H x W x D mm Model Price

Light Grey Free Standing Perch Seat 900 x 1150 x 300 SSPAPSETZLXX £201.84


Smoking Shelter

BSS27Z

£3414.20

BSS27Z

›› Polycarbonate panels provide high impact strength,

200 TIMES STRONGER THAN GLASS

›› Fire resistant ›› Powder coated green

›› On site construction available - ask for details

›› A modern & versatile shelter featuring a curved

roof & drainage gutters on a firm & heavy gauge

steel skeletal framework of bolted components

›› PVC roof & 16mm triple wall polycarbonate side panels

›› This unit is ideal for keeping smokers in a covered

& designated smoking area

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Description

Information

COMPLY TO

SMOKING

REGULATIONS

2007

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

BSS27Z & BSOS7Z

N.B. - A Fork Lift & 1 member of staff are needed to

unload the panelled section & this unit must be

bolted down on a prepared level concrete base

Smoking Shelter 2580 x 2430 x 2230 200 BSS27Z £3414.20

Optional Perch - Factory Fitted 2580 x 300 30 BSOS7Z £297.70

Weight

kg

Model

Price

227


Rivet Workbenches

Allow 10 days

for the MFC Top

›› No nuts & bolts required -

the system simply taps

together with the use

of a hammer/mallet

FROM ONLY

£98.67

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


upto

600kg

evenly

distributed

Full Undershelf Workbench

Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

T Bar Workbench

Half Undershelf Workbench

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

228

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Bench

Load kg

Shelf

Load kg

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


Full Undershelf Workbench

915 x 915 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/09/07 £114.43 RRWB/09/09/07/M £148.73

915 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/09/09 £127.05 RRWB/09/09/09/M £165.21

915 x 1220 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/12/07 £131.79 RRWB/09/12/07/M £171.29

915 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/12/09 £145.90 RRWB/09/12/09/M £189.67

915 x 1525 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/15/07 £145.54 RRWB/09/15/07/M £189.26

915 x 1525 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/15/09 £161.81 RRWB/09/15/09/M £210.38

915 x 1830 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/18/07 £176.95 RRWB/09/18/07/M £229.95

915 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/18/09 £195.65 RRWB/09/18/09/M £254.31

915 x 2135 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/21/07 £194.62 RRWB/09/21/07/M £252.97

915 x 2135 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/21/09 £214.86 RRWB/09/21/09/M £279.28

915 x 2440 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/24/07 £217.69 RRWB/09/24/07/M £282.99

915 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/24/09 £240.97 RRWB/09/24/09/M £313.27

Half Undershelf Workbench

915 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/09/09 £116.49 RRWBH/09/09/09/M £151.46

915 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/12/09 £133.02 RRWBH/09/12/09/M £172.94

915 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/18/09 £174.59 RRWBH/09/18/09/M £226.96

915 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/24/09 £205.64 RRWBH/09/24/09/M £267.34

T Bar Workbench

915 x 915 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/09/07 £98.67 RRWBT/09/09/07/M £128.24

915 x 915 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/09/09 £108.97 RRWBT/09/09/09/M £141.68

915 x 1220 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/12/07 £106.97 RRWBT/09/12/07/M £139.05

915 x 1220 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/12/09 £117.68 RRWBT/09/12/09/M £153.01

915 x 1830 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/18/07 £133.69 RRWBT/09/18/07/M £173.81

915 x 1830 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/18/09 £146.72 RRWBT/09/18/09/M £190.76

915 x 2440 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/24/07 £153.93 RRWBT/09/24/07/M £200.13

915 x 2440 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/24/09 £168.61 RRWBT/09/24/09/M £219.13


Rivet Workstations

›› No nuts & bolts required -

the system simply taps


of a hammer/mallet

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


FROM ONLY

£158.72

upto

600kg

evenly

distributed

Allow 10 days

for the MFC Top

Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

Full Undershelf

Workstation

T Bar Workstation

Half Undershelf Workstation

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Overall Size

Bench Lower Shelf

Chipboard Top

MFC Top

H x W x D mm

Load kg Load kg


Full Undershelf Workstation

1830 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/09/09/03 £181.38 RRWS/18/09/09/03/M £235.82

1830 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/12/09/03 £209.66 RRWS/18/12/09/03/M £272.54

1830 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/18/09/03 £287.89 RRWS/18/18/09/03/M £374.30

1830 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/24/09/03 £351.54 RRWS/18/24/09/03/M £457.01

Half Undershelf Workstation

1830 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/09/09/03 £173.19 RRWSH/18/09/09/03/M £225.21

1830 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/12/09/03 £195.60 RRWSH/18/12/09/03/M £254.26

1830 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/18/09/03 £265.64 RRWSH/18/18/09/03/M £345.26

1830 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/24/09/03 £322.80 RRWSH/18/24/09/03/M £419.62

T Bar Workstation

1830 x 915 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/09/09/03 £158.72 RRWST/18/09/09/03/M £206.36

1830 x 1220 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/12/09/03 £180.71 RRWST/18/12/09/03/M £234.94

1830 x 1830 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/18/09/03 £238.29 RRWST/18/18/09/03/M £309.77

1830 x 2440 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/24/09/03 £286.19 RRWST/18/24/09/03/M £372.04

229


Heavy Duty Rivet

Mobile Bench


- the system simply taps


of a hammer/mallet

›› 18mm thick worktops

›› Mobile on 4 swivel

(2 with brakes) castors

RRMB/09/12/07

300kg

evenly

distributed

Allow 10 days

for the MFC Top

Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Bench

Load kg

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


880 x 915 x 610 300 RRMB/09/09/06 £156.92 RRMB/09/09/06/M £203.99

880 x 915 x 762 300 RRMB/09/09/07 £165.11 RRMB/09/09/07/M £214.65

880 x 915 x 915 300 RRMB/09/09/09 £175.15 RRMB/09/09/09/M £227.73

880 x 1220 x 610 300 RRMB/09/12/06 £168.35 RRMB/09/12/06/M £218.88

880 x 1220 x 762 300 RRMB/09/12/07 £177.83 RRMB/09/12/07/M £231.18

880 x 1220 x 915 300 RRMB/09/12/09 £189.21 RRMB/09/12/09/M £245.96

880 x 1525 x 610 300 RRMB/09/15/06 £179.74 RRMB/09/15/06/M £233.66

880 x 1525 x 762 300 RRMB/09/15/07 £190.50 RRMB/09/15/07/M £247.61

880 x 1525 x 915 300 RRMB/09/15/09 £203.22 RRMB/09/15/09/M £264.25

880 x 1830 x 610 300 RRMB/09/18/06 £201.62 RRMB/09/18/06/M £262.14

880 x 1830 x 762 300 RRMB/09/18/07 £215.27 RRMB/09/18/07/M £279.85

880 x 1830 x 915 300 RRMB/09/18/09 £231.03 RRMB/09/18/09/M £300.35

Rivet Wide Packing Workstations

›› No nuts & bolts required - the system simply

taps together with the use of a hammer/mallet

›› 18mm thick worktops

›› Complete with 2 x roll dispensers (bubble

wrap, corrugated packaging wrapping &

small parts bins are not included)

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Allow 10 days

for the MFC Top

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


FROM ONLY

£291.49

RRWPS/18/15/09/03

Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

230

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


1830 x 1525 x 915 RRWPS/18/15/09/03 £291.49 RRWPS/18/15/09/03/M £378.94

1830 x 1830 x 915 RRWPS/18/18/09/03 £325.12 RRWPS/18/18/09/03/M £422.66


Adjustable Height Workbench

FROM ONLY

£229.95

›› 38mm MDF worktop with a rubber edge

›› Constructed from steel angle

›› Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip

›› Reversible worktop to give a veneer wood

finish or a light grey melamine effect

i

Information

HEIGHT

ADJUSTABLE IN

25MM INCREMENTS

WBI00Z

i

Information

REVERSIBLE

WORKTOP TO

GIVE 2 FINISHES

WBI01Z

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1220 x 760 x 760 to 880 45 WBI00Z £229.95

1520 x 760 x 760 to 880 50 WBI01Z £253.35

230kg

evenly

distributed

231


Taurus Utility Workbenches

FROM STOCK

›› Ideal for factories, labs, retail environments & schools etc

›› 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging

›› Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames

›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load

capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted

either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can

only be positioned on the right hand side

›› Supplied knock down

250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

ST1841575

Depth: 900mm


Workbench

840 x 1500 ST1841575 £374.80 ST1841590 £437.70

840 x 1800 ST1841875 £382.30 ST1841890 £450.10

ST2841575

ST3841575

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with Single Drawer

840 x 1500 ST2841575 £528.25 ST2841590 £591.20

840 x 1800 ST2841875 £535.75 ST2841890 £603.60

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with 2 x Single Drawers

840 x 1500 ST3841575 £681.75 ST3841590 £744.65

840 x 1800 ST3841875 £689.25 ST3841890 £757.05

ST4841575

ST5841575

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with Triple Drawer

840 x 1500 ST4841575 £666.20 ST4841590 £729.15

840 x 1800 ST4841875 £673.70 ST4841890 £741.50

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with 2 x Triple Drawers

840 x 1500 ST5841575 £957.60 ST5841590 £1020.55

840 x 1800 ST5841875 £965.10 ST5841890 £1032.90

ST6841575

ST7841575

Overall Size

H x W mm

232

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer

840 x 1500 ST6841575 £819.70 ST6841590 £882.60

840 x 1800 ST6841875 £827.15 ST6841890 £895.00

Overall Size

H x W mm

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm


Workbench with Single Cupboard

840 x 1500 ST7841575 £512.30 ST7841590 £575.25

840 x 1800 ST7841875 £519.80 ST7841890 £587.60


TAURUS WORKBENCHES

FROM STOCK

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

manufactured

Red

Black

Blue


ST9841575

ST8841575

›› Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm

›› Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm

›› Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm

Overall Size

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm

H x W mm Model Price Model Price

Workbench with Single Drawer & Single Cupboard

840 x 1500 ST8841575 £665.80 ST8841590 £728.70

840 x 1800 ST8841875 £673.25 ST8841890 £741.10

Overall Size

Depth: 750mm

Depth: 900mm

H x W mm Model Price Model Price

Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Cupboard

840 x 1500 ST9841575 £803.70 ST9841590 £866.65

840 x 1800 ST9841875 £811.20 ST9841890 £879.00

Taurus Utility Workbench Accessories

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

C

D

A

B

Red

FROM STOCK

Blue

FROM STOCK

Black

extended

lead time

Other colours available - please call for details

E

F

250kg

evenly

distributed

Key Description Model Price

A 760mm Rear Support Posts ST076RSP £65.40*


B Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches ST3015US £108.90*


C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches ST15LTR £73.20*


D

Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long - please call for details

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH - WITH

COMPONENTS

FROM STOCK


E

Louvred back panel (480H mm) with

Pinboard for 1500mm Benches

ST15LBP £137.40*

E



ST18LBP £152.80*

F Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches** ST15WSD £107.85*


G Flat Screen Support Arm STFSSA £65.65*

**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

*Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

233


Taurus Cantilever Workbenches

FROM STOCK

›› Workshop bench suitable for use in assembly,

production & light engineering environments

›› 20mm high density laminate

worktop with 3mm PVC edging

›› Powder coated, iridium silver finish

on the workbench frames

›› Cantilever design allows maximum leg room

›› Height adjustable feet for easy levelling

›› Accessories available - see below for details

›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking

& have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each

drawer set can be fitted either on the left or

right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be

positioned on the right hand side

›› Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm

›› Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm

›› Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm

250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

ST18157 with

Accessories

Red

Black

Blue


C

Accessories

ST18157 & STSC444

A

D

DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS

B

E

F

Red

FROM STOCK

Blue

FROM STOCK

Black

extended

lead time

Other colours available - please call for details








D

E

E

234

Fluorescent Light - 1200mm Long - please call for details





ST15LBP £137.40*

ST18LBP £152.80*



- Flat Screen Support Arm STFSSA £65.65*

Description

Cantilever

Workbench

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Cantilever Workbench - 20mm Thick Laminate Top

Price

840 x 1500 x 750 ST18157 £406.05

840 x 1500 x 900 ST18159 £408.80

840 x 1800 x 750 ST18187 £420.50

840 x 1800 x 900 ST18189 £488.35

900mm deep workbenches are on extended lead time - please call for details

Description

**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Drawers & Cupboards

Model

Price

Single Drawer 220 x 420 x 420 STSD244 £153.50*

Triple Drawer 435 x 420 x 420 STTD444 £291.45*

Storage Cupboard 435 x 420 x 420 STSC444 £137.55*



All-purpose Heavy Duty Workbenches

FROM ONLY

£553.10

ECO157S, ECS750Z,

ECD100L & ECC204R

i

Information

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

HEAVY DUTY

WORKBENCHES

IDEAL FOR MANY

DIFFERENT

ENVIRONMENTS

›› Robust all-purpose workbench

›› Fully welded construction with

formed steel worktop

›› Optional extras available

›› Worktop height: 840mm

Workbench

Length

mm

Depth

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1500 750 46 ECO157S £553.10

1800 900 57 ECO189S £586.30

Optional Extras - Factory Fitted


ECO157S

Lower Shelf to Suit ECO157S ECS750Z £92.40

Lower Shelf to Suit ECO189S ECS900Z £102.90

Left ECD100L £245.30

Single Lockable Drawer

Right ECD200R £245.30

Lockable Cupboard

Left ECC104L £232.30

Right ECC204R £232.30

235


General Purpose Workbenches - Accessories

C

A

D

B

E

›› Accessories for the General

Purpose Workbenches shown on

the opposite page

›› Support Legs - must be used with

all the optional extras except the

rear/side lips & the Worktop

Electric Power Point

›› Adjustable Cantilever Shelf -

adjustable to 3 positions

›› Tool Rail - runs the length of the bench

›› Fluorescent Light - supplied with

3M of core cable & 13 amp plug

›› Worktop Electric Power Point -

complete with 2 double 13 amp

sockets. Supplied with 3M of core

cable & a safety cut out plug

i

Information

F

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH

WITH THESE

ACCESSORIES

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Bottom Shelf

Drawer & Cupboards

›› Factory fitted cupboard or single drawer

›› Drawer size: 440W x 570D x 155H mm

›› Cupboard size: 440W x 570D x 590H mm

Key

Description

1500mm Benches

1800mm Benches


A Rear Support Legs OPT106Z £164.00* OPT106Z £164.00*

B Adjustable Cantilever Shelf OPT252Z £179.15* OPT282Z £186.05*

C Tool Rail OPT199Z £49.60* OPT199Z £49.60*

D Fluorescent Light - 1220mm Long OPT197Z £291.05* OPT197Z £291.05*

Left Fitting

Model

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Grey


Right Fitting

Model

Price

Lockable Single Drawer

OPT100ZL OPT200ZR £245.30*

Cupboard

OPT104ZL OPT204ZR £232.30*

E Louvred back panel OPT353Z £249.40* OPT383Z £302.50*

F Worktop Electric Power Point** OPT198Z £335.05* - -

- Rear Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only) OPT454Z £35.70* OPT484Z £60.90*

Key Description 750mm Deep Benches 900mm Deep Benches

- Side Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only) OPT555Z £40.15* OPT585Z £41.05*

Bottom Shelf

Length

mm

1500

1800

To Suit

Depth

mm

›› The shelf sits within the frame of the bench

General Purpose Bench - Bottom Shelf

28mm Vinyl 25mm Plywood 28mm Warerite


750 ABS57L £243.80* ABS57P £189.75* ABS57W £260.50*

900 ABS59L £268.65* ABS59P £234.60* ABS59W £272.90*

750 ABS87L £229.10* ABS87P £190.80* ABS87W £273.95*

900 ABS89L £272.90* ABS89P £235.45* ABS89W £344.10*

236



General Purpose Workbenches

AB157W

AB157W & OPT204ZR

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH!!

ACCESSORIES

SHOWN ON THE

PREVIOUS PAGE

300kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

General Purpose Workbench shown

with a range of optional extras

›› Fully welded bench frames meet

the requirements of the assembly

& workshop environments

›› Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure

a level work surface


Worktop Options

›› 28mm vinyl faced plywood with wood edging

›› 25mm exterior plywood with wood edging

›› 28mm plastic chipboard faced with warerite or

similar grey surface & edges

Vinyl

Plywood

Warerite

Top Options 28mm Vinyl 25mm Plywood 28mm Warerite

Length

mm

Depth

mm


1500

1800

750 AB157L £713.05 AB157P £655.60 AB157W £724.15

900 AB159L £740.50 AB159P £674.15 AB159W £761.75

750 AB187L £737.35 AB187P £649.95 AB187W £796.25

900 AB189L £763.05 AB189P £703.05 AB189W £872.00

237


Heavy Duty Workbenches

manufactured

Workbench shown with optional triple drawer, cupboard unit & accessories

›› Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty

applications such as engineering & manufacturing

›› Fully welded construction for extra strength

›› Powder coated dark grey framework

›› Steel plate, beech, linoleum &

laminate worktop options

›› Full range of accessories available including

drawers, cupboards, shelves and sliding doors.

›› Standard bench height: 840mm (760 &

920mm also available - call for details)

Drawer & Cupboard Options

238


Single Drawer - 220 x 420 x 420 BXDR04021 £175.71

Triple Drawer - 435 x 420 x 420 BXDR04043 £301.90

Cupboard Unit - 560 x 420 x 420 BXCU04051 £191.68

Please Note: Only Light Grey Drawers &

Cupboards are available on 5 Day Delivery

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Green

Light Grey




Steel Plate Worktop

2 mm Thick

Size H x W x D mm Model Price

840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260SKXX £333.86

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275SKXX £372.21

840 x 1200 x 900 BJ841290SKXX £381.29

840 x 1500 x 600 BJ841560SKXX £383.09

840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575SKXX £454.10

840 x 1500 x 900 BJ841590SKXX £463.45

840 x 1800 x 600 BJ841860SKXX £406.97

840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875SKXX £477.98

840 x 1800 x 900 BJ841890SKXX £496.06

Laminate Worktop

20mm Thick

Linoleum Worktop

20mm Thick thick


840 x 1200 x 600 BJ8412608KXX £397.85

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ8412758KXX £412.52

840 x 1200 x 900 BJ8412908KXX £459.41

840 x 1500 x 600 BJ8415608KXX £478.13

840 x 1500 x 750 BJ8415758KXX £513.58

840 x 1500 x 900 BJ8415908KXX £585.50

840 x 1800 x 600 BJ8418608KXX £512.19

840 x 1800 x 750 BJ8418758KXX £526.89

840 x 1800 x 900 BJ8418908KXX £607.69

Lower Shelves -

Fitted Steel Plate

Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick


840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260BKXX £400.85

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BKXX £426.55

840 x 1200 x 900 BJ841290BKXX £467.51

840 x 1500 x 600 BJ841560BKXX £514.04

840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BKXX £543.07

840 x 1500 x 900 BJ841590BKXX £594.57

840 x 1800 x 600 BJ841860BKXX £539.04

840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BKXX £595.96

840 x 1800 x 900 BJ841890BKXX £660.73


840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260PKXX £397.85

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PKXX £412.52

840 x 1200 x 900 BJ841290PKXX £459.41

840 x 1500 x 600 BJ841560PKXX £478.13

840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PKXX £513.58

840 x 1500 x 900 BJ841590PKXX £585.50

840 x 1800 x 600 BJ841860PKXX £512.19

840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PKXX £526.89

840 x 1800 x 900 BJ841890PKXX £607.69


1200 x 600 BXLS1206XXXX £84.73

1200 x 750 BXLS1207XXXX £101.40

1200 x 900 BXLS1209XXXX £101.40

1500 x 600 BXLS1506XXXX £98.61

1500 x 750 BXLS1507XXXX £116.68

1500 x 900 BXLS1509XXXX £116.68

1800 x 600 BXLS1806XXXX £112.51

1800 x 750 BXLS1807XXXX £127.78

1800 x 900 BXLS1809XXXX £127.78

All RED product codes

are available

on 5 Day Delivery

Workbench Accessories

Heavy Duty Bench Accessories


A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £70.43

A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £85.62

B Upper shelf 300mm Laminate for 1200mm bench BEUS1200PXXX £98.36



C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench BERS1200XLXX £73.62



- 3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £57.49

- Tilting LED Light - 30 Watt - 1200mm BELED3012XXX £152.35

E Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench BELO4812IXXX £136.12



F Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench BESDWT122XXX £113.90

F Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench BESDWT15XXXX £116.68

F Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench BESDWT18XXXX £122.23

G Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench BESDSP12XXXX £125.01



H Monitor and keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £165.45

- Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC £65.11

Heavy Duty Bench Accessories


I Retaining Lip for 1200 x 600mm bench BXRL1206XXXX £49.57









J Vice Plate BXVICEPLXXXX £22.22

A

I

C

I

F

J

E

B

H

239


Stainless Steel

Preparation Workbenches


›› Manufactured from food quality

grade 304 stainless steel

›› Ideal for food preperation, healthcare

facilities & any other environment

where hygiene is essential


›› Hygienic - can be steam cleaned

The bottom shelf has an

integral rear lip

i

Information

CONSTRUCTED

COMPLETELY FROM

FOOD QUALITY

GRADE 304

STAINLESS STEEL

PB157S shown with PBS57S,

PBD03S, PBC04S, PBRL1S, PBPB5P,

PBSR6P, PBCS2P & PBLF7P

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

250kg

evenly

distributed

Workbench

Overall Size

L x D mm

Weight

kg

Optional Extras - factory fitted

Model

Price

1500 x 750 75 PB157S £1241.10

1800 x 900 102 PB189S £1453.70

PB157S fitted with

PBC04S & PBD03S


Bottom Shelf - 1500 x 575 PBS57S £184.55

Bottom Shelf - 1800 x 575 PBS89S £207.65

Cantilever Shelf* (Horizontal Fitting) PBCS2P £227.20

Rear Retaining Lip PBRL1S £80.30

Side Retaining Lip - Each PBSL2S £50.75

Single Drawer PBD03S £461.30

Lockable Cupboard PBC04S £504.75

Electric Powerpoint PBPB5P £459.50

Light Fitment* PBLF7P £302.00

* Support Rails are needed for use with Cantilever Shelf & Light Fitment

240

Support Rails* - for use with the

Light Fitment & Cantilever Shelf

PBSR6P £239.70

PB157S shown

with PBS57S


Heavy Duty Modular Workbenches

PR222M fitted with PRS22M,

PRE22M & PRSE2M

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

i

Information

DESIGNED

TO OFFER

INDEFINITE

LENGTHS OF

BENCHING

1000kg

evenly

distributed

›› Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides

›› Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments from 840 to 940mm

›› Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock

down. Extension units are not available on their own

›› 4 colour options available for the drawers & cupboard:

Red, Green, Blue or Grey - please specify when ordering

Modular Workbenches & Extension Units

PR222M

Optional Lower Shelves to suit Benches & Extension Units - factory fitted

To Suit

Bench mm

Shelf Size

mm

Lower Shelf to suit Bench

Top Options

Lower Shelf to suit Extension

Top Options

28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood 28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood

Length Depth Length Depth Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1500

2000

Bench mm

750

630 PRS57L £164.50 PRS57M £89.00 PRS57P £128.25 PRSE7L £164.50 PRSE7M £89.00 PRSE7P £128.25

1500

900 780 PRS59L £177.70 PRS59M £102.70 PRS59P £173.15 PRSE9L £177.70 PRSE9M £102.70 PRSE9P £173.15

1200

1130 PRS22L £263.20 PRS22M £116.50 PRS22P £192.55 PRSE2L £263.20 PRSE2M £116.50 PRSE2P £192.55

2000

1500 1380 PRS25L £308.80 PRS25M £162.70 PRS25P £250.95 PRSE5L £308.80 PRSE5M £162.70 PRSE5P £250.95

Optional Extras - factory fitted

Bench

Top Options

Description To Suit Model Price

Extension - only supplied with the main benches

Top Options

28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood 28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood

Length Depth Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1500

2000

750 PR157L £758.15 PR157M £615.60 PR157P £789.25 PRE57L £619.70 PRE57M £504.60 PRE57P £642.85




Upper 2 Shelf 1500 PRPT215Z £204.55

Upper 2 Shelf 2000 PRPT220Z £211.80

Light Rail - requires support legs PRPT97Z £290.05

Tool Rail - requires support legs PRPT99Z £49.60

Support Legs - for use with above PRPT06Z £164.00

Electrical Powerpoint PRPT98Z £334.25

Single Drawer:

440W x 570D x 155H mm

Double Drawer:

440W x 570D x 300H mm

Three Drawer:

440W x 570D x 445H mm

Four Drawer:

440W x 570D x 590H mm

Lockable Cupboard:

440W x 570D x 590H mm

Left PRPT10ZL £244.15

Right PRPT20ZR £244.15









PR222M fitted with PRS22M,

PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR

241


Binary Electric Height Adjustable Workbenches

F

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH

WITH THESE

ACCESSORIES

B

Binary Workbench Accessories

D

G


A Aluminium Accessory Frame (to suit 1200mm bench) BIALBFME12XX £177.82


A

C


B

B

B

C

C

D

D

E

E

Laminate Upper Shelf (to suit 1200mm bench)

50H x 1200W x 300Dmm


50H x 1500W x 300Dmm


50H x 1800W x 300Dmm

Peg Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)

500H x 450W x 30Dmm

Peg Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)

500H x 545W x 30Dmm

Louvre Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)

500H x 450W x 30Dmm

Louvre Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)

500H x 545W x 30Dmm

Magnetic Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)

500H x 450W x 30Dmm

Magnetic Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)

500H x 545W x 30Dmm

BIUS3012PLXX £114.62



BIBPPEG15LXX £66.42

BIBPPEG18-12 £69.63

BIBPLOV15LXX £66.42

BIBPLOV18-12 £69.63

BIBPMAG15LXX £66.42

BIBPMAG18-12 £69.63

F Shelf Dividers (Pack of 5) - to be fitted to the Upper Shelf BIDIVPK5LXXX £58.92

manufactured

G

G

G

Modular Half Shelf (to suit 1200mm bench)

50H x 600W x 150Dmm


50H x 500W x 150Dmm


50H x 600W x 150Dmm

BIMDS1200PLX £83.56



H

J

Light not included

I

Light Rail not included

Q

Binary Workbench Accessories


H

Modular Bin Rail (to suit 1200mm bench)

100H x 600W x 30Dmm (containers sold separately)

BIBINRL12LXX £29.99

K

L

H

H







I Above Bench Light Rail (to suit 1200mm bench) BILIGHTRL12LX £103.91

M

R



S

J Above Bench LED Light (20 Watt) BILED20WXXXX £116.26



K Worktop Service Duct - 130H x 410W x 55Dmm BISERVDCTLXX £83.33

L

Side Panel Support Arm (to be fitted with

panels or storage shelf) - 530Lmm

BISUPARM530L £80.34

M

Center Panel Support Arm (to be fitted with

panels or storage shelf) - 305Lmm

BISUPARM305L £72.84

N

O

P

N

Side Peg Board (to be fitted to panel support arm)

440H x 290W x 30Dmm

BISPPEG4429L £51.42

T

O

P

Side Louvre Panel (to be fitted to panel support arm)

440H x 290W x 30Dmm

Side Magnetic Panel (to be fitted to panel support arm)

440H x 290W x 30Dmm

BISPLOV4429L £51.42

BISPMAG4429L £49.28

Q

Container Storage Shelf (to be fitted to panel support arm)

To suit 80H x 100W x 160Dmm plastic containers

BICONSH51LXX £72.84

R Monitor Support Arm (Centre Fitted) - 305Lmm BIMONARM305L £77.13

S Monitor Support Arm (Side Fitted) - 530Lmm BIMONARM530L £91.05

E

T Adjustable Tilting Shelf (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench) BIADJSH18-12 £136.05

T Adjustable Tilting Shelf (to suit 1500mm bench) BIADJSH15LXX £132.83

242


manufactured

The Electric Height Adjustable

Binary Workbench offers a

premium solution for your

workshop. Each bench comes

fitted with a two-button

adjustment switch which

quickly & effortlessly adjusts

the height of the bench.

›› Adjusts between 660mm &

1300mm high

›› Available in widths of 1200mm,

1500mm & 1800mm

›› All above bench accessories

are fully modular & adjustable

›› Available with either a 30mm

Laminate top or a 27mm

Beech top

›› UDL of 240kg, evenly

distributed

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH!

ACCESSORIES

SHOWN ON THE

PREVIOUS PAGE

Workbench with Laminate Worktop (30mm Thick)

Workbench with Solid Beech Worktop (27mm Thick)

Size

H x W x D

Model

Price

Size

H x W x D

Model

Price

660/1300 x 1200 x 755 BIE661275PLX £1444.01

660/1300 x 1500 x 755 BIE661575PLX £1512.57

660/1300 x 1800 x 755 BIE661875PLX £1589.70

660/1300 x 1200 x 755 BIE661275BLX £1499.72

660/1300 x 1500 x 755 BIE661575BLX £1561.85

660/1300 x 1800 x 755 BIE661875BLX £1617.55

Premium Height Adjustment Module


Memory function which can store

up to 3 height positions

BIHADJ3MODXX £50.88

243


Ergonomic Workbenches - Accessories

3

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH

SYSTEM!

4

2

1

5

No.

1

2

3

4

5

244

Overall Size

D x W mm

To Suit TPH bench

length

Standard Version

Standard

Model

Price

1115 Length 1200 BP 120 £61.50

1415 Length 1500 BP 150 £71.75

1715 Length 1800 BP 180 £75.85

ESD Version

1115 Length 1200 BP 120 ESD £71.75

1415 Length 1500 BP 150 ESD £83.03

1715 Length 1800 BP 180 ESD £85.08

Standard Version

310 x 1200 1200 SH 120 £155.80

310 x 1500 1500 SH 150 £164.00

310 x 1800 1800 SH 180 £174.25

ESD Version

310 x 1200 1200 SH 120 ESD £228.58

310 x 1500 1500 SH 150 ESD £259.33

310 x 1800 1800 SH 180 ESD £288.03

1200 Length 1200 KT 120 £173.23

1500 Length 1500 KT 150 £177.33

1800 Length 1800 KT 180 £180.40

1200 Length - Bar 1200 SPR 120 £36.90

1500 Length - Bar 1500 SPR 150 £46.33

1800 Length - Bar 1800 SPR 180 £52.48

430 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL500W £332.10

900 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL900 £469.45

1180 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL1200 £519.68

1160 1200 ELTPH12-P04 £215.25

1460 1500 ELTPH15-P04 £225.50

1760 1800 ELTPH18-P04 £235.75

1) Bin Rail BP

›› For picking/stacking bins

›› Aluminium profile


›› For TPH bench

2) Auxiliary Shelf SH

› For more than one shelf on your bench



3) Tool & Lighting Support Kit KT

›› Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook

›› Order extra bar to mount tools & light - SPR


4) LED NaturLite

›› Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug

›› Built in diffuser

ESD Versions are

on an extended

lead time

5) 4 x UK Power Sockets

›› UK BS 1363 power sockets

›› 1 neon on/off switch

›› 3M mains cable

›› 13A plug UK BS 1363

›› 1 USB, Data & RCD sockets available upon request


Ergonomic Workbenches

ESD Versions are

on an extended

lead time

Frames are epoxy powder coated steel in light grey

RAL 7035. The worktops are either 25mm melamine-laminate

or volume conductive melamine-laminate on particle board.

ESD benches are earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor.

Supplied knock down for self-assembly

Workbench TP

›› Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm (by allen key)

›› Can be also supplied as a line or

angle extension


Worktop

D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD

Model

Price

500 x 700 TP 507 £288.03 TP 507 ESD £304.43

500 x 1000 TP 510 £314.68 TP 510 ESD £370.03

700 x 1000 TP 710 £336.20 TP 710 ESD £423.33

700 x 1200 TP 712 £359.78 TP 712 ESD £489.95

700 x 1500 TP 715 £382.33 TP 715 ESD £536.08

700 x 1800 TP 718 £411.03 TP 718 ESD £635.50

900 x 1500 TP 915 £417.18 TP 915 ESD £679.58

900 x 1800 TP 918 £453.05 TP 918 ESD £782.08

Workbench TP

Workbench with Shelf TPH

›› Construction as TP with upright profiles

& a 310 mm deep laminate shelf

›› Upper shelf is height adjustable

from 1080 to 1550mm

Worktop

D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD

Model

Price

700 x 1200 TPH 712 £574.00 TPH 712 ESD £746.20

700 x 1500 TPH 715 £609.88 TPH 715 ESD £825.13

700 x 1800 TPH 718 £676.50 TPH 718 ESD £981.95

900 x 1500 TPH 915 £666.25 TPH 915 ESD £941.98

900 x 1800 TPH 918 £712.38 TPH 918 ESD £1105.98

Mobile Bench SAP

›› Construction as TP but with 100mm

swivel castors, 2 braked

›› Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm

›› Lower shelf & push handles are optional extras

Workbench with

shelf TPH

Worktop

D x W mm

Model

Price

ESD

Model

Price

500 x 700 SAP 507 £339.28 SAP 507 ESD £393.60

700 x 1000 SAP 710 £402.83 SAP 710 ESD £523.78

700 x 1500 SAP 715 £471.50 SAP 715 ESD £649.85

Lower Shelf

500 x 700 AT 507 £67.65 AT 507 ESD £156.83

700 x 1000 AT 710 £107.63 AT 710 ESD £287.00

Push Handle

Push Handle for 500mm deep benches PUSH 50 £76.88

Push Handle for 700mm deep benches PUSH 70 £79.95

ESD protected workbenches are for use in the

electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1

Mobile

Bench SAP with

Push Handle

245



›› Ideal for factories, laboratories,

retail environments & schools etc

›› Heavy duty & robust construction

›› 40mm beech laminated

veneer worktop

›› Drawer sets come complete

with central locking & have a

load capacity of 50kg per drawer

200kg

evenly

distributed

FROM STOCK

WTB12Z

WTB02Z WTB04Z WTB06Z



Smooth Running Drawers

Lock

Mechanism

Configuration

Workbench

Workbench with

a Cupboard Unit

Workbench with

2 x Cupboard Units

Workbench with

3 Drawer Set

Workbench with a 3 Drawer

Set & a Cupboard Unit

Workbench with

2 x 3 Drawer Sets

Workbench with

3 x Cupboard Units

Workbench with

a 3 Drawer Set

& 2 x Cupboard Units

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB01Z £408.90

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB02Z £434.95

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB03Z £521.45

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB04Z £549.25

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB05Z £645.10

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB06Z £674.40

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB07Z £657.85

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB08Z £696.70

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB09Z £790.85

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB10Z £816.35

1800 x 650 x 840 WTB11Z £936.60

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB12Z £958.85

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB13Z £816.35

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB14Z £936.05

246

Cupboard

Workbench with

2 x 3 Drawer Sets

& a Cupboard Unit

Workbench with

3 x 3 Drawer Sets

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB15Z £1078.50

2000 x 650 x 840 WTB16Z £1219.55


Super Heavy Duty Framework Benches

›› ››

Heavy duty braced framework

Suspended cabinets with 75kg UDL

›› 40mm multiplex or lino worktops

capacity drawers with 100% extensions

›› ››

Maximum load capacity: 800kg UDL

Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue

›› Multiplex worktop: resin bonded layered beech ply with a cross laminated construction.

A tough general duty worktop suitable for most applications.

›› Lino worktop: chipboard core with 3mm industrial linoleum top surface & plastic edge banding.

Resistant to oils & greases.

800kg

evenly

distributed

800kg

41003082.16v evenly

41003396.11v

distributed

Configuration

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Worktop

Type

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Worktop

Type

Model

Price

Frame Bench

1500 x 750 x 840

2000 x 750 x 840

Multiplex 41003082.16v £301.76

Lino 41003084.16v £338.64

Multiplex 41003178.16v £370.50

Lino 41003180.16v £409.42

Bench with

1 x 150mm

Drawer

1500 x 750 x 840

2000 x 750 x 840

Multiplex 41003396.11v £592.89

Lino 41003397.11v £619.69

Multiplex 41003399.11v £661.63

Lino 41003400.11v £689.59

Super Heavy Duty Storage Benches

800kg

evenly

distributed

41002055.11V

›› 40mm multiplex worktop

›› Storage framework

allows easy cleaning

›› Maximum load cap:

800kg UDL

›› Integral cabinets

with full extension

75kg U.D.L.

capacity drawers

41002022.11V

41002025.11V 41002064.11V

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Drawers / Cupboards Model Price

1500 x 750 x 840 2 x 500mm cupboards each with adjustable shelves 41002022.11V £773.11

2000 x 750 x 840 4 x 150mm drawers, 1 x 200mm drawer & 2 x 350mm cupboards 41002064.11V £1239.15

1500 x 750 x 840 2 x 150mm drawers, 1 x 200mm drawer & 500mm cupboard with adjustable shelf 41002025.11V £866.53

2000 x 750 x 840 2 x 500mm cupboards each with adjustable shelves, 2 x 150mm drawers & 1 x 200mm drawer 41002055.11V £1121.55

247


Euroslide Superbench

manufactured

1200kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

ADD YOUR CABINET

FROM THE OPPOSITE

PAGE TO COMPLETE

YOUR WORKBENCH

Beech Worktop

Laminate Worktop Linoleum Worktop Steel Worktop

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Beech Top Laminate Top Linoleum Top Steel Top


840 x 1200 x 750 BSE841275BLX £421.37 BSE841275PLX £441.67 BSE8412758LX £441.67 BSE841275SLX £423.23






248


Euroslide Superbench - Drawer Cabinets

B

A

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

Cabinet Size - 620H x 600W x 650D mm


A Single Cupboard EUC6760651 £160.63

B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC6760652 £370.33

C 1 x 150mm & 2 x 200mm Drawers EUC6760653 £464.63

D 1 x 100mm & 3 x 150mm Drawers EUC676065A £538.91

E 2 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC6760654 £540.24

F 4 x 100mm & 1 x 150mm Drawers EUC676065C £613.19

G 2 x 100mm Drawers (275mm High) EUC276065DS £295.17

Above Bench Accessories

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

C

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey



H Double Cupboard EUC6790651 £222.64

I 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC6790652 £409.67

J 1 x 150mm & 2 x 200mm Drawers EUC6790653 £488.01

K 1 x 100mm & 3 x 150mm Drawers EUC679065A £562.29

L 2 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC6790655 £563.62

M 4 x 100mm & 1 x 150mm Drawers EUC679065C £636.57

i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH WITH

THESE CABINETS

Cabinet Size - 620H x 900W x 650D mm


A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £70.43

D

A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £85.62

B

B

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

Upper Shelf 300mm

Laminate for 1200 Bench

Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm

Beech for 1200 Bench

Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm


Light/Tool Rail Support

for 1200mm Bench


for 1500mm Bench


for 1800mm Bench

BEUS1200PXXX £98.36



BEUS1200BXXX £113.85



BERS1200XLXX £73.62



A

F

B

E

G

D 3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £57.49

E Combi Panel for 1200mm Bench BECP4812I3XX £148.80



F

F

F

G

G

G

Worktop service duct

for 1200mm Bench


for 1500mm Bench


for 1800mm Bench

Post fitted service duct

for 1200mm Bench


for 1500mm Bench


for 1800mm Bench

BESDWT122XX £113.90

BESDWT15XXXX £116.68

BESDWT18XXXX £122.23

BESDP12XXXXX £125.01



i

Information

COMPLETE YOUR

WORKBENCH WITH

THESE ACCESSORIES

249


Euroslide Cabinets

Supplied with 1 Galvanised shelf as standard


Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm

Single Cupboard EUC18260651 £190.41




Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm & 1 x 500mm Cupboard

2 Drawers & Cupboard EUC18260652 £399.21



Drawer Sizes: 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm

4 Drawers EUC1826065A £594.94



Drawer Sizes: 5 x 150mm

5 Drawers EUC1826065C £672.76



Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm

5 Drawers EUC18260655 £660.82




6 Drawers EUC1826065E £744.08

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey


manufactured

i

Information




7 Drawers EUC1826065V £808.33

250

IDEAL FOR

STORING ALL

YOUR TOOLS

Description

Worktop

Thickness

Model

Worktop Options

Price

Beech 27mm ESBEETOP6065 £73.57

Laminate 20mm ESLAMTOP6065 £121.03

Tool Tray 24mm (lip) ESTLTTOP6065 £28.20


Euroslide Cabinets




Double Cupboard EUC18290651 £246.90




Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm & 1 x 500mm Cupboard

2 Drawers & Double Cupboard EUC18290653 £444.89



Drawer Sizes: 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm

4 Drawers EUC1829065A £617.68




5 Drawers EUC1829065C £707.91




5 Drawers EUC18290655 £691.68




6 Drawers EUC1829065E £777.89

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey


manufactured

i

Information




7 Drawers EUC1829065V £846.83

IDEAL FOR

STORING ALL

YOUR TOOLS

Description

Worktop

Thickness

Model Price

Worktop Options

Beech 27mm ESBEETOP9065 £110.10

Laminate 20mm ESLAMTOP9065 £142.36

Tool Tray 24mm (lip) ESTLTTOP9065 £39.78

251


System Tek Workbenches

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

2 - Choose your Accessories

1 - Choose your Cabinet

252

manufactured


A Single Cupboard EUC18260651 £190.41

B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC18260652 £399.21

C 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers EUC1826065A £594.94

D 5 x 150mm Drawers EUC1826065C £672.76

E 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC18260655 £660.82

F 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC1826065E £744.08

G 7 x 100mm Drawers EUC1826065V £808.33

2 - Choose your Worktop

Description

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey


Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Beech Top 27 x 1500 x 650 ESBEETOP1565 £177.02

Laminate Top 19 x 1500 x 650 ESLAMTOP1565 £197.81




760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £70.43

1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £85.62

Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm


Upper Shelf 300mm



for 1500mm Bench


for 1800mm Bench







3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £57.49

Louvred/Perforated

Back Panel - 1500mm

Louvred/Perforated

Back Panel - 1800mm

Louvred/Pin

Back Panel - 1500mm

Louvred/Pin

Back Panel - 1800mm

BECP4815IXXX £148.97

BECP4818IXXX £165.23

BELO4815IXXX £148.62

BELO4818IXXX £165.29

Combi Panel for 1500mm Bench BECP4815I3XX £159.40

Combi Panel for 1800mm Bench BECP4818I3XX £176.60

Worktop Service Duct 1500mm Bench BESDWT15XXXX £116.68

Post Fitted Service Duct 1500mm Bench BESDP15XXXXX £130.76

Support Leg & Modesty Panel E2LEGMOD6560 £82.49


Mobile Euroslide Cabinets

A

C

B

D

E

F

G

Mobile Cabinet Size - 980H x 600W x 650D mm


A Cupboard EUC9860651M £336.59

B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC9860652M £545.39

C 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC9860655M £786.66

D 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC986065EM £869.93

E 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers EUC986065AM £720.79

F 5 x 150mm Drawers EUC986065CM £798.61

G 7 x 100mm Drawers EUC986065VM £934.17

DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey


manufactured

EUC986065AM shown

with ESBEETOP6065

EUC986065AM shown

with ESLAMTOP6065

EUC986065AM shown

with ESTLTTOP6065

Description

Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price



Tool Tray 24 x 600 x 650 ESTLTTOP6065 £28.20

253


Drawer Cabinets

›› Robust re-inforced housing with

up to 1 tonne overall capacity

›› Ergonomic handle with label strip & cover

›› Full range of drawer dividers


›› 75kg UDL drawer capacity on 100% extension

›› Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent

more than 1 drawer opening at one time

›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue

40019031.11v 40019035.11v

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1 x 100 & 1 x 175mm

Drawers with a

400mm Cupboard

650 x 650

x 800

40019031.11v £487.06

2 x 100 & 2 x 150

& 1 x 200mm Drawers

650 x 650

x 800

40019035.11v £593.39

40020033.11v

40020041.11v

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

1 x 100, 1 x 125 &

1 x 150mm Drawers with

a 400mm Cupboard

800 x 650

x 900

40020033.11v £721.44

5 x 100 &

2 x 150mm Drawers

800 x 650

x 900

40020041.11v £906.66

40029031.11v 40029037.11v

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Configuration

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150

& 2 x 200mm Drawers

1050 x 750

x 1200

40029031.11v £1275.95

4 x 100, 2 x 125, 3 x 150

& 2 x 200mm Drawers

1050 x 750

x 1600

40029037.11v £1642.96

254


Team Leader Workstations

›› Designed for team leaders, supervisors or line managers

›› Fully welded steel frame

›› Ideal for standing at to improve health & fitness, but can

be used in conjunction with an industrial stool or chair

›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load

capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted

either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can

only be positioned on the right hand side

›› Sloping top units add 140mm to the overall height

›› Red, blue & black sloping tops available - call for details

›› Red & black drawer & cupboard fronts available - call for details

i

Information

IMPROVE HEALTH

& FITNESS BY

STANDING AT THESE

WORKSTATIONS

manufactured

TLS1010461LX

TLF9210462LX TLF9210463LX TLF9210464LX

TLS1010465LX

TLF9210466LX TLF9210467LX TLS1010468LX

TLF9210469LX

Description

Workstation Only

Workstation with

Single Drawer

Workstation with

2 x Single Drawers

Workstation with

Cupboard

Workstation with Single

Drawer & Cupboard

Workstation with

Triple Drawer

Workstation with Triple

Drawer & Single Drawer

Workstation with

Double Cupboard

Workstation with Triple

Drawer & Cupboard

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Workstation with Flat Top

Workstation with Sloping Top


920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210461LX £214.69 TLS1010461LX £214.69

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210601LX £226.69 TLS1010601LX £226.69

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210462LX £359.11 TLS1010462LX £359.11

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210602LX £371.11 TLS1010602LX £371.11

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210463LX £503.53 TLS1010463LX £503.53

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210603LX £515.53 TLS1010603LX £515.53

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210464LX £344.08 TLS1010464LX £344.08

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210604LX £378.48 TLS1010604LX £378.48

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210465LX £488.51 TLS1010465LX £488.50

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210605LX £500.50 TLS1010605LX £500.50

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210466LX £488.91 TLS1010466LX £488.91

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210606LX £500.90 TLS1010606LX £500.90

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210467LX £633.33 TLS1010467LX £633.33

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210607LX £645.32 TLS1010607LX £645.32

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210468LX £432.23 TLS1010468LX £432.23

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210608LX £444.22 TLS1010608LX £444.22

920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210469LX £618.30 TLS1010469LX £618.30

920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210609LX £630.30 TLS1010609LX £630.30

255


Flat & Sloping Top Workstations

›› Ideal for paperwork based

environments including goods

inwards, despatch & assembly areas.

›› Available fitted with lockable storage

drawers, open fronts & powder

coated adjustable shelves

›› Sloping top available for ease

of use as a writing station

›› Available with various accessories

including extra shelves, ringbinder holder,

perforated back panel & magnetic back

panel - please call for details

DOOR/DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Blue

Light Grey


Drawer & Shelf Workstations

DW119245DS

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245DS £352.24

Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245DS £376.46

DW989245DS

IT Workstation

manufactured

›› All in one storage for industrial computer

workstations - ideal for industrial environments

›› Includes Workstation, internal shelves, keyboard

pull out shelf, sloping top & lockable monitor box

manufactured

DOOR/DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS

Blue

Light Grey


DW989245DD

Single or Double Drawer Workstations

DW119245SD

256

ITCW139245

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

1580 x 920 x 450 ITCW139245 £605.23

Drawer

Type

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Single Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245SD £538.99

Single Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245SD £563.22

Double Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245DD £452.53

Double Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245DD £476.75


Desk Converter

›› Ideal for your workshop

or production department

›› Simply place on a surface &

enjoy the flexibility of standing

or sitting at your desk

›› A pneumatic air cylinder allows

smooth adjustments from sit to

stand in mere seconds, bringing

the maximum height of

620mm above the desktop

›› The ergonomic two-tier design

offers a spacious 32-inch (813mm)

top shelf for monitors & a second

shelf for a mouse/keyboard

›› Meets ANSI/BIFMA standards

›› Chamfered keyboard shelf edge

for extra operator comfort

i

Information

SIGNIFICANTLY

IMPROVE YOUR

POSTURE WHILST

WORKING

PRICE

HELD

DC831L Lowered

DC831L

DC831L Raised

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Mobile Work Benches

Top Shelf Size

W x D mm

Bottom Shelf Size

W x D mm

Base Size

W x D mm

146/620 x 813 x 596 813 x 349 699 x 248 813 x 596 DC831L £335.50

Model

Price

WTP12Y

WTS30Y

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

300kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£538.20

WTP42Y

›› Strong welded construction

›› Worktops have a steel retaining lip

›› Constructed from 40mm steel square section

›› Mobile, on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm nylon castors

›› Tubular steel push handle to aid manoeuvrability

›› Bottom shelf comes complete with a 40mm surround

to 3 sides & a 40mm drop edge to the front

WTS20Y

Description

Mobile Work Bench

Overall Size

W x D x H

2mm Steel Work Top

18mm Plywood Work Top

Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

39 kg WTS10Y £538.20 49 kg WTP12Y £602.45

Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer 1130

50 kg WTS20Y £642.85 60 kg WTP22Y £756.90

x 670

Mobile Work Bench with Cupboard x 1000 mm 55 kg WTS30Y £635.10 65 kg WTP32Y £752.10

Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer & Cupboard 66 kg WTS40Y £792.30 76 kg WTP42Y £908.25

257

Adjustable Tool Storage Height & Trolleys

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered

to you assembled please quote


COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Grey

Blue


150kg

evenly

distributed

GI942W

Overall Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

›› Mobile on 4 x

100mm swivel

castors, 2 braked

›› Perfect for colour

co-ordinating depts

›› Shelves are

manufactured

from 20 gauge

steel with smooth

rounded edges for

extra strength,

with the legs

constructed from

14 gauge steel

›› Top shelf is easily

adjustable from

660 to 1070mm in

100mm increments

& comes complete

with a ribbed

rubber mat

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

610 x 460 20 ASB / £20 GI942W £209.95

Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys

›› Reversible shelves - either a smooth

shelf or a tray with surrounding lip

›› The height of the centre shelf on

the 3 shelf model is adjustable

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked

100mm grey non-marking castors

150kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

TI246Y

Assembly Available




Description

2 Shelf

3 Shelf

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

670 x 400 x 910 17 ASC / £25 TI246Y £189.10

820 x 500 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI257Y £205.40

670 x 400 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI346Y £206.35

820 x 500 x 910 23.5 ASC / £25 TI357Y £251.75

TI357Y

125kg

evenly

distributed

Tool Trolleys

›› Attractive red finish with smooth running

drawers, chrome 1.2mm steel frame & 4

swivel 100mm, rubber castors, 2 with brake

›› Deep 70mm lip around shelves

›› Model TCC22Y has individual keys for each drawer


TCC03Y

TCC02Y

TCC22Y

TCC12Y

258

Assembly Available




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Drawer Size

L x W x H mm

Space Between

Shelves

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf

- 540 mm 12.5 ASB / £20 TCC02Y £109.40

3 Shelf 770

- 270 mm 16 ASB / £20 TCC03Y £139.55

2 Shelf, 1 Drawer

x 410

x 890 630 x 340 360 mm 22 ASB / £20 TCC12Y £160.75

2 Shelf, 2 Drawer x 90

280 mm 29 ASB / £20 TCC22Y £191.60

Model

Price


‘Proplaz ® Handy’ Tool Trolley

›› High quality hardwearing black plastic

shelves with aluminium uprights

›› Complete with optional shelf dividers to keep your tools tidy

›› Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, warehouses etc

›› Lightweight & easy to clean

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

100kg

evenly

distributed

Complete with optional

shelf dividers to easily

keep your tools &

fixings tidy & organised

HI663Y

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys

FREE!

PRICE

HELD

Price

1310 x 550 x 460 8 ASB / £20 HI663Y £119.95

PRICES

HELD

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys

›› Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses,

chemical & pharmaceutical industries

›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene

which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected

by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking

rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes

ProPlaz

10YR

GUARANTEE

Handy

®

FROM ONLY

£138.50

HI663Y

Assembly Available




Workshop Equipment

GI335L

GI334L

150kg

evenly

distributed

GI341L

Assembly Available




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Size Between Shelves

Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

3 Shelf (3 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 305 / 305 11 ASB / £20 GI341L £138.50

2 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 880 650 16 ASB / £20 GI334L £199.95

3 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 865 292 / 292 22 ASB / £20 GI335L £249.95

Model

Price

259


‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys

FROM ONLY

£119.45

HI292Y HI275Y HI375Y

ProPlaz ®

Tray Trolleys

Description

HI291Y

2 Shelf Trolley

3 Shelf Trolley

3 Shelf Trolley with high quality Plastic Sides

Assembly Available




HI346Y

HI393Y with the

›› High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights

cupboard closed

›› Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc

›› Lightweight & easy to clean ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes)

›› HI291Y, HI292Y & HI393Y incorporate smooth running grey drawers &

model HI393Y also has a black plastic cupboard

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Size between Shelves

Top / Bottom mm

Load

Capacity kg

›› Utility budget price trolleys

›› 85mm deep sides on the shelves

›› Easy to manoeuvre with a push/pull handle & 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm rubber castors

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

750 x 460 x 940

10 ASB / £20 HI275Y £119.45

560 150

990 x 515 x 970 15 ASB / £20 HI299Y £187.85

750 x 460 x 980

13 ASB / £20 HI375Y £136.05

280 / 280 150

990 x 515 x 1010 21 ASB / £20 HI399Y £230.55

750 x 460 x 980

15 ASC / £25 HI346Y £222.70

280 / 280 150

990 x 515 x 1010 25 ASC / £25 HI351Y £279.40

2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer

16 ASC / £25 HI291Y £232.00

750 x 460 x 940 560 150

2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 20 ASD / £30 HI292Y £300.65

3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard 750 x 460 x 980 280 150 24 ASD / £30 HI393Y £348.75

Price

FROM ONLY

£149.25

WI203Y

LOWER

PRICES

WI202Y

Assembly Available




260

250kg

evenly

distributed

No of Overall Size Shelf Weight Assembly

Shelves L x W x H mm Heights mm kg Code / Price

Model Price

2 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 720 25 ASC / £25 WI202Y £149.25

3 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 435, 720 32.5 ASD / £30 WI203Y £193.95


Plastic Service Trolleys

›› 70mm deep trays

›› Heavy duty construction

›› Push/pull handle has

integral storage facility


2 swivel 125mm

rubber castors

FROM ONLY

£186.40

225kg

evenly

distributed

HI934C

Assembly Available




HI935C

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

HIT29Y

HIT32Y

Price

2 Tray Unit

18 ASC / £25 HI924C £186.40

950 x 440 x 850

3 Tray Unit 22 ASD / £30 HI934C £237.55

2 Tray Unit

23 ASC / £25 HI925C £220.45

1100 x 650 x 850

3 Tray Unit 30 ASD / £30 HI935C £290.30 HI924C & HI934C Tool Handle HI925C & HI935C Tool Handle

‘Proplaz ® Plus’ Trolleys

with Deep Trays

›› High quality hardwearing

black plastic trays with grey

anodised aluminium uprights

›› Ideal for warehouses,

garages, workshops,

laboratories etc

›› Lightweight &

easy to clean


swivel castors (2 with brakes)

›› Tray depth of 100mm

›› HIT32Y - comes complete with

buckets which attach to the

top shelf. Bucket sizes are:

200H x 350W x 240D mm &

470H x 350W x 240D mm

ProPlaz

Plus

®

FROM ONLY

£147.20

150kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




HIT31Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 990 553 10.5 ASB / £20 HIT29Y £147.20

3 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 1050 275 / 275 11.5 ASC / £25 HIT31Y £175.75

3 Tray Trolley (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100 x 490 x 1030 275 / 275 13.5 ASC / £25 HIT32Y £203.60

Model

Price

261


Storage Container Cupboards

›› These storage container cupboards can be

used for a multitude of storage options

›› Louvre panels on the doors & carcass enables

you to conveniently store containers close to hand

›› A weld & rivet construction provides all-round

robustness, with reinforced doors & “No Snag’’

handles with 2-point locking

›› 75kg UDL capacity galvanised shelves

›› Overall size: 1800H x 900W x 460D mm

›› More containers available - call for details

manufactured

CYD189046BBX CYD189046457 CYD189046151

CYD189046461

Description

Container Sizes

L x W x H mm

Cupboard Size 2 - 165 x 100 x 75 CYD189046BBX £570.28

Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 59 Containers (10 x Size 3, 8 x Size 5 & 41 Size 2) Size 3 - 240 x 150 x 132 CYD189046461 £844.71

Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 57 Containers (16 x Size 4 & 41 x Size 2)

Size 4 - 350 x 205 x 132

Size 5 - 350 x 205 x 182 CYD189046457 £841.28

Cupboard with 1 Shelf & 51 Containers (10 x Size 6 & 41 x Size 2) Size 6 - 375 x 420 x 182 CYD189046151 £822.14

Multi-Storage Cupboards

›› The welded construction offers

high strength & durability

manufactured

›› 1825H x 940W x 710D mm gives

a very large storage capacity

›› The cupboards are available with a combination

of accessories including drawer, shelves

& perforated/louvre rear panels

›› Either with solid doors or vision doors which allow

you to inspect the contents of cupboards

›› Each cupboard comes with

adjustable feet for levelling

›› Drawers have a heavy duty slide system giving

100% extension & a capacity of 100kg UDL


Model

Price

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Dark Grey

Blue

Green



Solid Door Cupboard C6MSS181065X £721.93

Vision Door Cupboard C6MSV181065X £894.13

Accessories

100mm Deep Drawer C6MSDRW100DX £103.32



Tool Panel (tools not included) C6MSTOOLPANX £39.73

Square Louvre Panel C6MSLOUVREPX £39.73

Square Perforated Panel C6MSDUALPANX £39.73

Noticeboard Panel C6MSNOTICEBX £33.11

Shelf C6MSSHELFXXX £31.79

262

C6MSV181065X, C6MSDRW100DX,

4 x C6MSDRW200DX, C6MSSHELFXXX,

C6MSTOOLPANX & C6MSLOUVREPX

(Tools/Containers not included)


System Flow Trolleys

COLOUR OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Light Grey


manufactured

System Flow

Trolley

Perforated Panel

Shelf

Louvre Panel

2 - Choose your Accessories

1 - Choose your Trolley

Description

Overall Size

H x W mm

Model

Price

Static 1520 x 680 RTSYF1668U*X £259.67

Static 1520 x 1000 RTSYF1610U*X £305.22

Mobile 1650 x 680 RTSYF1668M*X £305.22

Mobile 1650 x 1000 RTSYF1610M*X £350.78

Description

Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Perforated Panel 910 x 630 x 60 RTPERF12*XX £63.78

Perforated Panel 910 x 930 x 60 RTPERF16*XX £68.33

Louvred Panel 910 x 630 x 60 RTLOVR12*XX £66.06

Louvred Panel 910 x 930 x 60 RTLOVR16*XX £71.75

Shelf 20 x 600 x 350 RTSHLU80LXX £30.75

Shelf 20 x 900 x 350 RTSHLU10LXX £37.58

263


Description

Overall Size

D x W x H mm

Model

Price

Tool Storage System with 4 Panels 1025 x 1035 x 2125 83051807 £1551.85

Additional Panel 15 x 949 x 1976 83068207 £274.70

20 Piece Hook Set - 85500151 £38.23

45 Piece Hook Set - 85500251 £112.75

Industrial Screens

Tool Storage System

›› The original Total Storage System

provides space-saving & efficient

tool & spare parts storage

›› It requires only 2 sqm of floor space but

provides 16 sqm of storage area

›› Can be equipped with all M750

accessories – please call for details

›› There is no need to fasten it to the floor,

as it stands firmly on its own. There is a

wheel on the lower edge of the panels

which makes them easy to move

›› The load capacity is 100 kg/panel. A

maximum of 10 panels can be

fastened to the tool storage system

›› Available in two colours; grey or blue.

Blue comes as standard but if you

require grey please change the 07

to 35 in the model code.

›› 20 piece hook set includes; 5 x 50mm

straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double

hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks &

5 x 35mm angle hook

›› 45 piece hook set includes; 5 x 30mm

straight hooks, 5 x 50mm straight hooks,

5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm

spring hooks, 5 x 22mm spring hooks,

1 x 220mm tool holder, 1 x 80mm tube,

5 x 35mm angle hook, 1 x 90mm cup,

5 x 60mm tool hooks, 5 x 35mm plier

hooks, 1 x 60mm round hook

& 1 x 238mm tool holder

›› Modular industrial screens when used with the

hook sets, shown below, provide space-saving &

efficient tool & spare parts storage

›› Can be equipped with all M750

accessories – please call for details

›› Industrial screens can also be used as space dividers

›› They also provide noise insulation; the

combinations available have perforated back

panels on both sides & one side is insulated

›› Each section includes 6 perforated back panels,

3 pcs/side & the standard section includes two feet

›› The extension section includes one foot

›› Available in two colours; grey or blue. Blue comes

as standard but if you require grey please change

the 07 to 35 in the model code. You can mix &

match the colours - please call for details

264

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Standard Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot 780 x 560 x 1850 C52007101 £631.40

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot 750 x 560 x 1850 C52007102 £531.98

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘L’ Foot 750 x 310 x 1850 C52007103 £522.75

Extension Industrial Screen - ‘I’ Foot 750 x 60 x 1850 C52007104 £490.98


Tool Storage System Accessories

Hook R1

Hook R2

Hook R3

Hook R10

Perforated Panels

Hook R13

Hook R19

Hook R21

Hook R24

Hook R29

Hook R30

Hook R35

Hook R37

Description

Hook R1

Hook R2

Pack

Size

Length

mm

Dia.

mm

Gap

mm

Max

Load kg

Model

Price

Perforated Panel - 454W x 988H mm 837 369-07 £45.92




5 30 3 - 10 853207-51 £5.84

5 50 4 - 10 853208-51 £6.44

5 50 6 - 10 853241-51 £7.28

5 80 6 - 10 853209-51 £7.49

5 100 4 - 8 853210-51 £6.96

5 100 6 - 10 853211-51 £7.49

5 150 4 - 4 853212-51 £8.45

5 150 6 - 10 853213-51 £8.65

5 200 4 - 2 853214-51 £8.87

5 200 6 - 6 853215-51 £9.71

5 300 6 - 3 853216-51 £16.91

5 300 8 - 8 853217-51 £18.66

5 33 3 17 10 853218-51 £9.71

5 43 4 25 10 853219-51 £11.07

5 43 4 40 10 853220-51 £11.28

5 100 6 25 10 853221-51 £11.89

5 150 4 16.5 6 853222-51 £12.10

5 150 6 25 10 853223-51 £13.22

5 200 6 25 10 853224-51 £15.07

Description

Hook R3

Hook R10

Pack

Size

Length

mm

Dia.

mm

Gap

mm

Max

Load kg

Model

Price

5 10 6 - 10 853225-51 £7.49

5 50 6 - 10 853226-51 £7.49

5 28 - 9 10 853227-51 £16.71

5 33 - 17 10 853228-51 £16.91

Hook R13 5 157 3 1 853229-51 £16.71

Hook R19

5 13 - - - 853231-51 £11.58

5 19 - - - 853232-51 £11.89

5 22 - - - 853233-51 £12.10

Hook R21 1 220 - - - 831646-51 £6.54

Hook R24

Hook R29

Hook R30

Hook R35

Hook R37

1 65 17 - - 831700-51 £6.86

1 80 26 - - 831719-51 £8.13

1 100 42 - - 853167-51 £9.94

5 40 - - 5 853234-51 £12.20

5 60 - - 5 853235-51 £13.43

5 80 - - 5 853236-51 £17.22

5 35 4 - - 853237-51 £6.44

5 85 6 - - 853238-51 £7.49

5 17 - 35 - 853239-51 £12.10

5 17 - 55 - 853240-51 £12.30

1 - 40 - 10 831433-51 £3.62

1 - 60 - 10 831441-51 £3.91

1 - 80 - 10 831603-51 £4.08

265


Kitted Cupboards

›› Welded steel construction with lockable, re-inforced doors

›› Galvanised steel shelves with 60kg U.D.L. capacity

›› Roller bearing drawers with 60kg U.D.L. capacity & 100% extension

›› Internal panel options in perfo & louvre styles

›› Powder coated RAL5010 blue & RAL7035 grey finish

10YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Back Panels

Drawer

Sizes mm

No of

Worktops

No of

Shelves

2000 x 1050 x 550 Perfo / Louvre 1 x 100, 1 x 125 & 1 x 175 1 1 16926572.11 £754.51

2000 x 1050 x 550 Perfo / Louvre 4 x 125 & 2 x 175 1 - 16926573.11 £990.11

2000 x 1050 x 550 - 2 x 125 - 4 16926574.11 £638.06

2000 x 1050 x 550 - 1 x 100, 2 x 125 & 1 x 175 - 3 16926576.11 £739.81

Model

Price

Accessories

16926572.11


100mm Drawer Kit 16926966.11 £62.24

125mm Drawer Kit 16926967.11 £66.92

175mm Drawer Kit 16926968.11 £74.44

Galvanised Steel Shelf Kit 16926918.51 £32.42

Wooden Shelf / Worktop Kit 16926919 £74.44

11pc hook kit 14030064 £16.62

15pc hook kit 14031411 £37.38

32pc bin kit 13031070 £42.90

40pc bin kit 13021008 £50.55

266

16926573.11 16926574.11 16926576.11


Perfo Panels

›› Manufactured to withstand the most rigorous

conditions, giving a long service life

›› The fully flanged metal panels are reinforced

with channel backstrips & fixing points

›› All hooks lock into the panel with the perfo

locking clip, positioned quickly but securely

Perfo Wall Cupboard

›› Sturdy lockable wall cabinets for secure storage

›› Fully welded construction with a perforated back

›› The double skinned doors provide extra storage

area & are secured by 2-point locking

›› Cupboards are 800W x 325D x 700H mm

›› Hooks & accessories not included

Overall Size

W x H mm

Model

Price

495 x 457 140 25 115.11 £20.53

990 x 457 140 25 117.11 £29.73

1486 x 457 140 25 118.11 £43.45


Cupboard only (empty) 40031060.11v £230.60

Hook Double Tool Hook Bin Storage Strip

Shelf

Pk of 5 Pk of 5

Length Model Price

Length Model Price

25 mm 140 01 102 £3.85

50 mm 140 01 098 £4.16

25 mm 140 02 037 £7.12

50 mm 140 02 039 £7.72

Length Model Price

W x D mm Model Price

450 x 170 140 14 034.16 £12.23

75 mm 140 01 104 £4.45

75 mm 140 02 041 £8.31

100 mm 140 14 043.16 £3.32

900 x 170 140 14 006.16 £21.90

100 mm 140 01 147 £4.75

100 mm 140 02 064 £8.91

450 mm 140 14 044.16 £6.97

450 x 250 140 14 031.16 £17.10

150 mm 140 01 148 £5.04

150 mm 140 02 043 £9.82

900 mm 140 14 045.16 £10.09

900 x 250 140 14 007.16 £30.21

Saw Holder

Spanner Holder

Screwdriver Holder

Power Tool Loop

Pk of 5

ø Model Price

Length Model Price

Model

Price

Width Model Price

125 mm 140 19 003 £4.29

140 17 002 £5.68 225 mm 140 19 007 £5.63

Single Spring Clip Double Spring Clip U-Holder

40 mm 140 11 016 £9.20

60 mm 140 11 018 £9.50

80 mm 140 11 020 £9.79

Pipe Brackets

Pk of 5

ø Model Price

Pk of 5

Pk of 5

W x D Model Price

Pk of 2

6 mm 140 13 059 £4.75

10 mm 140 13 061 £4.75

ø Model Price

2 x 6 mm 140 13 075 £7.61

31 x 20 mm 140 10 015 £7.42

56 x 20 mm 140 10 017 £7.72

W x ø mm Model Price

13 mm 140 13 063 £5.04

2 x 10 mm 140 13 077 £7.75

75 x 20 mm 140 10 019 £8.85

35 x 60 140 15 041 £3.92

16 mm 140 13 065 £5.04

2 x 13 mm 140 13 079 £7.88

32 x 50 mm 140 10 032 £10.09

35 x 100 140 15 042 £4.99

19 mm 140 13 067 £5.04

2 x 16 mm 140 13 081 £8.03

32 x 75 mm 140 10 033 £10.68

100 x 60 140 15 043 £8.19

25 mm 140 13 069 £5.04

2 x 19 mm 140 13 083 £8.08

32 x 100 mm 140 10 034 £11.28

100 x 100 140 15 044 £12.33

267


Drum Dolly

›› Design allows loading by overhead lifting

›› Suitable for moving standard 210L drums

›› Fitted with 4 x 75mm rubber swivel castors

DID16Y

Overall Size

Dia. mm

Weight

kg

Drum Stands for 210 Litre Drums

FROM ONLY

£132.65

Model

Price

616 7.5 DID16Y £95.50

Drum Dollies

›› Design allows loading

by overhead lifting

›› Quick & easy assembly

›› DID04Y height: 100mm.

Suitable for drums no more

than 295mm diameter

›› DID09Y handle height: 750mm.

Suitable for moving

standard 210 litre drums

›› Fitted with 4 x 75mm

polyethylene swivel castors.

›› DID04Y - subject to availability

FROM ONLY

£40.90

3YR

GUARANTEE

DH440Z

manufactured

DID04Y

DH442S

DH445S

DH443Z

& DH439Z

›› Fully welded tubular steel construction for strength & durability

›› Model DH443Z: with nylon top rollers to

allow drainage from the side bung

›› Models DH442S & DH445S: mobile on

2 x 100mm fixed wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel castors

›› Model DH445S: as per DH442S but with nylon top

rollers to allow drainage from the side bung

Description

268

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Height Under

Side of Drum mm

Roller

Dia. mm

Weight

kg

Model

Static 865 x 595 x 350 280 - 5.4 DH440Z £132.65

Mobile 865 x 595 x 385 315 - 14 DH442S £254.40

Static 865 x 595 x 350 290 75mm 7.2 DH443Z £194.00

Mobile 865 x 595 x 385 325 75mm 15.4 DH445S £317.05

Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with the above stands DH439Z £80.50

Price

Overall Size

L x W mm

DID09Y

Weight

kg

Model

Price

300 x 300 9 DID04Y £40.90

615 x 615 10 DID09Y £99.75

Hydraulic Drum Lifter

›› CE Tested

›› Designed to allow you to pick up & transport

full or empty 210 litre steel & plastic drums

›› Hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum,

held firm by the top rim clamp

›› The retractable clamp holds the drum

securely & releases automatically

›› Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels

& a rear 125mm swivel polurethane castor

i

Information

CAN TRANSPORT

PLASTIC DRUMS


NEW

DL388Y

£419.95

250kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Drum Tilter

Maximum Lift

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

›› CE marked & plated

›› Designed to allow you to

pick up, transport & rotate full

or empty 210L steel drums

›› The saddle secures the drum

›› Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane

wheels & a rear 75mm swivel castor

Price

820 x 785 x 1050 200 43 DL388Y £419.95

DT300P

£444.20

DL388Y

300kg

evenly

distributed

Drum locking mechanism

i

Information

IDEAL FOR LOW

LEVEL POURING

DT300P

DT300P

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1420 x 900 x 1712 50 DT300P £444.20

269


Drum Lifters

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

MOVING DRUMS

FROM EURO &

UK PALLETS


›› Foot operated hydraulic pump

›› These units will load / unload 210L steel

drums from pallets / ground with ease

›› The grip holds the top rim of the drum, the

user then pumps the foot pedal to lift the drum

›› Wheel into position & lower accordingly

›› The foot pedal hinges up helping to

prevent knocked shins whilst mobile

›› DLL03Z is easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed,

2 swivel 130mm wheels, one with brake

›› DL450Y is mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

braked 125mm polyurethane castors

›› 450kg load capacity up to 500mm (DL450Y

has a capacity of 350kg above this height)

up to

450kg

evenly

distributed

DLL03Z

£1316.95

DLL03Z

Foot Pedal

DL450Y

DL450Y

270

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Lifting

Height mm

Extended

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

1100 x 900 x 1250 500 1380 165 DLL03Z £1316.95

940 x 1160 x 1980 1100 2320 165 DL450Y £1429.90

Price


Drum Handler


›› Designed to carry full or

empty 210 litre steel drums

›› This unit smoothly lifts the drum (in 20mm

increments) which is held firm by the clamp

›› Mobile on 2 fixed 130mm

polyurethane wheels & 2 swivel

120mm polyurethane castors

›› Lifting height: 250mm

DL250Y

£691.20


250kg

evenly

distributed

i


Information

IDEAL FOR

MOVING DRUMS

FROM EURO &

UK PALLETS

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Drum Lifter

Weight

kg

Model

Price

812 x 1219 x 1100 50 DL250Y £691.20

DL250Y


›› Designed to carry full or

empty 210 litre steel drums

›› Foot operated hydraulic pump

›› Lifts a drum up to 740mm off the ground

›› This unit smoothly lifts the drum

which is held firm by the clamp


125mm nylon castors (1 braked)

DL300Y

£817.95

300kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

MOVING DRUMS

FROM EURO &

UK PALLETS


Release

mechanism

Hydraulic

pump action

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

950 x 1200 x 1565 72 DL300Y £817.95

DL300Y

271


Drum Transporter

All Purpose Drum Handler

DH446L

200kg

evenly

distributed

DH451S

DH446L

£471.10

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Drum handle in

transit position

DH446L

300kg

evenly

distributed

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured


›› Constructed from tubular steel this unit

is designed to carry 210 litre steel drums.

Adjustable drum hook enables varying sizes of

drum to be carried. Max drum height: 1575mm

Overall Size

W x H mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Model

Price

705 x 1575 2 x 350mm Cushion 31 DH446L £471.10

DH451S

£558.80

DH451S


›› Designed to carry 210 litre steel drums

›› When positioned vertically, the drum handle

locks onto the drum rim. On levering back, the

toes engage the base of the drum

›› Mobile on 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels

& 2 swivel 75mm nylon castors

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Pallet Loader

Weight

kg

Model

Price

800 x 635 x 450 32 DH451S £558.80

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

400kg

evenly

distributed

DH482L

DH482L

250kg

evenly

distributed

REAR

SUPPORTING

CASTORS

Drum Transporter

DH483J

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


›› Tubular steel construction designed to

carry 210 litre steel drums

›› Drum is held in position by an adjustable hook

›› Mobile on 2 x 250mm solid rubber wheels &

incorporates 2 x 160mm supporting rear castors

›› This unit is produced/balanced in

such a way that it should only be

used with full or empty drums

272

Overall Size

H x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1600 x 740 20 DH483J £616.40


›› Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook

located down the centre of the trolley frame

›› Designed to load & unload standard 210 litre

drums safely & efficiently from a pallet

›› Large hooped handles for easy handling

›› This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it

should only be used with full or empty drums

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm & 2 x 250mm rubber wheels

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1800 x 610 x 1225 46 DH482L £653.90

Drum Lifters

›› One person operation


›› Simply attach/hang the lifter

on a hook from an overhead

hoist or crane, saddle around

the drum & raise to the

desired height & position

›› For use with 210 litre

steel drums

›› Model DLV02Z has a geared

chain control. The 3 metre

control chain can be locked to

secure the drum in any position

during transit & dispensing

i


Information

IDEAL FOR LOW

LEVEL POURING

Description

350kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

DLV01Z

Price

Standard 820 x 720 x 230 22 DLV01Z £284.75

Geared 850 x 850 x 250 40 DLV02Z £501.45

PRICES

HELD

Fork Lift Drum Tilter

DLV02Z

PRICE

HELD


›› Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck

›› Enables your fork truck to be used as a drum handler

›› Can easily lift, transport & tilt loaded drums

›› The 3 metre pull chain loop allows

simple control from the driver seat

›› Fork distance: 620mm apart

›› Fork pockets: 65H x 180W mm

i

DLF05Z

Information

EASY OPERATION

FROM YOUR

FORK LIFT CAB

350kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

DLF05Z

Price

1000 x 770 x 510 76 DLF05Z £673.25

Taper Grip Drum Clamp

720kg

evenly

distributed


›› Suitable for use with 210 Litre steel drums

›› T he steel jaws grip the rim

of the drum, allowing the

drums to be picked up or

set down without spaces

between them

›› Automatic grip lock will

not open & ensures safe

drum transportation

›› Grip head has different

positions to fit different

heights

360kg

evenly

distributed

DLC02Z

PRICES

HELD

DLC01Z

N.B. It is important for the safe

use of this unit that the drum

ring is not damaged & is strong

enough to support its own weight

No. of

Drums Held

Fork

Spread

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 560 mm 830 x 710 x 1000 60 DLC01Z £626.30

2 605 mm 1030 x 850 x 1000 96 DLC02Z £782.40

273


Plastic IBC Containers

IBC Containment Pallets

›› Manufactured from polyethylene

›› Excellent chemical resistance

›› Fork pockets allowing easy positioning

›› Optional grid available for the

PSP01Z - call for details

manufactured

PRICE

HELD

i

Information

STORE IBCs

IN A SAFE

ENVIRONMENT

›› Long life, blow moulded polyethylene construction

›› UN packaging groups II & III

›› Available certified for hazardous goods

›› 4 Way fork truck/pallet truck entry

›› Complete with label plate 720L x 350H mm

›› Tolerant between -20 o C to +60 o C

›› 1000 litre capacity - stacks 2 high when full

›› Valve - 50mm & Filling opening - 150mm

›› Seal Type: standard EPDM (optional PCP, FKM

Viton available) - please call for details

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1200 x 1000 x 1175 1000 61 WIBC1000 £377.78

Drum & IBC Storage

PSP09Z

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

PSP01Z

Capacity

Litre

Model

Price

Single 1490 x 2000 x 770 1100 PSP01Z £786.70

Double 2450 x 1450 x 580 1140 PSP09Z £1138.45

›› Weatherproof for outside storage

›› RHS frame galvanised sheet cladding

›› Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease

of access (padlock not included)

›› Benches & spill trays are available

- see below for details


i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(England) 2001

WCI03Z

Storage Units

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

274

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Sump Cap.

Litres

Weight

kg

Drum Storage Unit - with Sump Base

Model

Price

3150 x 2250 x 2360 780 950 WCD02Z £5847.85

IBC Storage Unit - with Deep Sump Base

3150 x 2250 x 2360 1200 970 WCI03Z £6024.25

Optional Accessories

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

WCD02Z

Bench (priced individually)

Model

Price

1990 x 500 x 960 62 WCG02Z £412.30

Spill Tray which sits on top of the above bench (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres

1990 x 500 x 50 - WCG03Z £137.60

Leak Diverters


›› Redirect roof or pipe leaks to prevent water damage

›› Deal with your nuisance ceiling leaks without

disruption to the workplace until a permanent repair

can be made. This device can be hung from the roof

directly under leaks to catch rainwater & divert it to

a convenient collection point, keeping it off the floor,

reducing the potential for slips & falls whilst

minimising damage to goods & machinery.

›› Adjustable hanging straps (not included) ensure easy

levelling & positioning - call for details. Standard UK

Hozelock fittings ensure water can be safely channelled

into a suitable receptacle or other convenient area

›› Can be connected to a garden hose - not included

Overall Size

W x L mm

Colour: Yellow

Instabund ® with Deck Tiles

Colour: White


1000 x 1000 LD1X1Y £35.00 LD1X1W £35.00

2000 x 2000 LD2X2Y £65.00 LD2X2W £65.00

3000 x 3000 LD3X3Y £110.00 LD3X3W £110.00

1000 x 3000 LD1X3Y £70.00 LD1X3W £70.00

›› Lightweight, flexible & portable secondary

containment bunds to contain spills & leaks

›› Complies with environmental legislation

– ISO14001 & Oil Storage Regulations (OSR)

›› Corrosion resistant & easy to clean

›› No tools required for easy on site assembly

›› Instabund is easily carried in its own bag (tiles are loose)

1

2

3

4

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

No of

Decking Tiles

Model

Price

250 1000 x 1000 x 250 4 INB-22/DK22 £261.44

500 1000 x 2000 x 250 8 INB-24/DK24 £382.88

562 1500 x 1500 x 250 9 INB-33/DK33 £390.74

1000 2000 x 2000 x 250 16 INB-44/DK44 £595.76

1750 2000 x 3500 x 250 28 INB-47/DK47 £840.08

1875 2500 x 3000 x 250 30 INB-56/DK56 £915.80

3000 3000 x 4000 x 250 48 INB-68/DK68 £1037.28

3937 3500 x 4500 x 250 63 INB-79/DK79 £1180.18

3750 2500 x 6000 x 250 60 INB-512/DK512 £1271.60

275


Maintenance Spill Berms

›› Compact & flexible spill containment which

deploys instantly in the shop or field

›› No assembly required - simply unfold & use

›› Encased urethane foam sidewalls offer easy

roll-through access without the need for a ramp

Rigid-Lock QuickBerm ®

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

Folded Size

W x L x H mm

Model

Price

19 600 x 600 x 51 762 x 762 x 51 28414 £127.66

38 600 x 600 x 102 762 x 762 x 102 28400 £210.84

38 600 x 1200 x 51 762 x 1372 x 51 28416 £131.57

76 600 x 1200 x 102 406 x 762 x 406 28402 £235.50

151 600 x 2400 x 102 711 x 711 x 406 28404 £297.96

76 1200 x 1200 x 51 762 x 762 x 152 28418 £184.35

151 1200 x 1200 x 102 508 x 610 x 406 28406 £281.37

227 1200 x 1800 x 102 610 x 610 x 406 28408 £366.32

151 1200 x 2400 x 51 762 x 762 x 305 28421 £308.18

303 1200 x 2400 x 102 914 x 914 x 406 28410 £380.21

167 1800 x 1800 x 51 610 x 610 x 406 28422 £343.36

341 1800 x 1800 x 102 965 x 965 x 406 28412 £469.73

511 3000 x 3400 x 51 711 x 711 x 406 28424 £389.50

833 3000 x 5500 x 51 762 x 762 x 406 28426 £524.51

›› Safe, drive-in spill containment for drums, IBC totes & tanks

›› Single piece construction - patented rigid-lock wall support

system integral to berm provides unobstructed work space

›› Quick & easy setup - no assembly required

›› Durable PVC coated fabric withstands long

term UV exposure - great for outdoor use

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

Folded Size

W x L x H mm

Model

Price

662 1200 x 1800 x 305 610 x 610 x 127 28512 £395.95

890 1200 x 2400 x 305 610 x 610 x 152 28514 £455.91

1344 1200 x 2400 x 305 610 x 610 x 305 28516 £555.44

1798 2400 x 2400 x 305 660 x 660 x 305 28518 £643.96

276

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

Folded Size

W x L x H mm

Model

Price

2820 3000 x 3000 x 305 711 x 711 x 305 28519 £858.45

5432 3700 x 4900 x 305 660 x 660 x 406 28524 £1274.19

7230 4900 x 4900 x 305 914 x 914 x 406 28528 £1561.38

11,318 6100 x 6100 x 305 965 x 965 x 559 28532 £2059.02

Flexi-trays

›› Made from rubberised plastic

which gives strength & flexibility

›› Easy to wheel equipment into

- the sides will just pop back up

›› Easily folded & stored. Contains any

spilt liquid & is easily cleaned

›› SpillTector ® Mats are available


SDT5252


SDT1212

SDT1252

STW1212

Description

CDT40Z

Minimum

Order Qty

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Shallow Trays / Workmats

Container Drip Trays

Model

Container Bunded Storage

Price

each

- 4 520 x 520 x 50 STW5252 £23.65

- 3 1020 x 520 x 50 STW1252 £31.50

- 2 1020 x 1020 x 50 STW1212 £40.35

Shallow Dispensing Trays

1 Grid 3 520 x 520 x 50 SDT5252 £30.55

2 Grids 2 1020 x 520 x 50 SDT1252 £42.35

4 Grids 2 1020 x 1020 x 50 SDT1212 £62.00

Deep Trays (SpillTector ® Mats not included)

manufactured

- 3 520 x 700 x 100 DTW5270 £35.45

- 2 700 x 1030 x 100 DTW7013 £46.30

›› Made from 100% recycled polypropylene

›› Tough enough for all working environments

›› Re-usable drip & leak containment

›› Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details

CDT28Z

›› Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base

›› Made from 100% recycled polypropylene

›› Tough enough for all work environments

›› Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details

i

DTW7013 shown with a

SpillTector ® Mat which

is also available -

call for details

Information

DRIVE OVER THE

TRAY & THE SIDES

POP BACK UP

manufactured

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

manufactured

Capacity

Litres

DTW7013 shown with

SpillTector ® Mat which is

also available - call for details

Minimum

Order Qty

CDT18Z

Model

PSP25Z

Price

each

410 x 310 x 45 5 5 CDT05Z £8.85

560 x 400 x 40 9 5 CDT09Z £11.60

790 x 400 x 40 12 5 CDT12Z £16.55

1000 x 400 x 40 15 5 CDT15Z £17.80

1170 x 400 x 40 18 5 CDT18Z £19.15

600 x 600 x 70 28 5 CDT28Z £16.55

1100 x 550 x 40 25 4 CDT25Z £25.90

850ø x 60 40 5 CDT40Z £21.00

PSP22Z

PSP28Z

PSP31Z

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litres

Minimum

Order Qty

Model

640 x 490 x 120 28 3 PSP22Z £31.10

1000 x 550 x 150 60 2 PSP25Z £49.65

1010 x 1000 x 120 100 2 PSP28Z £70.35

1200 x 1200 x 120 120 - PSP31Z £89.55

Price

Integral grid allows the contents to be

raised above the container base

277


Container Spill Trays

›› Made from PE - 100% recycled

›› Can be used with / without platform

›› Stackable for easy transportation & storage

›› Non slip platform surface

›› Designed to fit on Euro pallets


›› Can be ordered in smaller

quantities - call for details

manufactured

PSP99Z

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litres

Minimum

Order Qty

Model

Price

each

600 x 400 x 150 20 2 PSP98Z £49.05

800 x 400 x 150 30 2 PSP99Z £53.85

800 x 600 x 150 40 2 PSP100Z £65.80

1000 x 600 x 170 60 - PSP101Z £80.15

1200 x 800 x 170 100 - PSP102Z £134.00

Bunded Work Floors

PSP102Z

A range of polyethylene modular flooring panels, highly

resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these panels are

designed to protect floors from spills.

›› 2 & 4 drum panels

›› Easy low level loading - 150mm

›› Removable grate allows easy access to sump contents

›› When the sumps are linked together they can be

used to create bunded work/storage areas that

meet the guidelines provided by the Environment

Agency, Scottish Environment Protection Agency

& the Environment & Heritage Service

manufactured

PSF54Z &

PSFR2Z

i

Information

IDEAL FOR USE

WITH BOTH 25 &

205 LITRE DRUMS

i

Information

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litre

Model

Price

2 Drum 1600 x 800 x 150 121 PSF52Z £207.90

4 Drum 1600 x 1600 x 150 239 PSF54Z £298.00

Ramp for Above 1260 x 800 x 180 - PSFR2Z £138.35

4 Drum - Inline 2610 x 900 x 150 300 PSF55Z £446.40

Ramp for Above 650 x 800 x 160 - PSFR5Z £145.25

278

PSF52Z

Sump Storage


›› Of polyethylene

construction, these

pallets are highly

resistant to most

chemicals & corrosion

›› Fork pockets allowing

easy positioning

manufactured

i

Information

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

PSP04Z

PSP02Z

No of

Drums Held

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litre

Model

Price

Two 1300 x 750 x 400 250 PSP02Z £217.45

Four 1380 x 1290 x 280 245 PSP04Z £255.85

PSP02Z

279


Polyethylene Storage Cabinets

›› Rotationally moulded from

medium density polyethylene

›› Lightweight yet robust

›› Lockable

›› Broad band chemical compatability

›› Polyethylene shelves & grids

manufactured

PEC03Z

PEC25Z

PEC07Z

Description

Polyethylene Vaults

External Size

L x W x H mm

Sump

Capacity

1 Door & 2 Shelves 545 x 440 x 990 30 Litres

Colour Options

Weight

kg

Model

Price

15 PEC03Z £260.25

1 Door & 3 Shelves 650 x 570 x 1650 70 Litres 40 PEC07Z £460.15

Entire cabinet in Yellow

1 Door & Mesh Grid 920 x 720 x 1520 100 Litres (can be green on orders

52 PEC10Z £662.00

of 10 or more)

1 Door & Mesh Grid

56 PEC25Z £606.40

920 x 720 x 1835 250 Litres

1 Door, 1 Shelf & Mesh Grid 60 PEC25ZS £719.10

›› Roller shutter doors for ease of accessing your drums

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(ENGLAND) 2001

PEC27H

manufactured

PEC27Z

PEC27S

280

Description

Vault for 2 x 205L drums stored vertically

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Sump

Capacity

Vault with steel cradle for 1 x 205L drum 1490 x 999 x 1690 230 Litres 95 PEC27H £1007.70

Weight

kg

Model

Price

85 PEC27Z £807.70

Vault with shelving (ideal for 5 & 25 Litre Drums) 90 PEC27S £909.25

Bunded Drum Rack System


›› Drum rack to be used

with drum rack base only

›› Ideal for easy dispensing & storage

›› Can store up to four 210 litre drums

›› Compatible with most forklifts

manufactured

i

Information

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

PSP06Z

PSP05Z

PSP07Z

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litres

Base Unit 1350 x 1370 x 630 500 PSP05Z £443.90

Stacker Unit 940 x 1370 x 390 - PSP06Z £189.45

Base & Stacker Unit 1350 x 1370 x 1580 500 PSP07Z £631.55

Covered Drum Storage System

›› Made from PE - 100% recycled

›› Ideal for easy dispensing & storage

›› Compatible with most forklifts

Model

Price

manufactured

i

Information

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

PSP21Z

PSP21Z

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

Litre

Model

Price

2 Drum 1565 x 995 x 2110 250 PSP21Z £1061.70

4 Drum 1565 x 1620 x 2110 245 PSP41Z £1343.10

PSP21Z

281


Galvanised Sump Pallets

›› Fully welded galvanised steel construction with

removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning

›› Complete with 150mm wide fork hoops which are used

to move the unit and keep the sump off the ground

GDSP04

manufactured

GDSP04

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(England) 2001

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Sump

Capacity

2 Drum Units 1220 x 815 x 393 225.5 litres 51 GDSP02 £367.75

4 Drum Units 1220 x 1220 x 463 440 litres 82 GDSP04 £457.50

Polyethylene Spill Pallets

with Steel Covers

Weight

kg

Model

Price

›› Medium density polyethylene spill pallet with a 0.6mm

galvanised steel powder coated cover with hinged doors

›› Hinged doors have retaining catches to

hold them open & are lockable

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(ENGLAND) 2001

PSP1100

PSP1140

manufactured

282

Description

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

Door Aperture

H x W mm

Sump

Capacity

Stores 4 Drums 1480 x 1385 x 1865 1390 x 1225 410 Litres 221 PSP0410 £1932.05

Stores 1 IBC 1425 x 1840 x 2405 1590 x 1165 1100 Litres 223 PSP1100 £2654.00

Stores 8 Drums or 2 IBC’s 2625 x 1430 x 2110 1490 x 2365 1140 Litres 285 PSP1140 £3621.75

Weight

kg

Model

Price


Sump Flooring

›› Versatile sump flooring to

meet your requirements

›› Flush fitting seam welded floor panels

›› Safeguard the contents of the drums

from potentially contaminating

work areas should a drum fail

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(England) 2001

2 x SF1001,

SF2301 & SR1051

Sump

Capacity

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Sump Flooring

Model

Price

263 Litres 1400 x 1250 x 160 SF1001 £849.65

347 Litres 2200 x 1050 x 160 *SF2301 £1338.70

525 Litres 2800 x 1250 x 160 *SF2831 £1717.35

Optional Ramp

- 1000 x 500 x 160 SR1051 £303.00

Optional Safety Rail

- 1000 x 40 x 1000 SR1000 £117.85

- 1250 x 40 x 1000 SR1250 £132.55

*A fork lift will be needed to unload these units

Heavy Duty Sump Pallets

SF1001, SR1051

& 2 x SR1000

›› Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment

›› Fitted with removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning

›› Drum Storage Sump Pallets - when not in use the

fork guides give a safe & secure lift

A fork lift will be needed to unload these units

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(England) 2001

manufactured

DSP04G

3YR

GUARANTEE

DSP08Z

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Sump

Capacity

Floor Sump Pallets

Without Grid 1400 x 625 x 300 230 litres 40 DSP02Z £357.00

2 Drum Units

With Grid 1400 x 625 x 300 230 litres 70 DSP02G £509.70

Without Grid 1400 x 1250 x 175 260 litres 60 DSP04Z £416.75

4 Drum Units

With Grid 1400 x 1250 x 175 260 litres 120 DSP04G £724.25

Drum Storage Sump Pallets

2 Drum Units With Grid 1400 x 625 x 445 230 litres 80 DSP06Z £608.70

4 Drum Units With Grid 1400 x 1250 x 330 260 litres 130 DSP08Z £828.50

Weight

kg

Model

Price

283


Vertical Drum Store

›› Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel

›› Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination


Horizontal Drum Store

›› Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel

›› Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination

›› Can be stacked 2 high


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Sump

Capacity

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Drum Storage Units

DH941Z

Weight

kg

Model

Price

250 Litres 820 x 820 x 1375 110 DH941Z £999.40

Sump

Capacity

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

DH274Z

Weight

kg

Model

Price

490 Litres 1645 x 1360 x 1900 175 DH274Z £1608.30

›› Ground clearance: 150mm

›› Fork centres: 760mm

›› Heavy duty drum storage units

of fully welded construction

›› Safe storage for 8, 10, 16 or 20

standard 210 litre drums, either

palletised or loose loaded

›› Heavy duty frame is rated at 3 tonnes

distributed load over a 3 metre bay

›› The 8 & 10 drum units are single tier

& the 16 & 20 drum units are

double tier

›› Swaged & re-inforced robust sheet

steel walls on 3 sides

›› The sump units can be removed for

steam cleaning & have removable

galvanised grid floor panels

›› Fork guides ensure safe &

secure movement

›› Blue powder coated finish

N.B. A Forklift will be needed

to unload these units.

i

Information

CONTROL OF POLLUTION

(OIL STORAGE) (ENGLAND)

REGULATIONS 2001

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

DH916Z

No of

Drums

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Sump

Capacity

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

8 3000 x 1275 x 1535 865 420 DH908Z £2762.55

10 3715 x 1275 x 1535 1112 440 DH910Z £3566.75

16 3000 x 1275 x 3070 1729 830 DH916Z £5394.90

20 3715 x 1275 x 3070 2223 860 DH920Z £6401.50

284

DH910Z


Fully Enclosed Drum Stores

DH244Z

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

DH204Z

›› For use outside or where security is of

importance. Doors have high & low

level venting. 1 drum units are fitted

with 1 door & 2 & 4 drum units have

2 doors - all with 3 point locking

›› Vertical units are fitted with galvanised

grid floors & horizontal units have an

open topped sump

N.B. A Forklift will be needed to

unload these units.

No of

Drums

Stored

1

Storage

Type

Sump

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x D X H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

234 800 x 800 x 1470 80 DH241Z £1473.85

2 Vertical 263 1510 x 750 x 1470 125 DH242Z £1665.05

4 439 1510 x 1250 x 1470 150 DH244Z £2524.45

1

233 1250 x 800 x 1280 80 DH201Z £1675.15

2 Horizontal 439 1510 x 1250 x 1280 110 DH202Z £2068.60

4 439 1510 x 1250 x 2170 150 DH204Z £2221.65

i

Information

COMPLY TO

OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

(England) 2001

Drum Stores

›› For use outside or where security is of

importance. Doors have high & low

level venting - with 3 point locking

›› Drums are set back to allow space to dispense liquids

N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units.

DH296Z

No of

Drums

Stored

Sump

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

manufactured

Weight

kg

Model

3YR

GUARANTEE

Price

6 631 2250 x 1350 x 2275 220 DH296Z £4698.65

285


Drum & IBC Secure Stores

manufactured

20

STRUCTURAL

GUARANTEE

YR

FROM ONLY

£5404.45




Environment Agency

EDRIB1604

›› Base is manufactured from 3mm mild steel with RHS cross members & pressed ribs

›› Corner posts, shelf frames & main rails are rolled hollow section

›› The roof is pressed with suitable bracing & fully welded around the perimeter, while the back,

side & door panels are pressed from 2mm mild steel sheet & corrugated where required

›› Fitted with crane lifting points (maximum 2000kg per lift point) & sliding doors

›› The floor area above the sump is covered with galvanised steel channel sections so that

loose drums or pallets can be stored directly onto it, whilst the upper shelf is an open box section

which is designed to support pallets. Grid mesh shelving is available - please call for details

›› Shot blasted before being painted (RAL 6029) for greater durability

›› EDRIB9624 - push back system above the sump, allowing the units to be pushed to the back of the units

Model 1 2 3 4

External Size: H x W x L mm

Sump Capacity: Litres

Capacity - 205 litre drums

or Capacity - 1000 litre IBC’s

Doors

3295 x 1500 x 3000

1125

16

4

Double Sliding

3295 x 1500 x 5920

2200

32

8

Double Sliding

3295 x 1500 x 8840

3300

48

12

Triple Sliding

3680 x 2800 x 8840

6100

96

24

Triple Sliding

Model:

Price

EDRIB1604

£5404.45

EDRIB3208

£7515.60

EDRIB4812

£10,805.75

EDRIB9624

£18,891.80

286


Drum & IBC Secure Stores

EDRIB3208

manufactured

20

STRUCTURAL

YR

GUARANTEE




Environment Agency

Push Back Loading System

on the EDRIB9624

EDRIB9624





287


Cambuckle Clamping Wall Racks

›› Individual quick release webbing

straps with adjustable cambuckle

›› These units can be used in pairs, top

& bottom, for secure movement in transit

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Cylinder Stand

›› Base size: 520 x 400mm

›› Flat steel construction

with solid sheet steel base

›› Hinged latches to

enable easy positioning

of the cylinder

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

CB200Z

Cylinder

Dia. mm

No of

Cylinders Held

Cylinder Storage

Overall Size

W x D mm

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

2+ Off

2 720 x 190 CB200Z £151.05 £147.65

180 - 270 3 1036 x 190 CB300Z £205.50 £203.75

4 1352 x 190 CB400Z £252.25 £250.50

205 - 305 2 835 x 230 CB210Z £166.60 £163.20

›› Fully welded complete with individual securing chains

Single or Double Sided Floor Stands

›› Suitable for use with full height cylinders

Low Height Floor Stand

›› For use with smaller type cylinders

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Cylinder

Dia. mm

178

Height

mm

CR353G

CS202Z

Weight

kg

Model

Price

20 CS201Z £264.95

230 605

21 CS202Z £278.80

285 23 CS203Z £293.55

Wall Fixing Storage Racks

& Double Sided Floor Stands

›› Fully welded

complete with

individual

securing

chains

CR725Z

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

CR452G/CR454G

CR740Z

CR765Z

Cyl.

Dia.

mm

No of

Cyl.

Held

Overall

Size

W x D mm

Model

Painted Finish

Price

1 Off

Price

2+ Off

Model

Galvanised Finish

Price

1 Off

Price

2+ Off

Cylinder

Dia. mm

180 - 270

100 - 180

180 - 270

No of

Cylinders Held

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Single Sided Floor Stand

2 618 x 350 x 922 CR725Z £204.45

3 924 x 350 x 922 CR735Z £254.65

Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand

4 440 x 465 x 610 CR740Z £256.75

6 656 x 465 x 610 CR760Z £304.85

Double Sided Floor Stand

4 618 x 544 x 922 CR745Z £300.40

6 924 x 544 x 922 CR765Z £350.80

Up To

180

Up To

270

Up To

180

Up To

270

Storage Racks (Wall Fixing)

2 720 x 190 CR301Z £104.25 £100.55 CR351G £135.75 £132.05

3 1036 x 190 CR302Z £127.80 £124.10 CR352G £174.70 £171.00

2 720 x 190 CR303Z £108.35 £104.65 CR353G £139.45 £135.75

3 1036 x 190 CR304Z £131.80 £128.10 CR354G £178.50 £174.80

Double Sided Floor Stands - 1000mm in Height

4 410 x 500 CR401Z £338.00 - CR451G £419.45 -

6 590 x 500 CR402Z £387.70 - CR452G £480.90 -

4 590 x 500 CR403Z £361.20 - CR453G £443.10 -

6 860 x 500 CR404Z £410.80 - CR454G £504.30 -

288

Propane Cylinder Trolleys


›› Tubular steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47kg propane cylinders

›› The max diameter of cradle supports is 380mm

›› Model CT103L is able to carry one 380mm cylinder & one 230mm cylinder

›› Models CT102L & CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden

trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring

›› CT101L & CT102L come with puncture proof front wheels

150kg

evenly

distributed

CT103L

CT101L

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels mm

Front / Rear

Weight

kg

Model

Price

570 x 550 x 1310 250 20 CT101L £288.45

730 x 530 x 1310 250 / 150 26 CT102L £421.95

920 x 810 x 1440 400 / 200 50 CT103L £697.25

CT102L

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Cylinder Trolleys

›› Models TS177L & CT277L are designed

to carry a maximum cylinder size of

286mm dia x 1575mm height. Tubular

steel frame fitted with two 125mm

rubber tyred rear support castors

& 250mm puncture proof

pneumatic front wheels

›› Cylinders are held in place with

a retaining chain for added

security when in use

›› Zinc plated models are ideal for use

in damp environments

›› TS177L: painted frame

›› CT277L, CT201L &

CT201P: zinc plated frame

TS177L

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

CT201P

TS177L & CT277L

Only

Cylinder

Dia. mm

Cylinder

Cap Ltr

Wheels

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

286 40 250 / 125 20 TS177L £454.10

286 40 250 / 125 20 CT277L £488.80

140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40 200 Cushion 16 CT201L £228.50

140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40 250 Puncture Proof 16 CT201P £276.95

CT277L

289


Cylinder Trolleys

Close up of unique

lifting toe plate

i

Information

LIFTING TOE

PLATE ALLOWS

EASY UNLOADING

CT209Y

›› This cylinder trolley incorporates a unique lifting toe plate, sliding upwards when

the truck is placed up against a pallet to make the cylinders easier to slide off

›› The support frame is fitted with 2 swivel castors, making the unit easily manoeuvrable

›› The large wheels on the front of the unit make it easier to go over rough terrain

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Max Cylinder

Dia. mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Welders Trolley

Toe Plate Size

L x D mm

Toe Plate

Lifting Height mm

240 700 x 610 x 1375 345 x 235 200

Wheels mm

350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing

2 x 100mm Nylon Castors

Cylinder Pallet Cages

Weight

kg

Model

Price

30 CT209Y £461.25

Rear

castors

manufactured

GCP03Z

3YR

GUARANTEE

›› 2 rear castors provide extra stability,

support & full operator control

›› Steel tubular frame is fitted with cylinder

retaining chains & a welding rod holder

›› This unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x

oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high &

1 x acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

760 x 760 x 1090

TS171L

Wheels mm

350 x 75

Cushion

Roller Bearing

Weight

kg

Model

Price

31 TS171L £501.55

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

No of

Cylinders held

Weight

kg

Model

Price

555 x 480 x 1010 2 - Max Dia. 275mm 20 GCP01Z £439.95

1100 x 480 x 1010 4 - Max Dia. 275mm 40 GCP02Z £548.70

1200 x 1050 x 995

GCP01Z

9 x 286mm /

12 x 229mm

/ 20 x 178mm

manufactured

›› Fully welded construction with

supporting sides & central sections

›› Non-slip steel floor to aid the safe

loading & unloading of cylinders 3YR

GUARANTEE

›› Complete with retaining chain/strap

›› Models GCP01/2Z are suitable for

transporting cylinders by pallet truck with

width across forks of 680mm. Model GCP03Z

is suitable for transportation by fork lift only

120 GCP03Z £1181.50

UNSURE OF THE CORRECT TROLLEY FOR YOU? PLEASE CALL FOR ASSISTANCE

290

Cylinder Trolleys

›› Cylinder trolleys which easily convert

from a sack truck to a 4 wheel

sack truck for ergonomic use

›› Designed to transport oxygen

& acetylene cylinders

›› Complete with chain to secure the

cylinders to the trolley

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels &

2 x 75mm swivel braked castors


FROM ONLY

£198.00

NEW

i

Information

CARRY OXYGEN

& ACETYLENE

CYLINDERS

EASILY & SAFELY

CTF20Y in

Sack Truck

mode

CTF12Y in

Sack Truck

mode

CTF12Y as 4

Wheel Sack

Truck

CTF20Y as 4

Wheel Sack

Truck

Holds / Transports

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

Folded Size

H x W x D mm

›› Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979

›› Specially designed for carrying oxygen

cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals

›› The tubular frame has a sheet steel base &

retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position

›› Fitted with anti-static metal centred wheels &

front 100mm non-marking corner buffers

Weight

kg

1 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010 x 430 x 910 1165 x 430 x 480 18 CTF12Y £198.00

2 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010 x 720 x 910 1165 x 720 x 480 25 CTF20Y £284.00

TS180L

Model

Price

TS179L

TS178L

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Maximum

Cylinder

Size mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Retaining

Strap

Heights mm

Wheels

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

140 420 x 400 x 1100 220 / 675 125 8 TS178L £324.70

175 460 x 410 x 1100 220 / 675 250 13 TS179L £446.75

230 470 x 480 x 1100 270 / 920 250 14 TS180L £462.90

291


Dispensing Bottles

›› Heavy duty polyethylene bottles,

use to dispense liquids directly on

to work single handed

›› The brass valves are self

closing & leak proof

›› The body of the bottle

is contoured &

textured to

aid grip

Plunger Cans

›› Manufactured from chemically

resistant Ryton ® & brass

›› Used to safely

moisten wipes,

cleaning wipes

etc with solvent

›› Any surplus

solvent drains

back into

the can

Polyethylene Cans

›› Resistant to tough

acids & corrosives

as well as heat

›› Self close lid,

pressure relief

mechanism &

duel density

flame arrester

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.12 57 x 140 14002 £45.17

0.24 79 x 140 14004 £35.89

1 102 x 267 14010 £38.32

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.5 125 x 133 10008 £41.38

1 185 x 143 10108 £45.78

2 185 x 187 10208 £45.78

4 185 x 267 10308 £50.25

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

2 117 x 194 x 241 14065Z £56.25

4 117 x 194 x 324 14160Z £62.06

All products on this page are:

10YR

GUARANTEE

Type I Steel Cans

›› Cans upto 1L size have a trigger release handle & 4L

onwards have a swinging handle for easier carrying

›› Suitable for corrosive flammable liquids

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

0.5 117 x 172 10001 £64.87

1 117 x 210 10101Z £59.93

7.5 241 x 349 7120100Z £42.10

9.5 298 x 292 7125100Z £44.93

19 298 x 429 7150100Z £45.67

Polypropylene Funnels for 4L Can & above 11202Y £13.80

Type II Accuflow Steel Cans

›› Innovative manifold automatically

vents for smooth, glug free pouring

›› Safe-squeeze trigger gives you

maximum control when pouring

›› Stainless steel flame arrester dissipates

heat to prevent flashback ignition

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Hose

Dia x L mm

Model

Price

Oily Waste Cans

4 241 x 267

7210120Z £73.23

16 x 229

7.5 241 x 337 7220120Z £73.96

9.5 298 x 305

7225130Z £74.68

25 x 229

19 298 x 445 7250130Z £75.39

›› Foot operated self closing lid

›› Safe disposal of used wipes, rags & cloths

›› Lid opens no more than 60º & closes when

released. This ensures that flammable liquids

present on the wipes or rags are not in

contact with ignition sources

Capacity

Litres

292

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

20 302 x 403 09100 £61.52

34 354 x 464 09300 £68.73

52 408 x 514 09500 £82.56

80 467 x 595 09700 £113.72

i

Information

PERFORATED BASE

FOR GOOD AIR

CIRCULATION

All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved

Liquid Disposal Safety Cans


›› High density polyethylene disposal cans provide

superior chemical resistance & leak protection

›› Spring loaded sealed cap, normally

closed, automatically vents between

3 & 5 psig (0.2 & 0.35 bar)

›› Stainless steel handle & hardware with

latch-catch system hold the cap in the

open position for easy filling & pouring

›› Large mouth opening features a

built-in stainless steel flame arrester to

guard against outside ignition

›› Current carrying, patented carbon

insert embedded in the container

allows for proper grounding

›› Broad base design provides stability

& resists accidental tip over

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

7.5 305 x 375 14762Z £113.57

19 305 x 508 14765Z £114.37

All products on this page are: 10YR

GUARANTEE

Bench Cans

›› Easy means of cleaning small parts in solvent

›› Simply place work on spring loaded, perforated dasher plate, press

down, agitate, then release to return dasher to drain position

›› Plated steel dasher also works as an effective flame

arrester to reduce the risk of fire flashback

›› Hinged cover minimizes evaporation losses &

protected rim reduces the possibility of hand injury

10175

10575 10375 11171

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

1 124 x 140 10175 £45.70

2 238 x 83 10295 £50.23

4 238 x 114 10375 £51.31

8 292 x 149 10575 £83.71

Parts basket for 10375 11171 £22.00

Dip Tanks

10295

›› For cleaning parts & sub-assemblies

where the volume of work does not

warrant a larger rinse tank

›› Dip tank covers stay open for convenient access;

self-closing mechanism & fusible link metals at

74°C to snap the cover shut in case of fire

27602

27601

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

Dia x H mm

Model

Price

All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved

4 238 x 140 27601 £65.67

8 238 x 254 27602 £68.68

19 349 x 330 27605 £84.34

30 397 x 362 27608 £95.35

293


EVO Recycled ® Absorbents

›› Made in the UK from 85%

recycled natural fibres

›› Weight for weight the most

Oil absorbent pad in Europe

›› Lowest carbon footprint of

any absorbent pad in Europe

›› Tough & soft, high loft construction

for maximum usability

›› Low linting construction

for bench top use

EVO-S20

EVO-P15

EVO-S08

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

OIL SPILLS

EVO-P100

EVO-P100X

EVO-P20X

EVO-D5

Sheet/Roll Size

L x W x H mm

294

Pack

Quantity

Packaging Model Price

Socks

1200 x 80 20 Poly-wrapped EVO-S20 £45.42

3000 x 80 8 Poly-wrapped EVO-S08 £45.42

Pads (Triple Loft, Oil preferential)

400 x 500 x 10 50 Poly-wrapped EVO-P50 £26.58

400 x 500 x 10 50 Dispenser Box EVO-P50X £28.75

400 x 500 x 10 100 Poly-wrapped EVO-P100 £49.27



400 x 500 x 10 15 Clip-Top Bag EVO-P15 £8.58

EVO-R3030

Sheet/Roll Size

L x W mm

Pack

Quantity


manufactured

EVO-R3820X

Packaging Model Price

Drum-top Pads (with cutout for drum pump)

560 dia. 5 Clip-Top Bag EVO-D5 £10.75

Rolls (Quick Rip Perforated)

300 x 30M 1 Poly-wrapped EVO-R3030 £23.67

380 x 20M 1 Dispenser Box EVO-R3820X £27.98



Spill Kits


ABK25

ABK50

ABK100

manufactured

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

OIL SPILLS

OSK20CT

OSK50

OSK90RY

OSK240

OSKE

Oil & Fuel Kit General Kit Chemical Kit

Description

Contents


AdBlue Spill Kits

25 Litre Kit 3 x 120cm socks, 10 pads & 1 disposable bag - - ABK25 £22.50 - -

50 Litre Kit 2 x 120cm socks, 25 pads & 1 disposable bag - - ABK50 £61.25 - -

100 Litre Kit 5 x 120cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags - - ABK100 £106.58 - -

Tanker & Vehicle Spill Kit

20 Litre Kit 2 x 120cm socks, 10 pads & 1 disposable bag OSK20CT £19.33 GSK20CT £19.33 CSK20CT £26.92

30 Litre Kit 3 x 120cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags OSK30CT £26.92 GSK30CT £26.92 CSK30CT £32.15

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit complete with Shoulder Bag

50 Litre Kit 2 x 300cm socks, 25 pads & 1 disposable bag OSK50 £61.58 GSK50 £61.58 CSK50 £71.58

Workshop Spill Kit complete with Clip-top Bin

90 Litre Kit 4 x 300cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags OSK90RY £110.42 GSK90RY £110.42 CSK90RY £132.92

Workshop Spill Kit complete with Wheeled Bin

240 Litre Kit 12 x 300cm socks, 100 double-weight pads & 4 disposable bags OSK240 £230.83 GSK240 £230.83 CSK240 £284.17

Locker Spill Kit complete with Locker

- 12 x 300cm socks, 100 pads & 4 disposable bags OSKE £456.58 GSKE £456.58 CSKE £496.25


295


G-TRUCK ® Premium Pallet Trucks

Ergonomically

designed

handle with

3 position

control lever

CAN BE USED WITH

›› Premium model features upgraded

handle, pump & tandem front rollers

›› Conform to EN 1757-2

›› Fork width: 160mm

›› Raised height of forks: 205mm

›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm

›› Complete with entry & exit rollers

›› Ergonomically designed handle with

a 3 position control lever

›› Manufactured to the recognised

European GS standard

›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering

wheels & 85mm nylon tandem rollers

PRICES

HELD

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

GPT1554P

2500kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

GPT1054P

Close up

of Entry/Exit

Rollers &

Tandem Rollers

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Narrow Aisle Pallet Trucks

In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting

equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum

One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection

Price: £40.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your

Pallet Truck must be serviced within the above agreement

FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 GPT1054P £325.00 £320.00

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 GPT1554P £325.00 £320.00

1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 GPT1068P £340.00 £335.00

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 GPT1568P £340.00 £335.00

PRICES

HELD

›› 2000kg capacity





›› Highly manoeuvrable through full 180º

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

NARROW AISLE

APPLICATIONS

296

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Weight

kg

Model

800 450 58 GX205N £459.05

900 450 58 GX206N £459.05

1000 450 59 GX207N £459.05

1220 450 60 GX209N £459.05

Price


G-TRUCK ® Pro Pallet Trucks

2500kg

evenly

distributed

CAN BE USED WITH

2YR

GUARANTEE

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

i

Information

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

GPT1054S

FROM ONLY

£296.70



›› Raised height of forks: 200mm & lowered height of forks: 85mm


›› Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever

›› Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard

›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering

wheels & 85mm nylon single front rollers








GPT1154S

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 GPT1054S £301.70 £296.70

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 GPT1154S £301.70 £296.70

1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 GPT1068S £311.70 £308.35

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 GPT1168S £311.70 £308.35

PRICES

HELD

297

Pallet VULCAN Trucks, ® Pallet Stackers, Trucks Lift Tables & Equipment

Low Profile Pallet Trucks

Printers Pallet Trucks







›› Mobile on 180 x 50mm red

polyurethane steering wheels &

50 x 70mm tandem front rollers

›› Ideal for moving crates, vending

machines, appliances etc

2000kg

evenly

distributed





›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels

& 85mm nylon front rollers (picture shows tandem

front rollers which are available upon request

›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)

2500kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

2YR

GUARANTEE

LPPT1054

GN0845

Fork

Length mm

1000

1150

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Braked Pallet Trucks

Model

Price

540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1054 £562.50

680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1068 £598.25

540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1554 £562.50

680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1568 £598.25






›› Mobile on 200mm nylon

steering wheels & 80mm

nylon front rollers

›› Progressive braking system

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

& parking brake facility. With the

braking device, the walking speed

can be controlled by hand. When

you pull the brake lever in upward

direction, the brake works. You

can use the brake no matter if

the truck is moving or not

›› Other sizes available - call for details

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Quick Lift Pallet Trucks

Model

Price

600 450 Printers GN0645 £442.90

800 450 Printers GN0845 £442.90

1000 450 Printers GN1045 £442.90

2000kg

evenly

distributed





›› Mobile on 200mm polyurethane steering wheels

& 85mm nylon front rollers


with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

›› Quick lift pump action speeds up pallet

movement in busy work places like

parcel/pallet distribution & couriers etc

›› Quick lift function up to 300kg weight

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

GN685BPT

2500kg

evenly

distributed

QLPT1554

Fork

Length mm

1000

298

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

550 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK GN550BPT £614.30

685 GKN/CHEP/UK GN685BPT £614.30

Fork

Length mm

1150

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1554 £400.00

685 GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1568 £415.90

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced with the agreement on page 296 & 297


Long Fork Pallet Trucks







with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

2000kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

GN2054

PRICES

HELD

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Fork

Spacing mm

Model

Price

1500 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 220 GN1554 £527.00

1500 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1568 £552.40


1800 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1868 £579.40


2000 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN2068 £603.20

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

PRICES

HELD







›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower

& neutral) with a comfortable

rubber gripped handle

GN2054

Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Truck





›› Mobile on 200mm steel steering wheels

& 80mm steel front rollers


3000kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

2YR

GUARANTEE

5000kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

HDPT301554

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301554 £531.75

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301568 £555.60

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

1150 580 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT501558 £1393.70

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced with the agreement on page 296 & 297

299


Robust Industrial Pallet Truck Scale

i

Information

MAX CAPACITY OF

2000KG BY 1KG

INCREMENTS

›› Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading,

keyboard with zero & tare functions

›› Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries

›› Operating time of approximately 80 hours in

continuous use or 3 months in normal use

thanks to its auto switch-off function

2000kg

evenly

distributed

Large 25mm LCD Display with

4 easily available AA batteries

PRICES

HELD

Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale

GTPWN

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1150 550 120 GTPWN £995.00

Optional Upgrade for accuracy - 2000kg x 0.5kg GTPWNIP05 £65.00

*Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate* ISO-CERT £35.00

›› The ultimate heavy duty pallet truck scale is

extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh

range, which changes automatically:

0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments

500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments

1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments

›› Large 25mm LCD display, IP68 rated

indicator housing in stainless steel

›› Supplied with battery charger which

gives an operating time of approx.

60 hours in continuous use, thanks

to its auto switch-off function

›› Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane

double loading front rollers

2000kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1150 550 120 GTPWLK £1195.00

1240 680 125 GTPWLKW £1450.00

Optional Thermal Printer GTRP £185.00

Optional spare battery for pack - 24/7 use GTPWBKB £85.00

*Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate* ISO-CERT £35.00

GTPWLK

STAINLESS STEEL & ATEX MODELS ARE AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS

300

*Calibration Certificates (Model: ISO-CERT) must be ordered at the time of purchasing the Pallet Truck Scales*


Weigh Scale Pallet Truck







steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers

›› Accuracy (+/- 0.5% and in 2kg increments)

›› Electronic lifting height indication in display

›› Highly reliable - all components are compact,

designed for mobile use & low power usage

›› Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the

pallet truck to be used outside or on

lorries & can be cleaned with water (under

normal pressure). The load cells in the

forks have an even protection level

›› Power supply - built in rechargeable batteries

give up to 70 hours use from one charge

i

Information

WEIGHING

ACCURACY TO

+/- 0.5% & in

2kg increments

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

2000kg

evenly

distributed

WPT57H Weigh Scale Display

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Premium Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

Price

1150 545 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK WPT57H £773.05

WPT57H

PRICES

HELD







2YR

GUARANTEE

steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers

›› High accuracy (+/- 0.1% and in 0.5kg increments)

›› Electronic lifting height indication in display

›› Highly reliable - all components are compact,

designed for mobile use & low power usage

›› Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the

pallet truck to be used outside or on

lorries & can be cleaned with water (under

normal pressure). The load cells in the

forks have an even protection level

›› Power supply - fitted with rechargeable

batteries. The battery will last 70-80 hours & to

re-charge simply plug to the mains (cable

included). Charging takes approx. 4hrs.

i

Information

HIGH WEIGHING

ACCURACY TO

+/- 0.1% & in

0.5kg increments

2000kg

evenly

distributed

Weigh Scale Display

PWS1270

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1157 £1169.85

1220 690 GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1270 £1234.95

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced within the below agreement

One service visit per annum, a PEWER inspection & Calibration - Price: £96.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)

301


Semi Powered Pallet Truck





PRICE

HELD

1800kg

evenly

distributed

›› Modern, compact & light design makes this unit suitable for application

in a variety of warehouses, supermarkets & even on large lorries

›› Brand new Lithium maintenance-free, pollution free battery that is slower

discharging & requires significantly shorter time to recharge

›› 400W motor driven without the need for pushing or pulling.

›› Maximum driving speed of 4.8 km/h

›› CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller

›› Incorporates stabilising wheels either side of the drive wheel arrangement

›› Mobile on 150mm polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 60mm polyurethane tandem rollers

›› Power supply: 24V/30A. Complete with 13amp single phase 3 pin charging plug

›› 8 hours average runtime and 3 hours runtime for continuous use

›› Spare battery available - call for details

›› The Pallet Truck can be used as a normal Pallet Truck by disengaging the brake lever

i

Information

FAST CHARGE

ONLY 3.5 HOURS

CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

2YR

GUARANTEE

BATTERY IS EXCLUDED

FROM THE GUARANTEE








Easy to remove

Lithium battery

Fork

Length mm

302

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Battery Life

Indicator

Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK SPPT40 £1341.30

Fully Powered Pallet Truck with Lithium Battery





›› Modern, compact & light design makes these units suitable for application

in a variety of warehouses, supermarkets & even on large lorries

›› Incredibly smooth travel & lift combined with multi-functional

controls greatly help reduce product damage & increase productivity

›› Open design of the truck makes battery removal & installation easier

›› Electric lifting function saves operator effort; manual lowering

function can adjust lowering speed through handle angle

›› Auxiliary wheels on two sides increases truck stability

›› CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller


NEW

up to

1500kg

evenly

distributed

FPPT40

CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

2YR

GUARANTEE

BATTERY IS EXCLUDED

FROM THE GUARANTEE

i

Information

CURTIS

CONTROLLER

UNIT & A

NONPOLAR SPEED

CONTROLLER

FPPT30

Capacity

kg

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

1200 1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT30 £1500.00

1500 1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT40 £1563.50








303


Fully Powered Pallet Truck





›› 400W motor driven without the

need for pushing or pulling. Maximum

driving speed of 4.5 km/h

›› CURTIS controller unit with

a nonpolar speed controller

›› Incorporates stabilising wheels either

side of the drive wheel arrangement

›› Mobile on 250mm polyurethane steering wheels

& 80 x 70mm polyurethane tandem rollers

›› Power supply: 2 x 12/80Ah. Complete with

13amp single phase 3 pin charging plug

›› Other fork lengths & widths available


1500kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

CURTIS

CONTROLLER

UNIT & A

NONPOLAR SPEED

CONTROLLER

PRICE

HELD

Battery Life Indicator & Key

FPPT10

CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

Control Panel








Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT10 £2127.00

304

FPPT10

Premium Fully Powered Pallet Trucks





›› Approved acceleration enhances

efficient pallet entry & exit. Nonpolar

control is programmable for specific

tasks or operator skill levels

›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures

little noise & maximum durability

›› Drive unit incorporates an electro

magnetic brake that is spring applied

& electrically released. The brake

is activated by the control handle

›› Ergonomically designed control handle

›› Mobile on 252mm steering

wheels & 84mm tandem rollers

›› 3000kg option available


CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets








FPPT20 &

FPPTPLSA

Control

Panel

FPPT20 &

FPPTPLSA

2YR

GUARANTEE

2000kg

evenly

distributed

Load

Cap. kg

Fork

Length mm

Fork

Width mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Model

2000 1150 160 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT20 £5295.25

Optional Driver Platform & Side Protection Bars FPPTPLSA £690.50

Price

305


Galvanised Pallet Trucks






nylon steering wheels &

80 x 70mm nylon front rollers

›› Corrosion resistant - ideal for

use in wet & damp conditions


Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks




›› Grade 304 stainless chassis & pump unit

›› Suitable for food & pharmaceutical use




2000kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

2000kg

evenly

distributed

GAPT1154

SSPT1554

Fork

Length mm

1150

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Rough Terrain Pallet Truck

Model

Price

540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK GAPT1154 £663.75

680 GKN/CHEP/UK GAPT1168 £693.35




›› Adjustable forks (up to 580mm wide) adapt

to a maximum pallet width of 1200mm

›› Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications such

as building sites, agricultural environments etc

›› Mobile on pneumatic wheels mounted

on hubs with sealed bearings

›› Hydraulic lifting system

with integrated hand pump

›› 2000kg & a 1200kg electric version


1500kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

Fork

Length mm

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Reel Handling Pallet Trucks

Model

Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK SSPT1554 £2491.10

1220 685 GKN/CHEP/UK SSPT1568 £2544.65



›› Designed to carry horizontal loads such

as rolls, reels, cable drums etc

›› Strong & robust chassis which is reinforced at the ‘A’

frame & the legs are strengthened along their length

›› Hydraulic pump with a slow lowering hand control

valve. A 3 position control lever provides fingertip

control of all hydraulic system functions

with the handle in any position

›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm steering

wheels & 82 x 70mm roller tandems

›› Other fork lengths available

- call for details

2YR

GUARANTEE

2000kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

306

GZR11N

Fork

Length mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1640 x 1413 x 800 890 173 GZR11N £1201.60

To Suit

Reel Size

400/600

RHPT0500

Fork

Length mm

Fork

Width mm

Model

PRICES

HELD

Price

760 RHPT0500 £674.65

600/800 850 RHPT0700 £692.10

1000

800/1200 1000 RHPT1000 £725.40

1200/1600 1150 RHPT1500 £777.80

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:

One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection - Price: £70.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)


High Lift Pallet Trucks





›› Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering

wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers

›› Stabilising bars automatically come into

operation to prevent the unit moving

›› Automatically slow descending speed

to prevent damage of your goods

1000kg

evenly

distributed

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

CAN BE

USED WITH

HLPT1755

Half Height

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

HLPT1755

Full Height

Fork

Length mm

1170

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Weight

kg

Model

Price

540 Euro 95 HLPT1755 £660.75

685 Euro 115 HLPT1768 £660.75

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your High Lift Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:

One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)

Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks





›› Mobile on 180 x 55mm steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers

›› Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving

›› Battery & charger included: Battery - 12v/60Ah

›› Lifting motor power: 0.8kw

›› Manual operation included

1000kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

MANUAL &

ELECTRIC

LIFT/LOWER

FOR PRECISE

POSITIONING

PHL54H

Lowered

Stabilising bars

prevent the unit

moving whilst in use

PRICES

HELD

PHL54H

Full Height

Fork

Length mm

1170

Width over

Forks mm

Pallet

Type

Weight

kg

Model

Price

540 Euro 125 PHL54H £1641.30

680 Euro 136 PHL68H £1755.60

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Electric High Lift Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:

One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)

307


Scissor Lift Tables

2YR

GUARANTEE

PRICES

HELD

FROM ONLY

£299.70

MLTD80Y

›› Conforms to EN 1757-4

›› These units are elevated by pump

action foot pedal & lowered by

hand operated release trigger


braked castors with wheel guards

Load

Capacity

Platform

Size mm

Lowered

Height mm

Max Lift

Height mm

Single Scissor

Wheels Model Price

150 kg 700 x 450 255 720 100 x 25mm Polyurethane Castor MLTS15Y £299.70



Double Scissor

350 kg 910 x 500 350 1300 125 x 40mm Polyurethane Castor MLTD35Y £551.05




Winch Scissor Lift Table

›› Conforms to EN 1757-4

›› These units are elevated by using

the hand operated winch mechanism


125mm braked castors

2YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

FIND YOUR PERFECT

WORKING POSITION

EASILY BY ADJUSTING

THE HAND OPERATED

WINCH MECHANISM

WLT30Y

Load

Capacity

Platform

Size mm

Lowered

Height mm

Max Lift

Height mm

Model

Price

300 kg 950 x 600 440 1000 WLT30Y £377.15

500 kg 950 x 600 550 1000 WLT50Y £520.00

308

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Scissor Lift Tables must be serviced within the agreement below:

One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)


Premium Scissor Lift Tables

›› These units are elevated by pump action foot

pedal & lowered by hand operated release trigger

›› Comply to EN1570:2011


braked castors with wheel guards

›› Handles supplied loose

›› SL150Y incorporates a folding handle

›› CE marked

150kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

REPAIR & MAINTENANCE

SERVICE AVAILABLE

SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS

FROM ONLY

£366.50

SL150Y

350kg

evenly

distributed

SL300Y

Part Elevated

300kg

evenly

distributed

SLD35Y



HAND SCISSOR LIFT TABLE

One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection

Price: £120.00 per truck, per annum


Load

Capacity

Platform

Size mm

Pedal Strokes to

Elevate

Lowered

Height mm

Max Lift

Height mm

Single Scissor

Wheels

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

150 kg 750 x 450 25 225 740 100mm PVC Tyre with a Nylon Centre 49 SL150Y £389.20 £366.50

300 kg 850 x 500 32 340 900 127mm Polyurethane Tyre

87 SL300Y £499.50 £473.30

500 kg 850 x 500 45 340 900 with a Steel Centre

91 SL500Y £534.10 £506.60

Double Scissor

350 kg 910 x 500 55 348 1300 127mm Polyurethane Tyre / Steel Centre 115 SLD35Y £622.45 £592.40

309


Large Load Movers

›› Load is raised & can be easily

moved around in any direction,

even in the tightest of areas

›› Incorporates a 5M securing strap to

secure your loads to the units

LLM18H

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

BULKY & HEAVY

WEIGHT ITEMS

LLM06M

Load

Capacity kg

Lift

Max Lift

Height mm

Toe Plate Size

D x W mm

Lifters/Transporters

Wheels

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

600 Manual 300 120 x 225 125mm Polyurethane 570 x 390 x 780 25 LLM06M £612.90

1800 Hydraulic 250 60 x 600 150mm Polyurethane 680 x 420 x 1070 86 LLM18H £997.50

Weight

kg

Model

(pairs)

Price

(pairs)


›› Carry out a range of functions in

production, warehousing environments

›› Simple controls all mounted within

easy reach of the operator

›› Attachments are easily & quickly

changed with simple tools

›› Built in battery allows the truck to be charged

from any convenient 13 amp socket

›› Mobile on 100mm steering wheels (fitted with

foot pedal brakes) & 80mm tandem rollers

›› Load centre: 300mm

›› Lift motor: 24v / 0.37Kw

›› N.B load capacities may alter depending

on what accessories are used wth the Lifter

Roll & Coil

Handler

Work Platform

Roller Bed

Platform

Drum & Roll

Turner

Jib

Crane Arm

Bevelled

Platform

up to

200kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD


Roll & Coil Handler LTMLRCH £178.60

Work Platform LTMLWP £303.20

Jib Crane Arm LTMLJCA £301.60

Roller Bed Platform LTMLRBP £582.55

Drum & Roll Turner LTMLDRT £1577.80

Bevelled Platform LTMLBP £404.80

310

LTML115

Load

Cap. kg

Lift

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x L mm

Lift Speed

cm / sec

Battery

v / Ah

Weight

kg

Model

100 1500 1920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 86 LTML086 £3228.60

100 2000 2420 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 115 LTML115 £3665.10

100 2300 2920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 144 LTML144 £4082.55

200 1500 1920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 106 LTML106 £4082.55

200 2000 2420 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 135 LTML135 £4236.55

200 2300 2920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 164 LTML164 £4720.65

Price

Hydraulic Lifter



›› Conforms to EN 1757-1:2001

›› Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which

can be either hand operated or foot operated

›› Complete with a removable yellow platform

›› Mobile on 2 swivel 130mm braked

polyurethane castors with wheel guards

& 2 x 75mm front polyurethane rollers

ML400L shown

with Platform

ML400L without

Platform

Load Lifting Height

Lifting Overall Size Fork Width over Weight

Model

Price

Capacity kg per stroke Height mm

H x W x L mm

Length mm Forks mm

kg

400 22 mm 1500 1720 x 590 x 1100 650 540 85 ML400L £853.45

Mini Lifters


›› Designed for ultimate flexibility & able

to carry out a huge range of functions

›› Complete with a removable work platform

(removable with the use of simple tools

leaving two forks underneath)

›› Electric models: automatic electronic

overload protection systems

›› Manual model: operated via hand winch,

with auto brake system

›› Choice of easy to change options available:

bevelled platform, drum & roll turner, roll &

coil handler & roller bed - please call for details

›› Mobile on 125mm steering wheels

with foot guards & 75mm rollers

›› 24v/20Ah battery with a built-in charger

Remote Control

for the MLE03Y

Winch System

for the MLM01Y

PRICES

HELD

i

Information

MANY OPTIONAL

ACCESSORIES

AVAILABLE.

PLEASE CALL

FOR DETAILS

MLM01Y

MLE03Y

Model

Load

Capacity kg

Load

Centre mm

Lift

Height mm

Platform Size

W x L mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Manual 100 235 1500

840 x 600 x 1830 MLM01Y £701.60

Manual 200 235 1500 870 x 600 x 1920 MLM02Y £761.95

470 x 600

Electric 150 235 1500 870 x 600 x 1790 MLE03Y £1130.20

Electric 100 200 1700 870 x 740 x 1990 MLE04Y £1109.55

311


Hydraulic Stackers

STI02Y

STI03Y

STI05Y

i

Information

STRADDLE

LEGS ALLOW

PALLETISED

LOADS TO BE

LIFTED FROM

THE FLOOR

STI17Y

STI16Y

STI19Y

Load

Cap. kg

312

Lifting

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x L mm

Fork

Length mm

Fork Type: Fixed

Width over

Forks mm

Load

Centre mm

500 1600 2080 x 755 x 1705 1150 550 600 205 STI16Y £1093.90

1000 1000 1790 x 755 x 1655 1150 550 600 210 STI04Y £1060.85

1000 1600 2080 x 755 x 1655 1150 550 600 210 STI02Y £1273.40

1000 2500 2925 x 860 x 1705 1150 580 600 286 STI05Y £1637.50

1500 1600 2080 x 755 x 1705 1150 550 400 245 STI03Y £1591.30

Fork Type: Adjustable

500 1600 2010 x 805 x 1640 1060 up to 745 500 161 STI17Y £1061.20

1000 1600 2165 x 1000 x 1380 1060 up to 950 500 250 STI01Y £1320.10

1000 2500 2928 x 750 x 1640 1060 up to 700 500 316 STI18Y £1818.35

Fork Type: Straddle

1000 1600 2155 x 1450 x 1560 1060 up to 950 500 336 STI19Y £1700.10

Weight

kg

Model

Price


Hydraulic Stackers

›› Conform to EN ISO3691-5:2009

based on directive 2006/42/EC

›› Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic

pump which can be either hand

operated or foot operated

›› Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm

braked nylon castors with

wheel guards & 2 tandem

80mm front nylon rollers

N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required

to unload these units on delivery

Adjustable

Forks

STI18Y

STI01Y



HYDRAULIC STACKER

One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection

Price: £185.00 per truck, per annum


i

Information

EASILY LIFT &

MANOEUVRE

PALLETISED LOADS

AT HEIGHTS

313


Semi Electric Stackers



›› Effortless manual push & pull movement

›› Easy control powered lifting

›› Steering & pulling handle

›› Mobile on 180mm steering wheels with

foot guards & 74mm tandem rollers

›› 12v/150Ah battery with a built-in charger

Key, Battery Life Indicator &

the Fork Operating Lever on the

Semi Electric Stacker

PRICES

HELD

i

Information

ADJUSTABLE FORK

UNITS AVAILABLE -

CALL FOR DETAILS

up to

1500kg

evenly

distributed

SESCT15

Load

Capacity kg

Fork

Length mm

Lift

Height mm

Lowered Fork

Height mm

Fork

Width mm

Overall Size

L x H mm

Model

Price

314

1600

1720 x 1980 SESCT10 £2344.45

1000

2500 1720 x 3070 SESCT15 £2627.00

1100

85 570

3000 1720 x 3570 SESCT20 £2796.85

1500 3300 1720 x 4020 SESCT25 £3260.35

Straddle Stackers

with Adjustable Forks


›› Brake & pulling handle

›› Tandem lift chains with full guarding

Manual Straddle Stackers



›› Adjustable forks give an overall

width of: 1080 to 1360mm


foot guards & 80mm load wheels

Semi Electric Straddle Stackers



›› Manual push/electric lift

›› Load centre: 600mm

›› Turning radius: 1350mm

›› Adjustable forks & straddle legs giving an

overall width of: 1100 to 1380mm


foot guards & 100mm load wheels

›› 12v 150Ah battery with built-in automatic charger


1000kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

PSS21M

i

Information

ADJUSTABLE

STRADDLE LEGS

SUITABLE FOR

MOST PALLETS

PSS30E

Fork

Length mm

Lowered Fork

Height mm

Raised Fork

Height mm

Fork

Width mm

Overall Size

L x H mm

Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks

85 1600

1580 x 2020 PSS21M £1614.30

915

2500 210 to 800

1480 x 1770 PSS30M £1857.15

75

3000 1480 x 2020 PSS35M £1901.60

Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks

1600

1550 x 2020 PSS16E £2742.90

915 75

2000 1550 x 2020 PSS20E £2895.25

220 to 850

2500 1800 x 1854 PSS30E £2946.05

1150 70

3000 1800 x 2104 PSS35E £3111.15

Model

Price

315


Fully Powered Straddle Stackers




›› Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah

Powerful maintenance free batteries (large

2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details)

›› Built in charger as standard, together with battery

discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function,

ensure high battery lifetime

›› Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast

lifting, that provide smooth travel & lift

with easy to operate controls

›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures very

little noise, maximum efficiency, durability

& shortens the lifting time

›› Four wheel supporting design at the

driving end, with offset tiller for perfect view,

allows stable & safe operation when the truck

is used for high position stacking

›› Compact & ergonomic design

improves operator performance

›› 1200kg, 1500kg & 2000kg models


NEW

1000kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

CURTIS

CONTROLLER

UNIT & A

NONPOLAR SPEED

CONTROLLER

FPST1016

316

Load

Capacity kg

Fork

Length mm

Lift

Height mm

Fork

Width mm

1000 1150 1600 570 FPST1016 £3988.90

1000 1150 2000 570 FPST1020 £4190.50

1000 1150 2500 570 FPST1025 £4285.75

1000 1150 3000 570 FPST1030 £4333.35

1000 1150 3300 570 FPST1033 £5161.95

Model

Price


Fully Powered Stackers

PRICES

HELD




›› Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah

Powerful maintenance free batteries (large

2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details)

›› Built in charger as standard, together with battery

discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function,

ensure high battery lifetime

›› Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast lifting, that

provide smooth travel & lift with easy to operate controls

›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures very

little noise, maximum efficiency, durability

& shortens the lifting time

›› Four wheel supporting design at the driving end, with

offset tiller for perfect view, allows stable & safe

operation when the truck is used for high position stacking

›› Compact & ergonomic design

improves operator performance

›› 1500kg & 2000kg models available - call for details

1000kg

evenly

distributed

FPSCC1030

Load

Capacity kg

Fork

Length mm

Lift

Height mm

Fork

Width mm

1000 1150 1600 570 FPSCC1016 £3425.40

1000 1150 2000 570 FPSCC1020 £3627.00

1000 1150 3000 570 FPSCC1030 £3769.85

1000 1150 3300 570 FPSCC1033 £4598.45

Model

Fully Powered Counterbalance Stackers

Price

upto

1600kg

evenly

distributed


›› Duplex mast configuration allows

good sight through the mast uprights

›› Short wheel base, compact & low noise

›› Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallet types

PRICES

HELD

›› Uses latest AC control technology for superior control & battery life

›› External battery charger means that the truck can

be charged from any convenient UK 3-pin socket

›› Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work

›› Smooth step less drive controls

›› Power steering & full free lift

›› Can pick up closed board pallets, standard UK pallets & Euro pallets

CBS1614

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

GETTING THE

UNIT CLOSE

TO RACKING OR

WHERE SPACE IS

AT A PREMIUM

Load

Capacity kg

Fork

Length mm

Lowered Fork

Height mm

Raised Fork

Height mm

Adjustable Width

over Forks mm

600 1070 80 1400 200 / 690 CBS0614 £9722.25

600 1070 80 3000 200 / 690 CBS0630 £10,112.70

1200 1070 80 1400 200 / 690 CBS1214 £11,425.40

1200 1070 80 3000 200 / 690 CBS1230 £11,722.25

1600 1070 80 1400 200 / 690 CBS1614 £12,460.35

1600 1070 80 3700 200 / 690 CBS1637 £13,920.65

Model

Price

317


PalletPal 360

›› Keep the load at a comfortable working height

›› Power free - fully automatic

›› Load the pallet in uniform layers - the

integral turntable allows you to load

without bending or stretching

›› Maximum lift height: 711mm

›› Lowered height: 241mm

2000kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

LOAD A PALLET

WITHOUT

BENDING OR

STRETCHING

PALLETPAL

PRICE

HELD

Overall Size

W x D mm

Pal Disc

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1108 x 1108 186 PALLETPAL £1755.00

›› Ultra low profile - ideal for use in confined areas

›› Easy to load with a hand pallet truck

– full surround loading ramp

›› Virtually maintenance free

›› Lock prevents accidental rotation

i

Information

ULTRA LOW

PROFILE

2000kg

evenly

distributed

PRICE

HELD

Overall Size

Dia. x H mm

Turntable

Dia. mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1235 x 22 1100 100 PALDISC £1305.00

318

PALDISC


Pallet Level Loader

›› Heavy duty springs allows the

platform to move heavy loads

easily, keeping the load at a

comfortable working height

›› Helps reduce injuries

associated with loading pallets

at the floor level & will also

improve productivity

›› Maximum lift height: 1000mm

NEW

2000kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

LOAD A PALLET

WITHOUT

BENDING OR

STRETCHING

PLL1211

Overall Size

W x D mm

Model

Price

1220 x 1110 PLL1211 £1552.40

PalletDisc

›› Free-rotating ramped edge

for easy pallet truck loading

›› Lock prevents accidental rotation

›› Ideal for many environments

PalletRing

›› Strong, lightweight & simple to use

›› Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load

›› Ideal for many environments

2000kg

evenly

distributed

NEW

2000kg

evenly

distributed

NEW

PLD1100

Overall Size

Dia. x H mm

Turntable

Dia. mm

Model

Price

1100 x 22 1100 PLD1100 £1158.75

Overall Size

Dia. x H mm

Inner

Dia. mm

Model

Price

1016 x 60 960 PLR1016 £352.40

319


Static Lift Tables

›› A compact hydraulic power unit with transparent

tank for easy oil level checking.

›› Precision machined scissors ensure smooth

performance & geometrical motion accuracy

›› Aluminium profiled safety frame to

reduce the risk of entrapment

›› Power unit with protection class IP55

›› Each cylinder is fitted with a hose burst

valve to ensure immediate stop in the

event of pipe or hose rupture

›› Double sheer rollers ensure perfect load

balancing & eliminates transverse loads thus

extending the operational life

›› Safety props for service & maintenance work

›› Quick-change anodised pivot pins & bushes provide

easy servicing of the lift table equipment

EAX10-8/8-1000

PRICES

HELD

BX20-11/8

MX10-8E

Description

Capacity

kg

Platform Size

L x W mm

Stroke

mm

Lift

Height mm

Closed

Height mm

Lift Table 1000 1200 x 1000 800 1000 200 EAX10-8/8-1000 £1850.00

Lift Table with ‘E’ Shape 1000 1350 x 1050 800 1080 80 MX10-8E £3340.00

Lift Table 2000 1700 x 800 1100 1350 250 BX20-11/8 £4975.00

Model

Price

320

All tables are designed and manufactured in conformity with the relevant provisions of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC,

Annex IIA and in accordance with the Low Voltage Directive, 2006/95/EC and the EMC Directive, 2004/108/EC.

All relevant parts of the following European harmonized standards have been considered EN 1570-1:2011 Lifting Tables

EN 60204-1 Safety of Machinery - Electrical Equipment of Machines - General Requirements

Static Lift Tables - Mains Operated


›› Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1

›› Remote power system, easy for

controlling, convenient for maintenance

›› Electronic control box with up,

down & emergency buttons

›› PSL82U: specially designed in ‘U’ shape

for handling pallets & boxes

Platform cut out - 1050L x 585Wmm

›› Lifting speed with load: 42mm/sec

›› Three phase (414V) power supply

required & units need to be

installed by an electrician

PSL80F

PSL82U

PRICES

HELD

PSL80F Lowered

Ramp Size:

1140L x 890W mm

Load

Capacity kg

1000

Chain Hoist

Lowered Platform

Height mm

80

Raised Platform

Height mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Lifting

Time

Motor

kw

Weight

kg

Model

Price

235 PSL80F £1996.85

760 1450 x 1140 18 secs. 0.75

82 250 PSL82U £1950.80

Chain Hoists

Lever Hoist

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST

›› Robust steel construction

›› Issued with its own certification

& is CE marked & plated


CCH11C

CCH66C

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST

PRICE

HELD

PRICE

HELD

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST


›› Standard lift: 2500mm



›› Electroplated load chain

to help resist wear

›› Strong forged hooks - both

are fitted with safety latches

& rotate 360º

›› No of columns of load chain: 1


Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1000 9.5 NCH10C £62.50

Capacity

kg

Standard

Lift mm

Wt.

kg

Model

PRICES

HELD

Price

1000 2500 11.5 CCH11C £49.50

2000 2500 21.5 CCH21C £62.25

3000 3000 22 CCH22C £79.85

5000 3000 44 CCH40C £113.15

10,000 3000 66 CCH66C £195.95


›› Standard lift: 1500mm

›› Rubber safety grip handle

›› Fully enclosed brake system



›› Free wheeling feature

eliminates the need to use

the lever to take up slack

›› No of columns of load chain: 1


Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1500 11 NLH15L £76.25

321

Sack Trucks

‘Apollo’ Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with

Puncture Proof Wheels

250kg

evenly

distributed

GI705R

£86.50

GI703R

£74.50

200kg

evenly

distributed

›› Mobile on REACH compliant &

puncture proof pneumatic wheels

›› High quality steel with a hardwearing

aqua blue powder coated finish

›› Complete with strong, riveted

knuckle guard hand grips

›› GI701R - high back unit with wheel

guards & robust plastic covered skids

›› GI702R - extra wide unit

with wheel guards

›› GI703R - standard unit

›› GI704R - complete with wheel guards.

This unit also comes with a fixed (250kg

capacity) & folding toe plate (150kg

capacity). The folding toe plate

stays in the folded position by

the use of a magnet

›› GI705R - complete with wheel guards

& ‘P’ handle. The ‘P’ handle allows

the unit to be laid horizontally for

ease of loading or unloading

›› GI706R - strong angle iron unit complete

with wheel guards

i

Information

GI705R

GI703R

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

300kg

evenly

distributed

GI704R

£94.75

up to

250kg

evenly

distributed

GI701R

£132.60

GI701R

GI704R

Folding Toe Plate stays

in folded position by

the use of a magnet

Capacity

kg

322

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Fixed Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Folding Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Wheel

Size mm

300 1320 x 510 x 630 285 x 280 - 250 13 GI701R £132.60

250 1085 x 610 x 585 475 x 240 - 250 12.5 GI702R £117.70

200 1110 x 515 x 490 360 x 250 - 200 8.5 GI703R £74.50

up to 250 1240 x 535 x 710 390 x 165 320 x 430 250 11.5 GI704R £94.75

250 1310 x 520 x 460 366 x 220 - 250 10 GI705R £86.50

300 1185 x 580 x 600 385 x 300 - 250 14.5 GI706R £119.80

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Sack Trucks

‘Apollo’ Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels

300kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

GI706R

£119.80

250kg

evenly

distributed

GI702R

£117.70

GI706R

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS

REACH (Registration,

Evaluation, Authorisation &

Restriction of Chemicals)

is a European regulation

that addresses the

production & use

of chemical substances,

& their potential impacts

on both human health

& the environment

GI702R

323

Sack Trucks

Fort ® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks

with Puncture Proof Wheels

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

›› Mobile on 250mm REACH compliant

& puncture proof pneumatic wheels

›› High quality steel with a

hardwearing powder coated finish

›› Complete with strong, screw fixed


(FJ170P has a looped handle)

›› Close couple wheel mounting with

integrated wheel guards - wheels

don’t protrude the sack frame

280kg

evenly

distributed

260kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

WHEELS SIT WITHIN

THE FRAME TO AID

MANOEUVRABILITY

THROUGH

DOORWAYS &

CORRIDORS

FJ178P

FJ171P

260kg

evenly

distributed

280kg

evenly

distributed

up to

250kg

evenly

distributed

FJ175P

FJ177P

FJ176P

FJ173P

324

Description

Capacity

kg

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


W x D mm

Concave Cross Members with Loop Handle 230 1100 x 450 x 500 410 x 200 10 FJ170P £114.65

Straight Cross Members 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ171P £119.65

Concave Cross Members with Standard Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ172P £121.95

Concave Cross Members & Axle Supports 280 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 12 FJ173P £135.60

Concave Cross Members with Large Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 700 410 x 400 14 FJ174P £129.05

Mesh Back with Standard Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ175P £126.70

Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 700 410 x 400 14 FJ176P £134.90

Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 / 230 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 13 FJ177P £138.25

High Back 280 1410 x 580 x 500 410 x 200 14 FJ178P £144.25

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Sack Trucks

Fort ® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels

230kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£114.65

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS

manufactured





that addresses the

production & use




& the environment

3YR

GUARANTEE

FJ170P

260kg

evenly

distributed

260kg

evenly

distributed

FJ174P

i

Information

WHEELS SIT WITHIN

THE FRAME TO AID

MANOEUVRABILITY

THROUGH

DOORWAYS &

CORRIDORS

FJ172P

325

Sack Trucks

Sack & Case Sack Trucks

›› Concave back units come complete

with knuckle guard hand grips

to protect your knuckles

›› Mobile on 200mm cushion

roller bearing wheels

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Chair Bulk Load Sack Truck

›› Toe plate size: 565W x 150D mm


›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm cushion

roller bearing wheels

›› Ideal for moving

stacked chairs

TS139H

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


up to

250kg

evenly

distributed

7 0kg

evenly

distributed

TS143H

Capacity

kg

Overall Size

H x W mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

TS149H

Price

250 1100 x 420 410 x 200 11 TS139H £225.90

250 1100 x 510 360 x 200 12 TS149H £232.55

200 1168 x 495 400 x 483 12.5 TS143H £247.65

Heavy Duty Sack Trucks

manufactured

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

TS142H

Price

1168 x 570 x 380 14.5 TS142H £238.85

Angle Iron Sack Truck

›› Complete with knuckle guard hand grips to protect your knuckles

›› Mobile on cushion roller bearing wheels

›› 200mm rubber wheels

›› Hardwearing powder coat finish

›› Knuckle guard hand grips

& wheel guards

›› Toe plate size of 320W x 240D mm

300kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

TS157H

TS146L fitted

with TS240Z

Height

mm

326

Width mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight kg

Wheels

mm

Model

1140 585 380 x 130 27 350 x 75 TS146L £409.20

Extended Toe Plate - Factory Fitted (380W x 300D mm) for the TS146L TS240Z £25.30

1160 550 390 x 300 19.5 200 x 50 TS157H £281.95

Price

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

TCS57Y

Model

Price

1220 x 450 x 350 19 TCS57Y £229.75

Sack Trucks

Fort ® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels

›› Mobile on 250mm REACH compliant

puncture proof wheels

›› Durable, large diameter tubular construction

frame with a hardwearing powder coated finish

›› Complete with heavy duty looped

handles & wheel guards

manufactured

i

5YR

GUARANTEE

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

up to

290kg

evenly

distributed

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS





that addresses the

production & use




& the environment

FJ189P

FROM ONLY

£191.85

FJ187P

(Toe Plate Up)

FJ186P

Description

FJ180P

Capacity

kg

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

FJ187P

(Toe Plate Down)


W x D mm

Weight

kg

Concave Cross Members with Loop Handle 240 1100 x 540 x 480 410 x 200 14 FJ180P £191.85

Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 270 1100 x 540 x 680 410 x 400 17 FJ186P £214.55

Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 1100 x 540 x 480 410 x 200 16 FJ187P £209.95

High Back 290 1410 x 540 x 570 410 x 200 17 FJ188P £217.20

Extra Wide 270 1100 x 640 x 495 510 x 200 15 FJ189P £201.65

Model

FJ188P

Price

327

Sack Trucks

Folding Toe Sack Truck

Telescopic Folding Toe Sack Truck

100kg

evenly

distributed

GI151Y

£69.70

100kg

evenly

distributed

GI162Y

£72.95

GI162Y

GI151Y

›› Straight back frame

›› Mobile on 150mm rubber plain bearing wheels

›› Ideal for storing in a car boot or van

Overall Size

H x W mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

›› Fully welded, strong & robust

›› 200mm rubber tyred wheels

›› Folding toe plate

200kg

evenly

distributed

Model

Price

1020 x 360 300 x 380 5 GI151Y £69.70

Heavy Duty Steel Sack Truck

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

›› Mobile on 150mm rubber plain bearing wheels

›› Ideal for storing in a car boot or van

›› Telescopic handle with 3 positional heights

- 800, 930 & 1060mm

Overall Size

H x W mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1060 x 360 300 x 380 5 GI162Y £72.95

‘P’ Handle Sack Truck

›› Concave cross members

›› ‘P’ handle to allow the unit

to be laid horizontally for

ease of loading & unloading

›› Large 300mm pneumatic

wheels to give this unit a

smooth ride over rough

& uneven terrain

GI300P

£99.55

300kg

evenly

distributed

FJ182H

Folded

COLOUR

OPTIONS

FJ182H

Overall Size

H x W mm

328

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Red

Blue


Model

Price

960 x 500 310 x 330 10 FJ182H £133.10

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

GI300P

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1260 x 570 x 460 350 x 230 15 GI300P £99.55

Sack Trucks

Steel Sack Trucks

Budget Sack Trucks

›› Lightweight

›› 200mm rubber wheels

›› Hardwearing finish

150kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£67.15

250kg

evenly

distributed

100kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£49.95

GI521H

GI523P

GI258H

GI256H

›› REACH compliant wheels

›› Wheel guards


›› Hardwearing finish

Wheels

200mm

Cushion

250mm

Pneumatic

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

1135 x 480

x 445

1120 x 545

x 435

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

‘P’ Handle Sack Truck

›› ‘P’ handle allows the unit

to be laid horizontally for

ease of loading & unloading

›› 250mm pneumatic

wheels give this unit a

smooth ride over

uneven terrain

Weight

kg

Model

Price

350 x 200 11.5 GI521H £67.15

350 x 185 11 GI523P £76.50

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1120 x 470 x 410 350 x 228 11 GI256H £51.90

1000 x 470 x 410 350 x 180 10 GI258H £49.95

White Goods Sack Truck

›› Designed for moving electrical goods.

Fitted with plastic tube protectors to

protect your load from damage

›› Wide toe plate (510W x

190Dmm) & wheel guards

›› Fitted with 250mm

pneumatic wheels

250kg

evenly

distributed

100kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

GI708P

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1310 x 550 x 460 350 x 210 9 GI708P £59.90

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

GI340Y

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1315 x 550 x 495 510 x 190 14 GI340Y £89.00

329

Sack Trucks

Folding Toe Sack Trucks

TCS66Y

TCS58Y

TCS82Y

Capacity

kg

Height

mm

Width

mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

manufactured

Weight

kg

3YR

GUARANTEE

Model

Price

150 1150 560 330 x 330 12 TCS66Y £196.30

250 1050 420 300 x 460 12 TCS58Y £212.80

250 1200 480 460 x 360 12 TCS82Y £214.40

Step-A-Trucks

›› TCS66Y: mobile on 260mm pneumatic

wheels. Double toe gives extra versatility

(fixed: 460W x 150Dmm & folding: 330W x 330Dmm)

›› TCS58Y: mobile on 200mm rubber wheels.

Large toe plate is ideal for bulky items

›› TCS82Y: mobile on 200mm rubber wheels.

Knuckle guard hand grips protect your knuckles

›› Certified to EN 131 ›› Versatile - neat & compact

›› Large toe plate & wide step treads

›› Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg

›› Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck

›› When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels

FROM ONLY

£91.15

Easy to move

into position

FMS83Y as

Step Unit

FOLD AWAY

WHEELS

No. of

Treads

330

Overall Size - W x D x H mm

Folded as Sack Truck as Step Unit

FMS82Y as

Step Unit

Platform

Height mm

Sack Truck

Toe Plate

Step

Tread Size

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

FMS83Y as

Sack Truck

Price

(each) 2+

2 460 x 70 x 990 480 x 490 x 990 470 x 530 x 920 490 390 x 375 x 6.5 FMS82Y £99.10 £91.15

3 470 x 90 x 1265 490 x 450 x 1265 470 x 735 x 1190 750

280 mm 210 mm

9 FMS83Y £115.80 £105.45

Sack Trucks

Super Compact Trucks

›› Unfold in seconds

›› Lightweight, simple to use & easy to carry

›› Three versions available:

›› GI025Y - the ‘mini’ model

›› GI033Y - the ‘super’ model

›› GI043Y - the ‘heavy duty’ model

›› All units are of aluminium construction

›› These units can be stored or transported in

confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries

›› GI043Y comes complete with knuckle guard hand grips

FROM ONLY

£52.30

‘MINI’

COMPACT

TRUCK

‘SUPER’

COMPACT

TRUCK

‘HEAVY DUTY’

COMPACT

TRUCK

GI025Y

GI033Y

GI043Y

Fitted with elasticated

load retaining straps

Fitted with elasticated

load retaining straps

Large folding toe

i

Information

IDEAL FOR USE

IN SCHOOLS &

OFFICES ETC

Padded handles &


on the GI043Y which fold

flat for compact storage

GI033Y

GI043Y

GI043Y

Folded

GI033Y

Folded

GI025Y

Folded

Description

Load

Capacity

kg

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

when folded

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

when open

Toe Plate

W x D mm

Wheels

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

Mini Compact 60 650 x 390 x 60 1000 x 400 x 420 390 x 240 2 x 120 3 GI025Y £57.50 £52.30

Super Compact 100 700 x 490 x 60 1000 x 490 x 450 490 x 270 2 x 180 4 GI033Y £78.95 £75.05

Heavy Duty Compact 200 1010 x 595 x 97 1255 x 620 x 600 590 x 335 2 x 200 10 GI043Y £174.25 -

331

Sack Trucks

Telescopic Truck

›› Toe plate size:

255 x 295mm

›› Telescopic handle slides

in nylon sleeves for

smooth operation

›› Incorporates knuckle

guard hand grips &

wheel guards

›› Large 250mm

pneumatic wheels


Aluminium Sack Truck

›› Concave cross members &


›› 260mm pneumatic wheels

for rough terrain

›› Fixed solid toe plate

& wheel guards

›› Fitted with skids to enable

this unit to be placed

horizontally for ease of

loading & unloading

LOWER

PRICE

100kg

evenly

distributed

100kg

evenly

distributed

PRICE

HELD

GI405P

GI405P shown folded

GI998P

Overall Size - In Use

H x W x D mm

Overall Size - Folded

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1130 x 488 x 550 773 x 488 x 295 13 GI405P £69.90

Large Folding Toe


›› Mobile on 260mm pneumatic wheels

›› Fixed plate size: 440W x 140D mm

›› Folding plate size: 300W x 500D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm




›› Wheel guards & straight

aluminium cross members



Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1310 x 470 x 610 250 x 270 11 GI998P £162.85




›› Aluminium cross members



200kg

evenly

distributed

120kg

evenly

distributed

100kg

evenly

distributed

GI991P

PRICE

HELD

LOWER

PRICE

Overall Size

H x W mm

332

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1260 x 430 11 GI991P £199.95

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

GI996P

Price

1150 x 550 x 480 8 GI996P £79.95

GI886P

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1085 x 505 x 475 7 GI886P £88.30

Sack Trucks

Aluminium Sack Trucks

200kg

evenly

distributed

GI804P

GI803P

GI802P

GI801P

›› Aluminium frame is lightweight

& easily manoeuvrable

›› 250mm pneumatic wheels for

use on uneven or rough terrain

›› Flat frame gives extra stability when

moving large or bulky loads

›› The robust construction, with heavy

duty toe plates, gives strength & durability

‘THE PRO’ Folding Sack Truck

Overall

Height mm

Overall

Width mm

1595 515

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Compact Sack Truck

Weight

kg

Model

Price

12 GI801P £162.10

1250

9 GI802P £146.35

355 x 225

1345 470

10 GI803P £156.65

1320 10 GI804P £150.30

›› Quickly & easily folds for

compact storage &

transportation. The toe

plate, wheels & handles fold

into the sack truck with a

simple move of the handles


puncture-proof rubber wheels

›› Folding toe plate size:

310W x 310D mm

PRICE

HELD

›› Aluminium frame with

a folding steel toe plate

›› Easily folded to fit

in your car/van boot

›› Easily carried & stored

once folded

›› 2 x 150mm solid

rubber wheels


size: 360W x 250D mm

THIS

TO THIS

270kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICE

90kg

evenly

distributed

Simply turn the handles which will lift

the toe plate & fold the wheels

GI960Y

Folded

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

GI270H

Price

1150 x 480 x 520 1165 x 435 x 145 6 GI270H £139.25

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

GI960Y

Price

1090 x 412 x 406 715 x 412 x 190 7 GI960Y £48.95

333

Sack Trucks

Compact Aluminium Stairclimber

Heavy Duty ‘BULKY’ Sack Truck

›› Toe plate size: 387 x 270mm

›› Complete with load strap

›› Mounted on 58mm wheels

on a ‘3 star’ system

›› Max load: 30kg on stairs

& 60kg as truck

›› ‘Bulky’ load sack truck is 1310H x 655W mm

›› Folding toe plate size: 600W x 405D mm

›› Large, robust puncture proof semi-pneumatic

250mm wheels for a smooth ride over uneven terrain

›› Ideal for rough & tough applications

›› Fixed (400kg capacity) & folding

(350kg capacity) toe plates

& 60kg as truck (350kg capacity) toe plates

GI400P In Use

up to

400kg

evenly

distributed

GI083Y

Folded

i

Information

BULKY SACK

TRUCK WITH

A MASSIVE

CAPACITY -

UP TO 400KG

GI083Y

Easy operation

on stairs

GI400P

GI400P

£147.20

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Folded Size

H x W x D mm

250kg

evenly

distributed

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1050 x 415 x 415 635 x 395 x 67 3.5 GI083Y £62.75

Distribution Truck

›› Fully welded tubular

steel frame with

50 x 50mm mesh infil

›› Internal load area:

855Hx400Wx275Dmm


cushion roller bearing

wheels

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Fixed Toe Plate

Size W x D mm

Weight

kg

White Goods Sack Truck

Model

Price

1310 x 655 x 710 655 x 190 20 GI400P £147.20

›› Designed for

moving electrical goods

›› Fitted with heavy duty

rubber tubing to protect your

load from damage

›› Toe plate: 410 x 200mm

manufactured

manufactured

3

YR

GUARANTEE

3

YR

GUARANTEE

TS340H

250kg

evenly

distributed

TS231Y

Overall Size

H x W mm

334

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1070 x 510 15 TS231Y £238.40

Overall Size

H x W mm

1100 x 420

Weight

kg

Wheels mm Model Price

11 200mm Cushion TS340H £284.50

11 200mm Pneumatic TS340P £367.85

Three Position Truck with Bag Holder

Sack Trucks

›› Converts from a sack truck to a platform truck in seconds

›› Mobile on 200mm solid rubber wheels & 100mm swivel castors

›› Complete with a movable bag holder which

incorporates an elastic strap to hold the bag in place (bag not supplied)

80kg

evenly

distributed

Elastic strap holding

the bag in place

GI354Y as

Sack Truck

GI354Y with

bag holder down

GI354Y as

Platform Truck

with bag

holder up

Overall Size - L x W x H mm

Toe Plate Size Weight

Model

Price

Sack Truck Mode

Platform Truck Mode

D x W mm

kg

350 x 450 x 1180 630 x 450 x 795 130 x 350 8.5 GI354Y £63.85

Aluminium Two Way Truck

›› Strong, robust & lightweight


›› Use as a sack truck or platform truck


150kg

evenly

distributed

GI805P as

Sack Truck

Overall

Height mm

Overall

Width mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Folded: 1310 & Unfolded: 1020 510 20 GI805P £230.25

GI805P as

Platform Truck

Aluminium Three Way Truck

›› Easily converts from a basic sack truck to

a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck

›› Incorporates 2 toe plates. A fixed toe

plate (457W x 190Dmm) & a large

folding toe plate (228W x 686Dmm)

›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels

& 125mm polyurethane castors

GI935P

4 Wheel Sack Truck

i

Information

CONVERTS QUICKLY

& EASILY INTO 3

POSITIONS

350kg

evenly

distributed

GI935P

Platform Truck

Overall Size

As Platform Truck

L x W x H mm

Overall Size

As Sack Truck

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1500 x 530 x 980 470 x 530 x 1325 18 GI935P £355.15

GI935P

Sack Truck

335

Sack Trucks

Two Way Truck


›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors

200kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

CONVERTS IN

SECONDS

GI358Y as

Platform Truck

GI358Y as Sack Truck


Sack Truck Mode

Two Way Cargo Truck

Platform Truck Mode

Toe Plate Size

D x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

450 x 550 x 1240 980 x 550 x 890 180 x 350 12 GI358Y £82.95

Price


›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors

›› Load Capacity: 150kg in platform truck

mode & 250kg in sack truck mode

150kg

evenly

distributed

250kg

evenly

distributed

Close up of clasp

holding the handle in

position when the unit

is in sack truck mode

i

Information

CONVERTS IN

SECONDS

GI352Y as

Platform Truck



Sack Truck Mode

Heavy Duty Three Way Trucks

Platform Truck Mode

Toe Plate Size

D x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

585 x 390 x 1175 1175 x 390 x 930 335 x 310 14 GI352Y £125.25

Price

›› A heavy duty truck which easily & quickly

converts from a basic sack truck to a

4 wheel sack truck or platform truck

›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm

rubber tyred wheels &

2 x 125mm rubber

tyred castors

›› Horizontal platform

height: 240mm


470 x 190mm

400kg

evenly

distributed

Close up of the

mechanism which

keeps the rear

wheels in position

manufactured

336

Description

Bright Zinc Plated

TS133Y

As Platform Truck

H x L mm

TS132Y

As 4 Wheel Sack Truck

H x L mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

As Basic Sack Truck

H mm

Weight

kg

TS134Y

9mm Exterior Plywood Platform 795 x 1270 890 x 1190 1270

26 TS133Y £401.00

Model

Price

24 TS132Y £386.50

Blue Powder Coated 24 TS134Y £360.70

Sack Trucks

Medium Duty Three Way Truck

›› A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a

basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck

›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm rubber tyred wheels &

2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors

›› Horizontal platform height: 260mm

i Information


CONVERTS QUICKLY

& EASILY INTO 3

POSITIONS

GI135Y as

Platform Truck

250kg

evenly

distributed

GI135Y as 4

Wheel Sack Truck


As Platform Truck

L x W x H mm

Heavy Duty Three Way Truck


L x W x H mm

›› A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a

basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck

›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm rubber tyred wheels &

2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors

›› Horizontal platform height: 240mm


As Basic Sack Truck

W x H mm

Weight

kg

1280 x 470 x 710 1205 x 470 x 840 470 x 1280 19 GI135Y £118.90

Model

Price

FJ135Y as

Platform Truck

300kg

evenly

distributed

FJ135Y as 4

Wheel Sack Truck

FJ135Y as Sack Truck

As Platform Truck

L x W x H mm


L x W x H mm

As Basic Sack Truck

W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

1270 x 510 x 795 1190 x 510 x 890 510 x 1270 28 FJ135Y £241.25

Price

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

337

Sack Trucks

Compact Aluminium Stairclimber


›› Complete with load strap

›› Mounted on 58mm wheels


›› Max load: 30kg on stairs

& 60kg as truck

Wide Stairclimber

LOWER

PRICE

›› Fixed & folding

toe plates

›› Complete with

adjustable strap


size: 395 x 460mm

›› Mounted on 160mm

pneumatic wheels


›› Max load:

50kg on stairs

150kg as truck

Easy operation

on stairs

Load Strap

Storage

Compartment

GI083Y

Folded

Adjustable strap

holding items in place

GI083Y

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Folded Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1050 x 415 x 415 635 x 395 x 67 3.5 GI083Y £62.75

GI360Y

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1160 x 605 x 795 410 x 200 22 GI360Y £132.50

For safe use of stairclimbers please ensure the load does not overhang the leading edge of the toe plate

Telescopic Stairclimber

Stairclimbers with Skids

LOWER

PRICE


290 x 285mm

›› Mounted on 150mm

wheels on a

‘3 star’ system

›› Max load:

50kg on stairs

150kg as a sack truck

›› Fitted with knuckle

guard hand grips

& wheel guards

PRICES

HELD

›› Mounted on

150mm wheels on

a ‘3 star’ system

›› Max load:

60kg on stairs

150kg as a sack truck

›› Fitted with knuckle

guard hand grips,

wheel guards &

plastic guarded skids

GI390Y

Folded

GI380Y

GI370Y

GI390Y

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

338

Folded Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1230 x 500 x 680 830 x 500 x 430 15.5 GI390Y £111.10

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Toe Plate Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Painted 1180 x 480 x 600 300 x 245 11 GI370Y £99.95

Aluminium 1180 x 500 x 550 300 x 210 8.5 GI380Y £135.85

‘Proplaz ® ’ Folding Box Trucks

›› Durable plastic construction

›› Opens & folds in seconds

›› Folds flat for easy carrying & storage

ProPlaz ®

box truck

FROM ONLY

£25.80

PRICES

HELD

Sack Trucks

LOWER

PRICE

i

Information

HOLDS A4 FILES

PI041Y

GI040Y

i

Information

HOLD FOOLSCAP

LEVER ARCH &

BOX FILES

GI041Y

ProPlaz ®

box truck

i

Information

Folding Box Trucks

fold to a depth

of just 85mm

STRONG CANVAS BAG

CARRY & STORE YOUR TOOLS

ProPlaz ®

box truck

LOWER

PRICE

GI042Y with

removable lid

BI045Y

Description

Load

Capacity

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Internal Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

Blue/Yellow 25 kg 850 x 375 x 325 410 x 375 x 85 290 x 345 x 270 3 GI040Y £28.30 £25.80

Blue/Yellow 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 4 GI041Y £33.95 £31.50

Black

35 kg

4 BI041Y £31.85 £29.15

990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330

Black with Compartment Bag 35 kg 5 BI045Y £47.75 £44.20

Pink 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 4 PI041Y £29.50 £26.80

Grey/Red with removable lid 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 5 GI042Y £37.50 £35.30

339


upto

Plastic Platform Trolley

›› Constructed from injection moulded,

lightweight & hygienic plastic

›› Handle Height: 825mm


100mm rubber castors

PRICE

HELD

Plastic Platform Trolleys



›› The handle folds neatly into the

recessed holes in the platform

enabling the unit to be used as a dolly

›› The platform has integral carry handles

›› GI920Y - 100kg load capacity.

Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

75mm castors

›› GI921Y - 150kg load capacity.

Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

100mm castors

GI152Y

Folded

MASSIVE

REDUCTIONS

GI152Y

£69.95

120kg

evenly

distributed

GI921Y

Folded

GI921Y

being Carried

GI152Y

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Plastic Platform Trolleys





›› Handle Height: 820mm

›› GI153YW - subject to availability

120kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly

Code / Price

GI153YW

Assembly Available




Model

Price

710 x 460 x 140 8.5 ASA / £15 GI152Y £69.95

PRICE

HELD

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

GI921Y

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

‘Proplaz ® Connect’ Trolley/Dolly

®

ProPlaz

Connect

Assembly Available




Model

Price

600 x 385 x 130 6 ASA / £15 GI920Y £59.75

710 x 453 x 160 7 ASA / £15 GI921Y £79.75

›› A modular trolley/dolly system which comes

complete with a handle which can easily

be removed to create a dolly

›› Constructed from a re-inforced polypropylene deck

›› Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm low noise castors


LOWER

PRICE

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Grey

White


GI153Y in

Red

PPU82Y with

handle removed

120kg

evenly

distributed

Easy carrying handle

340

Colours

GI153Y in

Blue

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available




Model

Price

White 600 x 385 x 150 6 ASA / £15 GI153YW £34.95

Blue, Red or Grey 600 x 385 x 150 6 ASA / £15 GI153Y £64.95

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

PPU82Y

Assembly Available




Model

Price

675 x 425 x 170 860 10 ASA / £15 PPU82Y £59.95

‘Proplaz ® ’ Platform Trolleys

›› Constructed from re-inforced

polypropylene decks making

these units ideal for warehouses,

offices, workshops etc


›› PPU81Y: mobile on 2 fixed &

2 swivel 100mm low noise castors

›› PPU91Y: mobile on 2 fixed &

2 swivel 125mm low noise castors

›› PPS71Y: mobile on 2 fixed &

2 swivel 125mm ultra

smooth silent castors


ProPlaz

Blue

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

®

FROM ONLY

£88.95

PPU81Y

Folded

PPU91Y

Proplaz Blue Only

Description

PPS71Y

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Assembly Available




Handle

Height mm

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Anti-slip discs

prevent your goods

from slipping

Assembly

Code / Price

Strong sub-structure

on all units for greater

load capacity

Proplaz ® Blue 720 x 490 x 170 860 150kg 10 ASA / £15 PPU81Y £88.95

Proplaz ® Blue 900 x 600 x 220 890 300kg 15 ASA / £15 PPU91Y £123.95

Proplaz ® Super Silent 900 x 600 x 220 890 300kg 15 ASA / £15 PPS71Y £171.15

Model

Price

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

The Proplaz ® Super Silent units are mobile on

superior smooth running rubber, silent castors.

4

4

4

Effortless manoeuvrability with minimal resistance

Non-conductive, water proof & wear resistant

REACH compliant, resistant to chemicals

& extreme temperatures

341


Pro-Dek Heavy Duty Platform Trolleys with ‘QuietCastors’

›› Heavy duty plastic trolley with corner buffers

›› Can be stacked 5 high for easy storage ›› Complete with mechanism protectors

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked non-marking rubber ‘QuietCastors’

FROM ONLY

£104.00

GI918Y

Folded

GI918Y Carried

Carry

Handles

Braked ‘QuietCastors’

GI918Y Stacked 5 high

GI918Y

Assembly Available




Overall Size

L x W x H mm


L x W x H mm

Plastic Platform Trolley

›› 3 position handle:

›› Upright - for pushing

›› Angled - for towing

›› Flat - for use as a dolly

Capacity

kg

Castor

Size mm

›› Manufactured from rugged structural foam plastic

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel non-marking 125mm rubber castors

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

740 x 468 x 930 740 x 468 x 274 200 100 8.5 ASA / £15 GI918Y £104.00

900 x 610 x 945 900 x 610 x 298 350 125 13 ASA / £15 GI919Y £145.45

LOWER

PRICE

Model

Price

i

Information

3 POSITION

HANDLE

Easy to

carry

HI914C folded

for use as a dolly

180kg

evenly

distributed

HI914C

Assembly Available




342

HI914C - Angled

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

790 x 500 x 150 800 11 ASA / £15 HI914C £129.95

Price


Multi Position Foldaway Trolleys

GI001Y

Folded

FROM ONLY

£69.95

GI001Y

Extended

GI111Y

Folded

Quick Release

Mechanism

›› Aluminium construction with a telescopic

handle & expanding/contracting base

›› Fits easily into a car boot/van

›› GI001Y incorporates a foam rubber handle for

your comfort, plastic load protectors on the base

of the rear uprights & corner buffers for

added protection to your walls

›› GI111Y incorporates fully moulded plastic ends

›› Mobile on 100mm castors (2 fixed & 2 swivel)

›› Platform height: 160mm

Assembly Available




150kg

evenly

distributed

GI111Y

Description

Overall Size - Open

L x W x H mm


L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Multi Position Trolley 725 x 420 x 960 570 x 420 x 230 8.5 ASA / £15 GI001Y £69.95

Multi Position Trolley with Moulded Ends 760 x 440 x 930 570 x 440 x 240 8 ASA / £15 GI111Y £89.65

Model

Price

343


Folding Trolleys

250kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£57.75

LOWER

PRICES

150kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




GI102Y

i

Information

FLAT PRESSED

STEEL BASE WITH

PVC SURFACE

Wooden Deck Trolley

GI103Y

›› Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface

›› GI102Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel rubber castors

›› GI103Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel rubber castors

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

725 x 472 x 820 9.5 ASA / £15 GI102Y £57.75

907 x 608 x 850 16.5 ASA / £15 GI103Y £91.85

‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

›› This trolley has a high quality wooden deck

& chrome plated folding handle

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm

non-marking rubber castors


150kg

evenly

distributed

›› Unique wheels which fold underneath the

platform when the handle is folded

›› Plastic platform with integral carry handles

›› Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 100mm castors

GI110Y

Folded

GI392Y carried

LOWER

PRICE

GI392Y

folded

GI392Y

folded

GI392Y

handle recess

GI110Y

120kg

evenly

distributed

GI392Y

Braked Castors

344

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

740 x 480 x 860 11 GI110Y £59.95

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

680 x 410 x 920 680 x 410 x 80 7 GI392Y £115.80


Deluxe Folding Trolleys

›› Yellow foam covered handle for your comfort

›› Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface

›› GIK02Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel polyurethane castors

›› GIK03Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel polyurethane castors

300kg

evenly

distributed

150kg

evenly

distributed

GIK02Y

Folded

Assembly Available




Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

GIK02Y

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Large Wheeled Folding Trolley with a

Foam Covered Handle

Price

740 x 482 x 830 9.5 ASA / £15 GIK02Y £73.85

914 x 620 x 870 16.5 ASA / £15 GIK03Y £109.10

GIK03Y

i

Information

HIGH QUALITY

SMOOTH RUNNING

CASTORS

›› Foldable handle makes this unit easy to store

›› Heavy duty 200mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel

pneumatic wheels - ideal for rough terrain

350kg

evenly

distributed

GI009P

Folded

Assembly Available




Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

870 x 560 x 260 900 300 22 ASB / £20 GI009P £169.00

Price

GI009P

345

Shelf Platform & Tray Trucks Trolleys & Dollies

Galvanised Platform Trolley

›› Chrome handle & galvanised deck

›› All round PVC buffer

›› Handle height: 860mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber castors

Aluminium Platform Trolley

PRICE

›› Ergonomically designed folding handles HELD

›› Fits easily into a car boot/van

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 180mm castors

GI064Y

Folded

GI066Y

Folded

300kg

evenly

distributed

300kg

evenly

distributed

GI064Y

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available




Model

›› Heavy duty type 304 stainless steel truck

›› Suitable for food processing plants, laundries etc

›› Mobile on 4 swivel (2 braked)

125mm rubber tyred castors

Price

880 x 590 x 185 330 25 ASB / £20 GI064Y £186.40

Stainless Steel Platform Trucks

GI066Y

Overall Size

Folded

L x W x H mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Handle

Height

mm

Weight

kg

Assembly Available




Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

900 x 610 x 395 900 x 610 1040 19 ASB / £20 GI066Y £225.45

Folding Stainless Steel Trolleys

›› Stainless steel corrosion resistant platform & handle

›› Handle folds for ease of storage

›› Mobile on 4 swivel (2 braked)


5YR

GUARANTEE

100kg

evenly

distributed

100kg

evenly

distributed

SST01Y

SST515

No of

Shelves

346

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 880 x 575 x 905 11 SST01Y £428.60

2 700 x 435 x 905 12 SST02Y £398.35

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

515 x 820 x 970 185 15 SST515 £275.65


Platform Trucks

FROM ONLY

£126.30

PI100Y Only

PRICE

HELD

PI100Y

PI200Y

›› Protected wood edges ›› Strong & manoeuvrable

›› The deck & sides are of heavy duty veneer supported

by a steel frame. PI205Y has a plywood base

›› Sides/ends are fixed in position

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked rubber wheels

Assembly Available




Up to

500kg

evenly

distributed

PI208Y

PI205Y

PI207Y

Description

Capacity

kg

Platform

Size mm

Handle

Height mm

Platform

Height mm

Plywood

Depth mm

Wheel

Size mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Single Bar End 250 990 x 490 900 140 - 100 12.5 ASC / £25 PI100Y £126.30

Single Bar End

810

4 Corner Uprights 500 1000 x 700 900 - 200 27.5 ASC / £25 PI205Y £234.25

240

2 Tubular Bar Sides 820 - 200 35.5 ASC / £25 PI207Y £247.85

Model

Price

- 200 28 ASC / £25 PI200Y £199.95

4 Plywood ½ Sides 300 850 x 500 880 250 150 25.5 ASC / £25 PI208Y £218.40

347


Platform Trucks with Sides & Ends

›› Super quality heavy duty veneer deck finish

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked, steel centred 200mm rubber castors

›› Sides, ends & deck are supported by a steel frame

›› Available with mesh or heavy duty veneer sides & ends

Heavy Duty Braked Castors

PI816H

Heavy Duty Veneer Deck

with Mesh Sides & Ends

PI811H

500kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




Heavy Duty Veneer Deck

with Veneer Sides & Ends

PI812H

PI813H

PI814H

Description

Single Veneer End

348

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x L mm

Platform Size: 1000 x 700 mm Platform Size: 1200 x 800 mm

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

Platform Trucks with Veneer Sides & Ends

35 kg ASD / £30 PI811H £245.35

Overall Size

H x L mm

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Veneer Sides 270 1050 x 1300 43 kg ASD / £30 PI816H £302.80 1050 x 1500 46 kg ASD / £30 PI836H £329.45

Model

Price

38 kg ASD / £30 PI831H £267.80

2 Veneer Ends 41 kg ASD / £30 PI812H £273.15 44 kg ASD / £30 PI832H £305.95

3 Veneer Sides 44 kg ASE / £35 PI813H £294.80 49 kg ASE / £35 PI833H £329.50

4 Veneer Sides 45 kg ASE / £35 PI814H £316.10 50 kg ASE / £35 PI834H £351.25

Platform Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends

Single Mesh End

35 kg ASD / £30 PI801H £245.35

38 kg ASD / £30 PI821H £267.80

2 Mesh Ends 41 kg ASD / £30 PI802H £273.15 44 kg ASD / £30 PI822H £305.95

2 Mesh Sides 270 1050 x 1300 43 kg ASD / £30 PI806H £302.80 1050 x 1500 46 kg ASD / £30 PI826H £329.45

3 Mesh Sides 44 kg ASE / £35 PI803H £294.80 49 kg ASE / £35 PI823H £329.50

4 Mesh Sides 45 kg ASE / £35 PI804H £316.10 50 kg ASE / £35 PI824H £351.25


FROM ONLY

£245.35

PI806H

500kg

evenly

distributed

PI801H

PI802H

PI803H

PI804H

349


Fort ® Platform Trucks - Plywood

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

›› These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance

with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber tyred castors

except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors

FB300H

£315.10

FB300H

Fort Folding

Platform Trucks


braked rubber tyred castors

›› FT119H - 125mm castors (350kg load cap.)

›› FT319H - 160mm castors (450kg load cap.)

FT119H Folded

FT311H

£375.40

FT119H

£281.95

FT119H

FT311H

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

830 x 460 x 910 760 x 460 x 290 14 FT119H £281.95

1000 x 600 x 960 930 x 600 x 340 21 FT319H £335.15

FT306H

FT314H

£398.65

£510.45

FT312H

£436.25

FT314H FT306H FT312H

Description

Base Size - mm

850L x 500W

Overall Size - mm

990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height - mm

240

Base Size - mm

1000L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1000L x 700W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 800W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280


Plywood Deck Units with Plywood Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame

Single Plywood End FT111H £320.60 FT211H £352.90 FT311H £375.40 FT411H £363.85 FT511H £400.20

Double Plywood End FT112H £374.20 FT212H £409.75 FT312H £436.25 FT412H £421.00 FT512H £464.95

3 Plywood Sides FT113H £365.20 FT213H £446.80 FT313H £473.30 FT413H £459.35 FT513H £503.30

4 Plywood Sides FT114H £390.25 FT214H £484.10 FT314H £510.45 FT414H £497.70 FT514H £541.55

Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame

Base Only FB100H £266.95 FB200H £296.75 FB300H £315.10 FB400H £308.70 FB500H £337.45

Single Bar End FT100H £301.65 FT200H £340.40 FT300H £360.45 FT400H £355.65 FT500H £387.15

2 Bar Sides FT106H £337.60 FT206H £377.50 FT306H £398.65 FT406H £392.70 FT506H £426.90

Adjustable Board Trolley - - - - FT307H £434.75 FT407H £428.90 FT507H £461.30

350


Fort ® Platform Trucks - Plywood with Mesh





FT307H

£434.75

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

FT307H

See opposite

page for the

specification & price

FT301H

£388.05

FT305H

£585.70

FT301H

FT305H

FT302H

£453.60

FT303H

£505.35

FT304H

£557.00

FT302H

FT303H

FT304H

Description

Base Size - mm

850L x 500W

Overall Size - mm

990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height - mm

240

Base Size - mm

1000L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1000L x 700W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 800W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280


Plywood Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame

Single Mesh End FT101H £321.95 FT201H £364.75 FT301H £388.05 FT401H £379.85 FT501H £416.10

Double Mesh End FT102H £377.35 FT202H £425.75 FT302H £453.60 FT402H £440.90 FT502H £484.55

3 Mesh Sides FT103H £418.75 FT203H £477.35 FT303H £505.35 FT403H £496.15 FT503H £539.65


4 Mesh Sides & ½ Drop Side FT105H £487.25 FT205H £557.90 FT305H £585.70 FT405H £579.85 FT505H £623.55

351


Fort ® Platform Trucks - Phenolic





500kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

FT320H

£419.70

i

Information

FT331H

£462.25

WATERPROOF &

WEATHERPROOF

IDEAL FOR

OUTDOOR USE

FT320H

FT331H

FT325H

£645.35

FT325H

FT334H

£723.75

FT333H

£633.10

FT332H

£542.65

FT334H

FT333H

FT332H

Description

Base Size - mm

850L x 500W

Overall Size - mm

990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height - mm

240

Base Size - mm

1000L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1000L x 700W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 800W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280


Phenolic Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame





4 Mesh Sides & ½ Drop Side FT125H £523.90 FT225H £602.05 FT325H £645.35 FT425H £622.95 FT525H £681.95

Phenolic Deck Units with Phenolic Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame

Single Phenolic End FT131H £371.25 FT231H £427.40 FT331H £462.25 FT431H £441.75 FT531H £501.90

Double Phenolic End FT132H £441.10 FT232H £506.70 FT332H £542.65 FT432H £523.30 FT532H £597.60

3 Phenolic Sides FT133H £453.65 FT233H £597.00 FT333H £633.10 FT433H £612.45 FT533H £689.00

4 Phenolic Sides FT134H £506.85 FT234H £687.60 FT334H £723.75 FT434H £703.85 FT534H £780.25

Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame





352


Fort ® Platform Trucks - Galvanised with Mesh





500kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

FT346H

£499.65

FT346H

FT341H

£488.95

FT347H

£525.30

FT341H

FT347H

FT342H

£554.70

FT343H

£606.55

FT344H

£658.25

FT342H

FT343H

FT344H

Description

Base Size - mm

850L x 500W

Overall Size - mm

990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height - mm

240

Base Size - mm

1000L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1000L x 700W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280

Base Size - mm

1200L x 800W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height - mm

280


Galvanised Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame





4 Mesh Sides & ½ Half Drop Side FT145H £559.55 FT245H £632.80 FT345H £686.80 FT445H £654.15 FT545H £723.75

Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame





353


Clever Folding Trolley

›› Load capacity: 20kg on top tray

40kg on bottom tray



›› Manufactured from injection moulded

plastic & anodised aluminium

›› Folding box has a capacity of 46 litres

›› Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110L mm

60kg

evenly

distributed

& EVEN THIS IN SECONDS

FROM THIS

TO THIS

TO THIS

i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

A FOLDING BOX

Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the

green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply strap

the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go....

The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

Weight

kg

Model

Clever Trolley - c/w 1 folding box 890 x 550 x 1030 7 GC051Y £197.75

Extra Folding Box 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC055Z £24.30*

*price applicable when ordering with the GC051Y. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Price

GC051Y

›› Unique wheels which fold underneath the

platform when the handle is folded

›› Plastic platform with integral carry handles

›› Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 100mm castors

›› Folding box size open - 570L x 410W x 265H mm

›› Folding box size folded - 570L x 410W x 75H mm

GI392Y

folded

GI392Y carried

120kg

evenly

distributed

Telescopic

Rubber Handle

Handling Equipment

GI393Y

Box

folded

GI392Y

folded

GI392Y

handle recess

GI394Y

Braked Castors

354

Description

Overall Size - Open

H x W x L mm


H x W x L mm

Handle

Heights mm

Weight

kg

Model Price

7 GI392Y £115.80

Platform Trolley

Platform Trolley with 1 x Removable Folding Box

920 x 410 x 680

80 x 410 x 680 720 / 820 / 920

(trolley only)

(trolley only)

(trolley only)

9 GI393Y £140.90

Platform Trolley with 2 x Removable Folding Boxes 11 GI394Y £164.10


Heavy Duty Container Dolly

300kg

evenly

distributed

ONLY

£72.95

PD665Y

Carry Handle

Rear Tow

Hook

PD665Y

PRICE

HELD

›› Ideal for carrying 600 x 400mm containers. The rim around the

deck of the dolly helps to keep the containers/boxes on the unit

›› The unit incorporates a handy carry handle & tow hook

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 75mm polypropylene castors (2 braked)

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

670 x 460 x 145 5.5 PD665Y £72.95

PD665Y

Heavy Duty Plastic Dolly

Wooden Dolly

›› Strong & durable


polypropylene swivel

castors

350kg

evenly

distributed

›› Strong & durable MDF wood dolly with 4 anti-slip pads

›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm polypropylene swivel castors

PD663Y

Carried

ONLY

£87.50

150kg

evenly

distributed

Anti-slip pads

PD350N

PD663Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

610 x 405 x 125 6 PD350N £87.50

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

580 x 290 x 110 4 PD663Y £32.75

355


Interconnecting Dollies

›› Each pack consists of 2 dollies. For a

greater saving purchase 5 packs (10 dollies)

›› Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies together

to create your required size

›› Mobile on 4 x 50mm polypropylene castors

PRICES

HELD

150kg

evenly

distributed

per Dolly

FROM ONLY

£53.10

i

Information

SIMPLY SNAP

LOCK THE DOLLIES

TOGETHER TO

CREATE YOUR

REQUIRED SIZE

PD638Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Pack Price

(per Pair)

5 Pack Price

(per Pair)

485 x 380 x 85 5 PD638Y £64.60 £53.10

‘Connect ‘N’ Roll’ Dollies

›› Each pack consists of 2 dollies (1 black

& 1 red). For a greater saving purchase

10 packs (10 black & 10 red dollies)

›› Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies

together to create your required size


polypropylene castors

PRICES

HELD

Handling Equipment

6 x PD502Y

FROM ONLY

£19.95

35kg

evenly

distributed

per Dolly

‘CONNECT

N

ROLL’

DOLLIES

SNAP LOCK THE DOLLIES TOGETHER

TO CREATE YOUR REQUIRED SIZE

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Pack Price

(per Pair)

10 Pack Price

(per Pair)

260 x 260 x 65 2 PD502Y £24.95 £19.95

356

6 x PD502Y

i

Information

EASY WAY

OF MOVING

CONTAINERS

250kg

evenly

distributed

Plastic Dollies


›› Strong, robust & versatile

›› Ideal for use with 600 x 400mm containers

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors

PD064S

Carpeted Dollies

PDT63S

Containers not Included


›› Hardwood construction with carpeted ends

Description

Furniture Dolly

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

›› Supplied in pairs

›› Fitted with ribbed green carpet


Model

Price

Dolly 600 x 400 x 170 4 PD064S £88.35

Dolly with Handle 610 x 400 x 930 9 PDT63S £117.20

200kg

evenly

distributed

FD900Y

per Dolly

FD400Y

FD201N

Overall Size

L x W mm

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Model

‘Mini’ Plastic Platform Dolly

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

460 x 310 450 kg 5.5 FD400Y £40.45 £36.85

450 x 750 380 kg 8 FD750Y £46.20 £41.30

600 x 900 300 kg 10 FD900Y £62.85 £58.05




plastic swivel castors

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Pack Price

(per Pair)

2+ Pack Price

(per Pair)

600 x 300 x 130 5 FD201N £92.60 £86.90

100kg

evenly

distributed

GI154Y

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Grey

Blue


Easy carrying handle

PRICES

HELD

Colour

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

Blue, Red & Grey 600 x 400 x 110 3.5 GI154Y £47.95 £36.90

357


‘Proplaz ® Handy’ Tool Trolley

100kg

evenly

distributed


shelves with aluminium uprights

›› Complete with optional shelf dividers to keep your tools tidy

›› Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, warehouses etc



Complete with optional shelf

dividers to easily keep your tools &

fixings tidy & organised

HI663Y

Assembly Available




ProPlaz

Handy

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

®

HI663Y

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1310 x 550 x 460 8 ASB / £20 HI663Y £119.95

‘Proplaz ® Super Silent’

Shelf Trolleys


ultra smooth silent castors


polypropylene shelves

›› Ideal for hospitals, libraries, laboratories,

offices, warehouses, workshops etc


ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

Anti-slip discs on

all platforms & shelves

prevent your goods

from slipping

PPS97Y

PPS98Y

Assembly Available






load capacity

358

Description

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm


Top / Bottom mm

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Ends 900 x 600 x 1000 1200 300 / 300 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPS97Y £299.95

Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Side & Ends 900 x 600 x 1000 1200 300 / 300 300kg 31 ASC / £25 PPS98Y £332.35

Model

Price


‘Proplaz ® Blue & Super Silent’ Shelf Trolleys

›› Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene

decks making these units ideal for

warehouses, offices, workshops etc


›› Proplaz Blue Models: mobile on 2 fixed

& 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors

›› Proplaz Super Silent Models: mobile on 2 fixed

& 2 swivel 125mm ultra smooth castors

ProPlaz

Blue

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

®

Proplaz Blue Only

FROM ONLY

£177.10

PPU95Y

PPU25Y

PPS75Y

PPU96Y

PPS45Y

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®



4 Effortless manoeuvrability with minimal resistance

4 Non-conductive, water proof & wear resistant

4 REACH compliant, resistant to chemicals


Assembly Available




PPS76Y

Description

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm


Top / Bottom mm

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Proplaz ®

Blue Shelf Trolleys

Two Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 465 300kg 22.5 ASB / £20 PPU95Y £177.10

Three Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 208 / 208 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPU96Y £259.20

Two Tier Trolley with Wire Surround 900 x 600 x 730 920 465 300kg 25 ASC / £25 PPU25Y £210.10

Proplaz ®

Super Silent Shelf Trolleys

Two Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 465 300kg 22.5 ASB / £20 PPS75Y £224.35

Three Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 208 / 208 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPS76Y £306.45

Two Tier Trolley with Wire Surround 900 x 600 x 730 920 465 300kg 25 ASC / £25 PPS45Y £257.35

Model

Price

359

‘Proplaz ® ’ Shelf Trolleys

ProPlaz

Shelf & Tray Trolleys ®

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI291Y

£232.00

HI292Y

£300.65

HI291Y

i

Information

LOCKABLE

DRAWERS &

CUPBOARDS

HI292Y

Smooth running drawers on all units

HI393Y

£348.75

150kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




HI393Y with the

cupboard closed

HI393Y with the

cupboard open

360

Description

2 Shelf Trolley

3 Shelf Trolley

3 Shelf Trolley with high quality Plastic Sides

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Load

Capacity kg

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

750 x 460 x 940

10 ASB / £20 HI275Y £119.45

560 150

990 x 515 x 970 15 ASB / £20 HI299Y £187.85

750 x 460 x 980

13 ASB / £20 HI375Y £136.05

280 / 280 150

990 x 515 x 1010 21 ASB / £20 HI399Y £230.55

750 x 460 x 980

15 ASC / £25 HI346Y £222.70

280 / 280 150

990 x 515 x 1010 25 ASC / £25 HI351Y £279.40

2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer

16 ASC / £25 HI291Y £232.00

750 x 460 x 940 560 150

2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 20 ASD / £30 HI292Y £300.65

3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard 750 x 460 x 980 280 150 24 ASD / £30 HI393Y £348.75

Price


‘Proplaz ® ’ Shelf Trolleys

›› High quality hardwearing black

plastic shelves with grey


›› Ideal for warehouses,

garages, workshops,

laboratories etc



swivel castors (2

with brakes)

›› HI291Y, HI292Y &

HI393Y incorporate

smooth running grey

drawers & model HI393Y

also has a black

plastic cupboard

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI375Y

£136.05

ProPlaz ®

LOWER

PRICE

Red Comfort Grip Handles

i

Information

ALL SHELVES HAVE

RETENTION LIPS

ON 3 SIDES

HI375Y

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI275Y

£119.45

HI351Y

£279.40

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI346Y

£222.70

HI275Y

HI351Y

HI346Y

361


‘Proplaz ® Fold’ Folding Trolley

›› A versatile & extremely useful folding

trolley manufactured with an anodised

aluminium frame & polypropylene shelves

›› Ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc

›› Can be folded in one simple move -

ideal in areas where space is limited

›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel

polypropylene castors (2 braked)

›› Clearance between shelves: 300mm

›› Capacity of 25kg per shelf U.D.L.

›› Shelf size: 560L x 370W mm

ProPlaz

Fold

Easy Fold

Mechanism

®

CI583Y

£124.20

CI583Y

Folded

CI583Y

Part Folded

75kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size - Open

L x W x H mm

Steel Folding Trolley


L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

430 x 670 x 850 430 x 200 x 1060 8 CI583Y £124.20

Price

CI583Y

›› Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store

›› Ideal for use in offices, warehouses, schools etc

›› Can be folded in one simple move

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber

tyred castors, 2 with brakes

›› Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm


›› Capacity of 25kg per shelf U.D.L.

(30kg U.D.L. on the top shelf)

80kg

evenly

distributed

CI203Y

£158.85

PRICE

HELD

CI203Y

Folded

CI203Y

362

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

580 x 450 x 890 14 CI203Y £158.85


‘Proplaz ® Plus’ Trolleys

with Deep Trays

›› High quality hardwearing

black plastic trays with grey


›› Ideal for warehouses, garages,

workshops, laboratories etc



swivel castors (2 with brakes)


›› HIT32Y - comes complete with

buckets which attach to the

top shelf. Bucket sizes are:

200H x 350W x 240D mm &

470H x 350W x 240D mm

HIT32Y

£203.60

150kg

evenly

distributed

ProPlaz

Plus

®

HIT32Y

HIT31Y

£175.75

HIT29Y

£147.20

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered to

you assembled please quote code

& price with order

HIT29Y

HIT31Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price



3 Tray Trolley (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100 x 490 x 1030 275 / 275 13.5 ASC / £25 HIT32Y £203.60

Model

Price

363



GI335L

£249.95

150kg

evenly

distributed

GI334L

£199.95

GI335L

GI334L

FREE!

10YR

GUARANTEE

175kg

evenly

distributed

GI337L

GI237L

Assembly Available




364

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 660 8 ASB / £20 GI241L £119.95

3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 305 / 305 11 ASB / £20 GI341L £138.50

2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 890 x 610 x 880 650 16 ASB / £20 GI334L £199.95

3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 890 x 610 x 865 292 / 292 22 ASB / £20 GI335L £249.95

2 Storage Trays - Black 610 x 460 x 980 660 10.5 ASB / £20 GI927L £144.30

3 Storage Trays - Black 610 x 460 x 1000 305 / 305 14 ASB / £20 GI937L £178.25

2 Storage Trays - Grey 610 x 460 x 980 660 10.5 ASB / £20 GI627L £159.95

3 Storage Trays - Grey 610 x 460 x 1000 305 / 305 14 ASB / £20 GI637L £202.85

2 Storage Trays - Black 920 x 640 x 960 635 20 ASB / £20 GI237L £298.75

3 Storage Trays - Black 920 x 640 x 975 280 / 280 24 ASC / £25 GI337L £399.70

Model

Price



›› Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys

›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ideal for workshops, storerooms,

warehouses, automotive, electronics,


›› Manufactured from a non conductive

polyethylene which will not pass an

electrical current & is unaffected by

battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions

›› Models GI237L & GI337L have a higher

load capacity as the shelves are

re-inforced with a steel bar

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking


Optional Buckets

›› Set of 2 buckets to suit “Super Strength”

Trolleys with Storage Trays

NEW

GI341L

£138.50

GI241L

10YR

GUARANTEE

Complete with

removable,

half open lids

Overall Size

Weight

Model Price

H x W x D mm

kg

229 x 356 x 260 2 GI004L £69.55

*price applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.


150kg

evenly

distributed

FREE!

GI341L

i

Information

UNAFFECTED BY

BATTERY ACID,

SOLVENTS &

CLEANING

SOLUTIONS

GI937L

GI627L

GI927L

GI637L

365


Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves

90kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICES

10YR

GUARANTEE

FREE!

Assembly Available




GI425W

GI343W

GI344CW

›› Super strong thermoplastic moulded trolleys

›› Versatile & easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ideal for offices, schools & hospitals etc

›› Resistant to most substances

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm rubber castors, 2 with brake

›› Ideal for colour coded departments


Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves - available red or green

Description

Size Between

Shelves mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model Price Description

Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves & Cabinets - available red, blue, green or cream

Size Between

Shelves mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

610 x 457 x 864 3 Shelf Trolley 216 / 419 13 ASB / £20 GI343W £114.85 2 Shelf Trolley with Cabinet 216 / 419 21 ASC / £25 GI344CW £236.45

610 x 457 x 1067 3 Shelf Trolley 419 / 419 13 ASB / £20 GI425W £115.20 2 Shelf Trolley with Cabinet 419 / 419 22 ASC / £25 GI426CW £239.85

Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves



›› Ideal for colour coded departments

›› Resistant to most substances

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber

castors, 2 with brakes

›› Yellow shelves are subject to availability

Model

Price

10YR

GUARANTEE

Assembly Available




90kg

evenly

distributed

GI844CW

GI843W

FREE!

SHELF COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Yellow

Blue


GI826CW

366

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

3 Shelf Trolley

13 ASB / £20 GI843W £179.65

610 x 457 x 864 216 / 419

2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard 21 ASC / £25 GI844CW £357.10

3 Shelf Trolley

14 ASB / £20 GI825W £185.25

610 x 457 x 1067 419 / 419

2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard 22 ASC / £25 GI826CW £362.75

Model

Price



FREE!

180kg

evenly

distributed

10YR

GUARANTEE

GI402L

GI403L

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ergonomic push handle moulded into the top shelf ›› Depth of storage trays: 63mm

›› Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake

›› These units are ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments,

storerooms, warehouses, electronic, chemical & pharmaceutical industries

›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical

current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions

Assembly Available




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Coloured Service Trolleys

›› Super strong polyethylene

moulded trolleys

›› Easy to clean - will not

rust, dent or chip

›› Manufactured from a non

conductive polyethylene

which will not pass an

electrical current & is

unaffected by battery acid,

solvents & cleaning solutions

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel

castors, 2 with brakes



Top / Bottom mm

10YR

GUARANTEE

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Storage Trays

571.5 10 ASB / £20 GI402L £180.65

895 x 457 x 920

3 Storage Trays 266 / 266 14 ASB / £20 GI403L £226.20

Model

Price

150kg

evenly

distributed

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


LOWER

PRICES

FREE!

GI852LR

GI852LB

Assembly Available




Description

2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Red

Blue


660 11 ASB / £20 GI851LR £119.95 GI851LB £119.95

3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 610 x 458 x 980 305 / 305 12 ASB / £20 GI852LR £136.85 GI852LB £136.85

3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays 305 / 305 13.5 ASB / £20 GI853LR £149.75 GI853LB £149.75

3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays 813 x 610 x 915 280 / 280 28 ASB / £20 GI863LR £313.65 - -

367


Service Trolleys with a Lockable Toolbox

10YR

GUARANTEE

GI695L

110mm deep

Lockable Toolbox

LOWER

PRICES

180kg

evenly

distributed

GI694L

FREE!

Assembly Available




›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys complete

with a lockable toolbox (110mm deep) which can be

secured to the top tray using the fixings provided


›› Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber

swivel castors, 2 with brake

›› Ideal for workshops, maintenance departments,

stores, warehouses, chemical/pharmaceutical industries

›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which

will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by



Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf with Toolbox

571.5 22 ASB / £20 GI694L £237.25

895 x 457 x 920

3 Shelf with Toolbox 266 / 266 26 ASB / £20 GI695L £272.60


Model

Price

150kg

evenly

distributed

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST

150kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICES

Assembly Available




GI488CL

FREE!

GI347L

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys which are easy to clean, versatile & will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ideal for workshops, storerooms, warehouses, automotive, electronics, chemical & pharmaceutical industries

›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current

& is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ›› Subject to availability

368

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Top flat shelf, cupboard with flat shelf 895 x 615 x 1230 480 / 388 39 ASE / £35 GI488CL £333.00

2 Shelf (Top storage tray, Bottom flat shelf) 610 x 468 x 864 598 12 ASB / £20 GI347L £114.40

Model

Price


Shelf Trolley

›› Super strong polyethylene

moulded trolleys


›› Ideal for use in storerooms,

warehouses etc

›› Integral cup holder & tool

compartments in the handle

›› Size between shelves: 558mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel

braked rubber 130mm

plate fixing castors

225kg

evenly

distributed

FREE!

10YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

GI699L

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1155 x 622 x 838 17 ASB / £20 GI699L £243.30

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolley

Assembly Available




GI699L

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolley


›› Mobile on large 200mm foam filled wheels,

2 braked. Ideal for heavy duty use in

workshops, maintenance departments,

storerooms, warehouses, electronic,


›› Manufactured from a non conductive

polyethylene which will not pass an

electrical current & is unaffected by


›› Re-inforced top shelf


350kg

evenly

distributed

10YR

GUARANTEE

GI735L

FREE!

Assembly Available




LOWER

PRICE

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

3 Shelf Trolley (Flat Shelves) 890 x 610 x 985 292 / 292 32.5 ASD / £30 GI735L £355.75

Model

Price

369


Shelf Trolleys

LOWER

PRICE

GI534L

Assembly Available




FREE! 10YR

GUARANTEE

150kg

evenly

distributed

GI535L

GI541L

LOWER

PRICE

GI538L

GI543L

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys - will not rust, dent or chip

›› These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in many different environments

›› Constructed from a non conductive material - resistant to most substances

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes

›› GI535L, GI536L, GI537L, GI538L & GI544L are subject to availability

Standard Range

Larger Range

GI536L

No

of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Clearance

Between

Shelves

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

3 610 x 458 x 840 305 mm 11 ASB / £20 GI541L £172.60

4 610 x 458 x 915 222 mm 13 ASB / £20 GI542L £211.25

5 610 x 458 x 915 159 mm 17 ASB / £20 GI543L £241.70

6 610 x 458 x 1143 159 mm 19 ASC / £25 GI544L £199.95

370

No

of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Clearance

Between

Shelves

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 890 x 610 x 880 650 mm 16 ASB / £20 GI534L £246.70

3 890 x 610 x 865 292 mm 22 ASB / £20 GI535L £247.20

4 813 x 610 x 915 203 mm 24 ASB / £20 GI536L £303.75

5 813 x 610 x 1220 203 mm 29 ASC / £25 GI537L £359.15

6 813 x 610 x 1423 203 mm 34 ASD / £30 GI538L £380.00



›› Super strong black polyethylene moulded trolleys

›› Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip

›› Constructed from a non-conductive

material, resistant to most substances

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking


10YR

GUARANTEE

150kg

evenly

distributed

150kg

evenly

distributed

FREE!

GI645L

Assembly Available




GI644L

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays

610 x 460 x 970 300 / 300

13 ASB / £20 GI644L £173.60

Top & bottom storage trays, middle flat shelf 13 ASB / £20 GI645L £183.70

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys with Half Shelf Top Tray

Model

Price

FREE!

175kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

Description

GI652L

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Assembly Available




Size Between

Shelves Top / Bottom

Weight

kg

GI653L

›› Depth of trays: 70mm

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Will not rust, dent or chip - versatile & easy to clean

›› Multi purpose trolleys constructed from a non-conductive material, resistant to most substances

›› Ideal for use in the automotive & electronics industry, workshops, maintenance departments etc

›› Fitted with 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ›› Subject to availability

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 997 200 / 460 mm 21.5 ASB / £20 GI652L £185.95

3 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 1244 200 / 250 / 250 mm 23 ASC / £25 GI653L £228.10

Model

Price

371


Plastic Service Trolleys


›› Heavy duty construction

›› Push/pull handle has

integral storage facility


2 swivel 125mm

rubber castors

FROM ONLY

£186.40

225kg

evenly

distributed

HI934C

HI925C & HI935C Tool Handle

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI935C

Assembly Available




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

HI924C & HI934C Tool Handle

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 Tray Unit

18 ASC / £25 HI924C £186.40

950 x 440 x 850

3 Tray Unit 22 ASD / £30 HI934C £237.55

2 Tray Unit

23 ASC / £25 HI925C £220.45

1100 x 650 x 850

3 Tray Unit 30 ASD / £30 HI935C £290.30

Coloured Service Trolleys in Green

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys which are

easy to clean, versatile & will not rust, dent or chip

›› Ideal for workshops, storerooms, warehouses,

electronics, chemical & pharmaceutical industries

›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene

which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected

by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking



FREE!

10YR

GUARANTEE

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST

GI851LG

LOWER

PRICES

Assembly Available




Overall Size Size Between Shelves Wt Assembly

Green

Description

L x W x H mm Top / Bottom mm kg Code / Price Model Price

2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays

660 11 ASB / £20 GI851LG £119.95

610 x 458 x 980

3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays 305 / 305 13.5 ASB / £20 GI853LG £149.75

3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 813 x 610 x 915 280 / 280 26 ASB / £20 GI862LG £262.60

372


‘Proplaz ® ’ Clever Folding Trolley


45kg on bottom tray



›› Folding boxes are stackable & are kept

securely in place by male & female connectors


›› Folding boxes can be stacked up to 4 high

›› Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110D mm

ProPlaz ®

clever trolley

70kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£185.30

NEW

2 x GC066Z

Brake Mechanism

Box Fixing Mechanism

GC062Y

Folding Box Male & Female Connectors

FROM THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS

Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the blue button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply

strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm




Weight

kg

Model

Price

373


100kg

evenly

distributed

Shelf Trolleys



›› Plastic shelves with strong

aluminium uprights

›› Model HI424Y has a 25mm

lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side

›› HI524Y has a full 25mm lip surround

›› Mobile on 4 swivel non

marking rubber castors

›› Optional plastic buckets

are available

LOWER

PRICES

HI424Y

i

Information

HYGIENIC &

EASY TO CLEAN

120kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




HI424Y & HI004Z

HI524Y

Description

3 Shelf

Grey Trolley

Optional

Buckets

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheel

Size mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

850 x 420 x 910 75 8 ASB / £20 HI424Y £116.25

1030 x 510 x 960 100 19 ASB / £20 HI524Y £157.30

332 x 232 x 172

336 x 236 x 562

- - - HI004Z £39.90*

Tray Trolleys

*price applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.


TT4513

Steel Removable

/Reversible Shelf/Trays

TT4313

MFC Shelves

TT4413

Plastic Removable Trays

3YR

GUARANTEE

125kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

›› Fully welded frame

›› 3 options available:- MFC shelves, plastic removable trays or steel

removable/reversible shelf/trays which are powder coated cream

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm non-marking castors

No of

Trays

374

Tray Height

mm

Overall Size: 1110L x 1030H x 500W mm Tray Size 760 x 460 mm

MFC Shelves Plastic Removable Trays Steel Removable/Reversible Shelf/Trays

Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price

2 175 / 840 15 TT4312 £286.95 15 TT4412 £299.80 17 TT4512 £354.05

3 175 / 510 / 840 20 TT4313 £334.75 20 TT4413 £384.85 22 TT4513 £466.60


Adjustable Height Trolleys

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked

›› Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc

›› Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth

150kg

evenly

distributed

rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel

›› Easily adjustable from 660 to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat

Overall Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys

›› Reversible shelves enable use as

either a smooth shelf or as a

tray with surrounding lip

›› The height of the centre shelf on

the 3 shelf model is adjustable

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked

100mm grey non-marking castors

Assembly

Code / Price

3 x GI942W

Model

610 x 460 20 ASB / £20 GI942W £209.95

Price

Assembly Available




COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Grey

Blue


150kg

evenly

distributed

PRICES

HELD

TI246Y

TI357Y

Description

2 Shelf

3 Shelf

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

670 x 400 x 910 17 ASC / £25 TI246Y £189.10

820 x 500 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI257Y £205.40

670 x 400 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI346Y £206.35

820 x 500 x 910 23.5 ASC / £25 TI357Y £251.75

Assembly Available




375


Heavy Duty Tray Trolleys

›› Chassis is of square

tubular steel with round

tubular steel handles

›› Three steel shelves

with a 40mm lip

›› Mobile on 2 fixed,

2 swivel roller

bearing

cushion

castors

›› Platform

size: 900L

x 500W mm

350kg

evenly

distributed

2 Tier Shelf Trolley

›› This unit has a push/pull handle

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber castors

GI230H

£335.25

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GI230H

Tray Heights

mm

Tray Trolleys

Total

Height mm

Wheels

mm

KT832H

Weight

kg

Model

Price

210 / 520 / 810 850 150 35 KT831Y £429.50

265 / 570 / 860 900 200 38 KT831H £435.50

215 / 665 / 1110 1150 150 38 KT832Y £474.40

265 / 715 / 1160 1200 200 41 KT832H £482.10

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform

Size

mm

Tray Trolleys

Shelf

Heights

mm

300kg

evenly

distributed

Wt

kg

Assembly Available




Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1100 x 700 x 980 1000 x 700 320 / 960 55 ASD / £30 GI230H £335.25


›› Easy to wipe clean - suitable

for kitchen/canteen use

›› Trays are open on one

side for easy access


cushion swivel castors

›› Tray size: 785 x 590mm

›› Height between shelves: 457mm

TT3343


›› Tubular steel frames with easy

to clean, removable trays


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

125kg

evenly

distributed

125kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

WT1303

PT1223

376

TT3363

Tray

No of

Weight Vinyl Trays

Melamine Trays

Height

Trays

kg

mm


2 240/736 23 TT3343 £456.00 TT3363 £437.55

No of

Trays

2

3

Tray

Height

mm

165

830

165

500

830

Tray Size: 755 x 450 mm

Wheels Weight Plastic

Plywood

kg Model Price Model Price

127mm Cushion 24 PT1203 £386.10 WT1303 £336.40

127mm Nylon 22 PT1204 £398.15 WT1304 £359.60

127mm Cushion 28 PT1223 £462.80 WT1323 £479.00

127mm Nylon 26 PT1224 £474.90 WT1324 £505.00


Distribution Trolleys

›› Trolleys with adjustable laminated shelves &/or wire baskets

›› Available in black or electro galvanised finish

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm rubber tyred castors

5YR

GUARANTEE

35kg

evenly

distributed

PBT03Y

GBT02Y

PBT04Y

Description

Trolley with 1 Upper Shelf

Tray Trolleys

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Basket Size

L x W x H mm

Shelf Size

L x W mm

›› Utility budget price trolleys

›› 85mm deep sides on the shelves

›› Easy to manoeuvre with a push/pull handle & 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm rubber castors

Weight

kg

Painted Black

Electro galvanised


- 410 x 355 10 PBT01Y £134.50 GBT01Y £134.50

Trolley with 1 Upper Basket 415 x 355 x 220 - 8 PBT02Y £134.50 GBT02Y £134.50

Trolley with 2 Upper Shelves 660 x 385 x 1090

- 410 x 355 12 PBT03Y £154.65 GBT03Y £154.65

Trolley with 2 Upper Baskets 415 x 355 x 220 - 9 PBT04Y £154.65 GBT04Y £154.65

Trolley with 1 Upper Shelf & 1 Upper Basket 415 x 355 x 220 410 x 355 13 PBT05Y £154.65 GBT05Y £154.65

LOWER

PRICES

FROM ONLY

£149.25

WI202Y

Assembly Available




WI203Y

250kg

evenly

distributed

No of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Shelf

Heights mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 720 25 ASC / £25 WI202Y £149.25

3 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 435, 720 32.5 ASD / £30 WI203Y £193.95

377


500kg

evenly

distributed

Fort ® Shelf Trolleys

with a 5 Year Guarantee

›› These shelf trolleys are fitted with

parking brakes in accordance with

the recommendations of EuroNorm

BS EN 1757-3, 2002

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked

200mm rubber tyred castors except

850 x 500mm base size which

has 160mm castors

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

FT291H

FT282H

No. of

Shelves

Base Size - mm

850L x 500W

Overall Size - mm

990L x 500W x 980H

Shelf Heights: 240, (610) & 980

Base Size - mm

1000L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020

Base Size - mm

1000L x 700W

Overall Size - mm

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020

Base Size - mm

1200L x 600W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020

Base Size - mm

1200L x 800W

Overall Size - mm

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020

Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame

2 20 kg FT181H £389.85 23 kg FT281H £448.70 25 kg FT381H £485.30 26 kg FT481H £471.45 30 kg FT581H £528.50


Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame



Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame



Shelf Trucks

PI306Y

£328.40

PI305Y

£282.30

PI306Y

Assembly Available

PI305Y




›› Budget range of trucks with veneer finish

›› Manoeuvrable ›› Strong ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber castors

378

Description

Platform Size

mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Load

Capacity

Wheel

Size mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf - Push Handle 940 x 695 1100 x 700 x 940 500 kg 200 41.5 ASC / £25 PI305Y £282.30

3 Shelf - Push Handle 940 x 695 1100 x 700 x 965 500 kg 200 53 ASD / £30 PI306Y £328.40

Model

Price


Shelf Trucks

FROM ONLY

£226.90

i

Information

UNITS CAN BE

USED FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS

Assembly Available




PI302Y

PI303Y

PI304Y

PI307Y

›› Budget range of trucks with veneer finish

›› Manoeuvrable ›› Strong ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber castors

Description

Platform Size

mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Load

Capacity

Wheel

Size mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 890 250 kg 125 31.5 ASC / £25 PI302Y £226.90

3 Shelf 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 890 250 kg 125 36.5 ASC / £25 PI303Y £249.10

2 Shelf - Tubular End 940 x 695 1050 x 700 x 1050 400 kg 150 41 ASC / £25 PI304Y £283.85

2 Shelf - with 60mm Lip Surround 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 910 250 kg 125 36 ASC / £25 PI307Y £236.20

Model

Price

379


2 & 3 Tier General Purpose Trolleys


chrome wire trolley


›› 4 x 75mm

swivel castors,

2 braked

2 & 3 Tier Basket Trolleys

›› Versatile & adjustable

›› 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked

PRICES

HELD

ET1824/3

EBT1836/2

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

Euro Box Carts

2 Tier 3 Tier


460 x 610 x 1060 ET1824/2 £100.00 ET1824/3 £115.85

460 x 915 x 1060 ET1836/2 £110.00 ET1836/3 £130.85

Overall Size

W x L x H mm

2 Tier 3 Tier


460 x 610 x 1060 EBT1824/2 £115.00 EBT1824/3 £138.35

460 x 915 x 1060 EBT1836/2 £125.00 EBT1836/3 £153.35

›› Fully adjustable

›› Bolt Free assembly

›› Robust chrome finish

›› Mix & match different height boxes

›› Designed to hold 600W x 400D mm &

300W x 400D mm euro boxes

Boxes are not included in the below prices

PRICES

HELD

120mm High Box 220mm High Box 320mm High Box

Description


2 Box - 1200H mm - - - - BC2325 £113.35

3 Box - 1200H mm - - BC3220 £124.20 - -

4 Box - 1750H mm - - - - BC4325 £135.00

6 Box - 1200H mm BC6120 £156.70 - - - -

6 Box - 1750H mm - - BC6220 £156.70 - -

8 Box - 1450H mm BC8120 £178.35 - - - -

10 Box - 1750H mm BC10120 £200.00 - - - -

Eclipse - Security Enclosures

BC6220

380

MSC41836

›› Standard Eclipse chrome wire shelving enclosed

in a tough, durable chrome wire cage

›› The unit incorporates 2 hinged padlocked*

doors & 4 shelves (top, bottom & 2 adjustable

intermediate) *padlock not included

**units delivered fully assembled

Static Unit Complete

Size

D x L x H mm

Model

Mobile Unit c/w 4 x 120mm Castors

Price

460 x 915 x 1625 ESC41836 £433.35

460 x 1220 x 1625 ESC41848 £490.00

Size

D x L x H mm

Model

PRICES

HELD

Price

460 x 915 x 1750 MSC41836 £485.85

460 x 1220 x 1750 MSC41848 £542.50


Chrome Plated Wire Tray Trolley


›› Removable centre shelf for bulky loads

›› Mobile on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels

& 2 swivel braked 125mm castors

Removable Shelf

SWI52Y

120kg

evenly

distributed


Overall Size

L x W x H mm

SWI52Y

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available




Model

Price

860 x 660 x 990 17.5 ASC / £25 SWI52Y £218.80


›› Corner buffers for added protection

›› Mobile on 125mm rubber wheels, 2 with brakes

›› Both trays have deep 130mm sides

to help contain contents

i

Information

CORNER BUFFERS

FOR ADDED

PROTECTION

Assembly Available




120kg

evenly

distributed

SWI42Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

950 x 510 x 1100 16.5 ASC / £25 SWI42Y £196.55

381


Chrome Plated Wire Trolleys


›› Adjustable chrome plated wire shelves

›› Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked,

125mm polypropylene castors


FROM ONLY

£105.05

200kg

evenly

distributed

SWI22Y

LOWER

PRICES

Corner Buffers

Help protect

your walls

Assembly Available




SWI35Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

2 Shelf Units 3 Shelf Units

Model

Price

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

915 x 457 x 990 - - - - 23 ASD / £30 SWI31Y £112.35

1067 x 457 x 990 20 ASC / £25 SWI22Y £105.05 25 ASD / £30 SWI32Y £123.60

915 x 610 x 990 - - - - 28 ASD / £30 SWI35Y £114.90

Price

Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys

›› Manufactured from grade

201 stainless steel

›› Useable tray size: 775L x

400Wmm with a 100mm tray depth

›› Mobile on 4 swivel braked

non-marking 100mm castors

SI822Y

£212.40

100kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




SI822Y

382

No of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 837 x 443 x 895 14 ASC / £25 SI822Y £212.40


Stainless Steel Shelf Trolleys

›› Manufactured from grade 304 stainless steel

›› Useable shelf size: 610L x 410Wmm

with a 30mm lip depth


i

100kg

evenly

distributed

Information

SI203Y

£282.05

HYGIENIC - EASY

TO CLEAN

SI202Y

£236.20

Assembly Available




SI203Y

SI202Y

No of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Shelf

Heights mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 710 x 470 170 & 780 7 ASC / £25 SI202Y £236.20

3 x 900 170, 475 & 780 8.5 ASD / £30 SI203Y £282.05

Stainless Steel Shelf Trolleys

›› Manufactured from grade 201 stainless steel


›› Manufactured from stainless steel

›› Mobile on 4 non-marking 100mm

braked swivel castors

›› Tray size: 775L x 400Wmm

FROM ONLY

£198.60

SI812Y

SI803Y

100kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




No of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Distance Between

Shelves

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

3

850 x 445 x 895

260 14 ASD / £30 SI803Y £198.60

2 with rod surround 345 10 ASD / £30 SI812Y £203.35

Price

383


Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks

300kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£449.50

LOWER

PRICES

Heavy Duty Veneer Finish

Heavy Duty Braked Castors

Assembly Available




DT809Y with

2 x DTS08S

DT809Y

Base / Shelf

Size mm

384

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

960 x 660 1035 x 705 x 1750 52.5 ASF / £40 DT809Y £449.50

1160 x 760 1235 x 805 x 1750 57 ASF / £40 DT810Y £488.75

Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks)

Shelf to Suit DT809Y - 960 x 660 12 - DTS08S £44.30

Shelf to Suit DT810Y - 1160 x 760 13.5 - DTS10S £45.80

›› Ideal for use in factories, warehouses etc.

›› Standard unit comes with 1 x shelf but the unit

can hold 2 further shelves (available as extras)

›› Load capacity per shelf: 30kg

›› Heavy duty veneer removable shelves

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked castors - 200 x 50mm rubber


Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks

with Steel Shelves

500kg

evenly

distributed

NEW

i

Information

AVAILABLE

WITH OR

WITHOUT DOORS

FROM ONLY

£454.50

DT403Y

DT701Y & 3 x DTS07S

›› Available with or without lockable doors

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber castors

›› DT403Y & DT401Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional

2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights


3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights


Assembly Available




Description

Base /

Shelf Size mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1490 high

Without Doors 860 x 620 900 x 650 x 1490 54 ASF / £40 DT403Y £454.50

With Lockable Doors 860 x 620 900 x 650 x 1490 68 ASF / £40 DT401Y £489.95

Large Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1790 high



Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)

Optional Shelves to Suit the DT403Y or DT401Y - Shelf Size: 860 x 620 DTS04S £58.00


Model

Price

385



DT601Y

DT603Y & 2 x DTS06S

DT601Y & 2 x DTS06S


DT903Y & 3 x DTS09S DT903Y DT901Y

386




i

Information

500kg

evenly

distributed

NOW AVAILABLE

WITH OR

WITHOUT DOORS &

1490H OR 1790H

DT601Y

£479.80

FROM ONLY

£446.55

DT901Y & 3 x DTS09S

DT601Y

›› Available with or without lockable doors

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber castors


2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights


3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights


Assembly Available




Description

Base /

Shelf Size mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg


Assembly

Code / Price






Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)



Model

Price

387


Folding Shelf Trucks

›› Folding shelves & ends

enable these units to fold

flat for compact storage

›› Tubular steel construction

with steel shelves



i

Information

FOLDS IN SECONDS

Bolt which holds shelf

in folded position

CI9002

100kg

evenly

distributed

CI9003

CI9002 Folded

Heavy Duty Roll Containers

›› Demountable units with stackable bases

›› Constructed from tubular box section

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon castors

Description

Base &

2 Ends

Full

Side

Half Drop

Side

Rod Infil

Shelf

388

500kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

manufactured

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

Weight

kg

No of

Shelves

Model

Overall Size - Open

L x W x H mm


L x W x H mm

RB9502 shown with RC9502,

RH9502 & RS9502

RB9502 shown

with RC9502

Weight

kg

Model

2 850 x 460 x 1040 850 x 150 x 1040 19.5 CI9002 £191.95

3 850 x 460 x 1502 850 x 180 x 1502 28 CI9003 £233.85

Price

1100 x 848 x 1690 1000 x 800 x 1500 36 RB9501 £612.20

1540 x 848 x 1690 1440 x 800 x 1500 46 RB9502 £694.45

2100 x 848 x 1690 2000 x 800 x 1500 60 RB9503 £789.20

Optional Extras (factory fitted)

990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9501 9 RC9501 £107.90

1430 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9502 12 RC9502 £136.40

1990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9503 17 RC9503 £171.25

990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9501 10 RH9501 £129.10

1430 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9502 14 RH9502 £166.10

1990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9503 20 RH9503 £198.40

980 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9501 5 RS9501 £67.35

1420 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9502 7 RS9502 £92.65

1980 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9503 10 RS9503 £132.30

Price

Handling Equipment


Heavy Duty Roll Container

600kg

›› 3 tubular sides & sheet steel base

›› Rigidity bar when the unit is open

›› Nestable units - ideal where space is limited

›› Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 150mm rubber castors

evenly

distributed

Rigidity Bar

i

Information

IDEAL WHERE

SPACE IS LIMITED

RI2003

ready for nesting

RI2003

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

800 x 600 x 1690 42 RI2003 £293.50

Plastic Base

re-inforced with

Galvanised Steel Tubes

500kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICES

Rigidity Bar

Worktainer

WP600Y

ready for nesting

WP600Y

›› 3 tubular sides & re-inforced plastic base

›› Nestable units - ideal for confined areas




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Worktainer 800 x 600 x 1700 740 x 570 42 WP600Y £279.50

Shelf to suit WP600Y

(factory fitted)

735 x 565 - - WS600Z £52.00

389


Fort ® Sturdy Trucks

500kg

evenly

distributed

FJ780H

FJ707H

FJ701H

manufactured

5YR

GUARANTEE

FJ726H

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm rubber castors

›› These platform trucks are manufactured

from tubular steel with a smooth plywood

platform set within a steel angle frame

›› Model FJ780H has 3 removable rails

with 7 different positions. Rail heights (from

platform) - 320, 630 & 930mm

›› Model FJ726H has the addition of 3 shelves

(340mm apart), which will take 40kg each,

& also has 2 braked castors

Description

Platform

Size mm

Platform

Height mm

Overall

Height mm

Single Bar End 1200 x 700 310 1000 32 FJ701H £420.30

Double Bar Ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 34 FJ702H £514.15

Single Plywood End 1200 x 700 310 1000 33 FJ811H £517.20

Double Plywood Ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 FJ812H £625.25

Tubular Sided 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 FJ707H £530.65

Base with 3 Dividing Rails 1200 x 700 310 1240 30 FJ780H £530.65

Shelf Truck, Base with 3 Shelves 1200 x 700 310 1800 69 FJ726H £814.80

Weight

kg

Security Distribution Trolley

Model

Price

›› Shelf size: 1120 x 430mm


›› Constructed from steel angle with

50 x 50mm mesh sides & centre shelf

›› The trolley has a security latch with

padlock facility (not supplied)

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm

non-marking quiet running castors

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow


3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

400kg

evenly

distributed

390

NA700R

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Shelf

Heights mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1220 x 480 x 1100 180, 635, 1070 60 NA700R £994.75

2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted GM003Z £49.70


DT1020Y

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed


Shelves adjustable

in 75mm

increments

›› Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh

panels with steel frame plywood shelves

›› Complete with 2 shelves which are

adjustable in 75mm increments

›› Mobile on 4 cushion swivel 200mm castors

›› Load capacity per shelf: 75 kg

›› DT1020Y is fitted with a locking

handle & supplied with keys

Description

Lock

Mechanism

Overall Size

H x L x W mm

DT1020Y Lock

Shelf Size

L x W mm

Mesh End Distribution Cage 1770 x 1205 x 725 1100 x 690 60 DT1010Y £697.20

Security Distribution Cage 1770 x 1205 x 770 1100 x 690 80 DT1020Y £861.35

Extra Plywood Shelf (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck) 1100 x 690 6 DT7970ES £72.95

Weight

kg

DT1010Y

Model

Price

391


Narrow Aisle Distribution Trucks

FROM ONLY

£646.05

NA615R

NA604R

NA614R

›› Overall size: 1180L x 690W x 1850Hmm

›› Deck/shelf size: 1100L x 600Wmm

›› Manufactured from 25mm tubular steel, with

either rod infil, mesh infil or just open ended

NA603R

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue


›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber tyred castors

›› 4 shelf height options - 590, 890, 1190, 1490mm

›› Load capacity - 75kg per shelf

Description

Number of

Ends / Sides

Model without Shelves

Model with Shelves

Weight Model Price Shelves Weight Model Price

Open Ended 2 - - - 2 x Zinc Plated 52 kg NA602R £794.15

Rod Infil

2 43 kg NA603R £646.05 2 x Zinc Plated 57 kg NA612R £824.95



Full Security Mesh Infil - 66 kg NA615R £1319.00 2 x Zinc Plated 80 kg NA618R £1536.05

Optional Extras - Factory Fitted

Bolt in Zinc Plated Rod Shelf 7 kg NA621S £106.70

Braked Castors - 2 off fitted to swivel castors - NA004Z £87.05

Distribution Trucks

›› Mobile distribution trucks

ideal for many environments

›› Complete with 2 adjustable

steel or plywood shelves with

a capacity of 100kg UDL per shelf

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors

COLOUR

OPTIONS

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£498.90

Green

Light Grey

Blue

Red


DCDS696

DCOS696

Extra Shelves

Overall Size Steel Shelf

Plywood Shelf

W x D mm Model Price each Model Price each

900 x 600 DCESST £45.40 DCESPL £55.00

Distribution Trucks - Open Front

Overall Size

Steel Shelves

Plywood Shelves

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price

1355 x 900 x 600 DCOS396 £498.90 DCOP396 £526.40

1655 x 900 x 600 DCOS696 £527.80 DCOP696 £553.90

1955 x 900 x 600 DCOS996 £551.15 DCOP996 £577.25

392

Distribution Trucks - With Doors

Overall Size

Steel Shelves

Plywood Shelves

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price

1355 x 900 x 600 DCDS396 £629.50 DCDP396 £655.60

1655 x 900 x 600 DCDS696 £663.85 DCDP696 £689.95

1955 x 900 x 600 DCDS996 £698.20 DCDP996 £725.70

Security Trolleys

›› Wire shelf security enclosure

complete with 2 height

adjustable shelves - ideal

for securely storing items

but ensuring goods

are easily viewed

›› Deep shelves for extra

capacity & stability


rubber castors, 2 braked

›› Complete with hasp & staple

facility (padlock not included)


350kg

evenly

distributed


FROM ONLY

£547.05

i

Information

DEEP SHELVES

FOR EXTRA

CAPACITY &

STABILITY

Assembly Available




SW092Y

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Wire Mesh Trolley

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

Small Unit 1750 x 910 x 650 61 ASF / £40 SW091Y £547.05

Large Unit 1750 x 1220 x 650 73 ASF / £40 SW092Y £577.65

›› Wire shelf trolley complete with

4 height adjustable shelves - ideal

for storing items but ensuring

goods are easily viewed


rubber castors, 2 braked


SW491Y

£248.75

320kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

4 HIGH QUALITY

CHROME WIRE

BASKET SHELVES

Assembly Available




Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Basket Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1750 x 910 x 460 135 x 910 x 460 22 ASD / £30 SW491Y £248.75

SW491Y

393


Large Size Roll Containers

›› Bright zinc plated finish ›› Stackable bases


›› Robust & durable construction

RB8623 & 4 x RC8613

RB8621

manufactured

500kg

evenly

distributed

Overall Size

H x W mm

1680 x 800

930 x 800

Internal

Length mm

Weight

kg

Roll Container (2 Ends)

‘A’ Type Nestable Roll Containers

Optional Half Side

(factory fitted)

Optional Full Side

(factory fitted)


1000 23 RB8621 £450.50 RC8611 £68.00 - -

1500 35 RB8622 £528.35 RC8612 £84.15 - -

2000 47 RB8623 £585.95 RC8613 £114.80 - -

1000 23 RB8624 £393.80 - - RC8611 £68.00

1500 35 RB8625 £471.05 - - RC8612 £84.15

2000 47 RB8626 £527.90 - - RC8613 £114.80

RB8624 &

2 x RC8611

›› Bright zinc electroplated finish ›› RB1725: on this model the front gate opens through 270º

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors with roller bearings ›› Re-inforced wire base

FROM ONLY

£186.45

500kg

evenly

distributed

RB1725

(comes with

1 Shelf)

RB1723

Units Nesting

PRICES

HELD

External Size

L x W x H mm

394

Internal

Height mm

3 Sided 4 Sided Security (50 x 50mm Mesh) Shelf to Suit (factory fitted)


735 x 830 x 1720 1430 RB1723 £186.45 RB1724 £195.95 RB1725 £243.00 RC7383 £16.15


Demountable Roll Containers

›› Bright zinc electroplated

finish with a re-inforced

wire base

›› Hygienic - steam clean

or pressure wash

›› Detachable rod infil

sides for easy storage


2 swivel 100mm nylon

castors with roller bearings

i

Information

MANY SIZES &

MODELS AVAILABLE

TO SUIT YOUR

APPLICATION

RB1693

RB1694

RB1835 &

RC7180

PRICES

HELD

RB1692

500kg

evenly

distributed

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal

Height

2 Sided & Straps 3 Sided 4 Sided (½ Drop Side) Security (50 x 50mm Mesh)


715 x 800 x 1520 1360mm RB1522 £145.95 RB1523 £170.75 RB1524 £206.25

715 x 800 x 1690 1530mm RB1692 £152.75 RB1693 £177.85 RB1694 £212.85 - -

715 x 800 x 1815 1630mm RB1812 £156.45 RB1813 £182.25 RB1814 £217.25 - -

715 x 800 x 1830 1640mm - - - - - - RB1835 £409.65

Shelf to Suit Above Roll Containers - 715 x 800mm (factory fitted) RC7180 £16.15

395


Nesting Stock Trolleys

›› Ergonomically designed handles for your comfort

›› Nestable trolleys with either mesh or solid base

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber tyred castors

200kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£230.40

i

Information

IDEAL FOR MANY

ENVIRONMENTS

5YR

GUARANTEE

NST20Y

NST30Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform

L x W mm

Mesh Base 1170 x 700 x 980 850 x 540/600 20 NST20Y £230.40

Solid MDF Base 1170 x 700 x 980 850 x 540/600 22 NST30Y £335.75

3 Way Convertible Trolley 5 Way Convertible Trolley

Weight

kg

Model

Price

›› Versatile trolley constructed in tubular steel with

sides & base of white melamine faced chipboard

›› Trolley sides can be pivoted to form 1 or 2 shelves


›› Shelf & Base Size: 990L x 585Wmm

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm wheels

›› Converts quickly & easily into 5 different trolleys

›› Shelves convert without removing any nuts & bolts

›› Versatile trolley constructed in

tubular steel with sides & base of

varnished, exterior plywood

›› Single shelf section:

375mm x 1220mm

3

GUARANTEE

GC8765 - Position 2

YR

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

250kg

evenly

distributed

200kg

evenly

distributed

GC8765 -

Position 1

manufactured

GC8743 - Position 1

GC8743 - Position 2

GC8743 - Position 3 GC8765 - Position 3 GC8765 - Position 4 GC8765 - Position 5

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

Wt

kg

Model

Price

1070 x 610

x 910

396

990 x 560

x 585

Nylon 35 GC8733 £597.50

Cushion 35 GC8743 £597.50

1280 x 760

x 1240

200mm Cushion - Firm Load 70 GC8755 £1016.80

200mm & 150mm Cushion - Easy Steer 70 GC8765 £1016.80

‘Proplaz ® ’ - Security Trolleys


polypropylene decks making these

units ideal for warehouses,

offices, workshops etc


›› Proplaz Blue Models: mobile on 2 fixed

& 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors

›› Proplaz Super Silent Models: mobile

on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm

ultra smooth castors


ProPlaz

Blue

®

FROM ONLY

£185.55

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

PPS44Y

PPU23Y

PPU24Y

Anti-slip discs on

all platforms & shelves

prevent your goods

from slipping



load capacity

Proplaz Blue Only

300kg

evenly

distributed

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®



4 Effortless manoeuvrability with minimal resistance

4 Non-conductive, water proof & wear resistant

4 REACH compliant, resistant to chemicals


Assembly Available




PPS43Y

Hinged Lid Top on the PPU24Y & PPS44Y

and 1/2 Drop Side on all models

Mechanism on the 1/2 Drop Side

Description

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Handle

Height mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Proplaz ®

Blue Security Trolleys

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Mesh Truck with Open Top & ½ Drop Side 900 x 600 x 210 880 860 x 560 x 500 300 kg 27 ASC / £25 PPU23Y £185.55

Mesh Truck with Hinged Lid Top & ½ Drop Side 900 x 600 x 210 895 860 x 560 x 500 300 kg 29 ASC / £25 PPU24Y £228.25

Proplaz ®

Super Silent Security Trolleys

Mesh Truck with Open Top & ½ Drop Side 900 x 600 x 210 880 860 x 560 x 500 300 kg 27 ASC / £25 PPS43Y £232.75

Mesh Truck with Hinged Lid Top & ½ Drop Side 900 x 600 x 210 895 860 x 560 x 500 300 kg 29 ASC / £25 PPS44Y £275.45

Model

Price

397


Wire Mesh Truck

›› Manufactured

from 40mm mesh

with a half drop

down front

›› Mobile on 2 fixed

& 2 swivel braked

125mm castors

GIS73M

£369.65

250kg

evenly

distributed

GIS73M

Assembly Available




Wire Mesh Trucks

›› Constructed from 50mm mesh with

18mm exterior grade plywood base

›› The lids are padlockable (padlock not included)


›› When the lid is shut the drop down

front will not open leaving a

completely secure & enclosed unit

External Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1155 x 615 x 905 840 x 545 x 520 24 ASD / £30 GIS73M £369.65

250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£424.05

3YR

GUARANTEE

GL1573

GL1263

1260L x 610W x 970Hmm Units

398

Description

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 Mesh Sides 25 GL1243 £424.05

4 Mesh Sides with Lid 30 GL1253 £536.80

4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side 28 GL1263 £493.25

4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side & Lid 33 GL1273 £606.05

1560L x 730W x 970Hmm Units

Description

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 Mesh Sides 28 GL1543 £559.70

4 Mesh Sides with Lid 35 GL1553 £680.15

4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side 33 GL1563 £613.65

4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side & Lid 40 GL1573 £734.00


Security Trolleys

›› Lockable lid for full security

›› Half drop front for easy access

›› Wheels: 4 x 200mm rubber

(2 fixed & 2 swivel braked)

›› Model GIS71M has 50 x 50mm mesh

sides & half hinged lid which provides

easy access & visibility of goods

›› Model GIS72S has an ‘anti-close’

mechanism on the lid which

keeps the lid in position

whilst in use

350kg

evenly

distributed

GIS71M

Key Locking Mechanism

‘anti-close’

mechanism which

stops the lid from

closing whilst

the unit is in use

GIS72S

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

81 GIS71M £505.45

Mesh with Timber Deck 1000 x 700

Solid with Timber Deck x 800

103 GIS72S £565.95

Security Box Trolleys

›› Heavy duty - bigger storage space


›› Units have a lockable lid for full

security, & a half drop front to aid

access to the contents

›› Padlock not supplied

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed

BT271M

BT272S

BT273W

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Useable Body Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model Price

130 BT272S £1043.80

Steel Box Truck

Wooden Box Truck

1320 x 770

1150 x 715

x 1140

x 850

110 BT273W £867.15

Mesh Box Truck 85 BT271M £897.45

399


Board Trolley

›› Rubber matted platform for grip

›› Adjustable support bar which hooks onto the top

of the board & is height adjustable from 1260 to

2050mm depending on the size of your board


LOWER

PRICE

Adjustable Support Bar

GIC96Y

300kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




Rubber Matted Platform

Folding Top Shelf Stock Trolleys

›› Folding top shelf to allow you to fit

larger goods on the bottom shelf

›› Available with mesh platform shelf/basket

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber castors

›› Capacity: top shelf 100kg

& bottom shelf 200kg

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

1410 x 560 x 1260/2050 600 x 200 22 ASC / £25 GIC96Y £149.50

Stock Trolley

›› Folding top shelf to allow you to fit

larger goods on the bottom shelf

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber castors

›› Load cap: top shelf 50kg & bottom shelf 150kg

NST40Y

Nested

NST40Y

300kg

evenly

distributed

5YR

GUARANTEE

NST10Y

NST10Y

200kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£221.45

PRICE

HELD

NST50Y

400

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Folding Flat Top Shelf 870 x 530 x 1010 18 NST40Y £221.45

Folding Basket Top Shelf 870 x 530 x 1010 21 NST50Y £241.10

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

3 x NST10Y Nested

Shelf

Heights mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

905 x 540 x 940 220 / 535 24 NST10Y £187.35


Heavy Duty Dry Wall Board Trolley

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm heavy duty castors

›› Ideal for a vast range of boards from doors,

fences, drywall to large sheet panels

›› The platform incorporates lips either side to help

make it easier to put the board on the trolley

800kg

evenly

distributed

Platform

Lips

Assembly Available




DWT80Y

DWT80Y

Narrow Aisle Cash & Carry Trolley

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Heavy Duty Board Trolley

Model

Price

1219 x 584 x 1219 40 ASD / £30 DWT80Y £299.80

›› Ideal for use where there is restricted turning space

›› Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel rubber castors &

2 x 200mm centrally positioned fixed rubber wheels

›› 230mm platform height

›› Mobile on 4 swivel rubber tyred castors

›› Ideal for a vast range of boards from doors,

fences, drywall to large sheet panels

›› 300mm deep load space

250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

IDEAL FOR NARROW

PASSAGEWAYS

GP160H

GS202H

GS203H

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1220 x 400 x 1209 28 GP160H £408.70

1525 x 400 x 1209 39 GP162H £423.50

Load

Capacity

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

300 kg 1500 x 700 x 1205 125 25 GS202H £476.25

500 kg 1500 x 700 x 1290 200 28 GS203H £497.80

401


Clever Folding Trolley


40kg on bottom tray







i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

A FOLDING BOX

FROM THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS

IN SECONDS

Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push

the green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply

strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to

go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.

GC051Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model


Price



60kg

evenly

distributed

Cash & Carry Nestable

›› Platform size: 1130 x 620mm

›› 100 nestable trolleys can be stored in the space normally

occupied by 27 conventional units (37m)

›› Both models with roller bearing wheels

›› Load capacity: GP1633 - 300kg & GP164H - 500kg

3YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

2 x GP1633 &

1 x GP701A

402

2 x GP164H &

1 x GP701A

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

1230 x 700

x 950

1230 x 750

x 975

Platform

Height mm

215

292

Wheels

mm

Standard

2 fixed - 125

2 swivel - 125

Heavy Duty

2 fixed - 200

2 swivel - 125

Weight

kg

Model

Price

23 GP1633 £415.70

29 GP164H £486.45

Bottle Basket 500 x 203 mm GP701A £41.60




45kg on bottom tray



›› Folding boxes are stackable

& are kept securely in place by

male & female connectors



ProPlaz ®

clever trolley

Brake Mechanism


NEW





D.I.Y. Trolleys

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


46 Litre Extra Folding Box 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC066Z £22.80*



›› Heavy duty units suitable for large sheet or

panels & heavy bagged / boxed materials

›› Tubular steel support frame helps

prevent larger items sliding off

i Information

IDEAL FOR A

VARIETY OF USES

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS200H

manufactured

GS201H

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

Load

Capacity

1370 x 700 x 1010 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors 250 kg 38 GS201H £577.20

1370 x 700 x 1050 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors & 2 x 160mm rubber tyred castors 450 kg 40 GS200H £622.75

Weight

kg

Model

Price

403


General Purpose Trucks

›› General Purpose Trucks with either mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base

›› Mobile on REACH compliant, 340mm pneumatic steel centred wheels

›› Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) & ends interlock together

TI205R

£232.80

400kg

evenly

distributed

TI205R

i

Information

GENERAL PURPOSE

TRUCKS IDEAL FOR

USE THROUGHOUT

INDUSTRY

TI216R

£205.10

TI216R

Description

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

REACH

Compliant Wheels

REACH Compliant




Mesh Base

26 ASE / £35 TI212R £184.55 TI222R £285.80

1200 x 600 x 360

Plywood Base 30 ASE / £35 TI216R £205.10 TI226R £306.35

General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends

Mesh Base

1200 x 600 x 360

32 ASF / £40 TI201R £212.60 TI231R £313.85

Plywood Base 36 ASF / £40 TI205R £232.80 TI235R £334.05

404

Assembly Available






TI212R

£184.55

TI212R

i

Information

UNITS AVAILABLE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

i

Information

FOR HEAVY DUTY

USE WITH A

MASSIVE

400KG

LOAD CAPACITY

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS





that addresses the

production & use




& the environment

TI201R

£212.60

400kg

evenly

distributed

TI201R

405


Plastic Platform Truck

›› Easy to clean ›› 330mm pneumatic wheels ›› Body Height: 575mm

›› The corners on this unit are rounded to help prevent damage to walls


350kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




TI204B

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Frame Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

1315 x 765 x 1090 1170 x 760 x 229 29 ASC / £25 TI204B £264.85

Price

Two Tray Platform Truck

›› Fitted with 250mm pneumatic steel centred wheels

›› Mesh size: 50 x 25mm diamond pattern

›› Top tray height: 825mm

150kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

980 x 510 x 335 30 ASC / £25 TI203B £179.75

TI203B

Stock Trolley

›› Fully welded frame, push/pull

handles & steel base


200mm cushion castors


›› Durable powder coated finish

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

400kg

evenly

distributed

406

GP700H

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1000 x 700 1200 x 700 x 1245 30 GP700H £434.80

Turntable, General Distribution Purpose Trucks & Ackerman & Rolcontainers Trucks

Industrial General Purpose Trucks

›› Large 1500L x 750Wmm platform

›› Industrial General Purpose Trucks with either

mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base

›› Mobile on REACH compliant, 340mm

pneumatic steel centred wheels

›› Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) &

ends interlock together

500kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

FOR HEAVY DUTY

USE WITH A

MASSIVE

500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

TI541R

FROM ONLY

£245.20

TI545R

i

Information

UNITS AVAILABLE WITH

PUNCTURE PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET YOU DOWN”

Assembly Available




TI556R

TI552R

Description

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price


REACH

Compliant Wheels

REACH Compliant



Mesh Base

27 ASE / £35 TI552R £245.20 TI592R £350.75

1500 x 750 x 360

Plywood Base 33 ASE / £35 TI556R £290.65 TI596R £396.20

General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends

Mesh Base

1500 x 750 x 360

34.5 ASF / £40 TI541R £277.45 TI581R £383.00

Plywood Base 40.5 ASF / £40 TI545R £327.70 TI585R £433.25

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS





that addresses the

production & use




& the environment

407


‘Hefty’ Wheelbarrow

›› Heavy duty polypropylene plastic body

with a strong galvanised steel frame

& reinforced galvanised base plate

›› Mobile on a 400mm pneumatic wheel

i

Information

110L CAPACITY

90L Wheelbarrows

›› WB713B: features galvanised steel

rust resistant body. Mobile on a 300mm

pneumatic wheel for use over rough terrain

›› WB712B: features under

pan support that gives far

greater strength. Mobile on a

300mm pneumatic wheel for

uneven terrain

NEW

FROM ONLY

£67.50

WB713B

WB712B

WB714B

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

110 1280 x 540 x 590 WB714B £89.95

Large Heavy Duty 200L Wheelbarrow

Body

Material

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Galvanised 90 1280 x 590 x 540 WB713B £70.65

Steel 90 1280 x 590 x 540 WB712B £67.50

›› Strong galvanised steel frame & polypropylene body

›› Mobile on 2 x 400mm pneumatic wheels for use over rough terrain

WB200B

£219.90

i

Information

LARGE 200L

HEAPED CAPACITY

WB200B

408

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Body Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

200 1620 x 700 x 770 1080 x 700 x 420 20 WB200B £219.90


Tip-A-Trucks

›› Unique tipping action - the trucks easily tip when

lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents

›› Large wheels give these units a smooth

ride over rough & uneven terrain

›› The easy to clean polyethylene body is

supported by a strong & durable steel frame

TI208B

£205.30

TI207B

£151.60

TI208B

TI207B

Assembly Available




UNIQUE TIPPING ACTION

As the unit is tipped, the wheels

slide to the middle of the unit,

giving you a greater degree of

stability when emptying

Locking mechanism keeps

the easy clean Polyethylene

body from tipping,

controlled by an easy

release mechanism

Load

Capacity

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheel Size

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

200 kg 80 1150 x 500 x 470 250mm 17 ASC / £25 TI207B £151.60

400 kg 125 1180 x 580 x 630 300mm 25 ASC / £25

TI208B £205.30

2 Tonne Trucks

›› Heavy duty steel

frame with exterior

grade plywood deck

›› Mobile on heavy duty

300mm wheels

›› Heavy duty ball

bearing turntable

assembly for easy

movement when

fully loaded

i

Information

MASSIVE 2000KG

CAPACITY FOR THE

MOST DEMANDING

OF JOBS

Model

Price

Heavy duty ball bearing

turntable assembly for easy

movement when fully loaded

3YR

GUARANTEE

2000kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£1154.90

manufactured

Platform Size

L x W mm

Handle

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1200 x 600 1080 90 TT1200Y £1154.90

1500 x 800 1080 110 TT1500Y £1247.45

2000 x 1000 1080 130 TT2000Y £1365.05

TT2000Y

409


Utility Turntable Trucks

›› Fully welded construction with exterior grade plywood

deck with optional factory fitted fixed plywood sides & ends

›› Friction turntable mechanism with fixed rear axle

FROM ONLY

£343.70

200kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

MAKES LIGHT WORK

OF FACTORY &

WAREHOUSE BULK

MOVEMENT

GP902H

GP901H

Platform Size

L x W mm

900 x 500

1200 x 600

1500 x 700

Platform

Height mm

Wheel

Size mm

Rough Terrain Trucks

Wheel

Type

Truck without Sides & Ends

Truck with 200mm Sides & Ends

Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price

328 200 Rubber 21 GP901H £343.70 28 GP902H £419.20

398 260 Pneumatic 21 GP901P £391.40 28 GP902P £466.35

328 200 Rubber 28 GP903H £385.55 37 GP904H £488.75


328 200 Rubber 35 GP905H £476.70 45 GP906H £625.80


›› The aluminium deck model has an all tubular

steel deck surround with radiused corners &

an aluminium chequer plate deck

›› It is fitted with a ball bearing turntable plate & the

handle is spring loaded to return to upright position

›› The sheet steel & expanded metal models have a

35mm lip all round the deck

GP898P

Aluminium

Chequer Plate

Box Body

Sheet Steel Deck

Description

Aluminium

Deck

Sheet Steel

Deck

Expanded

Metal Deck

410

Platform

Size

1000 x

650 mm

GP717J

Platform

Height

Wheels

Max

Load kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

320mm

250mm Pneumatic 500 33 GP716P £780.20

250mm Cushion 500 36 GP717J £780.20

910 x

610 mm 300mm 250mm Pneumatic 450 36 GP898P £561.35

200mm Cushion 350 35 GP897H £487.65

250mm Cushion 450 39 GP899J £561.35

910 x

610 mm 280mm 250mm Pneumatic 450 28 GP998P £563.95

200mm Cushion 350 27 GP997H £490.75

250mm Cushion 450 31 GP999J £563.95

Optional Factory Fitted Box Body to suit Sheet Steel or Expanded

Metal Models - Size: 900L x 600W x 250H mm

- 18mm thick Exterior grade plywood

GP998P

with GP890Z

12 GP890Z £158.00

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Expanded Metal Deck

GP998P


Prime Heavy Duty Turntable Trucks

i

Information

IDEAL FOR THE

MOST DEMANDING

OF JOBS

TI802B

£476.80

›› 250mm dia rubber, steel

centred heavy duty wheels


›› 180mm fixed ends

& hinged sides

›› TI802B & TI801B incorporate

a heavy duty handle operated

park brake - lift the handle up &

it operates the stoppers on the

wheels as shown on the image

on the left hand side

700kg

evenly

distributed

Handle Operated

Park Brake

TI802B

TI801B

£549.75

Hard Wearing Veneer Finish

TI801B

Standard Unit

Units with Brake

Platform Size Weight

Description

L x W x H mm kg Assembly

Assembly

Model Price

Model Price

Code / Price

Code / Price

Flat Deck Unit

65 ASF / £40 TI812B £454.55 ASF / £40 TI802B £476.80

1250 x 700 x 335

4 Sided Unit 86 ASF / £40 TI811B £524.00 ASF / £40 TI801B £549.75

Tow Trucks


construction with fixed ends

›› Designed for either manual or

power towing using the

rear towing hitch & towbar


rubber castors & 2 fixed

200mm rubber wheels

›› 18mm exterior grade plywood

deck - varnished

manufactured

Assembly Available




3YR

GUARANTEE

750kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£903.05

Tow Bar

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Manual Unit

Towbar Unit


1500 x 1000 1700 x 1000 x 1065

WTT01M £903.05 WTT01T £985.35

75

2000 x 1000 2200 x 1000 x 1065 WTT02M £976.75 WTT02T £1058.95

WTT01T

411


Four Wheel Ackerman Trucks

›› Available in 3 wheel options

›› Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning

circles without threatening the stability of the load

›› Detachable sides & ends are available as options

i

FROM ONLY

£493.45

Information

ACKERMAN

STEERING FOR

TIGHTER TURNING

CIRCLES

AT901J & AT901S

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

AT901L

Description

Flat Deck

Unit

Wheels

i

Platform Size

L x W mm

Information

Platform

Height mm

Load

Capacity kg

Weight

kg

Model

250mm Pneumatic

250 38 AT901P £493.45

310

250mm Cushion 1200 x 600

250 42 AT901J £509.75

350mm Cushion 435 400 60 AT901L £539.70

Detachable Sides & Ends - - - - AT901S £170.55*

*price applicable when ordering with the Ackerman Trucks. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Plywood Decked Balanced Trucks

›› Strong & robust plywood decked trucks

›› Fully welded rolled steel & tubular sections

›› Hinged plywood sides can be easily

removed when required

TURN THIS UNIT

WITHIN ITS OWN

350kg

BODY LENGTH evenly

3YR

distributed

Price

ACKERMAN

STEERING

LINKAGE

manufactured

GUARANTEE

HB850J

HB800J

Description

4 Wheel Truck

4 Wheel Truck

with Hinged Sides

412

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

1420 x 810

x 1000

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Side

Height mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Model

1135 x 800 x 450 -

52 HB800J £661.00

1100 x 765 x 450 300

2 x 250mm &

2 x 200mm Rubber

60 HB850J £744.55

Price

Hand Drawn Trucks


NT502B

750kg

evenly 3YR

distributed GUARANTEE

manufactured

NT482B

›› All sizes are fitted with a friction

turntable plate assembly. Ball Bearing

turntable plate assembly is available on

all models - call for details

›› Both metal & plywood sided units have

removable hinged sides & fixed ends

Friction Parking Brake


Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks.

Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform

Wire Mesh Superstructure

›› Suitable for trucks without sides & ends

›› Height: 910mm infilled with 50 x 50mm

mesh & a half drop side gate

›› Demountable to enable wider application

ET709A £241.25

NT482B &

2000x1000/TG10

NT482B &

2000x1000/WG

Tubular Steel Superstructure

›› Factory fitted

›› Available either 500 or 1000mm high. 1000mm

high comes with a half side for easy access

›› Demountable to enable wider application

Platform

Size mm

Box with Half Drop

Side Suffix

Price

Platform

Size mm

Tubular Steel Suffix

- 500mm High

Price

Tubular Steel Suffix

- 1000mm High

Price

1220 x 760 / WG £556.00

1500 x 760 / WG £623.25

2000 x 1000 / WG £749.75

1220 x 760 /TG5 £326.15 /TG10 £532.80

1500 x 760 /TG5 £598.10 /TG10 £635.90

2000 x 1000 /TG5 £624.15 /TG10 £664.45

Load

Capacity

750 kg

750 kg

750 kg

Platform

Size mm

1220

x 760

1500

x 760

2000

x 1000

Platform

Height mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Without Sides & Ends

Model

Price

With Plywood Sides & Ends

300mm Deep

Weight

kg

Model

Price

With Sheet Steel Sides & Ends

200mm Deep

480 350mm Cushion Roller Bearing 60 NT480L £668.85 84 NT490L £951.20 108 NT500L £963.25

505 400mm Cushion Roller Bearing 70 NT480M £706.30 94 NT490M £988.50 118 NT500M £1000.40

505 400mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing 50 NT480B £649.70 74 NT490B £932.00 98 NT500B £944.00







Weight

kg

Model

Price

413


Turntable & Ackerman Trucks

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£811.25

TP622C

i

Information

SUITABLE FOR

USE THROUGHOUT

INDUSTRY

›› Manufactured from fully welded tubular

steel & angle section with an exterior

grade plywood platform

›› Turntable Trucks: fitted with ball-bearing turntable assembly. Easily steered when loaded

›› Ackerman Trucks: steers from a central pivot, transmitted by adjustable track rods. No

possibility of tipping whilst turning as the wheels are located underneath the corners at all times




TP709A £241.25

Wire Mesh Superstructure

›› Suitable for turntable or ackerman trucks

without sides & ends

›› Height: 915mm infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh

›› Box construction with 1 lift out long side

TP602C

Platform

Size mm

Box

Suffix

Price

Box with Half

Drop Side Suffix

Price

1200 x 700 / WM £510.95 / WG £556.00

1500 x 800 / WM £602.70 / WG £623.25

2000 x 1000 / WM £739.85 / WG £749.75

Load

Capacity

414

Platform

Size mm

750 kg 1200 x 700

1000 kg

1000 kg

1500

x 800

2000

x 1000

1500

x 800

2000

x 1000

Platform

Height mm

505

505

Wheels

4 x Roller Bearing

Weight

Turntable Trucks


Plywood

Model

Price

Weight

With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep)

Plywood

Model

400mm Pneumatic 62 kg TP600C £811.25 88 kg TP620C £1259.80

400mm Cushion 105 kg TP601M £1040.50 133 kg TP621M £1557.75




Two Wheel Ackerman Trucks





Price


Industrial Trailers


›› Platforms of exterior grade

plywood construction

›› Ball bearing turntable

design assuring easy turning

even when fully laden

›› Safety Features Include:

›› A ‘stop’ prevents the

drawbar dropping below

230mm from the ground

›› A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically

›› Heavy king pins & spring loaded

retaining ball in the rear coupling

pin ensure safe towing &

eliminates self-releasing

›› Wire mesh superstructure,

many more sizes & options are


IT561C


Towing Hitch - When several trailers are to be used in a

train. A rear towing hitch can be fitted to all new trucks

IT710A £97.15




IT709A £245.90

FROM ONLY

£1293.85

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Load

Capacity

1000 kg

Platform

Size mm

2000

x 1000

Platform

Height mm

505

Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers

›› CE Marked & Plated

›› Towing eye diameter 50mm

›› Safety features include:

›› A ‘stop’ prevents the drawbar dropping below 230mm

›› A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically

›› Heavy king pins & spring loaded retaining ball in the rear

coupling pin ensure safe towing & eliminates self-releasing

Wheels


With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep)

4 x Roller Bearing Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

400mm Pneumatic 110 kg IT541C £1293.85 143 kg IT561C £1876.80

400mm Cushion 138 kg IT541M £1417.10 171 kg IT561M £1999.65

ACKERMAN STEERING TRAILERS

›› Ackerman steering for tight turning circles without destabilising the load

›› Removable drawbar which can be used at either end of the trailers

›› Heavy duty steering turrets fitted with thrust bearing & phosper bronze bushes

Four Wheel

Steering

Ackerman

Trailer

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Load

Capacity

5000kg

3000kg

Platform Size

L x W mm

2500

x 1250

2500

x 1250

Platform

Height mm

Wheels

Platform Type

Weight

kg

Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers

420 300mm Cast Centred Polyurethane Tyres

Steel - Chequer Plate 350 HT875P £6197.50

470 32mm Taper Roller Bearing

Exterior Grade Plywood 350 HT895P £6385.65

Four Wheel Steering Ackerman Trailers

580 450mm Solid Rubber Tyred

Steel - Chequer Plate 350 HA573N £4542.95

630 30mm Roller Bearings

Exterior Grade Plywood 350 HA583N £4898.55

Model

Price

415


‘Proplaz ® Xtra’ Mobile Tapered Trucks

›› Moulded in food grade polyethylene


›› Tapered for easy storage

›› GC0320 & GC0455 fitted

with extra plastic base

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Natural


manufactured

BLUE

Overall Size L x W x H mm

Capacity

Container

Lid to Suit

Wheels

Internal External Litres


420 x 420 x 415 480 x 480 x 515 72 4 x 75mm swivel castors GC0072 £67.10 GC0087 £13.50*




880 x 550 x 570 1000 x 670 x 695 320 2 fixed & 2 swivel

GC0320 £141.30 GC0090 £31.80*

1245 x 615 x 640 1410 x 775 x 790 455 100mm castors

GC0455 £182.75 GC0091 £42.40*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

100% Recycled Mobile Tapered Trucks

›› Moulded from 100% recycled polyethylene



›› Not food grade

›› GBK320 & GBK455

fitted with extra

plywood base

®

ProPlaz

Xtra

i

Information

MOULDED FROM

100% RECYCLED

POLYETHYLENE

manufactured


Capacity

Container

Lid to Suit

Wheels



420 x 420 x 415 480 x 480 x 515 72 4 x 75mm swivel castors GBK072 £59.55 GBK087 £11.50*





GBK320 £121.60 GBK090 £26.85*

1245 x 615 x 640 1410 x 775 x 790 455 100mm castors

GBK455 £156.45 GBK091 £34.50*

416



‘Proplaz ® Xtra’ Bottle Skips

ProPlaz

Xtra

®

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Natural




›› Moulded in food grade polyethylene

›› Fully nestable when empty, moulded

in anti-jam design & fully watertight


i

Information

IDEAL FOR

HOTEL & BARS

manufactured

BLUE ONLY

Overall Size - L x W x H mm Capacity Weight

Internal External Litres kg kg

Model Price

600 x 390 x 580 650 x 460 x 660 135 135 8 GC9414 £71.30

555 x 400 x 685 615 x 455 x 750 150 150 8 GC9424 £70.80

780 x 405 x 555 820 x 455 x 620 165 165 8 GC9434 £72.25

610 x 555 x 560 670 x 615 x 620 185 185 8 GC9444 £77.05

910 x 320 x 555 970 x 380 x 620 165 165 8 GC9454 £77.05

100% Recycled Bottle Skips

›› Moulded from 100% recycled polyethylene



›› Not food grade material

i

Information

MOULDED FROM

100% RECYCLED

POLYETHYLENE

manufactured



Model Price

600 x 390 x 580 650 x 460 x 660 135 135 8 GBK9414 £62.25

555 x 400 x 685 615 x 455 x 750 150 150 8 GBK9424 £62.75

780 x 405 x 555 820 x 455 x 620 165 165 8 GBK9434 £63.25

610 x 555 x 560 670 x 615 x 620 185 185 8 GBK9444 £68.55

910 x 320 x 555 970 x 380 x 620 165 165 8 GBK9454 £69.00

417


Mobile Tapered Trucks with Handles

›› Moulded in food grade or 100% recycled polyethylene



COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


GBK18200H

GC180455H

manufactured


Capacity

Coloured Container

Black Recycled Container

Wheels



765 x 420 x 650 850 x 495 x 785 200 4 x 75mm swivel castors GC180200H £118.45 GBK18200H £110.90


GC180320H £165.30 GBK18320H £143.70

1245 x 615 x 640 1410 x 775 x 790 455 100mm castors

GC180455H £206.75 GBK18455H £178.60

Tapered Bins

GC5417

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Natural


GC5413 & GC0403

GC5412 &

GD542Y

GC5415

›› Manufactured from food grade polyethylene

›› Resistant to most acids & alkalies

manufactured


›› Blue dollies mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors

Overall Size Dia. x H mm Capacity Weight

Container Lid to Suit Blue Dolly to Suit



305 x 380 350 x 390 20 20 1.66 GC5411 £36.75 GC0401 £9.10* GD541Y £115.00

400 x 510 460 x 520 45 45 2.72 GC5412 £42.20 GC0402 £9.45* GD542Y £118.70

440 x 570 510 x 585 65 65 4.09 GC5413 £50.35 GC0403 £10.90* GD543Y £118.70

485 x 635 540 x 645 85 85 4.54 GC5414 £59.40 GC0404 £12.70* GD544Y £122.40

505 x 640 575 x 650 110 110 5.45 GC5415 £67.30 GC0405 £14.50* GD545Y £126.05

610 x 870 700 x 890 215 215 7.5 GC5417 £72.75 GC0407 £18.15* GD547Y £127.90

418



Tilt Trucks

›› Easy tilt polypropylene trucks

›› Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm rubber wheels

& 2 swivel 100mm polypropylene castors which

make the units extremely manoeuvrable

ERGONOMIC

HANDLE

450L

capacity

PCN95Y

PRICES

HELD

EASY TO OPEN HALF

HINGED REMOVABLE LID

PCN95Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Container Trucks

Capacity

Litres/kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Without Lid 1180 x 780 x 925

21 PCN92Y £396.50

450/250

With Removable Lid 1180 x 780 x 955 23 PCN95Y £464.95

PCN95Y

with the lid

removed for tipping

350L

capacity

250L

capacity

PCI09Y

i

Information

PCI08Y

IDEAL FOR

BULKY ITEMS


External

Internal

Capacity

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1170 x 720 x 800 900 x 630 x 590 250 32 PCI08Y £352.40

1400 x 770 x 810 1130 x 680 x 600 350 39 PCI09Y £409.40

›› Removable polypropylene containers

›› Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel

125mm rubber castors make

the units manoeuvrable

419


Nesting Mobile Container with Lid

NC5509

£108.05

PRICE

HELD

manufactured

›› Easily cleaned

›› Smooth snag free

›› Stackable

›› Moulded from high density polyethylene

›› Stackable for compact storage the container

comes complete with a close fitting lid

›› Tolerant between -40ºC to +70ºC

›› Mobile on 4 x 50 mm diameter nylon swivel castors

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Capacity

kg

Tidy Trucks

Weight

kg

Model

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Natural

Blue

Yellow


Price

610 x 510 x 540 50 7.5 NC5509 £108.05



›› Supplied with a removable 2 part lid, which

is hinged in the centre by galvanised pins

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon

castors in a diamond formation

420

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Natural

Blue

Yellow


manufactured


External

Internal Litres kg

Model Price

1160 x 750 x 790 1060 x 620 x 580 350 22 ETT350 £277.20

1160 x 750 x 980 1060 x 620 x 760 500 28 ETT500 £294.90


Container Trucks



›› Inert to a wide range of chemicals

›› Other colours available for quantities


i

Information

GC420H

HYGIENIC &

EASY TO CLEAN

COLOUR

OPTIONS

LOWER

PRICES

250kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

Red

Blue


Description

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Container Size

L x W x H mm

Container & Truck with 200mm corner mounted Rubber wheels 370 1040 x 730 x 845 940 x 640 x 610 GC420H £282.30



Robust Rim Trucks

Container Only 370 - 940 x 640 x 610 GC4200 £118.00



LOWER

›› Strong & durable trucks moulded from PRICES

100% virgin (red, blue, yellow or green) or

100% recycled (black only) high density polyethylene

›› Robust rim with recessed gripping improves handling

›› Suitable for temperatures between - 20 o C and + 60 o C

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber tyred

castors. These are able to be fixed either in the corners

or in a diamond pattern - please specify when ordering.

The 100% virgin have 2 swivel braked castors

›› 600 litre capacity

Model

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Y ellow

Green

Black


Price

4 x GC1105

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Internal

Depth mm

Model

100% Virgin High Density Polyethylene Robust Rim Trucks - Red, Blue, Yellow or Green

Price

Container Only 1105 x 765 x 880 690 GC1105 £230.20

Container with removable Half Hinged Lid 1120 x 780 x 1000 690 GC1120 £310.95

100% Recycled High Density Polyethylene Robust Rim Trucks - Black

Container Only 1105 x 765 x 880 690 GC1205 £198.45

Container with removable Half Hinged Lid 1120 x 780 x 1000 690 GC1220 £273.95

GC1120

421


Order Picking Trucks

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow


885kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

HYGIENIC &

EASY TO CLEAN

›› Manufactured from medium density polyethylene

with a plywood base for strength & support


›› The unique design of the truck allows for

easy loading & unloading of goods


GC5424


Weight

Model Price

External

Internal

kg

1255 x 785 x 1180 1175 x 720 x 1045 45 EPT885 £294.90

2 x GC5422

Interstacking Bins

›› Manufactured from food

grade polyethylene

›› Tolerant between

-20 o C to +60 o C

›› PD001Y is 440L x 400Wmm

with an internal dia. of

380mm. Mobile on 4 x

75mm swivel castors

COLOUR

OPTIONS

GC5423

3 x GC5421

& 1 x PD001Y

i

Information

HYGIENIC & EASY

TO CLEAN

manufactured

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow

Natural


Overall Size Dia. x H mm Capacity Weight

Container Lid to Suit Dolly to Suit



357 x 160 440 x 175 15 15 1.82 GC5421 £38.60

357 x 280 440 x 300 25 25 2.72 GC5422 £41.30

GC0400 £13.60* PD001Y £70.25

357 x 390 440 x 405 40 40 2.27 GC5423 £46.70

357 x 620 440 x 650 60 60 3.18 GC5424 £61.20

422

*price applicable when ordering with the Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.


Self Levelling Trolleys

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Spring Loaded

mechanism moves up &

down dependent on

the load applied

i

Information

HELP PREVENT

BACK STRAIN

GS9226

Self Levelling Trolleys - Box

›› Constructed from galvanised steel sides & ends

›› Fully welded frame & plastic deck

›› Unloaded platform height: 800mm

›› Loaded platform height: 300mm

›› 26kg is needed to initiate the lowering process

Self Levelling Trolleys - Bag

›› Re-inforced heavy duty PVC bag

›› Fully welded frame & exterior grade plywood deck

›› Unloaded platform height: 650mm

›› Loaded platform height: 150mm

›› 26kg is needed to initiate the lowering process

GS9125

Version

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Folding Container Trolleys

Model

Price

Box 935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 50 GS9226 £982.70

Bag 935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 40 GS9125 £956.00

›› All metal construction with a zinc plate coating

›› Neatly folds away when not in use

manufactured

Capacity

kg

100

150

Length

mm

700

Overall Size

H x W mm

Folded Size

W x L mm

Weight

kg

100mm Swivel Rubber Castors

Model

Price

100 x 1400 13 FC8611 £504.85

1000 770 x 670 100 x 1700 16 FC8612 £573.90

1200 100 x 1900 18 FC8613 £627.75

700

125mm Swivel Rubber Castors

100 x 1400 13 FC8614 £595.10

1000 770 x 670 100 x 1700 16 FC8615 £665.00

1200 100 x 1900 18 FC8616 £718.90

423


Large Container Carrier

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber castors

›› Complete with 4 nesting containers:

External size: 520L x 350W x 200H mm

Internal size: 440L x 315W x 195H mm

Distribution Container Carrier


›› Complete with 2 attached lid containers:

External size: 594L x 394W x 315H mm

Internal size: 510L x 338W x 280H mm

manufactured

50kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

50kg

evenly

distributed

GC4112

GC4113

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Trolley

Weight kg

Model

Three Tier Order Picking Trolleys

Price

1010 x 570 x 990 12 GC4112 £345.80

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Trolley

Weight kg

Model

Price

1060 x 450 x 1000 13 GC4113 £358.70

›› Load capacity 150kg, 50kg per shelf (GC5000 - load capacity 70kg, 35kg per shelf)

›› Fitted with plywood shelves or used with a

combination of plastic containers (supplied as extras)

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm rubber tyred castors

(except GC5000 which has 4 x 100mm swivel braked castors)

GC4407 each

tier fitted

with a

varnished

Plywood

shelf

GC5000 (holds 1

600 x 400mm

container & 2

400 x 300

containers -

not included)

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Handling Equipment

Description

2 tier trolley with upper tier able

to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers

3 tier trolley with fixed tiers

& drop in plywood shelves

3 tier trolley with fixed tiers

to fit 3 x drop in containers

3 tier trolley with 2 upper tiers able

to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers

424

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

410 x 680

x 750/1130

850 x 520

x 1290

850 x 520

x 1290

850 x 520

x 1290

Weight

kg

Shelf

Heights

Model

Price

18 - GC5000 £366.15

28

27

27

210 / 750

/1200

210 / 750

/1200

210 / 750

/1200

GC4407 £484.35

GC4408 £449.10

GC4409 £521.55

Optional Extra - 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted GC4400 £62.45

GC4409

(containers not included)




45kg on bottom tray



›› Folding boxes are stackable & are kept

securely in place by male & female connectors




ProPlaz ®

clever trolley

70kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£185.30

NEW

2 x GC066Z

Brake Mechanism


GC062Y





Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm




Weight

kg

Model

Price

425


Stock Trolley c/w Bins

›› Adjustable

shelves

›› Shelf size:

630 x 415mm

›› Manufactured

in square

section steel

›› Mobile on 4

swivel castors

(2 braked)

125mm blue

non-marking

wheels


9 x grey bins

(455L x 210W

x 230H mm)

300kg

evenly

distributed

Container Storage Trolleys

›› Fitted with non-slip rubber matting

on the top shelf & 4 grey non marking

100mm swivel castors

›› Complete with plastic containers:

415L x 370W x 185Hmm

150kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3

YR

GUARANTEE

manufactured

3

YR

GUARANTEE

GC779Y

CT404Y

CT408Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

700 x 530

x 1280

Shelf

Heights mm

Shelf 1 - 200

Shelf 2 - 510, 580 & 650

Shelf 3 - 815, 890 & 960

Shelf 4 - 1270

Container Trolleys

Trolley

Weight

Model

Price

30kg GC779Y £902.50

Number of

Containers

CORNER BUFFERS

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 490 x 575 x 1120 22 CT404Y £506.65

8 490 x 1020 x 1120 37 CT408Y £775.40

›› Manufactured to a high specification in tubular steel

›› Complete with removable heavy duty grey polypropylene containers

›› Model CT3303 is

fitted with 4 non

›› Model CT3306 is fitted with

2 fixed & 2 swivel castors

›› Model CT3305 is fitted with 4

non marking swivel castors &

marking swivel castors with non marking blue

is available either complete with

& comes complete wheels & corner buffers

5 containers as shown or as a

››

with 3 Containers

The unit comes complete

trolley only model - CT3405

with 6 containers

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

*Container type may

differ to those shown

426

Description

CT3303

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

CT3306

Shelf Heights mm

Load Weight

Cap Kg Kg

CT3305


Container Trolley Complete with 3 containers 600 x 455 x 1020 300/600/900 150 20 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3303 £370.60

Container Trolley Complete with 5 containers 600 x 455 x 1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150 26 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3305 £551.35

Container Trolley Complete with 6 containers 910 x 650 x 1065 325/625/925 200 37

2 x Fixed, 2 x Swivel Castors fitted

with 125 non marking blue wheels

CT3306 £740.80

Container Trolley only 600 x 455 x 1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150 18 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3405 £403.85

2 Braked Castors for Models CT3303 / CT3305 + CT3405 Factory Fitted CT003Z £32.45

2 Braked Castors for Model CT3306 (Blue Wheels) Factory Fitted CT006Z £40.55


Mobile Tray Racks with Trays

›› Stainless steel models available


›› Fully welded steel angle tray racks

›› Supplied with food grade polypropylene trays


›› Tray size - external: 762 x 457 x 95mm

›› Tray size - internal: 720 x 415 x 78mm

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Yellow


TR3110

TR4110

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Painted Models - c/w trays

Model

Price

10 Tray 800 x 570 x 1240 200 43 TR3110 £621.50

15 Tray 800 x 570 x 1740 250 57.5 TR3115 £828.55

Stainless Steel Models - c/w trays

10 Tray 800 x 570 x 1240 200 47 TR4110 £1218.05

15 Tray 800 x 570 x 1740 250 63 TR4115 £1632.25

2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted TR003Z £32.45

Mobile Container Racks with Containers

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

TR3115

& TR003Z

›› Fully welded steel angle with 4 x 100 mm swivel nylon castors

›› Supplied with heavy duty grey polypropylene containers

›› Container size - external: 600 x 400 x 175mm

›› Container size - internal: 555 x 355 x 164mm

i

Information

IDEAL FOR USE

IN BAKERIES &

SUPERMARKETS

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue


MR3205

DMR25Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Model

5 Containers 640 x 500 x 1110 200 25 MR3205 £433.70

10 Containers 940 x 640 x 1110 250 53 DMR25Y £645.95

8 Containers 640 x 500 x 1645 250 38 MR3208 £595.45

2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted MR003Z £32.45 manufactured

MR3208

Price

3YR

GUARANTEE

427


Order Picking Trolleys with Clipboard Shelf

›› Manufactured in angle steel with fixed painted steel trays

›› Tray sizes: KTI13Y - 900 x 500mm & KTI14Y - 1000 x 700mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked castor s

FROM ONLY

£294.30

250kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




KTI13Y

Order Picking Trolleys

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm castors

›› See pages 122 to 129 for suitable containers

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Shelf

Heights mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

1330 x 500 x 1070

220/800 125mm Rubber

43 ASD / £30 KTI13Y £294.30

1430 x 700 x 1070 53 ASD / £30 KTI14Y £338.70

Heavy Duty Order Picking Trolley

›› No. of trays: 4

›› Tray size: 1220 x 615mm

›› Top tread height of 920mm

›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber castors

400kg

evenly

distributed

Price

250kg

evenly

distributed

MS5702

(containers not included)

IDEAL FOR 600 x 400MM CONTAINERS

Containers

Held

428

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Tray

Size mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 1360 x 620 x 1230 820 x 620 40 MS5701 £764.10

6 1760 x 620 x 1230 1220 x 620 51 MS5702 £832.55

No of

Steps

MS5722

Tray

Type

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

manufactured

Weight

kg

Model

3YR

GUARANTEE

Price

4 Galvanised 1650 x 615 x 1950 107 MS5722 £1367.60


Fort ® Order Picking Trolleys

›› Ergonomically designed

handrails positioned 580mm

higher than the top step for

increased safety & comfort

›› Top step size:

350W x 210Dmm

›› Top step height -

3 step units: 720mm

4 step units: 960mm

›› Sprung loaded steps with

ribbed rubber treads

›› Tray size: 780L x 470W mm

250kg

evenly

distributed

IFA

Standard Order

Picking Trolleys

›› Mobile on 4 x 125mm rubber

tyred swivel castors

GS Approved Order

Picking Trolleys

›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2

swivel braked 125mm

rubber tyred castors

GS5633

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£416.70

ERGONOMIC

HANDLES

WS5603

WS5613

SPRUNG

LOADED

STEPS

No of

Steps

3

3

4

3

4

No of

Trays

Tray

Material

Overall Size

H x W x L mm

Shelf

Heights mm

Fort Standard Order Picking Trolleys

2

200 / 1000 29 WS5602 £416.70

Steel

3 200 / 600 / 1000 40 WS5603 £459.70

1320 x 520 x 1320

2

200 / 1000 28 WS5612 £426.80

Plywood

3 200 / 600 / 1000 39 WS5613 £475.20

Fort GS Approved Order Picking Trolleys

2

200 / 1000 31 GS5602 £480.05

1320 x 520 x 1320

3 200 / 600 / 1000 42 GS5603 £522.50

Steel

2

200 / 1240 41 GS5622 £537.45

1560 x 520 x 1520

3 200 / 720 / 1240 46 GS5623 £579.80

2

200 / 1000 30 GS5612 £490.35

1320 x 520 x 1320

3 200 / 600 / 1000 41 GS5613 £537.90

Plywood

2

200 / 1240 38 GS5632 £547.60

1560 x 520 x 1520

3 200 / 720 / 1240 43 GS5633 £595.30

Weight

kg

Model

Price

429


Light Duty Roller Tracks - packs of 4

5

GUARANTEE

YR 5YR

GUARANTEE

5YR

GUARANTEE

›› Cylindrical plastic rollers

›› Roller pitch: 28mm

›› Can be supplied individually


Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Model

Price

(pack of 4)

2000 140kg RT20CR28X4 £41.20

3000 140kg RT30CR28X4 £60.40

Heavy Duty Roller Tracks

›› Flanged plastic rollers




Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Model

Price

(pack of 4)

2000 90kg RT20FR42X4 £52.60

3000 90kg RT30FR42X4 £79.00

›› Steel spindle cylindrical rollers




Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Model

Price each

(pack of 4)

2000 280kg RT20SSR28X4 £59.60

3000 280kg RT30SSR28X4 £89.20

›› Flanged plastic rollers

2YR

GUARANTEE

Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Roller Pitch: 96mm

Roller Pitch: 72mm

Model Price (each) Model Price (each)

2400 845kg RT24FPR96 £102.45 RT24FPR72 £113.60

3600 845kg RT36FPR96 £146.90 RT36FPR72 £166.20

›› Cylindrical plastic rollers

2YR

GUARANTEE

Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Roller Pitch: 96mm Roller Pitch: 72mm Roller Pitch: 48mm

Model Price (each) Model Price (each) Model Price (each)

2400 1300kg RT24CPR96 £106.70 RT24CPR72 £125.15 RT24CPR48 £157.40

3600 1300kg RT36CPR96 £152.85 RT36CPR72 £182.60 RT36CPR48 £229.85

›› Cylindrical steel rollers

2YR

GUARANTEE

430

Length

mm

Capacity per

Linear Metre

Roller Pitch: 96mm Roller Pitch: 72mm Roller Pitch: 48mm

Model Price (each) Model Price (each) Model Price (each)

2400 2600kg RT24STR96 £184.75 RT24STR72 £225.05 RT24STR48 £309.40

3600 2600kg RT36STR96 £266.35 RT36STR72 £331.95 RT36STR48 £458.05


Light Duty Top Plate Castors

›› A competitively priced range of robust light duty castors

›› Wheel sizes from 50mm to 200mm

LOWER

PRICES

Wheel

Dia.

Wheel Type

Load

Capacity

Overall

Height

Bearing

Type

Light Duty Bolt Hole Castors

Fixing

Centres

Castor Code

Swivel

Price

Castor Code

Fixed

Price

Castor Code

Braked

50mm White Polypropylene 50DRL4PP £3.45 - - 50DRL4PPSWB £4.20

40kg 73mm

35 x 35

Grey Rubber Tyred 50DRL4GRG £3.45 - - 50DRL4GRGSWB £4.20

Plain

75mm White Polypropylene 75DRL4PP £4.25 - - 75DRL4PPSWB £4.60

50kg 100mm 45 x 45

Grey Rubber Tyred 75DRL4GRG £4.60 - - 75DRL4GRGSWB £5.55

100mm

125mm

160mm

200mm

Black Rubber Tyred Swivel Grey Rubber Tyred Braked White Polypropylene Swivel Grey Rubber Tyred Fixed

White Polypropylene

185kg

Grey Rubber Tyred 75kg 128mm Roller

100DR4GRB £6.75 100DR8GRB £5.30 100DR4GRBSWB £7.70

Black Rubber Tyred 80kg 100DR4BSB £6.15 100DR8BSB £5.55 100DR4BSBSWB £7.80

80 x 60

White Polypropylene 220kg

125DR4PPB £7.60 125DR8PPB £6.80 125DR4PPBSWB £10.75

Price

100DR4PPB £5.70 100DR8PPB £4.50 100DR4PPBSWB £8.80

Grey Rubber Tyred

152mm Roller


100kg

Black Rubber Tyred 125DR4BSB £10.40 125DR8BSB £8.45 125DR4BSBSWB £14.70

White Polypropylene

250kg

160DR4PP £13.70 160DR8PP £12.95 160DR4PPSWB £19.35

Grey Rubber Tyred

195mm Roller


160kg


105 x 80

White Polypropylene 250kg

200DR4PP £17.65 200DR8PP £16.50 200DR4PPSWB £19.75

Grey Rubber Tyred

237mm Roller


205kg


LOWER

PRICES

White Polypropylene

Bolt Hole - Swivel

White Polypropylene

Bolt Hole - Swivel Braked

Grey Rubber Tyred

Bolt Hole - Swivel

Grey Rubber Tyred

Bolt Hole - Swivel Braked

Wheel Dia.

50mm

75mm

100mm

125mm

Wheel Type

Load

Capacity

Overall

Height

Bearing

Type

Suits Bolts

Dia.

Castor Code

- Swivel

Price

Castor Code

- Braked

White Polypropylene

50DRLBH10PP £3.55 50DRLBH10PPSWB £4.30

40kg 71mm

Grey Rubber Tyred 50DRLBH10GRG £3.90 50DRLBH10GRGSWB £4.70

10mm

White Polypropylene


50kg 95mm


Plain

White Polypropylene


80kg 128mm


12mm

White Polypropylene


100kg 150mm


Expander Fittings

›› This range of nylon fittings

allow castors to be fitted to

hollow tube equipment

›› Add expander code & price to

your choice of bolt hole castor

Tube Size

(Internal mm)

Min

Max

Round

Code

Square

Code

Price

19 21.5 R19 - £2.05

21.5 24 R21 S21 £2.05

24 27 R24 S24 £2.05

27 30 R27 S27 £2.05

31 35 R31 - £3.90

31 35 - S31 £3.90

36 40 - S36 £3.90

Round

Expander

Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS

LOWER

PRICES

Square

Expander

Price

431


Medium Duty Steel Castors


›› Load capacities from 27kg to 600kg

›› Traditional style castors with

original UK bolt hole spacings

Footbrake

›› Brakes are available on 75 or 100mm

swivel castors with RN or NY wheels

The 75mm castors have a single

ended brake & the 100mm castors

have a double ended brake

add suffix BR to swivel castor code

Price Extra: 75mm = £2.50

100mm = £3.65

Fixed

Swivel

Swivel Braked

LOWER

PRICES

Swivel

Wheel

dia.

50

63

75

100

125

150

Swivel/

Fixed

Overall

Height

Bolt Hole

Spacing Bearing Poly Tyred

Cast Iron

Swivel

- -

64 54 x 25 Plain

Fixed - -

Swivel

- -

81 76 x 44 Plain

Fixed - -

Swivel

80 x 60

95

Fixed 83 x 35

Swivel

125

105 x 80

Fixed 110 x 38

Swivel

Fixed

Swivel

153

181

Plain

PS075PC

115kg

PF075PC

115kg

Price Nylon Price Cast Iron Price

£19.15

£17.85

Plain - -

Roller

PS100PCB

250kg

Plain - -

Roller

PF100PCB

250kg

116 x 64 Plain - -

108 x 80 Roller

PS125PCB

270kg

116 x 64 Plain - -

105 x 80 Roller

140 x 105

Fixed 133 x 67

PF125PCB

270kg

Plain - -

Ball

PS150PCB

540kg

P961NY

54kg

P988NY

54kg

P261NY

122kg

P288NY

122kg

P361NY

170kg

P388NY

170kg

P461NY

270kg

£2.55

£2.15

£3.90

£2.85

£4.65

£3.35

£9.75

P961CI

54kg

P988CI

54kg

P261CI

122kg

P288CI

122kg

P361CI

170kg

P388CI

170kg

P461CI

340kg

Poly Tyred

Nylon

Price

£4.80 - -

£4.10 - -

£8.80 - -

£7.20 - -

£11.20 - -

£9.80 - -

£13.70

P461PN

250kg

£13.10

Rubber Tyred

Nylon

P961RN

27kg

P988RN

27kg

P261RN

45kg

P288RN

45kg

P361RN

90kg

P388RN

90kg

P461RN

160kg

£28.55 - - - - - - - -

P488NY

270kg

£5.80

P488CI

340kg

£12.70

P488PN

250kg

£10.20

P488RN

160kg

£25.20 - - - - - - - -

P561NY

365kg

£16.20

P561CI

475kg

£18.55

P561PN

300kg

£17.10

P561RN

180kg

£41.50 - - - - - - - -

P588NY

365kg

£9.20

P588CI

475kg

£11.45

P588PN

300kg

£13.70

P588RN

180kg

£34.95 - - - - - - - -

£61.55

Plain - -

Ball

PF150PCB

540kg

£54.35

P661NY

520kg

P661NYBJ

520kg

P688NY

520kg

P688NYBJ

520kg

£28.45

P661CI

680kg

£39.20

£46.50 - -

£21.75

P688CI

680kg

£32.65

£38.80 - -

P661PN

600kg

P661PNBJ

600kg

P688PN

600kg

P688PNBJ

600kg

Price

£5.05

£4.35

£8.25

£6.80

£5.75

£4.75

£10.20

£9.05

£16.00

£10.20

£44.20 - -

£55.80

P661RNBJ

300kg

£49.25

£36.55 - -

£48.10

P688RNBJ

300kg

£41.60

432



Expanding Fitting Castors

›› Robust institutional castors

›› Precision ball bearings & plastic thread guards to reduce noise & rolling resistance

›› 10mm single bolt hole fixing but can be used with any of the expanders listed

LOWER

PRICES

WR4721.5-24

Expanding Tubular Adaptors

To suit

Tubing

Round

Model

Price

19mm to 21.5mm WR0719-21.5 £2.65

21.5mm to 24mm WR0721.5-24 £2.65

24mm to 27mm WR0724-27 £2.65

27mm to 30mm WR0727-30 £2.65

31mm to 35mm WR0731-35 £3.40

Square

21.5mm to 24mm WR4721.5-24 £2.65

24mm to 27mm WR4724-27 £2.65

27mm to 30mm WR4727-30 £2.65

32mm to 35mm WR4732-35 £3.40

36mm to 40mm WR4736-40 £3.40

PS75PJPBH

PS75PJPBHBR

Wheel

Dia.

Wheel Type

Tread

Width

Load

Cap kg

Overall

Height

Medium Duty Stainless Steel Castors

›› A range of stainless steel castors with double ball race heads for use in environments where there

is a high level of moisture present or where hygiene requirements demand frequent washing

›› Plate size: 105 x 85mm ›› Hole centres - 80 x 60mm

Bearing

Type

Swivel

Model

Price

Swivel Braked

Model

75 Grey Rubber 30mm 75 100 Ball PS75PJPBH £8.60 PS75PJPBHBR £10.80



Price

LOWER

PRICES

8477UOO100P62

8470UED100P62

8478UAD125P62

Wheel

Dia.

80mm

100mm

125mm

Wheel Type

Tread

Width

Load

Capacity

Nylon 34mm 100kg

Polyurethane

Tyre / Nylon Centre

Nylon

Polyurethane

Tyre / Nylon Centre

Elastic Rubber

Tyre / Nylon Centre

Nylon

Polyurethane

Tyre / Nylon Centre

30mm

35mm

30mm

40mm

150kg

Overall

Height

108mm

128mm

Bearing

Type

Swivel

Radius

Castor Model

Swivel

Price

Castor Model

Fixed

Price

Castor Model

Braked

Plain

8470UOO080P62 £18.00 8478UOO080P62 £13.95 8477UOO080P62 £21.45

80

Roller 8470UAD080P62 £23.85 8478UAD080P62 £19.35 8477UAD080P62 £29.00

Plain

8470UOO100P62 £18.70 8478UOO100P62 £14.55 8477UOO100P62 £22.25

90

Roller 8470UAD100P62 £22.80 8478UAD100P62 £18.45 8477UAD100P62 £29.90

Roller

Price

8470UED100P62 £30.95 8478UED100P62 £22.40 8477UED100P62 £37.05

300kg

Plain 107.5 8470UOO125P62 £21.15 8478UOO125P62 £15.90 8477UOO125P62 £24.45

155mm

200kg Roller 8470UAD125P62 £26.45 8478UAD125P62 £20.70 8477UAD125P62 £33.55


433


Top Plate Medium Duty Castors

›› Pressed steel double

ball race swivel heads

›› Wheel sizes from

100mm to 200mm

›› Load capacity: ranges

from 80kg to 350kg

LOWER

PRICES

Swivel with Brake

Swivel

Swivel

Wheel

Dia.

100

125

150

160

200

Wheel Type

Tread Load Overall

Width Cap kg Height

Plate

Dims

Bolt

Centres

Suits

Bolt

Bearing

Type

Nylon 35 200 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Plain 100DR4NY £13.80 100DR8NY £10.80 100DR4NYSWB £18.30

Polyurethane 38 220 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Ball 100DR4PNBJ £16.95 100DR8PNBJ £14.10 100DR4PNBJSWB £21.70

Blue Rubber Tyred 34 180 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Roller 100DR4BNB £15.50 100DR8BNB £12.45 100DR4BNBSWB £20.40

Black Rubber Tyred 32 80 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Roller 100DR4PSB £12.90 100DR8PSB £9.60 100DR4PSBSWB £17.60













Bolt Hole Medium Duty Castors

›› Pressed steel double

ball race swivel heads

›› Wheel sizes from

100mm to 200mm

›› Load capacity: ranges

from 80kg to 350kg

Swivel

Model

Price

Fixed

Model

Price

Braked

Model

Price

LOWER

PRICES

Wheel

Dia.

100

125

150

160

200

434

Wheel Type

Tread

Width

Load Cap

kg

Overall

Height

Swivel with Brake

- Polyurethane

Suits

Bolt

Bearing

Type

Nylon 35 200 128 M12 Plain 100DRBH12NY £13.80 100DRBH12NYSWB £18.30

Polyurethane 38 220 128 M12 Ball 100DRBH12PNBJ £16.95 100DRBH12PNBJSWB £21.70

Blue Rubber Tyred 34 180 128 M12 Roller 100DRBH12BNB £15.50 100DRBH12BNBSWB £20.40

Black Rubber Tyred 32 80 128 M12 Roller 100DRBH12PSB £12.90 100DRBH12PSBSWB £17.60













Swivel

Model

Swivel

- Nylon

Price


Swivel - Black

Rubber Tyred

Braked

Model

Price


Heavy Duty Pressed Steel Castors

›› Manufactured from heavy gauge zinc plated pressed steel

›› Robust range of castors are all fitted with double ball races

& hardened steel tracks in the swivel heads

›› Suitable for power towing up to 6kph


›› Load capacities from 300kg to 800kg

LOWER

PRICES

Wheel

Dia.

125

150GDH4PTBJ

Tread Load Overall

Wheel Type

Width Cap kg Height

Plate

Dims

150GDH4NYBJ 160GDH4EABJSWB 150GDH8PTBJ

Bolt

Centres

Suits

Bolt

Bearing

Type

Swivel

Model

Nylon 50 800 166 135x110 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4NYBJ £33.95 125GDH8NYBJ £28.30 125GDH4NYBJSWB £41.45

Rubber Tyred 50 300 166 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4EABJ £34.25 125GDH8EABJ £29.75 125GDH4EABJSWB £43.20

Price

Fixed

Model

Price

Braked

Model

Price

Polyurethane 50 550 166 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4PTBJ £42.70 125GDH8PTBJ £37.05 125GDH4PTBJSWB £46.90

150 Nylon 45 700 194 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 150GDH4NYBJ £41.35 150GDH8NYBJ £29.55 150GDH4NYBJSWB £46.20

150 Polyurethane 50 800 194 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 150GDH4PTBJ £49.20 150GDH8PTBJ £38.50 150GDH4PTBJSWB £53.65

160 Rubber Tyred 50 350 199 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 160GDH4EABJ £45.60 160GDH8EABJ £30.75 160GDH4EABJSWB £50.15

Nylon 50 800 239 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 200GDH4NYBJ £48.50 200GDH8NYBJ £56.45 200GDH4NYBJSWB £54.40

200 Rubber Tyred 50 450 239 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 200GDH4EABJ £49.20 200GDH8EABJ £57.65 200GDH4EABJSWB £55.75

Polyurethane 50 800 239 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 200GDH4PTBJ £57.65 200GDH8PTBJ £65.35 200GDH4PTBJSWB £64.20

Heavy Duty Fabricated Castors

Directional Lock

›› 2 way directional lock

add suffix ’D‘ to swivel castor code

Price Extra: £12.60

available as a retro fit on

all the swivel castors

LOWER

PRICES

PSL100CIBJ PFL100PTBJ PSL100PTBJBR

Wheel

Dia.

Wheel Type

Tread

Width

Load

Cap kg

Overall

Height

Bearing

Type

Swivel

Model

Price

Fixed

Model

Price

Swivel Braked

Model

Price

Polyurethane 50mm 450

Ball PSL100PTBJ £44.40 PFL100PTBJ £33.70 PSL100PTBJBR £49.30

100

Nylon 40mm 450 140 Ball PSL100NYBJ £28.05 PFL100NYBJ £23.15 PSL100NYBJBR £34.70

Cast Iron 50mm 450 Ball PSL100CIBJ £29.10 PFL100CIBJ £23.80 PSL100CIBJBR £33.70



125





150



200






435


Heavy Duty Castors

›› PFH fixed castors: heavy gauge press formed sideplates welded to the top plate

›› PSH swivel castors: heavy duty forged steel top plate joined to an outer swivel ring by a full complement ball

race running in hardened tracks. The race serves as both a thrust & radial bearing & is provided with a nylon

seal at the top & greased through a hydraulic nipple. The closed base of the ring prevents downward escape of

the lubricant & completes the grease reservoir. The sideplates are press formed to a cylindrical shape to give

the best strength to weight ratio & are continuously welded to the swivel ring

›› Top plates are 149 x 110mm with 105 x 80mm centres & holes drilled to suit M12 bolts.

PSH125NYBJBR

LOWER

PRICES

Wheel

Dia.

125

Wheel Type

PSH125PTBJ

Directional Lock

›› 2 way directional lock for all plain swivel castors

add suffix ’D‘ to swivel castor code

Price Extra: £12.60

150

200

250

Tread

Width

Load

Cap kg


Overall

Height

Bearing

Type

Swivel

Model

Price

Fixed

Model

Price

Swivel Braked

Model

Ball PSH125PTBJ £78.85 PFH125PTBJ £61.60 PSH125PTBJBR £88.70

Nylon 45mm 750 177 Ball PSH125NYBJ £71.45 PFH125NYBJ £54.50 PSH125NYBJBR £81.30

Cast Iron 40mm 650 Ball PSH125CIBJ £69.10 PFH125CIBJ £52.25 PSH125CIBJBR £78.95










PSH125CIBJ




436


Price


Wheels

›› Full range of industrial rubber tyred

wheels in solid rubber & pneumatic

›› Wide range of uses including sack

trucks, wheel barrows, boat trailers,

industrial trucks & trolleys

manufactured

LOWER

PRICES

PW SERIES

BW SERIES

Rubber

NSS SERIES

EPR SERIES

PBW SERIES

BW SERIES

Pneumatic

Model

Wheel Dia.

Inch

mm

Tyre

Width

Hub

Bore

Hub

Length

Load

Capacity

NSS Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Metal centres

Wheel

Centres

NSS8

Plain £17.25

8” 200

250kg

NSS8R Roller £21.30

NSS10

Plain £19.10

10” 250 50mm 25.4mm 51mm 350kg

Metal


NSS12

Plain £26.15

12” 300 400kg


EPR Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres

EPR620

20mm

£5.50

6.25” 160 40mm

150kg

EPR61

Red

£5.50

51mm

Plain

EPR81 8” 200 50mm 25.4mm

200kg

Polypropylene

£6.15

EPR101 10” 250 60mm 275kg £10.00

PW Series - Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres

PW250-425.4/764/51R

76mm

Plain £19.70

8.75” 220 65mm

100kg

PWR250-425.4/764/51R 76mm Roller £19.70

PW300-425.4/764/52R

Red

82mm 25.4mm 76mm

10.5” 260

120kg Polypropylene

Plain £23.55

PWR300-425.4/634/52R

85mm

£23.50

63mm

Roller

PWR400-425.4/634/52R 12” 300 100mm 150kg £26.60

PBW Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres

PBW28025.4/66RIBRED 11” 280 80mm

250kg

Red

£17.50

25.4mm 66mm

Plain

PBW35525.4/66RIBBLK 14” 355 75mm 300kg Polypropylene

£27.05

BW Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Metal centres

BWR33025.4/63RIBRED

63mm

Roller £30.75

13” 330 70mm

300kg

BWB33025.4/83RIBRED 83mm Red

Ball Journal £59.65

BWG35525.4/66RIBRED

66mm

Metal

Plain £29.60

BWR35525.4/63RIBRED 14” 355 75mm

63mm 400kg

Roller £40.10

25.4mm

BWB35525.4/83RIBBLK 83mm Black Metal Ball Journal £54.10

BWG40025.4/66RIBRED

66mm

Red

Plain £38.60

BWR40025.4/63RIBRED 16” 400 90mm

63mm 500kg

Metal

Roller £39.25

BWB40025.4/83RIBBLK 83mm Black Metal Ball Journal £59.65

BW Series - Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Metal Centres

BWR250-425.4/634/51R 8.75” 220 65 25.4 63 100

Roller £29.50

BWG300-425.4/764/52R 10.5” 260 85 25.4 76 170

Red

Metal

Plain £29.40

BWR300-425.4/634/52R 10.5” 260 85 25.4 63 170 Roller £35.75

BWR400-425.4/634/52B 12” 300 100 25.4 63 245

Roller £36.20

BWR400-825.4/634/01B 16” 400 100 25.4 63 305

Black

Metal

Roller £37.40

BWB400-825.4/654/01B 16” 400 100 25.4 65 305 Ball Journal £42.00


Bearing

Price

437


Telescopic Container/Trailer Conveyor – (for use over a level loading dock)

The Telescopic Expressway has been developed as a cost

effective solution for efficient loading & unloading of shipping

containers & trailers over a level loading dock. High impact,

low inertia, 50mm diameter PVC rollers mounted in fully welded,

powder coated steel channel frames. 50mm bright zinc plated

mild steel rollers at load point & 20mm diameter bright zinc

plated mild steel rollers at deck transfer sections. Each deck

height adjustable by screw jacks. Alternative widths &

lengths available on request.

PRICES

HELD

Container/Trailer Conveyor – (where no loading dock available)

The High Rise Telescopic conveyor has

been developed as a safe, efficient & cost

effective solution for quickly unloading

shipping containers or trailers where no

level loading dock is available. 600mm

wide the conveyor will extend up to 10m

inside the shipping container or trailer &

will convey cartons under gravity to an

offload point at ground level. The conveyor

can be further extended by connecting an

Expandaveyor, please see opposite page

for specification. Suitable for container floor

heights of 1,300-1,650mm (height options

from 250-1,700mm available on request)

PRICES

HELD


600mm Wide x 12M Extended (4.5M Closed) TE-600-4-12.0 £3545.00

600mm Wide x 15M Extended (5.3M Closed) HDTE-600-4-15.0 £4873.00


High Rise Telescopic Conveyor HRTE £7028.00

6M Expandaveyor Extension 6MEE £1501.00

7.5M Expandaveyor Extension 7MEE £1874.00

9M Expandaveyor Extension 9MEE £2198.00

PRICES

HELD

Medium Duty Belt Conveyors

Motorised drum drive belt conveyor

ideal for warehousing & light

industrial use. Smooth faced

anti-static PVC belt, supplied with

variable speed controller with

forward & reverse function. Rated

at 30kg per running metre uniformly

distributed load. Runs from a 230V

(single phase) supply.

A complete range of belt conveyors,

including inclined, mezzanine floor &

vehicle loading conveyors available

on request.

Belt

Length: 1.5M Length: 2M Length: 3M Length: 4M Length: 5M Length: 7.5M Length: 10M

Width Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

300mm BC130 £2025.00 BC2030 £2117.00 BC3030 £2300.00 BC4030 £2483.00 BC5030 £2737.00 BC7530 £3265.00 BC1030 £3793.00



438

Due to the size of these units additional carriage costs may be incurred - call for details


Expanding Conveyors

›› Versatile mobile conveyor system which

improves productivity & reduces manual

handling - ideal for warehouse &

industrial applications

›› Extends to suit changing applications

& closes for efficient storage

›› Can be stretched around corners

›› High impact PVC Skatewheel &

roller models available

›› Height adjustable from 650 to 1100mm

›› Supplied as standard with handles

& 100mm swivel braked castors

›› Rated at 80kg per metre

›› Axle pitch when fully extended 125mm

›› All steelwork protected with a bright zinc plated finish

›› Options include end stops & hooks

to connect multiple conveyors

Available on request

›› Bright zinc plated steel roller & skatewheel models

›› Height ranges of 450-700mm or 900-1200mm

›› Heavy duty models

›› Different lengths & widths

›› Roller end stops

i

PRICES

HELD

Information

OTHER CONVEYOR

SYSTEMS AVAILABLE

CALL FOR DETAILS

Accessories

Accessories Model Price

Connecting Hooks CH £30.00

End Stop ESP £42.00

Skatewheel Model - use where conveyed items

have a flat base & for tighter bends

Length Length

400mm Width

600mm Width

Extended Closed


2M 0.63M EXP-PW400-2.0-L2 £376.00 EXP-PW600-2.0-L2 £485.00

3.5M 1.02M EXP-PW400-3.5-L2 £584.00 EXP-PW600-3.5-L2 £759.00

5M 1.41M EXP-PW400-5.0-L2 £792.00 EXP-PW600-5.0-L2 £1033.00

6.5M 1.80M EXP-PW400-6.5-L2 £1001.00 EXP-PW600-6.5-L2 £1307.00

8M 2.19M EXP-PW400-8.0-L2 £1209.00 EXP-PW600-8.0-L2 £1581.00

9.5M 2.58M EXP-PW400-9.5-L2 £1418.00 EXP-PW600-9.5-L2 £1855.00

Gravity Roller Conveyors

›› Improves productivity & reduces manual handling

›› Versatile modular design

›› Ideal for warehouse & industrial applications

›› Powder coated mild steel multipunched

smoothline section frames

›› 50mm diameter rollers - 20kg capacity

free running PVC or 80kg capacity heavy

duty bright zinc plated rollers

›› Bright zinc plated steel stands, recommended

1500mm centres. Stands can be used to join lengths

›› Can be set at a decline or used horizontally

›› Other roller diameters, widths & pitches available & also

gate sections, bends & ball transfer tables - call for details

Roller Model - use where conveyed items

do not have a flat base

Length Length

400mm Width

600mm Width

Extended Closed


2M 0.94M EXP-PR400-2.0-L2 £478.00 EXP-PR600-2.0-L2 £511.00

3.5M 1.56M EXP-PR400-3.5-L2 £750.00 EXP-PR600-3.5-L2 £803.00

5M 2.18M EXP-PR400-5.0-L2 £1021.00 EXP-PR600-5.0-L2 £1095.00

6.5M 2.80M EXP-PR400-6.5-L2 £1292.00 EXP-PR600-6.5-L2 £1386.00

8M 3.42M EXP-PR400-8.0-L2 £1612.00 EXP-PR600-8.0-L2 £1727.00

9.5M 4.04M EXP-PR400-9.5-L2 £1883.00 EXP-PR600-9.5-L2 £2019.00

Accessories

Accessories Model Price

Stands - 450/650mm 3190-M1 £42.00

Stands - 650/1100mm 3190-M2 £47.00

Stands - 900/1500mm 3190-M3 £55.00

End Stop ST700-ESP £32.00

Description

300mm

PVC Roller

450mm

PVC Roller

600mm

PVC Roller

300mm

Zinc Plated

Steel Roller

450mm

Zinc Plated

Steel Roller

600mm

Zinc Plated

Steel Roller

Side Guide

per Side

75mm Roller Pitch (for items greater than 225mm long) - prefix below codes with ST700- 125mm Roller Pitch (for items greater than 375mm long) - prefix below codes with ST700-

1M Long 1.5M Long 2M Long 3M Long 1M Long 1.5M Long 2M Long 3M Long

PR50-300-75-1.0 PR50-300-75-1.5 PR50-300-75-2.0 PR50-300-75-3.0 PR50-300-125-1.0 PR50-300-125-1.5 PR50-300-125-2.0 PR50-300-125-3.0

£142.00 £189.00 £245.00 £332.00 £117.00 £152.00 £195.00 £258.00


£150.00 £202.00 £262.00 £358.00 £122.00 £161.00 £206.00 £274.00


£159.00 £215.00 £279.00 £383.00 £128.00 £169.00 £217.00 £291.00

ZR50-300-75-1.0 ZR50-300-75-1.5 ZR50-300-75-2.0 ZR50-300-75-3.0 ZR50-300-125-1.0 ZR50-300-125-1.5 ZR50-300-125-2.0 ZR50-300-125-3.0

£163.00 £222.00 £288.00 £396.00 £130.00 £172.00 £221.00 £297.00


£174.00 £238.00 £310.00 £429.00 £137.00 £182.00 £235.00 £317.00


£185.00 £255.00 £332.00 £463.00 £144.00 £193.00 £249.00 £338.00

75-1.0-SG 75-1.5-SG 75-2.0-SG 75-3.0-SG 125-1.0-SG 125-1.5-SG 125-2.0-SG 125-3.0-SG

£24.00 £31.00 £39.00 £45.00 £24.00 £31.00 £39.00 £45.00


439


Plastic Kick Steps

›› Available as a standard version or as

a model which is manufactured &

approved to the recognised


›› Manufactured from high

quality plastic & rubber for

safety & durability

›› Snap-lock for quick assembly

›› Mounted on 3 sprung loaded

polypropylene castors which

retract when weight is applied

GA008Z

PRICES

HELD

FROM ONLY

£35.45

150kg

evenly

distributed

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Black

Grey


GA008Z

i

Information

KA007Z

IDEAL FOR

THOSE HARD TO

REACH PLACES

440

Description

Loaded

Height mm

Unloaded

Height mm

Base

Dia. mm

Top

Dia. mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

Standard

2 KA007Z £38.50 £35.45

445 450 440 300

GS Approved 2 GA008Z £42.25 £38.95


Steel Kick Steps

150kg

evenly

distributed

GA009Z

FROM ONLY

£40.50

›› Available as a standard version or

as a model which is manufactured

& approved to the recognised


›› Manufactured from quality steel

& rubber for safety & durability

›› Snap-lock for quick assembly

›› Mounted on 3 sprung loaded

polypropylene castors which

retract when weight is applied

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Black

Grey

Yellow


PRICES

HELD

GA009Z

KA004Z

Description

Loaded

Height mm

Unloaded

Height mm

Base

Dia. mm

Top

Dia. mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

Standard

5 KA004Z £43.50 £40.50

430 435 435 290

GS Approved 5 GA009Z £45.95 £42.95

441


Plastic Step Stool

Folding Aluminium Handy Steps

HE400Z

£29.95

Handy carry

hole

150kg

evenly

distributed

FS369Z

LOWER

PRICE

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

HE400Z

›› Manufactured from high quality plastic

›› Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit

›› Large anti-slip platform & feet

Model

130kg

evenly

distributed

Price

470 x 510 x 400 1.8 HE400Z £29.95

Heavy Duty Industrial Steps

HPE03Z

HPE04Z

260kg

evenly

distributed

No of

Treads

LOWER

PRICES

›› Certified to EN 14183

›› Strong & sturdy folding aluminum steps

›› Large (405W x 242D mm) durable

platform for safe & comfortable standing

›› Ideal for use in many environments

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 450 x 450 x 530 503 x 450 x 230 3 FS253Z £49.30

3 667 x 480 x 690 735 x 480 x 230 4 FS369Z £63.20

Plastic Step-up

›› This versatile nestable step is

manufactured from injection moulded

plastic complete with non-slip feet


FS253Z

manufactured

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Yellow

Green


FROM ONLY

£30.40

442

HPE01Z

No of

Treads

HPE02Z

WHERE HIGHLIGHTED,

RED, BLUE OR

YELLOW ONLY

›› Tested to BS EN 14183:2003

›› Manufactured from tough,

medium density polyethylene &

resistant to most chemicals

›› Ideal for wash down applications

›› Fitted with anti-slip strips on the treads

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

HPE05Z

Price

1 300 x 485 x 310 5 HPE01Z £58.35

2 415 x 475 x 540 10 HPE02Z £84.90

3 620 x 440 x 795 15 HPE03Z £117.60

4 820 x 490 x 1080 20 HPE04Z £192.75

4 with Handrail 1620 x 490 x 1080 22 HPE05Z £316.65

Platform Size

W x D mm

HS501Z

Overall Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

i

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Grey

Black


Information

EASY TO

STACK & STORE

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

425 x 280 480 x 330 1 HS501Z £35.95 £30.40


Steel Step-ups

›› These nestable steps are

constructed from tubular

steel & come complete

with grooved plastic feet

›› Platform size:

380W x 260D mm

›› Ribbed rubber

mat platforms

150kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICES

HJS02Z

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Step-A-Trucks

HJS01Z

Overall Size

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 255 440 x 385 2.2 HJS01Z £29.85

2 375 445 x 555 3.5 HJS02Z £36.90

›› Certified to EN 131 ›› Versatile - neat & compact

›› Large toe plate & wide step treads

›› Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg

›› Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck

›› When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels

SOFT GRIP

FOAM RUBBER

HANDLE

FROM ONLY

£91.15

NON SLIP

PLASTIC

TREADS

FMS83Y

as Sack

Truck

FOLD AWAY

WHEELS

FMS82Y as

Step Unit

FMS83Y as

Step Unit

Easy to

move into

position

No. of

Treads

2

3

Overall Size - W x D x H mm

Folded as Sack Truck as Step Unit

460 x 70

x 990

470 x 90

x 1265

480 x 490

x 990

490 x 450

x 1265

470 x 530

x 920

470 x 735

x 1190

Platform

Height mm

Sack Truck

Toe Plate

Step

Tread Size

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

490

6.5 FMS82Y £99.10 £91.15

390 x

280 mm

375 x

210 mm

750 9 FMS83Y £115.80 £105.45

443


Folding Steps with Soft Grip Handle

›› Certified to EN 14183 standard

›› Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip

feet & soft grip foam handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat

›› Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm

LOWER

PRICES

FROM ONLY

£42.75

i

Information

SOFT GRIP

HANDLE FOR

YOUR COMFORT

GS402Z

GS403Z

GS404Z

No.

of Treads

Height of

top tread mm

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 480 820 x 450 x 520 1065 x 450 x 90 4 GS402Z £42.75

3 725 1180 x 460 x 670 1310 x 460 x 90 6 GS403Z £56.35

4 980 1435 x 500 x 850 1580 x 500 x 90 8 GS404Z £73.35

FROM ONLY

£56.90

FROM ONLY

£66.65

FJS64Z

FCI02Z

Folding Steps with High Back


›› High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet


No. Height

of of top

Treads tread mm

444

FJS63Z

Overall Size

when open

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

when folded

H x W x D mm

Wt

kg

FJS62Z

Model

Price

2 470 1070 x 520 x 540 1080 x 520 x 220 7.2 FJS62Z £56.90

3 705 1305 x 520 x 655 1310 x 520 x 150 10 FJS63Z £71.00

4 960 1560 x 520 x 810 1600 x 520 x 140 12.5 FJS64Z £85.85

Chrome Plated Folding Steps


›› Chrome plated tubular steel construction

›› High safety rail, non-slip treads & plastic feet

No. Height

of of top

Treads tread mm

FCI03Z

Overall Size

when open

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

when folded

H x W x D mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

2 470 1070 x 480 x 470 960 x 480 x 100 5.5 FCI02Z £66.65

3 700 1340 x 540 x 630 1410 x 540 x 110 8 FCI03Z £87.75


Climb-It ® Slim Folding Steps


›› Compact storage, ideal

for storing in small gaps

›› Aluminium construction,

with non-slip feet

›› Distance between the top

platform & handrail is 600mm

providing safety when in use

›› Large platform size: W330 x D260mm

NEW

i

Information

DEEP TREADS FOR

INCREASED SAFETY

& STABILITY

i

Information

SLIM FOLDING STEP

FOR STORING IN

SMALL GAPS

FS192Z

FS192Z

Folded

No.

of Treads

Height of

top tread mm

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 with Handrail 450 1050 x 475 x 565 1160 x 475 x 55 4 FS192Z £69.95

3 with Handrail 680 1280 x 475 x 745 1410 x 475 x 55

5.5 FS193Z £84.75

4 with Handrail 910 1510 x 475 x 915 1660 x 475 x 55

7 FS194Z £98.30

Folding Steps

›› Conforms to EN 14183

›› Tubular steel, non-slip treads & plastic feet

›› Folds down flat for easy compact storage


FROM ONLY

£59.95

FS203Z

FS202Z

FS204Z

No.

of

Treads

Height

of top

tread

Overall Size

when open

H x W x D mm

Overall Size

when folded

H x W x D mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

2 470 810 x 410 x 540 900 x 410 x 70 4 FS202Z £59.95

3 710 1050 x 410 x 670 1180 x 410 x 70 6 FS203Z £81.20

4 940 1300 x 410 x 810 1440 x 410 x 70 8 FS204Z £99.95

445


Folding Steps with Tool Tray

›› Large versatile tool tray &

foam handle for your comfort

›› 4 x large anti-slip feet


Folding Steps with Foam Handle

›› Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip

treads, non-slip feet & soft grip foam handle,

giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat


›› Folded depth of 90mm


PRICES

HELD

Tool Tray

Safety Tread

Lock Mechanism

150kg

evenly

distributed

FJS73Z

FJS72Z

FJY03Z

No. of

Treads

Overall Size

In Use

H x W x D mm

Taurus TGB

Overall Size

Folded

H x W x D mm

›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail

›› Large anti-slip feet provide extra strength

›› Black powder coated finish, which

keeps your hands warm & clean

›› The double box section treads are considerably larger

& thicker than on traditional products. Designed to

give maximum strength, durability & total reliability

(see image shown below)

›› Platform size: 330W x 250Dmm


Wt

kg

Model

Price

3 1405 x 536 x 780 1545 x 536 x 80 8.5 FJY03Z £76.95

No. of

Treads

Height to top

Tread mm

O/A Size - In Use

H x W x D mm

O/A Height

Folded

Wt

kg

Model

FROM ONLY

£135.00

Price

2 490 830 x 470 x 550 1080 mm 4 FJS72Z £29.95

3 720 1060 x 470 x 880 1350 mm 9 FJS73Z £39.95

LOWER

PRICES

Tool

Tray

Double

Platform

Locking

Mechanism

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

- In Use

H x W x D mm

Overall Height

when folded

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 700 1333 x 470 x 736 1441 7.5 ALT-191503 £135.00

4 950 1568 x 500 x 885 1691 8.5 ALT-191504 £149.00

446

ALT-191504

Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps



›› Aluminium folding steps are ideal for use

in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc.

›› Large aluminium serrated treads (360W x 205Dmm) & high

handrail offer increased safety during use

›› Tilt & pull wheels for easy movement without lifting

›› Easy slope incline

›› Folded size: only 120mm deep

AFGS4Z

£177.80

AFGS3Z

£156.95

Tool Tray - on 3

& 4 tread models

AFGS3Z

AFGS4Z

i

Information

ROBUST & STURDY

AFGS2Z -

Tilt & Pull

AFGS2Z

£129.95

AFGS2Z

AFGS2Z

Folded

AFGS3Z

Folded

Description

Platform

Height mm


H x W x D mm

Overall Height

when Folded mm

2 Tread with Aluminium Treads 440 850 x 520 x 545 790 6.5 AFGS2Z £129.95

3 Tread with Aluminium Treads 660 1240 x 550 x 830 1060 9 AFGS3Z £156.95

4 Tread with Aluminium Treads 880 1440 x 580 x 1110 1360 11 AFGS4Z £177.80

Weight

kg

Model

Price

447


Aluminium Folding Steps

FROM ONLY

£56.90

›› Certified to EN 131 Professional

›› Strong, lightweight & robust

aluminium platform range

›› Distance between the platform

& top handrail is 600mm

providing safety at high levels

›› Tread depth: 80mm

Rubber feet

provide slip resistance

& floor protection

Fitted with high

tensile straps

Slim design which is

ideal for storage

& transport

ALR06Z

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Open Size

H x W x D mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

3 610 1220 x 427 x 657 1250 3.2 ALR03Z £56.90

4 830 1440 x 452 x 811 1490 3.8 ALR04Z £63.75

5 1050 1660 x 476 x 967 1730 4.5 ALR05Z £68.55

6 1270 1860 x 500 x 1127 1970 5.9 ALR06Z £79.15

7 1485 2095 x 530 x 1279 2210 7.1 ALR07Z £86.40

8 1705 2315 x 555 x 1437 2450 8.1 ALR08Z £100.70

Price

Professional Aluminium Folding Steps


›› Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm

›› Deep non-slip aluminium treads

›› These units have an extra large standing platform,

twin handrails, handy work tray & high support rail

›› Distance from platform to top hand rail: 750mm

High

Support

Rail

Tool Tray

AFA04Z

Large

Platform

448

AFA06Z

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm


H x W x D mm

Overall Height

when folded

Weight

kg

Model

3 580 1330 x 445 x 805 1420 mm 5 AFA03Z £89.70

4 800 1550 x 465 x 955 1660 mm 6 AFA04Z £105.15

5 1020 1775 x 490 x 1110 1900 mm 6.5 AFA05Z £119.30

6 1250 2000 x 515 x 1260 2140 mm 7.5 AFA06Z £135.80

7 1470 2225 x 535 x 1415 2380 mm 9 AFA07Z £154.25

Price


Climb-It ® Aluminium Stepladders


›› Unique strengthening beam

incorporated into non-slip treads

›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms

help prevent slips & twists as there

are no tapes or flimsy arms to break

›› Lightweight & easy to carry

Aluminium

Swingback Steps

ATS05Z

Aluminium

Platform Steps

APS08Z

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

MAINTENANCE

APPLICATIONS

Aluminium Swingback Steps

No. of

Treads

Open

Height mm

Closed

Height mm

Platform

Height mm

Weight

kg

Without Handrails

With Handrails


4 790 900 - 2.5 ATS04Z £69.20 ATS14Z £104.60

5 1000 1140 - 3.4 ATS05Z £79.95 ATS15Z £115.40

6 1230 1380 - 4.5 ATS06Z £87.55 ATS16Z £122.95

7 1450 1620 - 5.1 ATS07Z £95.50 ATS17Z £136.20

8 1680 1860 - 6 ATS08Z £105.00 ATS18Z £145.70

10 2130 2340 - 6.6 ATS10Z £133.55 ATS110Z £180.40

12 2555 2820 - 7.3 ATS12Z £145.20 ATS112Z £192.05

Aluminium Platform Steps

Aluminium

Platform Steps

APS04Z

No. of

Treads

Open

Height mm

Closed

Height mm

Platform

Height mm

Weight

kg

Without Handrails

With Handrails


3 1210 1360 590 4.2 APS03Z £90.75 APS13Z £126.20

4 1440 1595 810 4.5 APS04Z £106.20 APS14Z £141.60

5 1650 1830 1030 5.4 APS05Z £114.85 APS15Z £150.30

6 1870 2060 1250 6 APS06Z £120.45 APS16Z £155.90

7 2090 2295 1470 6.6 APS07Z £131.90 APS17Z £172.65

8 2310 2540 1690 7.25 APS08Z £136.50 APS18Z £177.25

10 2750 3010 2130 8.8 APS10Z £161.25 APS110Z £208.10

12 3190 3300 2570 9.5 APS12Z £181.40 APS112Z £228.25

449


Regina Special Aluminium Folding Steps


›› A high quality professional aluminium stepladder

complete with large safe hand rails

›› Benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure

maximum strength & longevity of performance

›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables

safe storage of tools & materials when in use

›› Heavy-duty non-slip sturdy feet


›› Handrails are supplied loose for easy assembly

SV-REGSP-5

£243.60

5YR

GUARANTEE

Tool Tray

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size -

In Use

H x W x D mm

Overall Height

when folded

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

5 1160 1800 x 490 x 1040 2050 8 SV-REGSP-5 £243.60

6 1390 2030 x 510 x 1210 2300 9 SV-REGSP-6 £259.35

8 1850 2490 x 570 x 1550 2800 11 SV-REGSP-8 £313.10

10 2300 2940 x 620 x 1870 3300 13.5 SV-REGSP-10 £361.30

12 2770 3410 x 670 x 2250 3800 16 SV-REGSP-12 £420.60

Aluminium Wide Steps

SV-REGSP-5

ALT-193207

£424.85


›› Enclosed hinge system provides extra stability &

allows closure & storage in restricted space

›› Large handrails & 850mm guardrails for extra safety

›› The wheels allow easy movement around warehousing

›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail enabling safe

storage of tools & materials when in use


PROFILE OF DOUBLE

TREAD SECTION

designed to give maximum

strength, durability

& total reliability

Tilt & Push Handles

10YR

GUARANTEE

450

ALT-193207

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

- In Use

H x W x D mm

Overall Height

when folded

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

6 1410 2272 x 620 x 1182 2441 16 ALT-193206 £369.50

7 1645 2507 x 650 x 1330 2691 18 ALT-193207 £424.85

9 2115 2977 x 710 x 1627 3191 24 ALT-193209 £487.75

11 2585 3447 x 770 x 1924 3691 27 ALT-193211 £562.30


Double Decker


›› Integral toolholder, bucket

hook & screwtray

›› A quality professional aluminium

stepladder, light enough to facilitate

easy movement & transportation

›› The aluminium platform features a

red safety strip - indicator for maximum

recommended step height & protective

edge to prevent cuts & grazes

›› Patented large double step underneath

the platform for safe & comfortable standing

›› The unit comes complete with heavy-duty

sturdy rubber anti-slip feet to make this a

superior, professional, stepladder

TOOL TRAY &

BUCKET HOOK

UNIQUE DOUBLE

STEP & RUBBER

PLATFORM STRIP

FOR EXTRA

COMFORT

5YR

GUARANTEE

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height

O/A Size - In Use

H x W x D mm

Folded

Height mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

3 616mm 1244 x 470 x 723 1426 3.8 ALT-502103 £86.35

4 828mm 1461 x 496 x 869 1656 4.4 ALT-502104 £94.60

5 1041mm 1677 x 525 x 1016 1887 5 ALT-502105 £105.45

6 1253mm 1893 x 552 x 1163 2117 6.1 ALT-502106 £116.10

7 1465mm 2110 x 580 x 1309 2348 7.2 ALT-502107 £131.10

8 1677mm 2326 x 607 x 1456 2529 8.4 ALT-502108 £143.25

FROM ONLY

£86.35

ALT-502105

Aluminium Wide Steps


›› Wheels at the back of the unit make

this range of steps easy to manoeuvre

›› The unit incorporates a safety chain at the

front of the platform for increased safety

›› Platform size: 400D x 600W mm

PRICES

HELD

i

Information

IDEAL FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS &

INDUSTRIES

No. of

Treads

Open

Height mm

Platform

Height mm

Closed

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 1410 380 1570 6 ALP02Z £264.80

3 1620 610 1780 8 ALP03Z £285.05

4 1840 830 1980 9 ALP04Z £305.25

5 2050 1050 2220 10 ALP05Z £335.15

6 2260 1260 2490 11 ALP06Z £355.40

7 2470 1480 2730 12 ALP07Z £385.65

8 2700 1710 2960 13 ALP08Z £415.90

ALP04Z

451


PRICES

HELD

Climb-It ® Aluminium Library Steps

›› Manufactured from industrial strength aluminium

›› Non-slip treads & a large platform provide a safe working area

›› Available as a double sided step unit - call for details


i

Information

STRAIGHT BACKED

FOR CLOSER

ACCESS

ALS04Z

ALS15Z

3 Way Combination Ladder

›› Can be used as a stepladder with base

stabiliser, extension ladder &

as a stairwell ladder

›› Light, easy to use, store & transport

›› Stabiliser bar & secure locking

hinge for added support & safety

No. of Overall Size Platform Units without Handrails

Units with Handrails

Treads W x D mm Height mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

3 460 x 840 730 6.5 kg ALS03Z £163.15 9.5 kg ALS13Z £290.05

4 480 x 970 890 8 kg ALS04Z £186.80 11 kg ALS14Z £313.70

5 510 x 1090 1220 9 kg ALS05Z £210.45 12 kg ALS15Z £337.35

PRICE

HELD

WCL03Z

£107.65

Closed

Length mm

Stepladder

Height mm

Extended

Length mm

WCL03Z in

Stairwell Position

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1760 1680 2590 6 WCL03Z £107.65

PRICE

HELD

5 Way Combination Ladder

WCL03Z

Extended

Ladder

›› Combines 2 single ladders, extension ladder,

stepladder, work platform & stairwell platform

›› Complete with large non-slip platform (1470mm long)

& handrail for increased safety

WCL03Z

Stepladder

452

WCL05Z

Stepladder

No of

Rungs

WCL05Z in

Work Platform

Position

Base to

Platform mm

Closed

Height mm

WCL05Z

£170.85

Stepladder

Height mm

WCL05Z in Stairwell

Platform Position

Extended

Length mm

WCL05Z

Single Ladders

Weight

kg

2 x 6 970 1690 1630 2720 18 WCL05Z £170.85

Model

WCL05Z

Extended

Ladder

Price


Vera


›› Large platform size: 450 x 500mm

›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail

›› Welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding

warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy

& includes a large platform, which

allows safe work at height

›› Equipped with two reinforcing arms,

which prevent sudden unwanted opening

or closing & are used to move the

ladder via two 125mm rubber wheels

SV-VERA-6

£539.95

Tool Tray

5YR

GUARANTEE

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm


H x W x D mm

Overall

Height when

folded mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

6 1400 2200 x 700 x 1640 2460 17 SV-VERA-6 £539.95

8 1900 2660 x 740 x 1970 2970 20 SV-VERA-8 £607.30

10 2300 3100 x 780 x 2340 3460 23 SV-VERA-10 £673.35

12 2800 3570 x 820 x 2700 3940 26 SV-VERA-12 £739.30

Climb-It ® Aluminium Warehouse Steps

SV-VERA-6

›› Wheels at the back of the unit make

this range of steps easy to manoeuvre

›› Constructed from aluminium

with heavy duty back supports

& side handrails

›› 8 step units & above are sent

folded for delivery - easy to erect

i

Information

IDEAL FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS &

INDUSTRIES

ALW05Z

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Width

mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 1000 510 10 ALW04Z £201.20

5 1220 530 11 ALW05Z £205.25

6 1460 560 13 ALW06Z £230.10

7 1710 580 15 ALW07Z £270.55

8 1950 610 16 ALW08Z £289.45

10 2440 660 20 ALW10Z £337.75

12 2930 710 24 ALW12Z £353.50

14 3420 760 27 ALW14Z £389.05

ALW14Z

453


Multi Purpose Ladders

PL4X3Z

£140.55

›› Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser,

extension ladder & as a platform ladder

›› Complete with a removable platform (PL4X3Z only)

›› Complete with stabilisers for extra stability

›› Simple ‘click lock’ hinge system

PL4X3Z in

Platform Position

PL4X3Z

Extended

PL4X3Z

Extended

PL4X3Z

Folded

PL4X3Z

No. of

Rungs

Platform

Height mm

Stepladder

Height mm

Extended

Length mm

Telescopic Ladder System

Weight

kg

Model

4 x 3 Steps 940 1750 3570 14 PL4X3Z £140.55

4 x 4 Steps 1240 2270 4670 15.5 PL4X4Z £189.00

Price

›› Adjustable telescopic sections with

simple ‘click lock’ hinge system

›› Can be used as a stepladder, stairwell

ladder & extension ladder

›› Non-slip feet & splayed base give extra stability

FROM ONLY

£207.60

TL4X4Z

Folded

TL4X4Z in

Stairwell Position

TL4X3Z

Extended

454

TL4X4Z

No. of

Rungs

Stepladder

Height mm

Extended

Length mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

4 x 3 Steps 1020 to 1600 2010 to 3200 11 TL4X3Z £207.60

4 x 4 Steps 1030 to 2170 3660 to 4430 14 TL4X4Z £265.50


Extension Ladders


›› Large comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs

›› Rigid extruded box section

stiles for added strength

›› Secure, non-slip grip with all

round PVC moulded feet

›› Stabiliser bar for added safety

No. of

Rungs

Closed

Height mm

Extended

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Professional Combination Ladder

Price

Two Section Push Up Ladders

8 2460 3300 10.5 ELL208 £124.75

10 2960 4390 12.5 ELL210 £147.00

12 3460 5525 16 ELL212 £176.85

14 4080 6650 18 ELL214 £199.65

15 4470 7800 21 ELL215 £224.55

17 4920 8830 23.5 ELL217 £246.65

Three Section Push Up Ladders

8 2460 5260 16.5 ELL308 £208.90

10 2960 6890 18.5 ELL310 £240.15

12 3460 7780 25.5 ELL312 £286.95


›› This combination ladder can be used as a

stepladder with base stabiliser, free standing

combination ladder & as a 3 part extension ladder

›› Large comfortable rungs for comfort,

strong box section stiles, large stabiliser bar

& solid sidearms increase safety & stability

PRICES

HELD

FROM ONLY

£236.10

PCL306

in A frame

position

PCL306

Extended

No. of

Rungs

Closed

Length

mm

Extended

Length

mm

Overall Height

in aa

position mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

PCL306

3 x 6 1860 4100 1780 14.5 PCL306 £236.10

3 x 9 2690 6100 2570 20.5 PCL309 £294.75

3 x 12 3540 8400 3360 25 PCL312 £412.35

455


Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Swingback Stepladders


›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips

& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break

›› Lightweight & easy to carry

›› Integral tool tray incorporates

Complete with Integral Tool Tray

a bucket hook & 110mm & 180mm

recesses for holding paint cans

i

Information

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

GFS34Z

GFS35Z

GFS33Z

No. of

Treads

456

Open Size

H x W x D mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 950 x 460 x 780 1060 5.5 GFS33Z £82.60

4 1190 x 490 x 890 1300 6.5 GFS34Z £99.10

5 1390 x 470 x 990 1560 7.5 GFS35Z £113.10

No. of

Treads

Open Size

H x W x D mm

Folded

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

6 1550 x 560 x 1230 1830 8.5 GFS36Z £127.45

7 1890 x 590 x 1340 2080 10 GFS37Z £141.40

8 2130 x 625 x 1500 2290 11 GFS38Z £158.25


Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Platform Stepladders


›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips

& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break

›› Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing

added safety when working at high levels

›› Integral tool tray incorporates a bucket hook &

110mm & 180mm recesses for holding paint cans

Complete with Integral Tool Tray

GFP44Z

GFP46Z

i

Information

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Open Size

H x W x D mm

Folded

Height

mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

3 725 1350 x 490 x 810 1490 8 GFP43Z £120.40

4 950 1590 x 525 x 970 1740 9 GFP44Z £134.70

5 1190 1930 x 555 x 1130 1980 10 GFP45Z £149.65

Folded

No. of Platform Open Size

Wt

Height

Treads Height mm H x W x D mm

kg

mm

Model

Price

6 1420 2054 x 585 x 1300 2260 11 GFP46Z £165.25

7 1650 2280 x 620 x 1460 2490 12 GFP47Z £181.40

8 1885 2530 x 650 x 1610 2740 14 GFP48Z £197.60

457


SAFETY

CHAIN

Glass Fibre Wide Steps


›› Manufactured from a glass fibre

frame with aluminium treads

›› Wheels at the back of the unit

make this range of steps

easy to manoeuvre

›› The unit incorporates a safety

chain at the front of the

platform for increased safety

›› Platform size: 400W x 600D mm

i

Information

INSULATED TO

25,000 VOLTS

GLF26Z

V3 - Glass Fibre Ladder


›› Locking mechanism to ensure

increased safety

›› Roller wheels for ease of movement

on a building/against a wall

›› Available for use as a stepladder,

extension ladder or freestanding

extension ladder

i

Information

INSULATED TO

100,000 VOLTS

Wall Wheels

GLF24Z

PRICES

HELD

No. of

Treads

Open

Height mm

›› Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder

& freestanding extension ladder. Unique sliding

mechanism makes conversion

between modes easy

›› Manufactured from a glass

fibre frame with aluminium

rungs & nylon support strap

›› Non-slip rungs for

comfort & safety

›› Wide base & heavy duty

feet for stability & grip

›› Insulated to 10,000 volts

›› Ideal for use in an

electrical environment

GFL07Z

i

Platform

Height mm

Closed

Height mm

Glass Fibre Ladder

Information

Weight

kg

Model

2 1410 385 1570 8 GLF22Z £299.10

3 1625 610 1750 9 GLF23Z £335.10

4 1855 835 2020 11 GLF24Z £371.10

5 2050 1050 2225 14 GLF25Z £420.05

6 2260 1260 2490 16 GLF26Z £456.05

7 2470 1480 2730 18 GLF27Z £492.05

8 2700 1710 2965 20 GLF28Z £528.05

Price

INSULATED TO

10,000 VOLTS

5YR

GUARANTEE

SV-V3-3x8

PRICES

HELD

GFL07Z

No. of

Rungs

458

Closed

Length

mm

Extended

Length

mm

Overall

Height in aa

position mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 x 8 2400 5470 2300 21 SV-V3-3x8 £516.15

3 x 10 3000 7450 2900 32 SV-V3-3x10 £705.15

No. of

Rungs

Folded

Height mm

Stepladder

Height mm

Ext. Ladder

Length mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

6 1770 2400 3400 13 GFL06Z £250.85

7 1900 3000 4000 14.5 GFL07Z £280.20


Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Podium Steps


›› Rubber feet & aluminium side

arms help prevent slips & twists

›› Large platform: 406W x 475Dmm

›› Podium steps with high safety rail, which

is 950mm above the platform, provides

added safety when working at high levels

›› Includes an integral tool tray

›› Wheels enable easy positioning of the Podium

Steps in your work environment

›› Stabilisers are incorporated on the GFP55Z,

GFP56Z, GFP57Z & GFP58Z - this gives increased

safety & stability when working at height

NEW

i

Information

LARGE 475mm

DEEP WORKING

PLATFORM

High safety rail & easy action lifting

barrier, positioned 950mm above the

platform, provides added safety

when working at high levels

i

Information

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

GFP55Z

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Open Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

3 805 1755 x 644 x 935 GFP53Z £232.50

4 1090 2040 x 684 x 1122 GFP54Z £265.40

5 1375 2325 x 724 x 1308 GFP55Z £315.45

6 1660 2610 x 764 x 1495 GFP56Z £339.80

7 1945 2895 x 804 x 1681 GFP57Z £366.20

8 2230 3180 x 844 x 1868 GFP58Z £405.00

Stabilisers on the 5, 6,

7 & 8 tread units give

increased safety

& stability when

working at height

459


Ladder Stand-offs

›› Makes access for guttering & window

maintenance so much easier

›› Quick & easy to fit to most ladder types

›› ASO25Z & LASO03 are for use on flat surfaces

& the VSO24Z is for building corners as well

Ladder Clamp

›› Secure ladders to your roof rack

(padlocks not included)

›› Detachable - quick & easy to fit

to most ladder types & roof racks

VS024Z

Model

Price

ASO25Z

LASO03

LALC02 £45.05

Universal Roof Hook

›› Turns an extension ladder into a roof ladder

›› Detachable - quick & easy to fit to most ladder types

›› Wheels help move the ladder up the roof

Clearance

Weight

kg

Model

V Type Ladder Stand Off

Price

250 - 400mm 2.4 VSO24Z £61.30

Adjustable Ladder Stand Off

430 - 610mm 2.5 ASO25Z £56.30

Universal Ladder Stand Off

355 2.5 LASO03 £56.85

Model

Price

URH28Z £56.85

3 Way Aluminium Steps

›› Aluminium combination ladders which can be used

as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding

extension ladder, as well as for use on stairwells

›› Euro 3 - features wall wheels & a base stabiliser

›› Luxe 3 - features wall wheels as standard & a

unique patented adjustable stabiliser


Wall Wheels

UNIQUE

PATENTED

STABILISER

FROM ONLY

£178.75

PRICES

HELD

Wall Wheels

SV-EUR3-3x8

No. of

Rungs

Closed

Length

mm

Extended

Length

mm

Overall Height

in aa

position mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Euro 3 - 3 Way Aluminium Ladder

3 x 8 2400 5000 2300 15 SV-EUR3-3x8 £178.75

3 x 10 3000 6300 2900 20 SV-EUR3-3x10 £201.90

3 x 12 3500 8000 3400 26 SV-EUR3-3x12 £244.60

Luxe 3 - 3 Way Aluminium Ladder with Unique Patented Stabiliser

7+8+8 2550 5850 2400 18.5 SV-LX3-7+8+8 £187.80

8+9+9 2850 6450 2700 20 SV-LX3-8+9+9 £211.45

9+10+10 3100 7300 3000 25 SV-LX3-9+10+10 £271.95

10+11+11 3400 8500 3300 30 SV-LX3-10+11+11 £313.60

SV-LX3-7+8+8

460


Telescopic Ladder


›› To open the unit lift from any step dependent on the height

you are trying to achieve. The step can be adjusted all

in one go or step by step to suit your requirements

›› Folds quickly & easily for compact storage

›› Controlled retraction to guard against trapped fingers

›› One time release locking mechanism

›› Manufactured in strong aluminium

›› For safe use, do not stand on or above the red rung

PRICE

HELD

FROM ONLY

£199.95

Folds quickly & easily for compact storage.

Simply push the buttons to close. The unit

has a flange in the legs which restricts air flow

and therefore gives controlled retraction

to compact the unit smoothly from

3910mm extended height to 930mm closed height

No. of

Rungs

Extended Height

mm

Closed

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

13 3910 930 14 GXF18Z £199.95

GXF18Z

In Use

Telescopic Ladders

›› To open the unit lift the top

rung until the unit clicks into

place. Then repeat until

you have achieved

your required height

›› Fold quickly & easily for

compact storage. Simply

push the buttons on either

side of each rung to close

›› Manufactured in lightweight

yet strong aluminium


Simply push

the buttons

together

to close

PRICE

HELD

GXF26Z

Folded

No. of

Rungs

Extended

Length mm

Closed

Length mm

Weight

kg

Model

9 2610 800 8 GXF26Z £85.00

Price

GXF26Z

461


1

2

3

ALL FORT SECURE

ACCESS STEPS ARE...

...TRIPLE WELDED FOR MAXIMUM

SAFETY, ON ALL TREADS

...POWDER COATED FOR A DURABLE FINISH,

EVEN ON THE LARGEST 18 TREAD STEPS

ARE YOUR WAREHOUSE STEPS

CERTIFIED TO EN 131?

Following the introduction of part 7 to the EN 131

standard there is growing interest in tested

warehouse steps. Heavy duty warehouse steps

were previously covered within the European

BGI637 standard and this standard was

effectively incorporated into the scope of

EN 131-7 in September 2013. This, together with

the previous levels of parts 1 to 3 of the EN 131

standard, has defined criteria for design, test and

certification across a wide spectrum of step units.

We have a vast range of UK manufactured steps

which are tested to the EN 131 standard and

the EN 14183 standard and users are becoming

increasingly interested in using products that have

the benefit of conformance and certification.

No longer can manufacturers & suppliers

say that there is no British standard.

We have been the only UK manufacturer of Safety

Steps which are accredited to the European GS &

DGUV Standard for many years and elements of

these relevant standards have been incorporated

into our design and test criteria for all of our UK

manufactured steps. This is so we can ensure that

the necessary levels of product strength, durability

and stability are achieved. Our manufacturing

processes all take place under controlled

conditions conforming to BS EN ISO 9001:2015

ensuring product conformity is verified.

i

...TESTED IN EXCESS OF

THE LOAD CAPACITY

4

...HEAVY DUTY SHRINK WRAPPED

FOR PROTECTION

EACH STEP IS INDIVIDUALLY

CHECKED BEFORE DESPATCH.

462

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


Fort ® Stable BS EN 14183 Steps

›› Certified to BS EN 14183


›› Open mesh treads facilitate safe use

with muddy boots & in dirty environments

›› Robust, ergonomic & heavy duty grey rubber

non-marking grounding feet make

these units extremely stable

i

Information

EXTREMELY

STABLE IN USE

GS3002G

Galvanised

Finish

GS3012M


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS3113M

In Use

Why Choose Me?

3 Equipment for low level access is

important for comfort & safety

3 Open mesh treads & a galvanised

option mean these units can be

used in most environments

GS3013M

Description

2 Tread without Handrail

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Painted Finish

Galvanised Finish


436 x 450 x 606 7 GS3002M £93.60 GS3002G £106.75

2 Tread with Handrail 400

990 x 450 x 606 7 GS3012M £108.70 GS3012G £125.20

2 Tread with Handrail & Rear Wheels 990 x 450 x 686 8 GS3112M £121.80 GS3112G £138.25

3 Tread without Handrail

636 x 450 x 806 11 GS3003M £130.45 GS3003G £150.15

3 Tread with Handrail 600

1190 x 450 x 806 11 GS3013M £148.25 GS3013G £171.25

3 Tread with Handrail & Rear Wheels 1190 x 450 x 886 12 GS3113M £161.10 GS3113G £184.15

463


Fort ® Heavy Duty Handy Steps

Fort ® Handy Steps

Red, Blue or

Light Grey

Safety, Strength

& Durability

HS322Z

£150.05

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Green

Blue

Light Grey

Grey

Yellow


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

All weather,

non-slip, injection

moulded treads

HS322Z

Description

GS312Z

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Wt

kg

Model

Price

1 Tread 270 270 x 460 x 370 3 GS301Z £78.50

1 Tread with post 270 1020 x 460 x 370 4 GS311Z £119.85

2 Tread 430 430 x 520 x 550 5 GS302Z £118.35

2 Tread with post 430 1330 x 520 x 550 6 GS312Z £160.70

Fort ® Double Sided Steps

GS311Z


›› Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all

weather non-slip injection moulded treads

›› Tread size: 400W x 200D mm

›› All weather non-slip injection moulded treads

›› Mobile models are fitted with 4 x 80mm sprung

weight reactive retractable swivel castors

›› Tread size: 400 x 200mm

Platform

Height mm

HS322Z

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

400 1060 x 520 x 555 8 HS322Z £150.05

Fort ® Mobile Step - Tilt & Pull

›› Double sided tubular steel unit

›› Resilient anti-slip treads,

two swivel castors & a

handle on one side

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Yellow

Grey



›› Fully welded tubular steel, with a looped handle

›› Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all

weather non-slip injection moulded treads


COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Green

Light Grey


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

HS9222

HS9222

£218.10

HS9222

Description

HS3212

Platform

Height

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

MS7312

Model

Price

Static 2 Tread w/out handle 500 mm 555 x 460 x 610 11 HS3212 £305.30

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Static 2 Tread with handle 500 mm 1255 x 460 x 610 13 HS3312 £365.60

Mobile 2 Tread w/out handle 500 mm 575 x 490 x 610 11 MS7212 £465.80

Mobile 2 Tread with handle 500 mm 1245 x 490 x 610 13 MS7312 £526.50

464

Platform

Height

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Tread

Size mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

390 mm 1120 x 400 x 410 290 x 160 7 HS9222 £218.10


Fort ® Buttress BS EN 14183 Steps


›› Graduated widths & a 45º easy slope comfort angle

makes these steps strong, comfortable & stable

›› The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily

be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm

rear wheels which enable ‘tilt & pull’

›› Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 630W x 250Dmm

3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250Dmm

4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250Dmm

5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250Dmm

›› Available with 4 tread options; mesh, non-slip phenolic,

aluminium & galvanised

FROM ONLY

£153.30


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BS9003R &

BS9103

BS9004A

BS9002M

BS9003R &

BS9103

Why Choose Me?



3 Extra large treads are ideal

for comfort & stability

over extended periods

3 Optional handles allow

for different applications

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Grey


No. of

Treads

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Wt

kg

Painted Tubular Steel Steps

Galvanised Steps

Mesh Tread Phenolic Tread Aluminium Tread Handrails to Suit Galvanised Tread Handrails to Suit


2 400 x 760 x 600 10 BS9002M £153.30 BS9002R £157.10 BS9002A £158.80 BS9102 £39.55* BS9002G £166.20 BS9102G £43.25*




*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Buttress Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

465


Fort ® Machine Steps


›› Fully welded construction with wide aluminium treads

›› The optional handrail & the wheel facility means that

these units are quick & easy to position

into the required place

MCS04Z, MCSHR4

& MCS01W

MCS05Z


MCS03Z

Wheels can be positioned inside

the frame when not in use

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MCS04Z, MCSHR4

& MCS01W

Fort ® Handy Steps

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 400 400 x 665 x 660 12 MCS02Z £243.85

Optional Handrail to suit - MCS02Z MCSHR2 £47.50*

3 600 600 x 715 x 800 16 MCS03Z £322.40


4 800 800 x 765 x 1010 20 MCS04Z £413.25


5 1000 1000 x 815 x 1220 25 MCS05Z £503.15


Optional Wheels - Factory Fitted MCS01W £67.95*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Machine Steps.


›› Strong steel frame

›› Nestable, lightweight static steps

›› All weather non-slip injection moulded treads

HS301Z

All weather, non-slip,

injection moulded treads

HS302Z


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

No. of

Treads

466

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

1 285 x 400 x 400 3 HS301Z £73.05 £66.25

2 405 x 415 x 730 5 HS302Z £112.75 £107.30

2 with post 1400 x 415 x 730 5.5 HS312Z £136.40 £130.95

HS312Z


Fort ® Tilt & Pull Steps

›› Available as a standard version

or as a model which is

Certified to BS EN 14183


›› Top tread size: 400 x 200mm

›› Wheels fitted at front enabling the

steps to be tilted forwards

›› Fitted with rubber feet & 2 x 75mm

grey rubber tyred wheels

›› Standard version fitted with resilient

anti-slip treads with tread clamps.

Available in blue only.

›› BS EN 14183 version is fitted with

phenolic non-slip treads. Frame

available in red, blue, yellow or

green - please specify when ordering

BS EN 14183

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Yellow

Green


FROM ONLY

£157.70

BS EN 14183 Model

GS2003R


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BS EN 14183 Model

GS2004R

WS2002, WS2003

& WS2004

Resilient anti-slip treads

with tread clamps

Resilient anti-slip

treads which

are clamped to the

steel tread by a high

visibility yellow strip

to prevent the

edges peeling

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Standard Version - Anti-slip treads with tread clamps

Price

2 500 1050 x 470 x 630 10 WS2002 £157.70

3 750 1300 x 490 x 800 12 WS2003 £202.65

4 1000 1700 x 565 x 1005 16 WS2004 £270.95

BS EN 14183 Version - Phenolic Treads

2 470 1070 x 490 x 580 10 GS2002R £239.05

3 705 1410 x 520 x 745 12 GS2003R £318.50

4 940 1650 x 540 x 910 16 GS2004R £422.30

Standard Model

WS2003 - Tilted

467


Stainless Steel Fort ® Tilt & Pull Steps



›› Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel

›› Grey non-marking rubber wheels at the

front of the units enable the steps to

be tilted forwards & wheeled into position

›› Treads are covered in a resilient anti-slip surface

FROM ONLY

£675.75


SS2002

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

SS2004

SS2003

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Fort ® Arrow BS EN 131 Professional Stainless Steel Steps

›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional

›› Manufactured from grade 304 tubular

stainless steel with non-slip tread plate

›› Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply

use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position

›› A retro fit grip lift mechanism is available - see page 485 for details


›› 2 x 150mm nylon wheels


›› 600mm high rear handrail

2 500 1055 x 455 x 620 10 SS2002 £675.75

3 750 1300 x 480 x 790 12 SS2003 £990.15

4 1000 1700 x 550 x 980 16 SS2004 £1238.95

manufactured


3YR

GUARANTEE

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 750 1450 x 640 x 1110 27 GS0603S £1200.20

4 1000 1700 x 670 x 1220 30 GS0604S £1469.65

5 1250 1950 x 700 x 1535 34 GS0605S £1659.40

6 1500 2200 x 730 x 1745 38 GS0606S £1931.35

7 1750 2450 x 760 x 1955 43 GS0607S £2360.35

8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2165 49 GS0608S £2587.50

Optional Grip Lift Mechanism (factory fitted) MS0600 £99.60

468

GS0604S


Fort ® Domed Feet Steps


›› These steps glide easily

across floors, but once body

weight is applied they stay

firmly in position

FROM ONLY

£208.00

WS510

BLUE ONLY

WS513

WS512

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Yellow


WS514

Specially designed, impact

resistant, steel domed feet

The design incorporates a heavy

duty pressed steel dome with an

annular flange to facilitate the

mounting of a moulded plastic rim

which is shrink fitted for ultimate

durability. The turned out rim

gives significantly increased lateral

strength & protection from side

impact forces. These castors are

fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps

shown on pages 469 to 473


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


with tread clamps

Resilient anti-slip

treads which

are clamped to the



to prevent the

edges peeling

Why Choose Me?

3 Bestselling range of domed feet steps

3 Impact resistant domed feet that are

welded, not bolted & do not break

(subject to normal use)

3 The anti-slip treads on the WS

models have the following

advantages over rubber treads:

Do not peel up; Are REACH compliant;

Provide more grip when

exposed to liquids

WM513

WM515

Description

Platform Platform Size

Overall Size

Weight

Mesh Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Height mm W x D mm

H x W x D mm


2 Tread without handrail

580 x 560 x 575 8 WM510 £208.00 WS510 £223.50

2 Tread with looped handrail 500

1200 x 560 x 575 9 WM511 £241.90 WS511 £259.95

2 Tread with full handrail

400 x 300

1200 x 560 x 575 10 WM512 £254.65 WS512 £273.70

3 Tread with full handrail 750 1460 x 560 x 725 13 WM513 £299.20 WS513 £321.90



469


Fort ® Easy Glide Domed Feet Steps


injected moulded treads

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Light Grey

Green










gives significantly increased

lateral strength & protection

from side impact forces. These

castors are fitted to the Fort Mobile

Steps shown on pages 469 to 473

MEG514

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


MEG513

MEG515

470

Description

Platform

Height mm

Platform

W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

2 Tread with looped handrail 500 400 x 300 1210 x 560 x 640 10 MEG511 £336.65

2 Tread with full handrail 500 400 x 300 1210 x 560 x 640 11 MEG512 £351.00




Weight

kg

Model

Price


Fort ® Easy Glide Range of Mobile Steps


›› Expanded steel mesh treads

or all weather, non-slip,



FROM ONLY

£354.45

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Light Grey

Green


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

BLUE ONLY

GSE513

GSE515M










gives significantly increased lateral

strength & protection from side

impact forces. These castors are

fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps


Expanded steel mesh treads or

all weather, non-slip, injected

moulded treads

GSE514

GSE512M

Why Choose Me?

3 Impact resistant domed feet that are

welded, not bolted & do not break

(subject to normal use)

3 All weather, non-slip, injected

moulded tread version available

3 Design gives stability whilst

enabling you to get close enough

to prevent over-reaching

No. of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Platform Size

W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Mesh Treads

Injected Moulded Treads


2 500 400 x 300 1185 x 560 x 640 12 GSE512M £354.45 GSE512 £366.65

3 750 400 x 300 1435 x 560 x 855 15 GSE513M £398.00 GSE513 £414.30

4 1000 400 x 300 1685 x 570 x 1065 18 GSE514M £456.25 GSE514 £476.75

5 1250 450 x 300 1935 x 610 x 1275 23 GSE515M £555.20 GSE515 £577.10

471


Fort ® Premier Range of Mobile Steps

›› All weather non-slip



FROM ONLY

£369.55

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Light Grey

Green


MS6014

MS6012

& MS002Z

MS6013









gives significantly increased

lateral strength & protection from

side impact forces. These castors

are fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps


Why Choose Me?

3 Impact resistant domed feet

that are welded, not bolted

& do not break (subject

to normal use)

3 Extra deep comfort platform

of 400mm (3 tread & above)

3 All weather, non-slip,




manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


No. of

Treads

472

Platform

Height mm

Platform Size

W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

2 508 400 x 200 605 x 560 x 640 7 MS6012 £369.55

3 762 400 x 400 1445 x 560 x 860 13 MS6013 £528.30

4 1016 400 x 400 1690 x 560 x 1060 20 MS6014 £678.05

5 1290 400 x 400 1955 x 615 x 1450 25 MS6015 £846.15

Price

Optional extra safety post with handgrip for

MS002Z £26.70*

two step model - Height from floor: 1350 mm

*price applicable when ordering with the Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps.


MS6015

Fort ® ‘Gamma’ BS EN 131 Professional Steps



Professional



›› These steps glide easily

across floors, but once body

weight is applied they

stay firmly in position

›› 1000mm high handrail

for greater user safety

›› Available with Mesh, Phenolic

or Aluminium Treads

Safety, Strength

& Durability

MS1702A

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Grey


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS1704R



The design incorporates a

heavy duty pressed steel

dome with an annular flange

to facilitate the mounting

of a moulded plastic rim

which is shrink fitted for

ultimate durability. The

turned out rim gives

significantly increased

lateral strength &

protection from side

impact forces. These

castors are fitted to

the Fort Mobile Steps


MS1706M

Why Choose Me?

3 Only range of domed feet

steps to go up to a 6 tread

3 Impact resistant domed feet that

are welded, not bolted & do not

break (subject to normal use)

3 Extra large comfort platform

of 410 x 410mm

3 1000mm platform rail

prevents over reaching

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Mesh Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads


2 500 1500 x 570 x 670 18 MS1702M £380.55 MS1702R £388.45 MS1702A £412.05

3 750 1750 x 610 x 830 22 MS1703M £427.15 MS1703R £438.15 MS1703A £450.80

4 1000 2000 x 760 x 1000 26 MS1704M £484.15 MS1704R £498.30 MS1704A £515.65

5 1250 2250 x 930 x 1120 29 MS1705M £559.25 MS1705R £576.60 MS1705A £595.50

6 1500 2500 x 1100 x 1280 33 MS1706M £628.85 MS1706R £649.40 MS1706A £668.30

473


Fort ® Weight Reactive BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps


(GS7012 is certified to BS EN 14183)

›› All weather non-slip injected moulded treads


FROM ONLY

£479.40

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue


GS7014

GS7013

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE




Spring loaded castors

Mobile on 4 spring

loaded 80mm swivel

castors. When body weight is

applied the castors retract

leaving the steps firm & safe

on rubber feet

GS7012

Description

474

Platform

Height mm

Platform

W x D mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

2 Tread with handle 470 400 x 200 1330 x 510 x 620 15 GS7012 £479.40

3 Tread 735 400 x 400 1445 x 620 x 870 17 GS7013 £594.90

4 Tread 980 400 x 400 1690 x 650 x 1040 23 GS7014 £751.50

5 Tread 1225 400 x 400 1940 x 670 x 1440 28 GS7015 £885.35

Price

Why Choose Me?

3 When in use the castors & feet

give 8 points of contact with the

floor to give extra stability

3 All weather, non-slip, injected

moulded tread version available


Fort ® Weight Reactive Steps


FROM ONLY

£296.75

FROM STOCK

ANTI-SLIP ONLY

5 & 6 TREAD UNITS

ARE ON EXTENDED

LEAD TIME

WS7014


Mobile on 4 spring

loaded 75mm swivel

castors. When body weight is

applied the castors retract

leaving the steps firm & safe

on rubber feet

WM7013


WM7015


with tread clamps.

Resilient anti-slip

treads which

are clamped to the



to prevent the

edges peeling

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Why Choose Me?

3 When in use the castors & feet

give 8 points of contact with the

floor to give extra stability

3 The anti-slip treads on the WS

models have the following

advantages over rubber treads:

Do not peel up; Are REACH compliant;

Provide more grip when

exposed to liquids

WM7010

WS7011

WS7012

Description

Platform Platform Size

Overall Size

Weight

Mesh Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Height mm W x D mm

H x W x D mm


2 Tread without handrail

580 x 540 x 510 10 WM7010 £296.75 WS7010 £319.50

2 Tread with looped handrail 500

1230 x 540 x 510 11 WM7011 £313.10 WS7011 £336.95

2 Tread with full handrail 1230 x 540 x 510 12 WM7012 £326.45 WS7012 £351.50

3 Tread with full handrail 750 400 x 300 1480 x 540 x 720 17 WM7013 £365.15 WS7013 £393.00




475


‘The Universal’ Fort ® Steps


›› 140mm deep treads

›› Large working platform size: 450W x 550Dmm

›› 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail

›› Mobile on 2 x swivel braked 125mm rubber castors

& spring loaded 75mm weight reactive rubber castors.

Brake facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra

security when working for long periods in one position

›› Safety chain facility with snap/lock carbine hooks

at the entrance to the platform gives you greater

safety when working above head height

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£438.05

Safety, Strength

& Durability

TREAD OPTIONS

n Phenolic

(non-slip)

COLOUR

OPTIONS

n Aluminium

(non-slip)

SP1204A

Yellow

Blue


n Expanded

Steel Mesh

Safety

Chain

No of

Treads

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Platform

Height mm

Weight

kg

Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads


2 1480 x 720 x 950 480 24 SP1202M £438.05 SP1202R £461.85 SP1202A £477.75

3 1720 x 740 x 1085 720 27 SP1203M £493.90 SP1203R £523.65 SP1203A £539.50

4 1960 x 760 x 1220 960 31 SP1204M £561.20 SP1204R £595.05 SP1204A £601.00

Fort ® Quick Folding BS EN 131 Professional Steps

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE



›› 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels

›› Expanded steel tread size: 450W x 145Dmm

›› Folds & unfolds without the use of nuts & bolts

›› Constructed from tubular steel with

two handles at the front, fitted with


FGS7805M

Folded


FROM ONLY

£812.30

476

FGS7808M

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm


H x W x D mm


H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

4 1000 1700 x 650 x 1310 930 x 650 x 1830 40 FGS7804M £812.30

5 1250 1950 x 690 x 1520 930 x 690 x 2120 45 FGS7805M £923.90

6 1500 2200 x 720 x 1730 930 x 720 x 2410 50 FGS7806M £1027.55

7 1750 2450 x 770 x 1940 930 x 770 x 2700 55 FGS7807M £1127.95

8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2150 930 x 790 x 2990 60 FGS7808M £1229.10

Price

Fort ® ‘Duplex’ Weight Reactive Mobile Steps


1

Standard Version

with Expanded

Steel Treads

3

EN-131

Version

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

2

Standard

Version

with Phenolic

non-slip

Treads

MSD103

MS5961M


GS5941

›› Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability

›› Standard or BS EN 131 Professional version available

›› Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors

When body weight is added the castors retract,

leaving the steps stable & safe on rubber feet

No of

Treads

1

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Platform Size

W x D mm

Tread Size

W x D mm

Standard Version - Expanded Steel Treads

Available in Blue with a Blue Inner Frame

Weight

kg

Model

3 665 1585 x 480 x 740

17 MS5931M £404.15

335 x 205 335 x 132

4 880 1800 x 480 x 870 21 MS5941M £433.30

5 1195 2195 x 680 x 960

28 MS5951M £561.40

530 x 255 530 x 165

6 1310 2310 x 680 x 1110 33 MS5961M £595.85

2

Standard Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads

Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering

3 645 1828 x 470 x 840

20 MSD103 £597.75

380 x 300 380 x 150

4 870 1828 x 470 x 840 24 MSD104 £637.70

5 1090 2310 x 660 x 1120

30 MSD105 £720.05

530 x 300 530 x 150

6 1310 2310 x 660 x 1120 40 MSD106 £778.10

3

BS EN 131 Professional Version - Phenolic non-slip Treads

Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering

3 690 1780 x 560 x 790

30 GS5931 £684.75

380 x 300 380 x 150

4 920 2015 x 560 x 1000 35 GS5941 £779.80

5 1150 2240 x 760 x 1210

45 GS5951 £905.40

530 x 300 530 x 150

6 1380 2480 x 760 x 1420 50 GS5961 £1004.35

Price

Why Choose Me?

‘Frame within a Frame’

weight reactive steps

When your body weight is applied the

uniquely designed inner frame

will lower, resting all 4 non-slip rubber

feet on the ground. This immobilises the

wheels giving maximum stability & safety

1 2

Castors sit on the floor

making these units

easily manoeuvrable

When body weight is

applied the rubber feet

sit on the floor to stop

the unit from moving

477


Fort ® Tilt ‘N’ Push Mobile Steps

›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional version available

›› Features a large working top platform: 490 x 600mm

›› The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with

knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. These units are

then mobile on two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors

›› Platform rail height: 1000mm


FROM ONLY

£746.55

MS7806G

Optional Inward Opening

Gate - MS700Z

GS7815P

manufactured


3YR

GUARANTEE

No of

Treads

478

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Standard Version

Galvanised Units

Blue Painted Units


3 750 1750 x 660 x 1235 43 MS7803G £883.40 MS7813P £746.55

4 1000 2000 x 660 x 1420 48 MS7804G £1100.50 MS7814P £950.15

5 1250 2250 x 660 x 1605 54 MS7805G £1297.75 MS7815P £1134.55

6 1500 2500 x 660 x 1790 60 MS7806G £1484.60 MS7816P £1307.75

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear MS700Z £171.60 MS710Z £157.35

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 487 for details) SB781MS £92.85 SB780MS £77.20

BS EN 131 Professional Version

3 750 1750 x 820 x 1235 43 GS7803G £937.65 GS7813P £796.90

4 1000 2000 x 820 x 1420 48 GS7804G £1167.35 GS7814P £1012.50

5 1250 2250 x 1020 x 1605 54 GS7805G £1377.50 GS7815P £1208.50

6 1500 2500 x 1120 x 1790 60 GS7806G £1577.00 GS7816P £1393.25

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear GS700Z £171.60 GS710Z £157.35

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 487 for details) SB781GS £92.85 SB780GS £77.20

MS7814P fitted

with MS710Z


Fort ® Dock Steps


›› Fitted with lift handles which incorporate

knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm

rubber tyred wheels which make these

units extremely manoeuvrable

›› Open rear allows step through access

to a loading bay or lorry etc



FROM STOCK

FROM ONLY

£251.55

GSD704M

GSD702R

GSD703G

Galvanised Finish


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Why Choose Me?

3 Open rear allows easy

step through access to

loading bays & vehicles

3 Great for loading & unloading

3 Easy to manoeuvre

& economical design

Open rear allows step through access

to a Loading Bay or Lorry etc

GSD704M

In Use

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Mesh Treads

Phenolic Non-slip Treads


Powder Coated Finish

2 500 1210 x 480 x 685 16 kg GSD702M £251.55 17 kg GSD702R £259.10

3 750 1460 x 510 x 857 18 kg GSD703M £299.45 19 kg GSD703R £309.55

4 1000 1710 x 540 x 1020 20 kg GSD704M £356.35 21 kg GSD704R £370.40

Galvanised Finish

2 500 1210 x 480 x 685 18 kg GSD702G £269.95 - - -

3 750 1460 x 510 x 857 20 kg GSD703G £323.40 - - -

4 1000 1710 x 540 x 1020 22 kg GSD704G £385.85 - - -

479


Fort ® ‘Wheel’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


›› Fitted with lift handles which incorporate

knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm

rubber tyred wheels which make these

units extremely manoeuvrable



FROM ONLY

£247.70

GSW708M

GSW704R


Access Equipment

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Expanded Steel Treads



2 500 1210 x 540 x 820 18 kg GSW702M £247.70 19 kg GSW702R £260.30

3 750 1460 x 570 x 1032 20 kg GSW703M £296.10 21 kg GSW703R £316.90

4 1000 1710 x 600 x 1244 22 kg GSW704M £354.00 23 kg GSW704R £386.40

5 1250 1960 x 630 x 1456 24 kg GSW705M £411.55 25 kg GSW705R £459.65

6 1500 2210 x 660 x 1668 26 kg GSW706M £471.55 27 kg GSW706R £539.30

7 1750 2460 x 690 x 1880 28 kg GSW707M £543.80 29 kg GSW707R £631.95

8 2000 2710 x 720 x 2029 30 kg GSW708M £602.85 31 kg GSW708R £715.05

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Grey


FROM ONLY

£399.65

Fort ® Arrow Mobile Steps


›› Units are easy to manoeuvre on

the 2 wheels - simply use the handles

to lift the front & wheel into position

›› Resilient anti-slip treads



›› 600mm high rear handrail

›› 2 x 150mm nylon wheels

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS0605

GS0608 & MS0600


No of

Treads

480

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

3 750 1450 x 640 x 1110 26 GS0603 £399.65

4 1000 1700 x 670 x 1220 29 GS0604 £443.70

5 1250 1950 x 700 x 1535 32 GS0605 £508.70

6 1500 2200 x 730 x 1745 36 GS0606 £558.40

7 1750 2450 x 760 x 1955 41 GS0607 £638.45

8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2165 44 GS0608 £689.85

Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism - see page 483 for details MS0600 £99.60

Price

GS0603


Fort ® ‘Spring’

BS EN 131 Professional

Mobile Steps


Professional



Safety, Strength

& Durability

FROM ONLY

£285.70

GSS702R


Mobile on 2 spring loaded

75mm swivel castors &

2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels.

When body weight is applied the

castors retract leaving the steps

firm & safe on rubber feet

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GSS708R

GSS704M

Why Choose Me?

3 The tallest weight

reactive step available,

up to an 8 tread &

2m platform height

3 Combines the flexibility and

manoeuvrability of weight

reactive sprung castors with

the added height of a

traditional warehouse step

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm




2 500 1210 x 540 x 820 18 kg GSS702M £285.70 19 kg GSS702R £298.40

3 750 1460 x 570 x 1032 20 kg GSS703M £334.15 21 kg GSS703R £354.95

4 1000 1710 x 600 x 1244 22 kg GSS704M £391.95 23 kg GSS704R £424.60

5 1250 1960 x 630 x 1456 24 kg GSS705M £449.55 25 kg GSS705R £497.90

6 1500 2210 x 660 x 1668 26 kg GSS706M £509.65 27 kg GSS706R £577.35

7 1750 2460 x 690 x 1880 28 kg GSS707M £581.80 29 kg GSS707R £669.95

8 2000 2710 x 720 x 2029 30 kg GSS708M £640.90 31 kg GSS708R £753.10

481


Fort ® ‘Delta’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps

Optional Hook-on

Container

easily hooks onto the

end rail of the step unit

Model Price

MS1800Z £70.60




›› 2-6 Tread Units: Mobile on 2

rear wheels 150mm dia & 2 front

spring loaded castors to achieve

weight reactive function. Units

move freely when pushed

(unmounted) & stand firmly on

ground once they are in use

›› 7-10 Tread Units: Made mobile

on 150mm wheels & the use

of a unique grip lift mechanism

facilitating movement on 75mm

retractable castors

›› Available with Expanded Steel,

Phenolic or Aluminium Treads

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Orange

Blue

Grey


MS1809M

manufactured

Safety, Strength

& Durability

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS1805M & MS1800Z

Why Choose Me?

3 Combines the flexibility and

manoeuvrability of weight reactive

sprung castors with the biggest

platform available on a weight

reactive step - up to a 6 tread

3 7 tread and above features our

unique grip lift mechanism for speed,

ease & safety (preventing ascent

in mobile mode)

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads


2 460 1460 x 700 x 670 22 MS1802M £389.20 MS1802R £397.10 MS1802A £414.45

3 690 1690 x 720 x 855 26 MS1803M £450.10 MS1803R £462.65 MS1803A £484.70

4 920 1920 x 750 x 1055 29 MS1804M £490.00 MS1804R £508.95 MS1804A £537.25

5 1150 2150 x 840 x 1175 33 MS1805M £531.65 MS1805R £558.45 MS1805A £591.55

6 1380 2380 x 1030 x 1315 41 MS1806M £583.80 MS1806R £615.35 MS1806A £653.15

7 1610 2610 x 1160 x 1490 51 MS1807M £684.20 MS1807R £796.00 MS1807A £761.40

8 1840 2840 x 1160 x 1630 63 MS1808M £734.05 MS1808R £868.00 MS1808A £823.90

9 2070 3070 x 1160 x 1765 75 MS1809M £992.85 MS1809R £1051.10 MS1809A £1093.65

10 2300 3300 x 1160 x 1900 87 MS1810M £1067.70 MS1810R £1122.80 MS1810A £1181.10

482


Fort ® Atlas Steps



›› Features our unique grip lift

mechanism for speed, ease &

safety (preventing ascent

in mobile mode)

›› Mobile on 2 x 160mm rubber

wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel

nylon castors

FROM ONLY

£421.30

MS1205M

Unique Grip Lift Mechanism

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS1210M


PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL

HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

Why Choose Me?

3 Box section profile -

more steel gives greater

stability & strength

3 Features our unique grip lift



in mobile mode)



No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm


Weight Model Price

3 750 1750 x 690 x 810 32 kg MS1203M £421.30

4 1000 2000 x 690 x 870 36 kg MS1204M £484.40

5 1250 2250 x 780 x 1130 40 kg MS1205M £597.95

6 1500 2500 x 780 x 1290 44 kg MS1206M £689.25

7 1750 2750 x 880 x 1450 48 kg MS1207M £794.30

8 2000 3000 x 930 x 1610 52 kg MS1208M £851.60

9 2250 3250 x 980 x 1770 56 kg MS1209M £931.25

10 2500 3500 x 1030 x 1930 62 kg MS1210M £1069.40

11 2750 3750 x 1080 x 2090 68 kg MS1211M £1193.75

12 3000 4000 x 1130 x 2250 74 kg MS1212M £1304.45

13 3250 4250 x 1180 x 2410 87 kg MS1213M £1388.00

14 3500 4500 x 1230 x 2570 93 kg MS1214M £1533.10

15 3750 4750 x 1280 x 2730 99 kg MS1215M £1602.20

483


Fort ® Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’

BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps




›› Available with a choice of either

phenolic non-slip treads or

expanded steel mesh treads

›› Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º

›› Fitted with lever operated retractable front

castors & a safety bar to deter access to the

steps when they are in the mobile position

›› 6 step units & above are sent folded

for delivery - easy to erect

›› Platform handrail height: 1000mm

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels &

2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

Optional retro-fit

lifting barrier to the

front (entry) of the

platform of these

steps. Also available

for steps on pages

478 & 486

Model Price

SB980GS £77.20



GS9808M

£1589.00

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS9805R &

SG500Z

OPTIONAL SECURITY GATE

A Padlockable security gate

(as shown above) can be factory fitted

to the bottom of these steps

Why Choose Me?



stability & strength for

industrial performance



3 Extra width at base gives

even greater stability

484

Model

Price

SG500Z £213.15

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

GS9808M

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg





3 690 1690 x 780 x 954 25 GS9803M £622.45 GS9803R £635.10

4 920 1920 x 780 x 1121 35 GS9804M £797.20 GS9804R £811.80

5 1150 2150 x 910 x 1288 45 GS9805M £889.15 GS9805R £907.20

6 1380 2380 x 960 x 1425 55 GS9806M £1141.90 GS9806R £1161.25

7 1610 2610 x 1010 x 1622 65 GS9807M £1381.05 GS9807R £1400.60

8 1840 2840 x 1060 x 1789 75 GS9808M £1589.00 GS9808R £1613.35

9 2070 3070 x 1140 x 1956 86 GS9809M £1832.25 GS9809R £1858.85

10 2300 3300 x 1220 x 2130 96 GS9810M £2054.70 GS9810R £2082.35

11 2530 3530 x 1270 x 2290 111 GS9811M £2405.85 GS9811R £2437.20

12 2760 3760 x 1370 x 2457 127 GS9812M £2661.85 GS9812R £2695.20

13 2990 3990 x 1460 x 2650 142 GS9813M £3163.30 GS9813R £3199.85

14 3220 4220 x 1540 x 2791 158 GS9814M £3501.70 GS9814R £3540.30

15 3450 4450 x 1565 x 2975 173 GS9815M £3877.90 GS9815R £3918.50


Fort ® Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ Mobile Steps



mechanism for speed, ease & safety

(preventing ascent in mobile mode)

›› 6 step units & above are sent folded for

delivery - Easy to erect


›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels &


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


Unique Grip Lift Mechanism

Optional retro-fit lifting

barrier to the front (entry) of

the platform of these steps.

Also available for steps on

pages 478 & 486

Barrier only recommended

for use with MS99 range due

to the restricted area on the

MS98 platform

Model

Price

SB990MS £77.20

OPTIONAL INWARD OPENING GATE

To allow access from the rear of the

platform an inward opening gate can be

factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail

Model

Price

MS500Z £167.70

Why Choose Me?







MS9808M

PLEASE CHECK

THE OVERALL

HEIGHT BEFORE

ORDERING

No

Weight

of

kg

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Platform Size: 460mm Depth x 540mm Width

Platform size: 590mm Depth x 540mm Width

Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads Overall Size Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads

Model Price Model Price H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price

3 37 690 1690 x 700 x 890 MS9803M £520.70 MS9803R £531.85 1690 x 700 x 1060 MS9903M £562.90 MS9903R £578.55
















485


Fort ® Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps



›› Large working top platform: 540W x 590Dmm

›› Heavy duty steel framed mobile steps

›› Lifting step feature deters access until

steps are safely grounded

›› Ladder angle of 60º



3YR

GS9309A GUARANTEE

manufactured

£2073.50




GS9306M

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

Tool Tray & Wire Mesh Baskets

which hook onto the guard rail

(also applies to page 487)

TREAD OPTIONS

n Phenolic

(non-slip)

n Aluminium

(non-slip)

No of Weight

Treads kg

486

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Wire Mesh Basket for GS93 Step 615 x 260 x 210 BSK93M £128.85*

Tool tray for GS93 Step 615 x 260 x 210 BSK93T £135.25*

Wire Mesh Basket for 490W mm Steps - page 487 650 x 260 x 210 BSK58M £128.85*

Tool Tray for 490W mm Steps - page 487 650 x 260 x 210 BSK58T £135.90*

Wire Mesh Basket for 770W mm Steps - page 487 895 x 260 x 210 BSK69M £135.25*

Tool Tray for 770W mm Steps - page 487 895 x 260 x 210 BSK69T £141.50*

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

GS9309A

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier

to the front (entry) of the

platform of these steps.

See page 487 for details.

3 to 5 Tread - SB931GS - £77.20

6 to 15 Tread - SB930GS - £77.20

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort ‘Elite’ Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Price

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Aluminium Treads


3 44 690 1790 x 680 x 972 GS9303R £791.55 GS9303M £791.55 GS9303A £957.65

4 50 920 2020 x 680 x 1104 GS9304R £876.85 GS9304M £876.85 GS9304A £1121.05

5 56 1150 2250 x 910 x 1237 GS9305R £961.50 GS9305M £961.50 GS9305A £1301.20

6 68 1380 2480 x 960 x 1370 GS9306R £1186.35 GS9306M £1186.35 GS9306A £1515.45

7 77 1610 2710 x 1010 x 1503 GS9307R £1365.50 GS9307M £1365.50 GS9307A £1704.75

8 87 1840 2940 x 1060 x 1635 GS9308R £1548.30 GS9308M £1548.30 GS9308A £1891.60

9 96 2070 3170 x 1110 x 1768 GS9309R £1709.45 GS9309M £1709.45 GS9309A £2073.50

10 105 2300 3400 x 1160 x 1901 GS9310R £1942.50 GS9310M £1942.50 GS9310A £2281.80

11 114 2530 3630 x 1210 x 2034 GS9311R £2239.00 GS9311M £2239.00 GS9311A £2547.00

12 123 2760 3860 x 1260 x 2167 GS9312R £2449.30 GS9312M £2449.30 GS9312A £2757.00

13 132 2990 4090 x 1370 x 2299 GS9313R £2861.60 GS9313M £2861.60 GS9313A £3002.90

14 140 3220 4320 x 1420 x 2432 GS9314R £3071.35 GS9314M £3071.35 GS9314A £3241.00

15 149 3450 4550 x 1425 x 2565 GS9315R £3281.95 GS9315M £3281.95 GS9315A £3483.70

n Expanded

Steel Mesh

Why Choose Me?





3 600 angle gives a shorter

overall depth & smaller

turning circle



3 Extra width at base gives

even greater stability

UNIQUE BOTTOM

SWINGING STEP

This feature lifts the bottom step

preventing access while the unit is

mobile. Handle mechanism is fitted

to the right hand side as standard


Fort ® Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ Mobile Steps

›› Large working top platform:

either 600D x 540W mm or

extra wide 600D x 820W mm

›› Wide *770mm tread models

also available on 11-18 steps

›› Strongly constructed steps

highly manoeuvrable & stable

›› The units incorporate kick boards

on 3 sides of the platform




Why Choose Me?

3 Extra large platform sizes

of 600x540 or 600x820mm

MS5822

£1376.45

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS5831

£1568.75

UNIQUE BOTTOM

SWINGING STEP

This feature lifts the bottom

step preventing access while

the unit is mobile. This also

helps prevent knocked shins

MS5822

MS5831



OPTIONAL EXTRAS

Optional retro-fit lifting barrier

to the front (entry) of the

platform of these steps. Also

for steps on pages 478 & 486

Model

Price

SB580MS £77.20

REAR INWARD OPENING GATE

To allow access from the rear

of the platform an inward opening

gate can be factory fitted to the

rear of the platform handrail

To Suit Model Price

490mm Wide MS500Z £167.70

To Suit Model Price

770mm Wide MS600Z £182.30

TOOL TRAY/WIRE MESH BASKET

Please see page 486 for details

No of Weight Platform

Treads kg Height

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Platform Size: 600D x 540W mm

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Aluminium Treads


Tread Size: 160D x 490W mm

3 25 690mm 1690 x 700 x 1060 MS5781 £673.35 MS5782 £673.35 MS5783 £788.20

4 35 920mm 1920 x 700 x 1270 MS5791 £833.20 MS5792 £833.20 MS5793 £964.40

5 45 1150mm 2150 x 700 x 1370 MS5801 £917.35 MS5802 £917.35 MS5803 £1063.20

6 55 1380mm 2380 x 700 x 1540 MS5811 £1146.60 MS5812 £1146.60 MS5813 £1311.90

7 65 1610mm 2610 x 700 x 1700 MS5821 £1376.45 MS5822 £1376.45 MS5823 £1559.65

8 75 1840mm 2840 x 700 x 1870 MS5831 £1568.75 MS5832 £1568.75 MS5833 £1769.65

9 85 2070mm 3070 x 700 x 2030 MS5841 £1798.00 MS5842 £1798.00 MS5843 £2018.15

10 95 2300mm 3300 x 700 x 2190 MS5851 £1991.20 MS5852 £1991.20 MS5853 £2228.15

11 110 2530mm 3530 x 800 x 2360 MS5861 £2269.30 MS5862 £2269.30 MS5863 £2524.50

12 125 2760mm 3760 x 800 x 2530 MS5871 £2479.55 MS5872 £2479.55 MS5873 £2753.00

13 140 2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690 MS5881 £2951.55 MS5882 £2951.55 MS5883 £3249.25

14 155 3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860 MS5891 £3245.50 MS5892 £3245.50 MS5893 £3563.30

15 170 3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020 MS5901 £3579.15 MS5902 £3579.15 MS5903 £3916.85

16 185 3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190 MS5111 £3950.30 MS5112 £3950.30 MS5113 £4307.25

17 200 3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350 MS5121 £4345.45 MS5122 £4345.45 MS5123 £4731.85

18 215 4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520 MS5131 £4770.30 MS5132 £4770.30 MS5133 £5200.65

Platform Size: 600D x 820W mm

Tread Size: 160D x 770W mm

*11 150 2530mm 3530 x 950 x 2360 MS6961 £2712.65 MS6962 £2712.65 MS6963 £3017.10

*12 170 2760mm 3760 x 950 x 2530 MS6971 £2993.05 MS6972 £2993.05 MS6973 £3318.55

*13 190 2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690 MS6981 £3528.15 MS6982 £3528.15 MS6983 £3881.20

*14 210 3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860 MS6991 £3898.75 MS6992 £3898.75 MS6993 £4275.25

*15 230 3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020 MS6901 £4302.75 MS6902 £4302.75 MS6903 £4702.05

*16 250 3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190 MS6911 £4701.60 MS6912 £4701.60 MS6913 £5130.05

*17 270 3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350 MS6921 £5133.65 MS6922 £5133.65 MS6923 £5591.60

*18 280 4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520 MS6931 £5603.00 MS6932 £5603.00 MS6933 £6090.30

487


Fort ® Easy Steer Mobile Steps

›› Unique six wheel design enables the step

to virtually turn within its own length

›› Fitted with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar

which deters access to the steps when in the mobile position

›› Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard

›› Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º

›› Expanded steel mesh treads & platform

›› Folded for delivery - easy to erect




›› Wheels: 4 x 100mm fixed nylon castors


FROM ONLY

£1382.05

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


Why Choose Me?

3 Unique six wheel design

reduces the turning circle

by circa 50%



ES9809M

No of

Treads

488

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

7 1610 2610 x 720 x 1440 64 ES9807M £1382.05

8 1840 2840 x 720 x 1600 74 ES9808M £1574.35

9 2070 3070 x 720 x 1790 84 ES9809M £1803.55

10 2300 3300 x 720 x 1950 94 ES9810M £1996.70

11 2530 3530 x 820 x 2110 109 ES9811M £2274.85

12 2760 3760 x 820 x 2270 124 ES9812M £2467.25

13 2990 3990 x 1170 x 2430 139 ES9813M £2938.85

14 3220 4220 x 1250 x 2590 154 ES9814M £3232.85

15 3450 4450 x 1250 x 2750 169 ES9815M £3559.35

16 3680 4680 x 1250 x 2910 184 ES9816M £3901.35

17 3910 4910 x 1420 x 3070 199 ES9817M £4297.00

18 4140 5140 x 1420 x 3230 214 ES9818M £4721.70


Fort ® Wide Tread ‘Spartan’ Mobile Steps

›› Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm

›› Platform sizes:

3 to 9 steps - 800W x 400Dmm

10 to 15 steps - 800W x 460Dmm

›› Easy slope 48º angle which is

for use in areas where there is

space available, enabling you to

turn around & descend the

steps facing forward

›› Welded expanded steel platform

& treads with full handrails either

side of the steps


on 3 sides of the platform &

knee rails around the platform

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm black rubber

tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber

tyred castors mounted on the easy

action unique grip lift mechanism




manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MS4107

£1095.85

RETRO-FIT

LIFTING BARRIER

Optional barrier fitted to the

front (entry) of the platform

of this range of steps

Model Price

SB410GS £88.70

Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & platform

3 Easy slope 480 angle so the steps

can be descended like normal stairs




in mobile mode)

MS4107

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 690 1690 x 960 x 1065 42 MS4103 £527.95

4 920 1920 x 960 x 1270 51 MS4104 £706.20

5 1150 2150 x 960 x 1475 69 MS4105 £836.80

6 1380 2380 x 980 x 1680 82 MS4106 £965.60

7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 1885 96 MS4107 £1095.85

8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 2090 109 MS4108 £1231.65

9 2070 3070 x 1130 x 2295 123 MS4109 £1358.85

10 2300 3300 x 1180 x 2560 136 MS4110 £1485.95

11 2530 3530 x 1230 x 2765 154 MS4111 £1612.90

12 2760 3760 x 1280 x 2970 173 MS4112 £1740.05

13 2990 3990 x 1320 x 3175 192 MS4113 £2083.30

14 3220 4220 x 1360 x 3380 211 MS4114 £2241.65

15 3450 4450 x 1400 x 3585 230 MS4115 £2393.20




489


Fort ® Wide Tread ‘Trojan S’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps


›› Extra wide treads:-

Easy slope - 48º: 750W x 180Dmm

Standard slope - 54º: 750W x 160Dmm


›› There are two versions available: easy slope

48º angle which is for use in areas where

there is space available, enabling the user

to turn around & descend the steps facing

forward. Standard slope 54º angle for use

in areas where space is limited





for delivery. Easy to erect

›› Fitted with lever operated,

retractable castors & safety bar

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


FROM ONLY

£793.75



REAR INWARD

OPENING GATE

To allow access from the rear of

the platform an inward opening

gate can be factory fitted to the

rear of the platform handrail

Model Price

GS400Z £182.30

Lever Operated

Retractable Castors

& Safety Bar

GS4107

Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & 500mm

deep comfort platform

3 Easy slope version can be

descended like normal stairs

3 Option of a rear inward opening

gate to create a walkthrough

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Standard Slope Version - 54º angle

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Easy Slope Version - 48º angle

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Fort Wide Tread Grey ‘Trojan S’ Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber castors with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar

3 690 1690 x 1000 x 1095 42 GS4003 £793.75 1690 x 1000 x 1125 45 GS4103 £832.40

4 920 1920 x 960 x 1260 50 GS4004 £1008.85 1920 x 960 x 1310 55 GS4104 £1061.40

5 1150 2150 x 960 x 1430 69 GS4005 £1136.90 2150 x 960 x 1515 74 GS4105 £1203.65

6 1380 2380 x 980 x 1595 82 GS4006 £1377.70 2380 x 980 x 1725 88 GS4106 £1504.00

7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 1765 96 GS4007 £1649.45 2610 x 1030 x 1930 103 GS4107 £1799.90

8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 1930 112 GS4008 £1883.70 2840 x 1080 x 2140 117 GS4108 £2049.60

9 2070 3070 x 1130 x 2095 123 GS4009 £2150.30 3070 x 1130 x 2345 132 GS4109 £2339.60

10 2300 3300 x 1180 x 2265 136 GS4010 £2397.45 3300 x 1180 x 2555 146 GS4110 £2593.70

11 2530 3530 x 1230 x 2430 146 GS4011 £2719.85 3530 x 1230 x 2760 166 GS4111 £2930.40

12 2760 3760 x 1280 x 2600 175 GS4012 £2961.45 3760 x 1280 x 2965 186 GS4112 £3200.05

490


Fort ® Wide Tread ‘Trojan’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps


›› Extra wide treads:-

Easy slope - 48º: 750W x 180Dmm

Standard slope - 54º: 750W x 160Dmm


›› There are two versions available: easy slope

48º angle which is for use in areas where there

is space available, enabling the user to turn

around & descend the steps facing forward.

Standard slope 54º angle for use in areas

where space is limited





folded for delivery. Easy to erect




FROM ONLY

£645.65

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & 500mm

deep comfort platform




in mobile mode)



Unique Grip Lift

Mechanism

GS1108M



No of

Treads

Platform

Height

mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Standard Slope Version - 54º angle

Wt

kg

Easy Slope Version - 48º angle

Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Overall Size Wt Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads

Model Price Model Price H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price

Fort Wide Tread Blue ‘Trojan’ Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors with a unique Grip Lift Mechanism

3 690 1790 x 960 x 1165 40 GS1003R £654.70 GS1003M £645.65 1790 x 960 x 1195 42 GS1103R £670.00 GS1103M £661.15










491


Fort ® Easy Slope Platforms

›› Easy slope 48º incline - for safe & easy use







›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels

& 2 x 125mm rubber castors

Standard

Fort Easy Slope

Platforms

›› Removable platform

chains on three

sides for access

BS EN 131 Professional

Fort Easy Slope

Platforms


Professional

›› Inward opening gates

on 3 sides of the

platform

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE


MS9106M

Optional

retro-fit lifting

barrier to the

front (entry) of

the platform of

the BS EN 131

Professional

Version

Model

Price

SB910GS £88.70

GS9108M

No of

Treads

492

Platform

Height

mm

Standard Version - Powder Coated Blue or Galvanised Finish

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Finish Model Price

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

BS EN 131 Version - Powder Coated Grey

Weight

kg

Finish Model Price

2 460 - - - - - 1460 x 960 x 1479 62 Powder Coated GS9102M £1201.35

3 690 1690 x 950 x 1826 74

4 920 1920 x 950 x 2033 82

5 1150 2150 x 950 x 2240 90

6 1380 2380 x 950 x 2447 98

Powder Coated MS9103M £864.40 1690 x 960 x 1686 72 Powder Coated GS9103M £1414.40

Galvanised MS9103G £949.15 - - - - -


Galvanised MS9104G £1030.90 - - - - -


Galvanised MS9105G £1114.90 - - - - -


Galvanised MS9106G £1223.00 - - - - -




Fort ® Service Platforms

›› Ideal for access to mezzanine floors & for servicing

large plant machinery/automotive equipment

›› Two versions available: easy slope 48º angle

enabling the user to descend the steps facing

forward. Standard slope 54º angle

for use in areas where space is limited

›› Extra large platform size: 800W x 1700Dmm



›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels

& 2 x 125mm rubber castors

›› Complete with fixed handrail at the end of the

platform & 1 hook-on platform handrail which

can be fitted on either side of the platform

(handrail with centre rail for 2 to 6 tread units &

handrail with centre & toe rail for 7 to 10 treads)


for delivery - easy to erect

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Why Choose Me?

3 Ideal for use with mezzanine

floors & large machinery




in mobile mode)

3 Huge platform size

of 800W x 1700D



Hook on Handrail - MSPX02

MSP9210 &

1 x MSPX04

Accessories

MSP9304 &

2 x MSPX03


Double Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX01 £77.35

Triple Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX02 £93.55

Platform Extension to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX03 £70.40

Platform Extension to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX04 £93.55

Platform Extension

MSPX03 or MSPX04. Used to

bridge the gap between the

step platform & anything you

are trying to access

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Standard Slope Version - 54º Angle

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Easy Slope Version - 48º Angle

2 500 1580 x 960 x 2015 97 MSP9202 £1022.05 1580 x 960 x 2058 98 MSP9302 £1025.60

3 750 1830 x 960 x 2197 107 MSP9203 £1097.00 1830 x 960 x 2283 108 MSP9303 £1101.20

4 1000 2080 x 960 x 2379 117 MSP9204 £1183.25 2080 x 960 x 2508 118 MSP9304 £1186.75

5 1250 2330 x 980 x 2561 127 MSP9205 £1359.45 2330 x 980 x 2805 128 MSP9305 £1365.45

6 1500 2580 x 1030 x 2743 137 MSP9206 £1485.90 2580 x 1030 x 3030 138 MSP9306 £1532.60

7 1750 2830 x 1080 x 2925 147 MSP9207 £1646.40 2830 x 1080 x 3255 148 MSP9307 £1654.70

8 2000 3080 x 1130 x 3107 157 MSP9208 £1804.55 3080 x 1130 x 3480 158 MSP9308 £1814.05

9 2250 3330 x 1180 x 3289 167 MSP9209 £1935.40 3330 x 1180 x 3705 168 MSP9309 £1943.65

10 2500 3580 x 1230 x 3471 177 MSP9210 £2064.35 3580 x 1230 x 3930 178 MSP9310 £2075.05

Weight

kg

Model

Price

493


Fort ® BS EN ISO 14122 Universal Modular Platform System

NEW

›› Certified to BS EN ISO 14122

›› These modular units, constructed from steel angle, can be

placed alongside each other to create a large working area

›› The Universal Modular Platform System comprises a range

of basic modules that can be bolted together in various

configurations to provide permanent access to

machinery/equipment that cannot be reached from ground level

›› Due to the modular design they are ideal for going

round corners & the bridge modules are available to

avoid obstructions or areas extending over conveyors

›› Adjustable feet to accommodate uneven flooring

›› Platform modules are designed & tested to achieve a load of

500Kg/m U.D.L & a concentrated load of 150kg at any point

›› Optional floor fixings are available for permanent floor fixing

(recommended over conveyors & moving obstructions)

2 x UMP1003A, 1 x UMPHR1200,

2 x UMPHR0600 & 1 x UMP1201A

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Optional Floor Fix Module:

4 off Floor fix feet/Set

UMPFF01

Price: £84.35

Weight: 4kg

No of Treads

Platform

Height mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform Step Units

Weight

kg

Model

1 240 800 x 600 800 x 600 x 240 15 UMP1001A £334.10

2 (with Handrail) 480 800 x 600 940 x 600 x 1585 30 UMP1002A £498.55



Price


UMP1001A UMP1002A UMP1004A

Description

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Platform Units

240mm Plat. Height

(equivalent to 1 Tread)

480mm Plat. Height


600 x 600 600 x 600 x 240 10 UMP0601A £259.65

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 240 20 UMP1201A £457.00

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 480 14 UMP0602A £299.50

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 480 22 UMP1202A £443.20

UMP0601A

720mm Plat. Height


600 x 600 600 x 600 x 720 16 UMP0603A £315.10

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 720 24 UMP1203A £493.35

960mm Plat. Height


600 x 600 600 x 600 x 960 18 UMP0604A £342.75

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 960 31 UMP1204A £541.85

UMP0605A

1200mm Plat. Height


600 x 600 600 x 600 x 1200 28 UMP0605A £406.80

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 1200 45 UMP1205A £659.55

UMP1203A

Description

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Bridge Units (adjoining units must be same height on both ends) - Floor fixings are recommended

600mm Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 330 10 UMP0600A £216.40



600mm High Rise Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 570 13 UMPH0600A £220.65



Price

UMP0600A

High Rise Bridge gives

an additional 240/185mm

platform/clearance height.

When used with a 5 tread

this gives a clearance of

1385mm

UMP1200A

UMPH0800A

Description

Effective

Height mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Handrails

600mm - to suit Platform or Bridge 1100 585 x 35 x 1420 6 UMPHR0600 £126.40

1200mm - to suit Platform 1100 1185 x 35 x 1420 10 UMPHR1200 £216.40

800mm - to suit Bridge 1100 785 x 35 x 1420 7 UMPHR0800 £181.75

1200mm - to suit Bridge 1100 1185 x 285 x 1420 10 UMBHR1200B £219.90

494

UMPHR0600

UMPHR1200

UMPHR1200B


UMP1204A

2x UMPHR0600

1x UMPHR1200

NEW


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

UMP0603A

1x UMPHR0600

UMP0604A

UMP1203A

2x UMPHR1200

UMP1200A

2x UMPHR1200B

UMP1004A

1x UMPHR0600

UMP0602A

1x UMPHR0600

UMPHR1200

UMP1002A

1x UMPHR0600

i

Information

MODULAR SYSTEM

CREATES AN

ADAPTABLE SOLUTION

TO FIT YOUR

UNIQUE WORKING

ENVIRONMENT

UMP1003A

2x UMPHR0600

UMP1004A

2x UMPHR0600

UMP0605A

2x UMPHR0600

UMP1200A

2x UMPHR1200B

UMP1005A

2 x UMPHR0600

495


Fort ® BS EN 131 Professional Universal Work Platforms


Professional

›› Non-slip aluminium

platform & treads for

increased safety

›› Constructed from fully

welded tubular steel

›› 2 off 125mm castors at

each end of the unit

means these units can

easily be wheeled into

the correct position

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MP301A,

1 x HR300Z &

1 x MP100Z

MP301A,

2 x HR300Z &

1 x MP100Z


Why Choose Me?

3 Large platforms allow for ease of

movement for a variety of tasks

3 Designed for comfort & safety

over prolonged periods of use

MP201G

No of

Treads

2

3

4

496

Platform Size

L x W mm

850 x 600

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Painted Version

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Galvanised Version


1300 x 670 36 MP201A £630.00 MP201G £804.85

1050 x 600 500

1450 x 670 37 MP202A £670.75 MP202G £850.55

1150 x 600 1600 x 670 38 MP203A £708.40 MP203G £893.60

850 x 600

Optional Side Handrail for 2 Step Units HR200Z £115.75* HR200G £170.65*

1475 x 670 40 MP301A £703.00 MP301G £898.25

1050 x 600 750

1625 x 670 41 MP302A £743.55 MP302G £944.10

1150 x 600 1775 x 670 42 MP303A £781.00 MP303G £986.65

850 x 600


1650 x 670 61 MP401A £829.60 MP401G £1045.80

1050 x 600 1000

1800 x 670 63 MP402A £869.50 MP402G £1096.00

1150 x 600 1950 x 670 65 MP403A £913.20 MP403G £1139.55


Optional End Rail MP100Z £94.75* MP100G £135.95*

Fort ® BS EN 131 Professional Universal Work Platforms


›› Units come complete with one side

handrail & one end handrail as

standard. The handrail can be

fitted to either side of the

platform & an extra side

handrail is available

›› Robust, firm standing frame

with aluminium 5-bar treadplate

platform & step treads

›› Lift & wheel facility for convenient

positioning with 125mm wheels

›› Heavy duty, anti slip, grounding feet


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

ONE END & ONE SIDE

HANDRAIL

AS STANDARD

MP514A &

HR514Z

MP603A

MP502A

Why Choose Me?

3 Complete with one end &

one side handrail as standard

3 Designed for comfort & safety

over prolonged periods of use


No of

Treads

2

3

4

Platform Size

L x W mm

800 x 500

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Painted Version

800 x 600 500

1400 x 680 x 1500 46 MP602A £875.95

*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Model

Price

1400 x 580 x 1500 42 MP502A £842.45

1000 x 500 1600 x 580 x 1500 44 MP512A £918.05

800 x 500

Optional Extra Side Handrail for 2 Step Units HR512Z £139.45*

1550 x 580 x 1750 46 MP503A £910.55

800 x 600 750

1550 x 680 x 1750 50 MP603A £943.95

1000 x 500 1750 x 580 x 1750 48 MP513A £986.15

800 x 500


1700 x 580 x 2000 50 MP504A £986.15

800 x 600 1000

1700 x 680 x 2000 54 MP604A £1019.60

1000 x 500 1900 x 580 x 2000 52 MP514A £1061.65


497


Podium Steps

›› Certified to PAS 250

›› Only 2 removable parts:

platform deck & access ladder

›› Saloon gates for easy

access & exit from

the platform

›› 1000mm all round guardrail

system with non-slip platform

›› Mobile on 2 x swivel

braked castors

›› Folds & unfolds in seconds

›› Fits through standard

doorways

›› Platform size:

670 x 670mm

FROM ONLY

£644.10

i

Information

CERTIFIED TO

PAS 250

PODX1225

Open

Height mm

498

Platform

Height mm

Working

Height mm

Overall

Width mm

2010 752 & 975 2710 to 2960 670 37 PODX0752 £644.10

2260 975 & 1225 2910 to 3160 670 40 PODX0975 £731.20

2510 1225 & 1475 3225 to 3475 670 43 PODX1225 £803.65

Weight

kg

Model

Price


Aluminium Platforms

Aluminium Platform - Glass Fibre Legs

NEW

FROM ONLY

£56.95

APJ69Z

›› Simple & safe to use with locking

hinges for added safety

›› Ideal for compact storage & transportation

as the unit is lightweight & the legs

fold neatly underneath the platform

›› The serrated treads & platform help

give an anti-slip work surface

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

150kg

evenly

distributed

Price

690 x 300 x 500 790 x 390 4 APJ69Z £56.95

900 x 300 x 500 1000 x 390 5 APJ90Z £69.60

Fort ® Adjustable Steel Work Platforms

i

APJ04Z

Platform Size

L x W x H mm

Information

INSULATED TO

10,000 VOLTS

Folded Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

NEW

150kg

evenly

distributed

›› Certified EN 14183

›› Ideal for compact storage as the unit is lightweight

& the legs fold neatly underneath the platform

›› The large serrated platform

gives an anti-slip work surface

Price

600 x 600 x 470 700 x 600 x 210 8 APJ04Z £115.00

›› Certified to BS EN ISO 14122

›› These modular units can be placed alongside each

other to create a large working area

›› Mild steel angle construction which is easily

height adjustable - simply turn the flanged feet

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

WP022Z


WP024Z

WP041Z

Phenolic

Non-slip

Platform

Why Choose Me?



3 Adjustable feet allow for

ergonomic working heights

Platform

Size

L x W mm

Galvanised Mesh Grid Platform - 50 x 38mm Mesh Grid

Phenolic Non-slip Platform - set on 18mm plywood

Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm

Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price

610 x 610 16 kg WP011Z £265.60 17 kg WP021Z £271.90 14 kg WP031Z £189.00 15 kg WP041Z £195.20




499


Order Picking Machines & Access Platforms

NEW


›› High quality construction

›› Self-Propelled machines that

can be driven at height

›› Electrically controlled picking platform

with a capacity of up to 100kg

›› 12v 105Ah batteries with

110v-220v built in charger

›› Very tight turning radius

›› Can be used as picking platforms

& for maintenance work

›› Single Joystick control along

with an adjustable speed control

allow for easy & precise manoeuvrability

in the tightest of spaces

i

Information

ON SITE

DEMONSTRATIONS

AVAILABLE -

CALL FOR DETAILS

500

Picking/Working

Height mm

Picking Tray

Capacity kg

Base Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Access Platforms - without Picking Tray

4000 - 995 x 740 162 Elevah 40 Move £5540.00

5000 - 980 x 700 580 Elevah 5 Move £9920.00

6500 - 1280 x 780 680 Elevah 65 Move £14,770.00

8000 - 1280 x 780 750 Elevah 80 Move £15,925.00

Access Platforms - with Picking Tray

4000 40 995 x 740 190 Elevah 40 MP £6305.00

5000 100 1530 x 700 640 Elevah 5 MP £11,615.00

6500 100 1720 x 780 760 Elevah 65 MP £18,610.00

8000 100 1720 x 780 790 Elevah 80 MP £19,070.00



Climb-It ® Folding Work Platforms

NEW

150kg

evenly

distributed

FROM ONLY

£229.75

Lift Up

Handrails

provide

easy

access to

the

platform

EP880Y

Folded

i

Information

FOLDS TO A

COMPACT SIZE

FOR EASY

STORAGE &

TRANSPORTATION

EP880Y

›› Aluminium folding work platform with

a large, anti-slip, standing surface

›› Steel handrails either side of the

platform for increased safety

›› Built-in inclined ladder

›› Easily folds for ease of movement. Will

fit through doorways & narrow aisles

›› Complete with a built-in tool

holder on the EP880Y

›› Mobile on 2 x 100mm nylon wheels

›› Platform suitable for 150kg

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size Folded

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Integral

ladder which

easily folds in

& out of the

Work Platform

Model

2 880 1550 x 930 x 1140 930 x 180 14 EP880Y £229.75

3 994 1860 x 1077 x 1360 1204 x 546 19 EP990Y £264.75

Price

501


Alpine Tower

›› Certified to BSEN1004:2004 & 3T compatible

›› Base size: 730D x 1800W mm

›› Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job

›› Fits easily into most small vans or estate cars

›› Narrow width - compact & easy storage

›› Quick release pull rings with stainless

i

steel pin on bracings for easy assembly

Information

FITS THROUGH

DOORWAYS &

EASILY INTO

CAR BOOTS

AP0600Z


System to 0.6M Platform Height AP0600Z £624.80








Sky-High Tower

AP6100Z

›› Certified to BSEN1004:2004 & 3T compatible

›› Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings

for quick & easy assembly - saving time on each job

i

Information

MEETS ALL

REQUIREMENTS

OF THE WORKING

AT HEIGHT

REGULATIONS

TBL180822

Base Unit - 1800mm Wide

Base Unit - 2500mm Wide

Description

850mm Deep 1450mm Deep 850mm Deep 1450mm Deep


System to 2.2M Platform Height TBL180822 £1435.80 TBL181422 £1746.70 TBL250822 £1584.65 TBL251422 £1910.60







502


Fork Lift Cages

›› Robust fully welded construction

›› Complies with Health & Safety guidance note

PM28 - 4th Edition. Units are supplied with a user guide

›› Fits quickly & easily to the majority of fork lifts

›› Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through

the use of a tension spring loaded retention latch

›› Non-slip floor plate with a high kick plate

›› Various safety features including:

›› Internal grab rail

›› Safety harness anchor point

›› Drivers warning plate

›› High visibility yellow finish

Economy Range

›› Front opening gate

›› Full height mesh rear guard

Standard Range

›› Front opening gate

›› Mesh back & half sides

Heavy Duty Range

›› Side opening gate

›› Large tool container

i

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Information

SAFE & STABLE

ACCESS AT

HIGH LEVELS

FROM ONLY

£1000.95

FORK POCKET

FOR ECONOMY RANGE

Simply lift the bar on the side of the cage once

the fork has been entered. The brace at the

rear of the mechanism will then swing, fitting

neatly behind the heel of the fork tines,

securing the cage to the fork lift

FLC08Z

FLC04Z

FLC01Z shown with FLC09Z

FLC03Z

FLC02Z

Load

Capacity

Platform Size

W x D mm

Overall

Height mm

Wheels

Economy Range

Weight

kg

Model

250 kg 1000 x 1000 1900 - 70 FLC08Z £1000.95

250 kg 990 x 990

300 kg

Standard Range

Price

1780 - 70 FLC01Z £1357.85

1830 4 Swivel 125mm Nylon 74 FLC11Y £1402.80

Optional Tool Box - fitted with 2 hooks to hook onto the cage 3 FLC09Z £114.95

1260

x 800

Heavy Duty Range

1985 - 120 FLC02Z £1454.05


1985 - 125 FLC03Z £1553.10


2100 - 132 FLC04Z £1610.85


FORK POCKET FOR THE

STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY

184W x 83Dmm with inside clearance

of 545mm & overall clearance of 921mm

pin locks behind

heel of fork tines

Floating toggle to

prevent accidental

withdrawel of the pin

NOTE:

65mm

Fork Tine entry

Fork pocket specifications can be

altered to meet your requirements.

Please specify when ordering

503


Portable Gravity Fed Eye Wash

›› Ideal for use where a continuous supply of

water is unavailable. Mounted on a bracket,

it can easily bolt to a wall

›› Provides 15 minutes of continuous water

flow, meeting ANSI recommendations

›› Large filling cap for easy filling,

cleaning & inspection

›› The retractable tray protects against

airborne contaminants

›› Outlet to base of unit allows water to fully drain

out with no risk of stagnant water build up

i

Information

IDEAL FOR AREAS

WHERE WATER IS

UNAVAILABLE

NEW

Finish

Capacity

Litres

Wall Mounted ABS Closed Bowl Eye/Face Wash

Installed Size

D x W x H mm

Flow Rate

Litres/min

Model

Price

HDPE 38 185 x 450 x 780 1.6 10GFEW £267.00

NEW

›› Designed in accordance with ANSI standards

›› Plumbed-in wall mounted emergency

eye/face wash for indoor use but can, where

practical, be located outdoors

›› Integral lid connects to the water valve for

automatic operation when the lid is pulled down.

Lid ensures the bowl remains clean

& free from contamination

›› Flow regulator valve guarantees

an optimum water flow

›› High flow rate aerated diffusers provide an

improved washing action at the ANSI

recommended 12 litres per minute

Finish

BSP

Inlet Size

(inch)

Pedestal Mounted ABS Closed Bowl Eye/Face Wash

Installed Size

D x W x H mm

Working Pressure

(BAR)

(min/max)

Model

Price

ABS 1/2 M 362 x 320 x 227 2/6 STD-45G £373.53

NEW

›› Designed in accordance with ANSI standards

›› Plumbed-in pedestal mounted emergency

eye/face wash for use in cold climates

›› Integral lid connects to the water valve for

automatic operation when the lid is pulled down.

Lid ensures the bowl remains clean

& free from contamination

›› Flow regulator valve guarantees

an optimum water flow

›› High flow rate aerated diffusers provide an

improved washing action at the ANSI

recommended 12 litres per minute

›› Trace-tape electricals rated for use in ATEX Zone

1 & 2 Gas Groups IIA and IIB, Temp Class T3

504

BSP

Inlet Size

(inch)

Installed Size

D x W x H mm

Working Pressure

(BAR)

(min/max)

Model

Price

1 1/4 M 640 x 320 x 122 2/6 EXP-AH-45GS/P £1873.57

Indoor Wall, Over-door or Ceiling Mounted Emergency Safety Shower

›› Suitable for use in indoor applications

where space is at a premium

›› Meets ANSI & EU standards

›› Fast, easy grip pull-handle activation

for ease of use in an emergency

›› Stainless-steel pipework offers improved

corrosion resistance and longevity

›› Safety shower signage is provided with all models


Wall Mounted

EXP-23GS/H

i

Information

STAINLESS STEEL

PIPEWORK FOR

CORROSION

RESISTANCE

NEW

Description

Indoor Emergency Safety Shower with Eye/Face Wash

›› Floor mounted combination safety shower featuring

an open bowl stainless-steel eye/face wash

›› Delivers the ANSI recommended 76 litres

per minute of potable water from the shower &

12 litres per minute to the eye/face wash

›› Eye/face wash activation via the push plate or

foot panel, the shower is operated using the hand lever

›› Stainless-steel eye/face wash bowl provides

improved corrosion resistance & longevity

›› Available with either stainless-steel or

powder coated galvanised mild steel pipework

BSP

Inlet Size

(inch)

Installed Size

D x W x H mm

Working Pressure

(BAR)

(min/max)

Ceiling Mounted

EXP-23GS/V

Model

Ceiling Mounted 1 M 635 x 150 x 176 2/6 EXP-23GS/V £230.93

Wall Mounted 1 M 150 x 150 x 360 2/6 EXP-23GS/H £252.33

Price

NEW

EXP-18GS/85G(D)

EXP-18G/85G(D)

Description

BSP

Inlet Size

(inch)

Installed Size

D x W x H mm

Working Pressure

(BAR)

(min/max)

Model

Powder Coated 1 1/4 M 767 x 305 x 2344 2/6 EXP-18G/85G(D) £579.30

Stainless Steel 1 1/4 M 766 x 305 x 2320 2/6 EXP-18GS/85G(D) £694.47

Price

505


Eye Wash Station

›› A robust health & safety compliant emergency eye wash station - suitable for all types of eye injuries

›› Printed with retroflective instructions – useful if a power cut happens, the station can still be located

›› Made from wipe clean hardwearing ABS plastic - dust proof cover keeps contents clean & ready for use

›› Central mirror for easy application

›› Station size: 36 x 51 x 10cm

›› Wall mountable

F90431

F17881

F17860

Description Contents Model Price

Eye Wash Station 2 x 500ml Eye Wash, 2 x No. 16 Eye Pad Dressings, 5 x 20ml Eye Wash Phials, 1 x Mirror & 1 x Station F17860 £23.57

Eye Wash Bottle 1 x 500ml Eye Wash F17884 £3.85

Eye Wash Phials Pack of 25 - 20ml Eye Wash Phials F17881 £7.41

Eye Wash Sign - F90431 £4.70

Hand Sanitizer

Sensitive Gloves

Res-Cue Mask

›› Contain an instant antiseptic

gel, killing 99.9% of germs

- with no need for water

›› Enriched with Vitamin E &

Aloe which helps keep hands

moisturised as well as

fresh & clean

›› Produced from advanced third

generation synthetic nitrile

polymer, giving an outstanding

soft pliable feel & incredible

sense of touch

›› Small & medium gloves available

›› Box of 100

›› Designed to provide protection

for the rescuer when manually

resuscitating patients

›› Transparent dome allows the

rescuer to visually check patient

lip colour & check for vomitus

›› Can be used on a patient of any age

›› Includes O2 inlet valve

Volume Model Price

Size Model Price

Model

Price

240ml F78029SING £2.80

Large F12636-L £5.90

F79173 £4.12

506



First Aid Kits

›› Comply to BS-8599 1:2019

›› Standard first aid kits come in a plastic box

& zenith kits come in ripstop polyester bag

›› Each kit comes fully stocked

& refill kits are available

›› Single items are available - call for details

F30665x1

F90429

F30664

F30657

F30659

F30658

F30663

First Aid Kits

Description

Standard Small

Workplace Kit

Standard Medium

Workplace Kit

Standard Large

Workplace Kit

Standard Travel

Workplace Kit

Zenith Travel

Workplace Kit

i

Information

COMPLIANT WITH

BRITISH STANDARD

BS-8599-1:2019

First Aid Kit

Refill Kit


F30657 £15.94 F30665 £12.06

F30658 £21.39 F30665 £12.06

F30659 £28.51 F30665 £12.06

F30663 £11.63 F30665 £12.06

F30664 £13.68 F30665 £12.06

First Aid Sign F90429 £4.78 - -

Contents

Description Small Medium Large Travel Refill

First Aid Emergency Booklet 1 1 1 1 1

HSE Medium Sterile Dressing - 120 x 120mm 4 6 8 1 4

HSE Large Sterile Dressing - 180 x 180mm 1 2 2 1 1

Triangular Bandage - 900 x 900 x 1300mm 2 3 4 1 2

Safety Pins (pack of 6) 1 2 4 1 1

Eye Pad 2 3 4 1 2

Washproof Plasters 4 6 10 1 4

Sterile Moist Cleaning Wipes (pack of 10) 2 3 4 1 2

Microporous Tape - 250mm x 10M 1 1 1 1 1

Nitrile powder-free Disposable Gloves (pair) 6 9 12 1 6

Finger Dressing - 350 x 350mm 2 3 4 - 2

Face Shield 1 1 2 1 1

Disposable Heat Retaining Blanket - 2150 x 1500mm 1 2 3 1 1

Burnshield Dressing - 100 x 100mm 1 2 2 1 1

Tuff-Kut Scissors 1 1 1 1 1

Conforming Bandage - 750mm x 4.5M 1 2 2 1 1


Eye Wash - 500ml - - - 1 -

507


Industrial Utility Cupboards

›› Made from robust,

high quality plastic

›› Ideal for many applications;

kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial

closets, schools, offices etc

›› Anti-wear steel hinges that

provide a snap closure


FROM ONLY

£83.85

CLD1634

CLD163T

PRICES

HELD

CLD163U

i

Information

IDEAL FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS;

KITCHENS,

CAFETERIAS,

SCHOOLS,

OFFICES ETC

CLD084D

CLT084T

508

Doors

Features

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Compact Cupboard

Double

840 x 680 x 370 9 CLD084D £83.85

1 Shelf

Triple 840 x 1020 x 370 14.5 CLT084T £125.95

Large Cupboard

Double

1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD1634 £139.80

3 Shelves

Triple 1630 x 1020 x 370 22 CLD163T £199.75

Utility Cupboard

Double 3 Half Shelves 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD163U £139.95

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Janitorial Cleaning Trolley

›› Manufactured from durable plastic

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels

at the back & 2 x 75mm

swivel castors at the front

›› Complete with a removable,

strong PVC sack

›› Shelf heights of 580 & 970mm

HI328Y Bag Lid

FROM ONLY

£99.90


100kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Janitorial Trolley

9 ASC / £25 HI308Y £99.90

1140 x 500 x 972

Janitorial Trolley with Bag Lid 10 ASC / £25 HI328Y £106.30

‘Proplaz’ Plus Shelf Trolleys

Price

HI308Y

ProPlaz

Plus


shelves with grey aluminium uprights

›› Ideal for healthcare environments


›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes)


›› HIT32Y - comes complete with buckets which attach to

the top shelf. Bucket sizes are: 200H x 350W x

240D mm & 470H x 350W x 240D mm

®

150kg

evenly

distributed

HIT32Y

Assembly Available




HIT31Y

HIT29Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm


Top / Bottom mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price



3 Shelf (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100 x 490 x 1030 275 / 275 13.5 ASC / £25 HIT32Y £203.60

Model

Price

Caution Boards

›› Fold flat for storage

›› Overall Size when open:

610H x 310W x 340Dmm

›› Supplied in packs of any 5


›› Designed for use in areas where

a hazard or restriction exists

›› Available whilst stocks last

PRICES

HELD

WHILST

STOCKS

LAST

Description

Model

Price -

Pack of 5

Out of Service CB001Z £18.95

No Entry CB004Z £18.95

CB001Z

CB004Z

509


Collector Trolley

›› Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes

›› Complete with 3 x 30L plastic

containers & 2 x 14L bins, all removable

›› 2 x 14L bins are suitable for light duty use

(recommended maximum capacity of 5kg per bin)

Shelf Trolley


›› Complete with aluminium uprights

›› 25mm lip on 3 sides

& a 5mm rim on 1 side

›› Mobile on 4 swivel

75mm ‘quietcastors’

100kg

evenly

distributed

LOWER

PRICE

LOWER

PRICE

100kg

evenly

distributed

Assembly Available




HI424Y & HI004Z

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

GIC816

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available




Model

Price

776 x 455 x 925 15 ASC / £25 GIC816 £170.25

Deep Tray Trolleys


›› Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys

›› Non-conductive & resistant to most substances

›› GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm

›› GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

Grey 3 Shelf Trolley 850 x 420 x 910 8 ASB / £20 HI424Y £116.25

Optional Buckets

to fit the above model

332 x 232 x 172

336 x 236 x 562

Grey Shelf Trolleys

- - HI004Z £39.90*

*price applicable when ordering with the Trolley.



›› Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean

›› These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in

healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries


10YR

GUARANTEE

150kg

evenly

distributed

150kg

evenly

distributed

FREE!

Assembly Available




Description

510

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

GI637L

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

2 Tray Unit 610 x 460 x 980 10.5 ASB / £20 GI627L £159.95

3 Tray Unit 610 x 460 x 1000 14 ASB / £20 GI637L £202.85

No

of

Shelves

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

GI543L

Clearance

Between

Shelves

Wt

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available




Model

Price

3 610 x 458 x 840 305 mm 11 ASB / £20 GI541L £172.60

4 610 x 458 x 915 222 mm 13 ASB / £20 GI542L £211.25

5 610 x 458 x 915 159 mm 17 ASB / £20 GI543L £241.70


Folding Laundry Trolley

›› Strong plastic frame & removable PVC sack

›› Base frame to support the sack


70kg

evenly

distributed

HI513Y

Folded

HI513Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model Price

710 x 660 x 950 9 HI513Y £101.70

Laundry Trolleys

HI513Y

›› Chrome plated steel tubular frame with a strong,

removable canvas sack (base frame for support)

›› HI552Y canvas sack includes a drawstring - ideal for transportation

›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors

›› Model HI552Y folds for compact storage

150kg

evenly

distributed

HI552Y

Folded

HI551Y

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Rectangular Model 920 x 560 x 880 - 14 HI551Y £154.10

Folding X Type Model 685 x 590 x 1030 1200 x 590 x 380 9 HI552Y £121.50

Price

HI552Y

511

Waste Management

Refuse Sacks

ENSA1290G

CHSA1090B

i

Information

REFUSE SACKS

FOR ALL

YOUR NEEDS

Description Capacity Colours

Liners

per Box

Model

Price

HDPE Square Bin Liner 30 Litre White 1000 HDPE30SQL £22.85

5kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Black 200 CHSA0590B £21.30

10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Black 200 CHSA1090B £28.30

10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Natural 200 CHSA1090N £32.30

12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Green 200 ENSA1290G £38.50

Heavy Duty Refuse Sacks 140 Litre Black 100 HDRS140B £38.30

Wall Mounted Steel Sack Holder

›› Steel lid

& painted

white

Pedal Bin

›› Ideal for office

& industrial use

›› Hygienic wipe clean plastic


RCE60Z

£33.35

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

WSHW12RE

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

125 x 430 x 440 WSHW12RE £52.55 £46.25

Capacity

Litres

PRICE

HELD

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

60 460 x 370 x 590 7 RCE60Z £33.35

512

Waste Management

Pedal Bins

›› Fitted with plastic liners

PBSS003Z

White Body Pedal Bins

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Model

PB012Z

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

3 270 x 167 PB003Z £19.35 £13.30

12 400 x 248 PB012Z £34.80 £28.75

20 445 x 292 PB020Z £41.65 £33.70

30 640 x 292 PB030Z £52.90 £46.85

Sack Holder with Body

›› Enclosed solid body sack holder

›› Steel construction - pedal operated

PBSS012Z

Stainless Steel Body Pedal Bins

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Dome Top Bins

Model

Price each

1 to 4

PB020Z

Price each

5+

3 270 x 167 PBSS003Z £19.35 £13.30

12 400 x 248 PBSS012Z £34.80 £28.75

20 445 x 292 PBSS020Z £41.65 £33.70

30 640 x 292 PBSS030Z £52.90 £46.85

›› 40 litre steel pushbin complete with liner

›› Available in a choice of finishes from matt or

mirror stainless steel, grey or black epoxy coated.

DTB01Z

Capacity

Litres

SHB65Z

Overall Size

D x W x H mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

manufactured

Price each

5+

65 410 x 230 x 820 SHB65Z £138.95 £127.35

Overall Size

H x Dia. mm

740 x 350

DTB02Z

Colour

Model

DTB03Z

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Grey Painted DTB01Z £115.70 £103.30

Black Painted DTB02Z £115.70 £103.30

Stainless Steel Matt DTB03Z £123.40 £113.20

Stainless Steel Mirror DTB04Z £128.10 £116.45

513

Waste Management

Recycling Sack Holders

›› Complete with graphic sign & 5 coloured bags

›› No lid, wheels or pedals

›› For use with 80 to 90L bags

FROM ONLY

£71.70

SHRBGW

SHRBPA SHRGMR SHRRPL

SHRYAC

Sack Holder

with Lid

›› Free standing steel

sack holder which is

pedal operated

›› Available with wheels &

with a silent closing lid


Description

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Black - General Waste SHRBGW £76.95 £71.70

Blue - Paper SHRBPA £76.95 £71.70

Green - Mixed Recycling SHRGMR £76.95 £71.70

Red - Plastics SHRRPL £76.95 £71.70

Yellow - Aluminium Cans SHRYAC £76.95 £71.70

Sack Holder

with Lid

›› Self assembly, free

standing steel sack

holder which is

pedal operated

manufactured

COLOUR

OPTIONS

White

Yellow

Blue


SHL70Z

SASH70Z

Capacity

Litres

514

Overall Size

D x W x H mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

70 360 x 430 x 850 SHL70Z £87.50 £78.30

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

D x W x H mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

70 440 x 430 x 810 SASH70Z £66.00 £57.40

Waste Management

Plastic Sackholders

›› All plastic construction for easy

maintenance & cleaning -

will not rust or dent

›› Manufactured from ABS, PVC

& polyethylene

›› Silent closing lid

›› Mobile on 2 wheels for

ease of movement

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

White

Black

Orange

Green

Blue


FROM ONLY

£71.35

PSH065

PSH045

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Plastic Sackholders with

Removable Bodies

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

45 590 x 440 x 455 PSH045 £77.65 £71.35

65 790 x 440 x 455 PSH065 £86.75 £80.25

PSH065

›› Manufactured from fire resistant ABS

(UL V0) lid & PVC (class 100 fire resistant)

body & component parts

›› Tested to HTM0503 & conforms to NHS HTM

WM0701 for colour coded waste management

›› Silent closing lid

›› Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

White

Black

Orange

Green

Blue


FSH065

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

45 590 x 440 x 455 FSH045 £173.30 £167.55

65 790 x 440 x 455 FSH065 £194.40 £188.65

FSH065

515

Waste Management

Clear Recycling Bins - Set of 5

›› All plastic construction

›› Clear body allows for easy identification of waste

helping to prevent cross contamination of waste

›› 6 lid colour/sticker options to choose

from - please specify when ordering:

›› Black Lid - Circular Aperture - General Waste Graphic

›› Blue Lid - Paper Slot Aperture - Paper Graphic

›› Green Lid - Circular Aperture - Food Waste Graphic

›› Grey Lid - Circular Aperture - Cans Graphic

›› Lime Green Lid - Circular Aperture - Mixed Recycling Graphic

›› Red Lid - Circular Aperture - Plastics Graphic

NEW

i

FROM ONLY

£118.00

Information

CLEAR BODY

FOR EASY

IDENTIFICATION

OF WASTE

Capacity

Litres each

Overall Size

H x W x D mm each

Model

Price

(each) 1 to 4

Price

(each) 5+

60 640 x 395 x 265 CRB060 £125.05 £118.00

80 840 x 395 x 265 CRB080 £183.20 £173.05

Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5

›› A lightweight & highly portable solution to recyclable

rubbish & waste. This Pack of 5 Cardboard Recycling

Bins incorporates different

colour lids to help you

successfully separate mixed

recycling, general waste,

cans, paper & plastic bottles

›› Complete with 5 clear

plastic liners

FROM ONLY

£45.90

manufactured

Capacity Overall Size

Price

Price

Model

Litres each H x W x D mm each

(each) 1 to 4

(each) 5+

60 750 x 288 x 380 CB030Z £49.40 £45.90

516

Waste Management

Flip Bins

4 x FB050Z

›› High quality coloured plastic

base with a white flip lid

›› Available with a choice of 12

stickers - please specify

which sticker is required

when ordering, along

with base colour

STICKERS - specify when ordering

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

50 665 x 330 x 400 FB050Z £25.25 £17.90

Waste Bins

›› Hygienic wipe-clean plastic

›› Push flap opening with clear

lettering & directional arrow

›› Ideal for use in kitchens, offices,

shops, warehouses etc

manufactured

RCY57Z

BASE COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue


FROM ONLY

£19.95

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

RCY57Z

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 2+

20 355 x 255 x 500 1.2 RCY29Z £25.45 £19.95

50 420 x 300 x 670 2 RCY43Z £34.95 £31.75

60 455 x 320 x 750 2.5 RCY57Z £37.30 £36.10

60L Recycling Bins

›› Capacity: 60 litres

›› Charcoal base with a choice

of coloured lids & pictograms

›› Swing lid is self-closing

›› Overall size: 680H x 400W x 330D mm

manufactured

Description

Model

Price each Price each

1 to 4

5+

Blue Lid (Paper Sticker) RBB60P £42.60 £35.10

Red Lid (Plastic Bottles Sticker) RBR60P £42.60 £35.10

Green Lid (Mixed Recyclables Sticker) RBG60M £42.60 £35.10

Silver Lid (Non-recyclables Sticker) RBS60N £42.60 £35.10

517

Waste Management

Recycling Bins with Lid Options

›› High quality plastic base with different lid options

›› Available with a choice of 4 lids for many applications

Push Flap Lid

Yellow Round Aperture Lid

FROM ONLY

£54.20

Push Slot Lid

Swing Lid

PD060YRAZ

PD060PUSZ

Description

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Grey Bin with Grey Push Flap Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060PUSZ £59.10 £54.20

Grey Bin with Grey Paper Slot Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060PAPZ £59.10 £54.20

Grey Bin with Grey Swing Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060SWIZ £63.95 £58.75

Grey Bin with Yellow Round Aperture Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060YRAZ £59.10 £54.20

Grey Bin with Grey Push Flap Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080PUSZ £73.85 £70.35

Grey Bin with Grey Paper Slot Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080PAPZ £73.85 £70.35

Grey Bin with Grey Swing Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080SWIZ £79.55 £75.25

Grey Bin with Yellow Round Aperture Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080YRAZ £73.85 £70.35

Recycling Waste Bins with Lid Options

›› High quality plastic base with different lid options

›› Available with a choice of 6 lids for many applications

FROM ONLY

£57.95

PB060GHAL

PB060RSAL

PB060YPAP

PB080GRAL

60L Bins - 655H x 330W x 455Dmm

Description

Model

Price each

Price each

1 to 4 5+

Grey Bin with Blue Round Aperture Lid PB060BRAL £63.20 £57.95

Grey Bin with Green Round Aperture Lid PB060GRAL £63.20 £57.95

Grey Bin with Red Square Aperture Lid PB060RSAL £63.20 £57.95

Grey Bin with Yellow Paper Slot Lid PB060YPAP £63.20 £57.95

Grey Bin with Blue Paper Slot Lid PB060BPAP £63.20 £57.95

Grey Bin with Grey Handle Lid PB060GHAL £63.20 £57.95

518

80L Bins - 840H x 330W x 455Dmm

Description

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Grey Bin with Blue Round Aperture Lid PB080BRAL £79.70 £74.45

Grey Bin with Green Round Aperture Lid PB080GRAL £79.70 £74.45

Grey Bin with Red Square Aperture Lid PB080RSAL £79.70 £74.45

Grey Bin with Yellow Paper Slot Lid PB080YPAP £79.70 £74.45

Grey Bin with Blue Paper Slot Lid PB080BPAP £79.70 £74.45

Grey Bin with Grey Handle Lid PB080GHAL £79.70 £74.45

Waste Management

Recycling Bins - Set of 3

›› Supplied as a set of 3 complete

with 5 stickers: General Waste

(White), Paper (Blue), Plastic

(Red), Food & Drinks Cans

(Dk Grey) & Glass (Green)

Simply select the ones

you want to use

›› Ideal for offices, warehouses

& factories etc

›› Hygienic wipe-clean plastic

i

Information

SUPPLIED

COMPLETE WITH

RECYCLING

STICKERS

RCY63Z Set of 3

Capacity

Litres each

Overall Size

L x W x H mm each

Weight

kg each

Model

Price

(Set)

60 330 x 450 x 790 3 RCY63Z £97.50

Push/Swing Top Bins

›› Manufactured in steel & powder

coated in different colours

›› STB06Z - lift off top assembly

incorporates a lightly sprung flap

›› STB07Z - self closing swivel top

prevents a fire by excluding

the air flow

›› Overall size: 310W x

310D x 895H mm

i

Information

STB07Z - PREVENTS

FIRES BY

EXCLUDING THE

AIR FLOW

manufactured

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Light Grey

Dark Grey

White

Green

Blue

Red

Yellow


STB06Z

Description

Capacity

Litres

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Push Flap 60 STB06Z £155.30 £145.90

Swing Top 60 STB07Z £150.90 -

STB07Z

519

Waste Management

Slim Bins with Coloured Bases

›› Plastic recycling bins are the perfect

choice for the workplace & home

›› Ideal for recycling & your normal waste

›› 6 colour/sticker options to choose from:

›› Blue - Paper Graphic

›› Green - Mixed Recycling Graphic

›› Grey - Cans Graphic

›› Orange - Crisp Packet Graphic

›› Red - Plastic Bottles Graphic

›› Yellow - Non Recyclables Graphic

SB470Z

SB870Z

SB570Z

FROM ONLY

£94.00

SB670Z SB770Z SB970Z

Base

Colour

Aperture

Description

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Blue Paper Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB470Z £103.85 £94.00

Green Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB570Z £103.85 £94.00

Grey Handle Top 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB670Z £103.85 £94.00

Orange Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB770Z £103.85 £94.00

Red Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB870Z £103.85 £94.00

Yellow Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB970Z £103.85 £94.00

Slim Bins

›› Slim metal look plastic recycling bins are the

perfect choice for the workplace & home


›› Available with a choice of 6 stickers - please

specify which sticker is required when ordering

STICKERS


NEW

FROM ONLY

£74.95

Slot Lid

Handle Top

Hole Top

Hole Top

Description

Aperture Colour

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Slot Lid Blue 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB155Z £83.50 £74.95

Hole Lid Green, Red or Yellow 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB255Z £83.50 £74.95

Handle Top Grey 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB355Z £83.50 £74.95

2 x SB255Z

SB355Z

SB155Z

Slot Lid Blue 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB170Z £103.85 £94.00

Hole Lid Green, Red or Yellow 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB270Z £103.85 £94.00

Handle Top Grey 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB370Z £103.85 £94.00

520

Recycling Bins

Waste Management


›› Available with a choice of 6 stickers

- please specify which sticker is

required when ordering

along with your lid colour

manufactured

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

STICKERS


FROM ONLY

£25.20

8 x RB250Z

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Dark Grey

Black

Lime

Brown


Open Top Bins

Description

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid 30 415 x 410 x 320 RB130Z £29.75 £25.20

Grey Base/Coloured Lid 30 415 x 410 x 320 RB230Z £29.75 £25.20

Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid 50 620 x 410 x 320 RB150Z £32.45 £26.90

Grey Base/Coloured Lid 50 620 x 410 x 320 RB250Z £32.45 £26.90

›› High quality coloured grey plastic base with coloured lids

›› Foot plate assists with bag/waste removal

manufactured

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

4 x OP050Z

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Grey


Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

50 650 x 400 OP050Z £26.70 £21.25

OP050Z

521

Waste Management

Push Spring Lid Bins

NEW


›› Available in grey bases with coloured

lids - please specify when ordering

›› Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which

sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour

FROM ONLY

£11.60

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS


Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Grey


Lift Lid Bins

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

12 350 x 265 x 247 PLB12Z £13.30 £11.60

28 491 x 360 x 293 PLB28Z £16.75 £14.55

45 600 x 393 x 335 PLB45Z £25.75 £21.95


›› Available with coloured lid - please specify when ordering

›› Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which

sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour

manufactured

LLB50Z

LLB50Z

LLB50Z

LLB50Z


LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

522

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue


4 x LLB25Z

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

25 510 x 190 x 400 LLB25Z £21.55 £15.60

50 510 x 400 x 400 LLB50Z £26.55 £21.45

Waste Management

Pedal Bins

›› Ideal for offices, warehouses,

schools & factories etc

›› Manufactured from polypropylene

›› Hygienic & easy to wipe clean

›› Lightweight but

durable construction

›› Pedal operated

›› Fitted with two wheels

to allow easy movement

GBI45Z

FROM ONLY

£49.95

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Grey


PRICES

HELD

i

Information

HYGIENIC &

EASY TO

WIPE CLEAN

GBI45Z

‘Tidy’ Containers

GBI68Z

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

45 600 x 410 x 400 3 GBI45Z £49.95

68 670 x 500 x 410 4.5 GBI68Z £62.95

Push Lid Bins

Price

›› Built in handles for easy lifting

›› Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic

›› Optional bag turns a bin into a janitorial bin


›› Hygienic wipe-clean

pale grey plastic

›› Push flap opening

with clear lettering

& directional arrow

PRICES

HELD

GIT893, GIB811 & GIL861

Description

External Size

Dia. x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

GIT893 & GIL861

Price (each)

Price 1 Off

2+

37 Litre ‘Tidy’ Container

Tidy Container 400 x 430 1.5 GIT843 £24.95 £19.15

Lid To Suit 400 0.5 GIL840 £11.50* -

167 Litre ‘Tidy’ Container

Tidy Container 610 x 930 13.5 GIT893 £48.65 -

Lid To Suit 610 0.5 GIL861 £15.10* -

Bag To Suit - 0.5 GIB811 £24.80* -

*prices applicable when ordering with the Tidy

Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

Capacity

Litres

External Size

Dia x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

GIH808

Price

60 510 x 800 3 GIH808 £44.00

100 580 x 900 3.5 GIH807 £56.15

523

Waste Management

Waste & Recycling Bins

›› Beige bases & colour coded lids encourage

effective waste separation. The lids are

also hinged for ease of emptying

›› Mobile on 2 wheels which are

recessed to save space

FROM ONLY

£60.70

Lid

Colour

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size each

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Green

RMC0GR £60.70

Blue RMC0BL £60.70

RMC0BK

Yellow RMC0YE £60.70

100 533 x 512 x 852

Beige RMC0BE £60.70

Black RMC0BK £60.70

RMC0YE

RMC0BL

Red RMC0RE £60.70

Waste & Storage Bins

›› Heavy duty, durable construction

which will not rust, chip or peel

›› Reinforced rims for durability

›› Built in handles for easy lifting

›› Easy anti-jam nesting

›› Thermal resistance

between -20ºC to +60ºC

i

Information

HEAVY DUTY

CONSTRUCTION

WHICH WILL NOT

RUST OR CHIP

FROM ONLY

£39.25

524

RMB166

Capacity Overall Size

Container

Lids (must be ordered with container)

Litres Dia. x H mm

Colours Model Price Colour Model Price

37 397 x 435 Grey & White RMB037 £39.25 Grey or White RMBL01 £9.25

75 495 x 581 Blue, Grey, White, Yellow, Black & Green RMB075 £57.60 Grey, White, Green, Blue or Yellow RMBL02 £9.25

121 559 x 692 Blue, Grey, White, Yellow & Red RMB121 £77.20 Blue, Green, Grey, Red, White or Yellow RMBL03 £13.45

166 610 x 800 Black, Grey, White, Yellow & Red RMB166 £115.30 Black, White, Red or Grey RMBL04 £31.00

208 673 x 838 Grey RMB208 £147.45 Grey RMBL05 £31.00

Waste Management

Outdoor Litter Bins


›› Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal

›› High quality stainless steel bins

with galvanised steel liners

›› Lockable for greater security

›› The liner is accessed by unlocking &

tilting the outer container. Locking is

achieved with a triangular key lock

›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using

the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs)

512.27.861

512.27.575

Unlocked

Capacity

Litres

External Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

35 1150 x 580 x 380 14 512.27.575 £453.60

Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing 3 512.27.861 £36.95

Outdoor Open Top Steel Bin

512.27.575

›› Heavy duty steel construction complete

with polyester coated zintec liner

›› Ground fixing bolt options


›› Fire resistant

›› OOT40Z comes

complete with feet

for stability. Also has

a lockable front

opening door for easy

access to the waste

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Black

Green


FROM ONLY

£249.85

NEW

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

OOT40Z

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

40 670 x 520 x 520 OOT40Z £294.45 £249.85

70 690 x 580 x 580 OOT70Z £323.75 £279.10

OOT70Z

525

Waste Management

Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bin


›› Hooded top prevents the ingress of rainwater

›› Removable body for easy emptying

›› Polyethylene body complete with galvanised liner

NEW

Stubber Plate

Wall Ashtrays

SHB035Z

SHB034Z

SHB033Z

Description

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Model

Price

Black 990 x 550 SHB032Z £199.00

Dark Green 990 x 550 SHB033Z £199.00

Dark Blue 990 x 550 SHB034Z £199.00

Black with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB035Z £209.00

Dark Green with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB036Z £209.00

Dark Blue with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB037Z £209.00

Ground Fixing plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SHB038Z £19.60

Ballast Pack - SHB039Z £21.25

Clip Bins

›› Steel construction with drop

down door for ease of emptying

›› Fitted with lock & inner galvanized liner

›› Manufactured from epoxy powder coated

steel or 304 matt stainless steel

›› Integral collection box

›› Heavy duty

plastic

construction

with clip

on lids

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Red

Green

Blue

Black

Lilac

Pink


NEW

WMASS85

526

Colour

WMABL85

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Silver/Grey & Black

WMABL85 £45.20 £37.75

320 x 260 x 80

Stainless Steel WMASS85 £80.60 £73.85

Colour

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price each

1 to 4

Price each

5+

Black 85 700 x 560 x 560 CLB085ZBLK £26.75 £24.75

Others 85 700 x 560 x 560 CLB085ZCOL £30.85 £28.10

Black 110 720 x 590 x 590 CLB110ZBLK £29.00 £25.70

Others 110 720 x 590 x 590 CLB110ZCOL £40.85 £36.30

Waste Management

Wood Effect Bin - Square Single

›› Manufactured from powder coated steel with

plastic wood effect strips or Sapele hardwood

›› 4 openings each measuring 210 x 110mm

›› Complete with a galvanised liner

Wood Effect Bin - Circle Single



›› 1 opening measuring 210 x 110mm

›› Complete with a galvanised liner

NEW

Wood

Type

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Plastic Wood Effect

WEB36HE £305.20

36 810 x 350 x 350

Sapele Hardwood WEB40HE £305.20

Outdoor 2 Compartment Bin

›› Manufactured from powder coated steel

›› Supplied with Mixed Recycling &

General Waste plaques

›› Complete with 2 x 39L galvanised liners

which are covered by a lockable door

Wood

Type

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Plastic Wood Effect

WEB42HE £305.20

33 755 x 400 x 400

Sapele Hardwood WEB46HE £322.15

Wood Effect Bin - Double



›› Supplied with Mixed Recycling &

General Waste plaques

›› Complete with 2 x 39L galvanised liners

which are covered by a lockable door

NEW

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

2 x 39 1000 x 720 x 405 WEB80AJ £466.00

Wood

Type

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Plastic Wood Effect

WEB78AJ £466.10

2 x 39 1000 x 700 x 400

Sapele Hardwood WEB82AJ £492.70

527

Waste Management

Outdoor Open Top Litter Bins


›› Open top bin range which has a

smooth easy to clean surface

›› Comes complete with zinc

coated liner, lock & base

›› Optional moulded concrete ballast

blocks for fixing to soft ground or

floor fixings for fixing to solid ground

are available - see table for details

FROM ONLY

£176.80

90kg

evenly

distributed

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Red

Yellow


i

Information

SOC75Z

SOV75Z

MANUFACTURED

FROM HIGH

DENSITY PLASTIC

Description

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Model

Price

Coloured Bin

SOC75Z £176.80

745 x 485

Victorian Bin SOV75Z £192.90

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SOF75Z £23.25

3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks - SCB75Z £60.75

Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bins

SOC75Z

i

Information

MANUFACTURED

FROM HIGH

DENSITY PLASTIC

FROM ONLY

£185.75

SHV75Z

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Red

Yellow


SHB75Z

90kg

evenly

distributed

Description

SHB75Z

Overall Size

H x dia. mm

Model

Price

Coloured Bin

SHB75Z £185.75

1000 x 485

Victorian Bin SHV75Z £201.80

Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SHF75Z £23.25

3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks - SHC75Z £60.75

528


›› Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to

clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater

›› Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The

body is removable for easy cleaning

›› Optional moulded concrete ballast

blocks for fixing to soft ground or

floor fixings for fixing to solid ground

are available - see table for details

Waste Management

Open & Closed Top Litter Bins

›› Manufactured from strong polyethylene -

ideal for indoor & outdoor use

›› Supplied with the widely recognised

‘Tidy Man’ logo or the ‘Smiley Face’ symbol

LBCR60TM

LBCB60TM

LBCY60TM

LBCG60TM

LBGO60SF

LBYO60SF

LBOR60SF

LBOB60SF

Colour

Red

Overall Size

H x Dia. mm

Open Top Litter Bins - 95 Litres

Closed Top Litter Bins - 145 Litres

Tidy Man Logo Smiley Face Logo Overall Size

Tidy Man Logo

Smiley Face Logo

Model Price Model Price H x Dia. mm Model Price Model Price

LBOR60TM £85.30 LBOR60SF £85.30

LBCR60TM £180.40 LBCR60SF £180.40

Blue LBOB60TM £85.30 LBOB60SF £85.30 LBCB60TM £180.40 LBCB60SF £180.40

730 x 600

1040 x 600

Green LBOG60TM £85.30 LBOG60SF £85.30 LBCG60TM £180.40 LBCG60SF £180.40

Yellow LBOY60TM £85.30 LBOY60SF £85.30 LBCY60TM £180.40 LBCY60SF £180.40

Litter Bins

›› Manufactured from polyethylene

›› Supplied with the widely

recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo

LB906N

LB904N

Description

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

Open Top Square Bin 77 360 x 360 x 610 LB906N £58.95

Closed Top Square Bin 114 432 x 432 x 990 LB904N £124.50

Closed Top Square Bin with Push Flap 114 432 x 432 x 990 LB914N £139.30 LB914N

529

Waste Management

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Dark Grey

Green


Pedal Bin - 70 Litre

›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene

›› Mobile on 155mm wheels for easy movement

PRICES

HELD

Smooth pedal operation

to open the lid

FROM ONLY

£47.80

Wheeled Bin - 80 Litre

LPB70Y

Capacity

Litres

›› Manufactured from either 30% recycled

polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange)

or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow)

›› Mobile on 200mm wheels

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

2 x LPB70Y

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

70 555 x 510 x 750 4.5 LPB70Y £49.95 £47.80

FROM ONLY

£47.25

LOWER

PRICES

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Dark Grey

Red/Orange

Yellow


Colours

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange

LWB80Y £49.40 £47.25

80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5

Yellow LWB80YYEL £53.45 £51.40

Wheeled Bin with Coloured Lids - 120 Litre

›› Easily manoeuvrable

on 200mm wheels

›› Ideal for use in

schools, colleges,

hospitals, healthcare

centres, offices,

warehouses etc

›› Manufactured from 30%

recycled polyethylene

›› Dark grey bodies with

coloured lids: dark grey

(cans), blue (paper),

red (plastics) or light

grey (general waste)

- please specify which

colour lid you require

Capacity

Litres

530

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

LW4120Y

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5 LW1120Y £49.30 £46.60

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Light Grey

Dark Grey

Red/Orange


LOWER

PRICES

Waste Management

Wheeled Bin - 30 & 50 Litre

›› Manufactured from either 30% recycled

polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey

or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin

polyethylene (Yellow)

›› LWB30Y is manufactured from

100% virgin polyethylene

›› Mobile on 50mm castors

›› LWB30Y is not available in yellow

FROM ONLY

£23.20

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Dark Grey

Red/Orange

Yellow

(50L only)


LWB30Y

LWB30Y

LOWER

PRICES

LWB50Y

LWB50YYEL

LWB50Y

Colours

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange 30 350 x 255 x 490 2 LWB30Y £27.90 £23.20


LWB50Y £32.45 £27.25

50 420 x 470 x 650 3

Yellow LWB50YYEL

£33.60 £29.30

50 Litre Bin with Feet ›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

FROM ONLY

£29.90

Price

1 Off

LOWER

PRICES

Price

(each) 2+

50 420 x 470 x 650 3 LFB50Z £35.20 £29.90

LID COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Dark Grey

Red/Orange


531

Waste Management

Wheeled Bins with Bottle Hole Lid

›› Wheeled bin complete with bottle hole dark grey lid

›› Option 1 - available in blue, green, dark grey,

red/orange with a dark grey lid

›› Option 2 - yellow with a dark grey lid


Wheeled Bins with Letter Slot Lid

›› Wheeled bin complete with letter slot dark grey lid





FROM ONLY

£67.80

Option

120L Wheeled Bin

460L x 550W x 940H mm

LWB24BHY

240L Wheeled Bin

590L x 750W x 1000Hmm


1 LWB12BHY £67.80 LWB24BHY £87.85

2 LWB12BHYYEL £72.60 LWB24BHYYEL £97.00

Wheeled Bins with Push Flap Lid

›› Wheeled bin complete with dark grey push flap lid





Option

120L Wheeled Bin

460L x 550W x 940H mm

LWB24LSY

240L Wheeled Bin

590L x 750W x 1000Hmm


1 LWB12LSY £67.80 LWB24LSY £87.85

2 LWB12LSYYEL £72.60 LWB24LSYYEL £97.00

Wheeled Bins with Side Pedal

›› Wheeled bin complete with side pedal & dark grey lid





FROM ONLY

£67.80

FROM ONLY

£66.55

Option

532

120L Wheeled Bin

460L x 550W x 940H mm

LWB12PFY

240L Wheeled Bin

590L x 750W x 1000Hmm


1 LWB12PFY £67.80 LWB24PFY £90.00

2 LWB12PFYYEL £72.60 LWB24PFYYEL £99.15

Option

120L Wheeled Bin

460L x 550W x 940H mm

LWB24SPYYEL

240L Wheeled Bin

590L x 750W x 1000Hmm


1 LWB12SPY £66.55 LWB24SPY £84.85

2 LWB12SPYYEL £71.35 LWB24SPYYEL £94.00

Waste Management

Wheeled Bins

FROM ONLY

£46.60

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Dark Grey

Red/Orange

Yellow


LWB360Y

LWB240YYEL

LWB120Y

LWB120Y

›› Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene

(Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or

100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow)

›› Easily manoeuvrable

on 200mm wheels

›› Model LWB360Y is

available in blue, green

& dark grey as standard.

Other colours available

upon request

LWB80Y

LWB120Y

LOWER

PRICES


Yellow

Capacity Overall Size Weight

Litres L x W x H mm kg

Price Price

Price Price

Model

Model

1 Off (each) 2+

1 Off (each) 2+

80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5 LWB80Y £49.40 £47.25 LWB80YYEL £53.45 £51.40

120 460 x 550 x 940 7 LWB120Y £49.30 £46.60 LWB120YYEL £54.10 £51.90

240 590 x 750 x 1000 10 LWB240Y £65.00 - LWB240YYEL £74.15 -

360 710 x 850 x 1120 22 LWB360Y £125.95 - - - -

533

Waste Management

Quick Lift Wheeled Bin Lifter

30kg

evenly

distributed

›› Safe lifting capacity of 30kg

(50kg with 2 people)

›› Lifts 120L and 240L wheeled bins

›› Empties containers over a max.

wall height of 1600mm

›› Fast lift bin emptier assisted by gas

struts providing easy emptying

›› No lever handle to operate simply lifts

& the empty cycle is only 10 seconds

›› No finger traps, completely

safe for any application

›› Easy and safe to operate

›› Ideal for schools, factories

& retail outlets

PRICE

HELD

Model

Price

ESMBT-0230-GL £1956.25

Wheeled Bin Shelter

BWS204

£1002.45

›› No fixing required - simply

secure these units by using six

600 x 600mm paving slabs

(not supplied)

›› Fabricated from robust

heavy duty box section

›› Complemented by tri wall

fluted plastic side panels & a

galvanised sheet steel roof



i

Information

KEEP YOUR

WHEELED BIN

AREA NEAT

& TIDY

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

534

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

1980 x 1250 x 2040 BWS204 £1002.45

Waste Management

660 & 1100L Waste Bins

›› Easy to clean - lightweight yet robust construction

›› Easily manoeuvrable when full

›› Made from high density polyethylene

›› Compatible with most standard lifting mechanisms

›› For use where large amounts of waste are generated

›› Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Dark Grey

Green


LWB1100Y

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

660 1260 x 760 x 1230 45 LWB660Y £315.00

1100 1360 x 1060 x 1370 51.5 LWB1100Y £389.25

Lifting

Mechanism

Wheeled Bins - Recycling Centre

›› LW1120Y is a one off

unit, please specify

which colour lid you

require: dark grey

(cans), blue (paper),

red (plastics) or light

grey (general waste)

›› LW4120Y comes

complete as a set of 4,

1 of each colour

Lifting Mechanism

Description

LOWER

PRICES

Capacity

Litres each

Overall Size each

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg each

LW4120Y

Model

Price

1 Off

Price

(each) 2+

1 Off

LW1120Y £49.30 £46.60

120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5

Set of 4 LW4120Y £174.50 -

›› Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels

›› Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals,

healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc

›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene

›› LW1120Y & LW4120Y have dark grey bodies

535

Waste Management

Heavy Duty Industrial Waste Truck


›› Fitted as standard with a

DEFLECTOR panel at the base

to allow gradual safe &

controlled emptying

›› This truck is fitted with 6 x

100mm nylon swivel castors

for mobility whilst also being

fork liftable under the handles

›› It features a hinged drop away

base for easy emptying &

can be supplied with a

rodent-proof lid.

N.B. A Fork Lift will

be needed to unload

these units

300kg

evenly

distributed

SK206Y

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

SK206Y

Overall

Height mm

Overall

Width mm

Side Emptying Skip

Internal

Bin Height

x Width mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

1460 1150 1210 x 720 800 100 SK206Y £1256.00

Lid for above 17 SK206Z £226.65

Price

SK204Y

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

400kg

evenly

distributed

Front Emptying Skip


›› Four way entry fork pockets

›› Volume: 300 litres


›› This side emptying skip is capable of

tipping its contents from either side

›› The balanced tipping action is

engaged by a foot operated release

mechanism & uses a dampening

system for controlled emptying



Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600 78

SK204Y


2 fixed & 2 swivel

125 Nylon wheels

SK204Y £1186.40


›› Volume: 1000 litres

›› Chassis welded heavy gauge construction

›› Fitted with fork pockets & stackable 2 high

›› Load can be easily discharged without the

operator leaving the vehicle

i Information

UNIT CAN BE

EMPTIED FROM

YOUR VEHICLE

500kg

evenly

distributed

SK105Y

£1952.60

SK105Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Internal Size

L x W x H mm

1600 x 1500 x 1260 1420 x 1320 x 1020


Wheels

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel

152mm Nylon

Weight

kg

Model

Price

130 SK105Y £1952.60

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

536

Waste Management

Heavy Duty

Craning Cage

›› Fully welded 50 x 50mm

mesh sides & sheet steel base

(SK501Z has a sheet steel

side which can also

be used as a ramp)


›› Can accommodate euro pallets

›› Complete with craning eyes

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

500kg

evenly

distributed



SK501Z

SK502Z

SK501Z

Full security unit with hasp &

staple (lock not included)

Description

Bottom Emptying Skip


›› Stackable 4 high

›› Fork pocket centres: 670mm

›› This unit is stackable to

give compact storage

›› Pushing down on the bar

positioned at the back

releases the mechanism

& opens the bottom. The

bar can be connected to a

chain which would allow you

to operate the mechanism

from a Fork Lift (not supplied)

›› The base closes when the

skip is lowered to the floor

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Craning Cage with Loading Ramp 1335 x 1335 x 1200 120 SK501Z £899.95

Craning Cage with Opening Front & 1/2 fold Security Roof 1335 x 1335 x 1200 110 SK502Z £1080.55



Weight

kg

Model

Price

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

SK209Z

Stacked

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1330 x 1110

890 165 SK209Z £1408.20

x 1110

Optional Castors - 4 x 150mm swivel nylon SK999Y £131.45

SK209Z

537

Waste Management

Tilting Skip/Truck

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£1228.00


›› Extremely safe & robust

›› Fully welded construction with the

top press formed for rigidity & safety

›› Fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism,

fork lift pockets complete with retaining

bars & integral sideguards which encloses

the tip skid


300kg

evenly

distributed

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

SWARF & WASTE

MATERIALS

FORK GUIDE:

500 litre capacity - Side Entry

1000 litre capacity - Back Entry

SK101Y

500kg

evenly

distributed

Body Size

L x W x H mm

1220 x 600 x 700

1220 x 1200 x 700

300kg

evenly

distributed

Overall

Height mm

Wheels

Weight

kg

Volume: 500 litres / 300kg Load Capacity

1080 -

1115

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 85

160mm Nylon

Volume: 1000 litres / 500kg Load Capacity

1080 -

1150

2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 116

200mm Nylon

Model

Price

SK103Z £1228.00

SK101Y £1301.50

SK104Z £1733.90

SK102Y £1815.30

Tilting Skips

SK104Z

Model SK201Y


›› Chassis from welded hollow

sections fitted to a sheet steel base

›› Tubular steel handle aids the manoeuvring

& safe tipping of the skip

›› Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body

›› Mobile on 2 swivel 150mm cushion castors

& 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels

Model SK202Y

›› Manufactured to the same spec as

SK201Y but with an internal drain


manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

538

Description

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Volume

Litres

Weight

kg

Model Price

80 SK201Y £921.50

Tilting Skip

1350 x

490

Swarf Skip 930 x 1105

82 SK202Y £990.20

Waste Management

Heavy Duty Tilting Skips


›› Suitable for use with a fork lift truck

›› Robust construction with a strong chassis design

›› Mesh top cage (580mm high)

is available factory fitted



SK315Z

FORK GUIDE:

250 to 500 litre capacity - 3 Way Entry

1000 to 1500 litre capacity - Back Entry

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Mesh

Cage

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

SWARF & WASTE

MATERIALS

SK305Y

Volume

Litres

Wheels

Load

Capacity kg

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Skip Unit

Mesh Cage to Suit


250 2 Fixed & 2 Swivel

750 1400 x 820 x 890 110 SK302Y £1253.15 SK001Z £319.55

500 125mm High-Density Nylon 1000 1670 x 1010 x 1030 133 SK305Y £1437.80 SK002Z £340.40

1000 - 1250 2030 x 1270 x 1030 213 SK310Z £1778.80 SK003Z £380.70

1200 - 1250 2120 x 1270 x 1140 219 SK312Z £1912.50 SK004Z £393.25

1500 - 1500 2328 x 1435 x 1140 250 SK315Z £2163.20 SK005Z £444.80

Mini Skips

400kg

evenly

distributed


›› Fits neatly underneath a workbench

›› Specifically designed for production

areas where space is limited

›› Mesh top cage (200mm high)

is available factory fitted

›› Mobile on 3 x 100mm nylon

castors 2 fixed & 1 swivel



manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

SK415Y

& SK007Z

Volume

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Skip Unit

Mesh Cage to Suit


100 850 x 450 x 480 47 SK410Y £706.90 SK006Z £200.70

150 850 x 600 x 480 52 SK415Y £786.20 SK007Z £203.75

190 850 x 750 x 480 59 SK419Y £839.75 SK008Z £206.60

539

Winter Management

Snow Plough

›› The blade is manufactured from polypropylene

with a durable metal edge & the steel frame

incorporates a foam handle

›› Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed wheels

which are ideal for rough terrain use

›› The handle is extendable

from 1300mm to 1400mm

i

Information

CLEAR CAR PARKS,

WALKWAYS &

PAVEMENTS IN

MINUTES

Blade Size

W x H mm

Handle

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

660 x 320 1300 to 1400 4 SCA05Y £64.75

30L

evenly

distributed

manufactured

SCA05Y

Salt & Grit Bin


›› Comes complete with 10kg of

rock salt & a moulded scoop

›› Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple


i

Information

GCB030

COMPLETE WITH

10KG OF ROCK SALT

& MOULDED SCOOP

GCB030

Salt & Grit Bins

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Internal Size

W x D x H mm

Bin

Weight

Model

Price

475 x 383 x 305 460 x 370 x 230 5 kg GCB030 £59.45

GCB060

60L COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

Green

Grey


›› Manufactured from tough, medium

duty UV stabilised polyethylene

›› Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements

›› Hasp & staple, wording & other

colours are available upon request

540

115L COLOUR

OPTIONS

Yellow

manufactured

Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

GCB060

Stacked

Model

Price

60 500 x 470 x 475 5 GCB060 £74.30

115 800 x 474 x 605 8 GCB115 £95.25

Winter Management

Salt Spreader

›› The large, easy to clean, polyethylene

hopper bucket is supported by a strong

steel frame mounted on large 500mm

pneumatic wheels to give this unit a

smooth ride over rough terrain

›› Can hold 25kg of salt


weather shield cover

›› Spread distance

is 2.5M to 3M

i

Information

A LARGE HOPPER

MEANS LESS

DOWNTIME!

SQT01Y

£210.70

SQT01Y

Assembly Available




Capacity

Litres

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

Model

Price

43 1170 x 690 x 925 13 ASD / £30 SQT01Y £210.70

SQT01Y

PRICE

HELD

Please check the suitability of the salt prior to use with the spreaders, ensuring the grain size

is suitable. The Salt should also be compliant to BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing.

Salt (Seed) Spreader

›› Manufactured from heavy

duty plastic with a

steel handle

›› 8 point adjustment system

to increase & decrease the

rate at which salt or seed

is dispensed


plastic wheels

SCA06Y

£59.95

Snow Clearer

›› The blades & the main body

of this unit are manufactured

from heavy duty plastic

›› Ideal for clearing car parks,

walkways, pavements etc

SCA03Z

£70.50

Dispenser Open

Dispenser Closed

Capacity

Litres

Body

Width mm

Handle

Height mm

SCA06Y

Weight

kg

Model

Price

20 660 1250 3 SCA06Y £59.95

Snow Spout

Direction

Working

Width mm

SCA03Z

Handle

Height mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Right 570 1230 4 SCA03Z £70.50

541

Winter Management

Victorian Salt & Grit Bin

›› Manufactured from tough, medium duty, non-corrosive, polyethylene

›› Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements

›› Fork lift truck grooves enable easy handling

›› Hasp & staple, lockable lids & hopper feeds available - call for details

GBV200

FROM ONLY

£144.65

GBV400

Storage Bins

PRICES

HELD

manufactured

GBV200

Capacity

Overall Size

Litres

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

200 850 x 505 x 725 GBV200 £144.65

400 1050 x 650 x 900 GBV400 £196.45

Salt & Grit Bins

›› These storage bins are rotationally moulded in


›› Robust and lightweight they can be used

outside as well as indoors

›› Supplied complete with a lock mechanism

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Green

Red

Yellow


›› This range of salt & grit bins are manufactured in

medium polyethylene which is robust & non-corrosive

›› Two capacities available which can be handled

either with slings or by fork lift truck

›› Ideal for use on highways or private premises

›› Colour - yellow

FROM ONLY

£212.50

manufactured

FROM ONLY

£137.50

PRICES

HELD

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

542

Capacity

Litres

Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

850 x 505 x 725 200 150 12 SSB702L £212.50

1050 x 650 x 900 400 300 19 SSB704L £305.40

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Capacity

Litres

Capacity

kg

Weight

kg

Model

Price

850 x 505 x 725 200 150 12 SGB200 £137.50

1050 x 650 x 900 400 300 19 SGB400 £187.50

Winter Management

Stackable Grit Bins

›› Manufactured from tough,


›› Hinged lids - protects the

grit/salt from the elements

›› 2 x hasp & staple locks

are available (factory fitted)

to make these units secure


›› Ideal for use on highways

or private premises

›› Can be handled with either

slings or a fork lift truck

GB350E

manufactured

External Size Capacity Bin

Grit Bins

Grit Bins c/w Salt

L x W x H mm Litres Weight

No of Bags

Model Price

of Salt

Model Price

1020 x 520 x 720 200 10 kg GB200E £112.65 8 x 25kg GB200ST £223.30

1200 x 725 x 750 350 20.5 kg GB350E £147.05 14 x 25kg GB350ST £293.00

2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted) GBHSLE £11.10 - GBHSLE £11.10

GB350E

Heavy Duty Grit Bins

›› Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene

›› Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements

›› GCB200: fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

›› GCB400: fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

200L

evenly

distributed

400L

evenly

distributed

manufactured

YELLOW

ONLY

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Yellow

Green


GCB200

GCB400

External Size Capacity Bin

Grit Bins

Grit Bins c/w Salt

L x W x H mm Litres Weight

No of Bags

Model Price

of Salt

Model Price

720 x 750 x 710 200 14 kg GCB200 £142.85 8 x 25kg GCB200ST £249.65

1260 x 750 x 710 400 22 kg GCB400 £197.95 16 x 25kg GCB400ST £359.00

Rock Salt

›› Highest purity salt for de-icing snow & ice

›› Ideal for quick de-icing of

car parks, pathways & steps

›› Works quickly to leave areas free

from ice with virtually no residue

›› Also guards against re-freezing

›› Supplied in 25kg Bags

›› Ideal for use with all grit bins & the

salt spreaders shown on page 541

NEW


10 bags of Rock Salt WRS10P £126.50

Pallet of 42 bags of Rock Salt WRS42P £294.00

543


Eco 18 Office Desks

Eco 18 Bookcases

›› 25mm square leg frame with 18mm tops

›› Complete with lockable drawers

EF1575REC3DP

EP1600BC

EP1200BC

EP800BC

W x H x D mm No of Shelves Model Price

750 x 800 x 400 1 EP800BC £96.69

750 x 1200 x 400 2 EP1200BC £107.89

750 x 1600 x 400 3 EP1600BC £124.69

750 x 2000 x 400 4 EP2000BC £144.85

EF1575REC5DP

Eco 18 Tables

2YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

EF1875REC2DP

shown with

Bookcase

Rectangular Desk with Single Pedestal

W x D x H mm No of Drawers Model Price

1200 x 750 x 726 2 EF1275REC2DP £164.45

1200 x 750 x 726 3 EF1275REC3DP £164.45

1500 x 750 x 726 2 EF1575REC2DP £181.25

1500 x 750 x 726 3 EF1575REC3DP £181.25

1800 x 750 x 726 2 EF1875REC2DP £181.25

1800 x 750 x 726 3 EF1875REC3DP £181.25

OMPT1280REC

Rectangular Desk with 2 & 3 Drawer Pedestal

W x D x H mm No of Drawers Model Price

1500 x 750 x 726 2 & 3 EF1575REC5DP £220.45

1800 x 750 x 726 2 & 3 EF1875REC5DP £237.25

OMPT1680SEMI

OMPT1680TRAP

DMS1200S

Available in Black & Blue - please specify when ordering

W x H mm Model Price

Desk Mounted Screens

1200 x 380 DMS1200S £74.29

1400 x 380 DMS1400S £79.89

1600 x 380 DMS1600S £85.49

Rectangular Table

1200 x 800 x 726 OMPT1280REC £98.37

1600 x 800 x 726 OMPT1680REC £103.97

1800 x 800 x 726 OMPT1880REC £107.33

Semi Circular Table

1500 x 750 x 726 OMPT1680SEMI £165.57

Trapezoidal Table

1500 x 750 x 726 OMPT1680TRAP £165.57

Eco 18 Office Desks & Eco 18 Tables

When placing your order please suffix the product code with the relevant code

for the colour you require - please refer to the swatches shown to the right:

Desk Colours:

OAK BCH WHT

Oak Beech White

544

Prices shown are for Next Day Delivery. For our delivery & installation service please call for details


Fraction+ Desks

Core Workstations

›› 25mm desk tops with cable ports

›› 2mm PVC edging

›› Silver powder coated frames

Wave Workstations

Fraction3 Desks

Core Workstations

W x D x H mm Model Price

Left Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730 SU1412LHRAD £180.00

Right Hand 1400 x 800/1200 x 730 SU1412RHRAD £180.00





Rectangular Workstations


1200 x 800 x 730 SU1280REC £106.67

1400 x 800 x 730 SU1480REC £112.00

1600 x 800 x 730 SU1680REC £117.33

1800 x 800 x 730 SU1880REC £126.67

Wave Workstations


Left Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730 SU1410LHWAV £173.33

Right Hand 1400 x 1000/800 x 730 SU1410RHWAV £173.33

Left Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730 SU1610LHWAV £186.67

Right Hand 1600 x 1000/800 x 730 SU1610RHWAV £186.67

›› 25mm desk tops with cable ports

›› 2mm PVC edging

›› Powder coated frames i Information

8YR

GUARANTEE

Rectangular Desk


1200 x 800 x 730 GP1280REC £164.45

1400 x 800 x 730 GP1480REC £170.05

1600 x 800 x 730 GP1680REC £181.25

1800 x 800 x 730 GP1880REC £186.85

Return Workstations


Left Hand 1600 x 1800 x 730 GP1680LHRET £248.45

Right Hand 1600 x 1800 x 730 GP1680RHRET £248.45

Left Hand 1800 x 1800 x 730 GP1880LHRET £254.61

Right Hand 1800 x 1800 x 730 GP1880RHRET £254.61

Cable Riser

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

Colour Model Price

Silver CABMCRSV £15.09

White CABMCRWH £15.09

i

Information

IDEAL FOR USE

WITH ALL FRACTION

PEDESTALS

8YR

GUARANTEE

DMS1200S

Available in Black & Blue - please specify when ordering

W x H mm Model Price

Desk Mounted Screens

1200 x 380 DMS1200S £74.29

1400 x 380 DMS1400S £79.89

1600 x 380 DMS1600S £85.49

Rectangular Desk

& Return Workstation

Rectangular Desk

i

Information

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

Fraction+ & Fraction3 Desks

When placing your order please suffix

the product code with the relevant code

for the colour you require - please refer

to the swatches shown to the right:

Desk Colours: Frame Colours: Screen Colours:

NOAK BCH WHT SIL WHT BLA BLU

Nova Oak Beech White Silver White Black Blue


545


Fraction Pedestals & Storage

A

B

TESHP3

TESMP2

TESMP3

C

D

8YR

GUARANTEE

on pedestals

i

Information

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

E

TESUHMP3

TESDHP3/800

F

G

TKDH800SF

TKUSMP3

TKUSSMP3

Description W x H x D mm Model Price

(A) Fixed Pedestal

2 Drawer

TESHP2 £106.67

400 x 500 x 506

3 Drawer TESHP3 £106.67

(B) Low Mobile Pedestal

2 Drawer

TESMP2 £113.33

404 x 595 x 500

3 Drawer TESMP3 £113.33

(C) High Mobile Pedestal

3 Drawer 400 x 636 x 500 TESUHMP3 £160.00

(D) Desk High Pedestal

3 Drawer

400 x 730 x 600 TESDHP3 £168.00

400 x 730 x 800 TESDHP3/800 £193.33

TES4FC TES3FC TES2FC


(E) Desk High Lateral Pedestal

2 Drawer 800 x 730 x 600 TKDH800SF £391.81

(F) Steel Pedestal

300 x 615 x 470 TKUSSMP3 £106.67

3 Drawer

380 x 615 x 470 TKUSMP3 £106.67

(G) Filing Cabinets

2 Drawer 500 x 730 x 600 TES2FC £184.00

3 Drawer 500 x 1020 x 600 TES3FC £202.67

4 Drawer 500 x 1320 x 600 TES4FC £220.00

When placing your order please suffix the product code

with the relevant code for the colour you require - please

refer to the swatches shown to the right:

NOAK

Nova Oak

Colours:

BCH

Beech

WHT

White

Steel Colours:

SIL WHT

Silver White

546



Fraction Cupboards

WDS745CP

WDS800CP

WDS1045CP


Metal Tambours

Storage Units

1 Shelf 800 x 730 x 600 WDS745CP £136.00

1 Shelf 800 x 800 x 450 WDS800CP £140.00

2 Shelves 800 x 1200 x 450 WDS1045CP £149.33

3 Shelves 800 x 1600 x 450 WDS1245CP £157.33

4 Shelves 800 x 2000 x 450 WDS1845CP £266.00

›› Manufactured for strength and stability

›› Lockable doors and height adjustable feet

›› Tambours are supplied empty

- please call for shelf options

WDS1245CP

5YR

GUARANTEE

on storage units

WDS1845CP

ESSOT101G/G ESSOT158O/S ESSOT198B/S

Colour W x H x D mm Model Price

Goose Grey 1000 x 1015 x 470 ESSOT101G/G £293.33

Oak & Silver 1000 x 1015 x 470 ESSOT101O/S £293.33

Beech & Silver 1000 x 1015 x 470 ESSOT101B/S £293.33









When placing your order please suffix

the product code with the relevant code

for the colour you require - please

refer to the swatches shown to the right:

Cupboard Colours:

Steel Colours:

NOAK BCH WHT O/S B/S

G/G

Nova Oak Beech White Oak & Silver Beech & Silver Goose Grey


547


Contract Storage Filing Cabinets

›› Fitted with an anti-tilt device that prevents more

than one drawer being open at a time

›› Modern swan neck, flush, anti-snag handles

›› Central locking on all cabinets

›› Available in coffee cream, goose grey or black

Note: each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging

suspension files. For use with suspension files only

as the drawer bottoms are not load bearing

When placing your

order please suffix

the product

code with the

relevant code for

the colour you

require - please

refer to the

swatches shown

below:

C/C

Coffee & Cream

TCS2FC

G/G

BLK

TCS3FC

8YR

GUARANTEE

Goose Grey Black

Other colour

options available

- call for details

TCS4FC

No. of

Drawers

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

2 467 x 618 x 698 TCS2FC* £149.36

3 467 x 618 x 997 TCS3FC* £188.56

4 467 x 618 x 1296 TCS4FC* £200.32

Price

TKUSMP3

TKUSSMP3

When placing your

order please suffix

the product

code with the

relevant code for

the colour you

require - please

refer to the

swatches shown

below:

SIL

Silver

WHT

White

548

8YR

GUARANTEE


Narrow Steel Pedestal

3 Drawer 300 x 615 x 470 TKUSSMP3 £106.67

Wide Steel Pedestal

3 Drawer 380 x 615 x 470 TKUSMP3 £106.67



Double Door Cupboards

When placing your

order please suffix

the product

code with the

relevant code for

the colour you

require - please

refer to the

swatches shown

below:

GR

Grey

WHT

White

›› Combi lateral filing/shelves included

TCSDDC1790

›› 2 point espagnolette lock

›› 36mm height adjustable shelves with 50kg loading

No. of

Shelves

TCSDDC1950

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Side Opening Tambours

Model

Price

2 920 x 420 x 1000 TCSDDC1000* £169.52

4 920 x 420 x 1790 TCSDDC1790* £225.52

4 920 x 420 x 1950 TCSDDC1950* £261.92

8YR

GUARANTEE

TCSDDC1000

8YR

GUARANTEE

When placing your

order please suffix

the product

code with the

relevant code for

the colour you

require - please

refer to the

swatches shown

below:

GR

Grey

WHT

White

TCSOT1950

TCSOT1050

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Low Tambour incl 2 shelves 1000 x 450 x 1050 TCSOT1050 £319.60

High Tambour incl 4 shelves 1000 x 450 x 1950 TCSOT1950 £409.76

Price

Combi Filing Shelf - TCS-SHELF-BK £35.68

Pull-out Filing Frame - TCSOTFF £110.16


TCSOT1950 &

TCSOTFF

549


Club Chair

›› Stacks 4 high

›› Tested to BS EN 15373:Level 2

›› 8 hour recommended usage

›› Seat Size: 485H x

475W x 415Dmm

›› Back Size: 310H x 475Wmm

Club Canteen





460W x 390Dmm


Club Wood





465W x 420Dmm


2YR

GUARANTEE

Upholstery

5YR

GUARANTEE

Component

CH0503

2YR

GUARANTEE

5YR

GUARANTEE

CH0506

CH1505

Frame

Colour

CH

Charcoal

Model

RB

Blue

Price

Black CH0500 £24.00

Chrome CH0503 £26.67

Economy Poly Chairs

CL

Claret

Upholstery

Frame

Colour

Component

BK

Black

Model

BL

Price

Black CH0506 £45.76

Banquet Chair

Blue

Frame

Colour

2

GUARANTEE

Model

YR 5YR

Upholstery

GUARANTEE

Component

Price

Silver CH1505 £59.76

Sienna Folding Chair

›› Contoured for a comfortable

seating position

›› Can be stacked with great stability


›› Back height: 430mm

›› Size: 725H x 490W x 475Dmm

›› Back Size: 440W x 365Dmm

›› Ideal for large halls,

conferences & events



›› Size: 850H x 445W x 575Dmm


›› Ideal for large halls,

conferences & events



›› Size: 865H x 500W x 540Dmm


5YR

GUARANTEE

Frame

Colour

550

Seat

Colour

ECOPOLYBL CH0519 CH1519

Model

Price

Black Black ECOPOLYBK £25.04

Black Blue ECOPOLYBL £25.04

CH

Charcoal

Frame

Colour

RB

Blue

CL

Claret

Model

2

GUARANTEE

Price

Black CH0519 £45.76

YR CH RB

2YR

Charcoal

Frame

Colour

Blue


Model

GUARANTEE

Price

Black CH1519 £71.52


Calypso II Operator Chairs

›› Contoured back rest & waterfall-front seat

›› Back size: 500H x 450Wmm


CH

RB CL BK GN RD

Charcoal Blue Claret Black Green Red

AC1002 AC1040 AC1082

2YR

GUARANTEE

CH2804 CH2801 CH2810

Description

Seat Size

H x W x D mm

Calypso II Operator Chairs

Model

Single Lever - Fixed Back Mechanism 460/590 x 470 x 450 CH2804 £74.32

2 Lever - Permanent Contact Back 460/590 x 470 x 450 CH2800 £46.67

Calypso II Deluxe Operator Chair

3 Lever - Asynchro Mechanism 460/590 x 470 x 450 CH2801 £92.80

Calypso II Ergo Operator Chair

Permanent Contact Back & Lumbar Pump 460/590 x 470 x 450 CH2810 £111.28

Calypso II Draughting Operator Chair

Price

Fixed Back Mechanism 625/740 x 470 x 450 ZCH2804AC1042 £134.21

Calypso II Accessories (to suit the above)

Pair of Fixed Arms AC1002 £17.33

Pair of Height Adjustable Arms AC1040 £24.00

Jack II Executive Chairs

Folding Arms AC1082 £44.21

Canasta Visitor Chairs

Keno Leather Chair

ZCH2804AC1042

›› Tested to FIRA Certifications

BS 1335 (2000) part 2

›› Gas lift, lock-tilt mechanism

& fixed arms


›› Size: 425/540H

x 480W x 490Dmm



BS 1335 (2000) part 2

›› Fixed arms


›› Size: 490H x 515W x 525Dmm



BS 1335 (2000) part 2

›› Gas lift, lock-tilt mechanism

& fixed arms


›› Size: 485/580H

x 550W x 540Dmm


2

GUARANTEE

YR 5

2 5

YR YR YR

Upholstery

GUARANTEE

Component

CH1765BK


Blue Fabric CH1765RB £53.27

Charcoal Fabric CH1765CH £53.27

Bonded Leather CH1765BK £53.27

GUARANTEE

Upholstery

GUARANTEE

Component

CH0766K


Blue Fabric CH0767RB £105.12

Charcoal Fabric CH0767CH £105.12

Leather Look CH0766BK £105.12

2YR

GUARANTEE

Upholstery


5YR

GUARANTEE

Component

CH0237BK


Leather CH0237BK £148.24

551


Rubic Reception Furniture

5YR

GUARANTEE

i

Information

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

CH

RB

CL

5 x OF0307

430 x 530 x 550 OF0307 £105.12

Charcoal

Blue

Claret

Juplo Reception Furniture

3 x OF0309, 1 x OF0310,

1 x OF0311 & 1 x OF0312

i

Information

CH

Charcoal

RB

Blue

CL

Claret

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

552

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Side Chair 940 x 540 x 520 OF0309 £190.80

Armchair 940 x 540 x 520 OF0310 £203.12

Sofa 940 x 1260 x 520 OF0313 £240.61

Square Table 320 x 600 x 600 OF0311 £159.97

Rectangular Table 320 x 1200 x 600 OF0312 £214.29

5YR

GUARANTEE


OF0313

Face Bonded Leather Reception Furniture


i

Information

DELIVERY &


AVAILABLE - CALL

FOR DETAILS

FA1/BL/BLK

FATAB/BCH/BLK

FA2/BL/BLK

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Single Seat 850 x 785 x 775 FA1/BL/BLK £151.04

Two Seat Sofa 850 x 1305 x 775 FA2/BL/BLK £179.60

Coffee Table 390 x 610 x 610 FATAB/BCH/BLK £96.13

Tux Reception Furniture

2

GUARANTEE

YR 5YR

Upholstery

GUARANTEE

Component

Colour Options:

Grey

Blue

OF0706

OF0707

Description

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Price

Armchair 450 x 530 x 530 OF0706 £330.77

3 Seat Sofa 450 x 1610 x 530 OF0707 £404.13


553


Office Shelving

›› Quick & easy to erect

- no nuts or bolts

›› Tested & certified to

European GS standards

›› Complete with 5 smooth

hardwearing chipboard shelves

›› Strong uprights & beam

profiles are finished in

high quality epoxy

powder coated white paint

i

Information

10 MINUTE

ASSEMBLY

Locate beam in position

Tap beam to secure

Lay the shelf into the beams

OSCLIP4 Connector

Connect two bays back to

back or side by side to

create a run of bays

554

Overall Size

5 Chipboard Shelves

H x W x D mm

Loading Model Price

1770 x 900 x 300 175kg U.D.L OS17930Z £58.20

1770 x 900 x 450 175kg U.D.L OS17945Z £65.95

1770 x 900 x 600 175kg U.D.L OS17960Z £74.35


Connector (set of 4) OSCLIP4 £3.55*

Rubber Mallet OSMAL1 £4.00*

*prices applicable when ordering with the Office Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.


Desk Converter

›› Simply place on a surface &

enjoy the flexibility of standing

or sitting at your desk

›› A pneumatic air cylinder allows

smooth adjustments from sit to

stand in seconds, bringing the

maximum height of 620mm

above the desktop

›› The ergonomic two-tier design offers a

spacious 32-inch (813mm) top shelf for

monitors & a second shelf for

a mouse/keyboard

›› Meets ANSI/BIFMA standards

›› Chamfered keyboard shelf edge

for extra operator comfort

i

Information

SIGNIFICANTLY

IMPROVE YOUR

POSTURE WHILST

WORKING

PRICE

HELD

DC831L Lowered

DC831L

DC831L Raised

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Top Shelf Size

W x D mm

Bottom Shelf Size

W x D mm

Base Size

W x D mm

146/620 x 813 x 596 813 x 349 699 x 248 813 x 596 DC831L £335.50

‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs

›› Stable & robust folding chair

with plastic seat & back

‘Stabil’ Chairs

PRICES

HELD

5YR

GUARANTEE

Model

Wooden Trestle Table

Price

›› Manufactured from robust 18mm MDF

top with strong tubular steel folding legs

›› Legs fold flat for easy

storage & transportation

LOWER

PRICE

ONLY

£85.00

80kg

evenly

distributed

WTT05Z

Seat Size

W x D x H mm

Order in

Colour

Multiples of

‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs

Model

Price

each

Blue & Aluminium Lacquer Frame 6 SCBE44 £18.10

390 x 390 x 445

Black & Black Frame 6 SCBL44 £18.10

White & White Frame 6 SCWH44 £18.10

‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs

485 x 1010 x 1700 - - SCT00Y £236.90

‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs (please specify chair colour when ordering)

485 x 1010 x 1700 - - SCT50Y £826.55

WTT05Z folded for easy storage & transportation

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1800 x 665 x 750 16 WTT05Z £85.00

555


Folding Tables

›› Manufactured from heavy

duty blow moulded plastic

›› Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily

fold from the centre of the table

making them easy to carry

›› All models of tables have folding legs

which fit neatly underneath the

table for compact storage


i

Information

IDEAL FOR

ALL OCCASIONS

4 x FFC00Z

FST02Z & 4 x FFC00Z

only £197.75

LOWER

PRICES

FFT03Z/FFT04Z

Folded

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Folded Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Order in

Multiples of

Model

Price

each

Folding Chair

405 x 400 x 450 1040 x 460 x 215 4.5 4 FFC00Z £29.50

Tables with Folding Legs

1200 x 600 x 740 1200 x 600 x 60 8.5 - FST01Z £69.35

1830 x 760 x 720 1830 x 760 x 43 15 - FST02Z £79.75

Folding Tables with Folding Legs

1200 x 600 x 740 610 x 600 x 90 10 - FFT03Z £76.00

1830 x 760 x 720 915 x 760 x 86 16 - FFT04Z £77.95

Beam Benches

›› Heavy duty polypropylene chairs

mounted on a strong &

durable steel frame

›› Seat height: 450mm

BBT03Z

BBT04Z

556

Description

Overall Size

L x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

3 Seater 1670 x 550 x 790 15 BBT03Z £158.75

4 Seater 2235 x 550 x 790 19 BBT04Z £199.95


Canteen Tables

›› Ideal for use in eating areas in

offices, halls, factories, warehouses

& retail premises

›› Seats are manufactured from

moulded polypropylene mounted

on a strong steel frame

›› Table top is manufactured

from chipboard with a

melamine coating

›› Full length table

for your comfort

CBT42Z

£271.40

2 Seater

>

L

>

>

W

>

4 Seater

>

L

CBT42Z

>

>

W

6 Seater

>

i

Information

>

L

>

>

W

>

SUPPLIED KNOCK

DOWN FOR EASY

ACCESS INTO YOUR

PREMISES

Description

No. of

Seats

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Table Size

L x W mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way

2 600 x 1730 x 810 600 x 600 26 CBT21Z £173.45

4 1250 x 1730 x 810 1250 x 600 38 CBT41Z £274.70

6 1745 x 1730 x 810 1745 x 600 55 CBT61Z £377.30

Island Units - Access 2 Ways

4 1250 x 1730 x 810 1250 x 600 38 CBT42Z £271.40

THE HEAVY DUTY

POLYPROPYLENE SEATS &

HARDWEARING MELAMINE

WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON

A STRONG & DURABLE

STEEL FRAME

6 1745 x 1730 x 810 1745 x 600 55 CBT62Z £377.30

557


Canteen Tables

›› Fully welded construction for durability

›› Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises

›› Blue seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame

›› Laminate, light grey table tops with PVC edging

BLUE ONLY

*Maximum quantity of 5

FROM ONLY

£194.40

>

L

2 Seater

QCT42Z

>

>

W

>

4 Seater

>

L

>

>

L

>

>

W

6 Seater

>

manufactured

SEAT COLOUR

OPTIONS

Black

Red

Blue


No. of

Seats

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Table Size

L x W mm

1 Way Entry (Wall Units)

Model

Price

2 530 x 1690 x 725 530 x 600 QCT21Z £194.40

4 1070 x 1690 x 725 1070 x 600 QCT41Z £291.20

6 1580 x 1690 x 725 1580 x 600 QCT61Z £409.15

2 Way Entry

4 1070 x 1690 x 725 1070 x 600 QCT42Z £291.20

>

W

>

6 1580 x 1690 x 725 1580 x 600 QCT62Z £409.15

Canteen Tables with Steel Seats

›› Fully welded robust canteen unit with seats made from 1.2mm mild steel

›› MFC table tops come in a light grey, with PVC edging for extra strength & protection

›› Frames are powder coated with light grey Germ Guard Active Technology Paint

›› Seats available in green, red, blue or dark grey - please specify when ordering

(any other RAL colour available to suit your corporate colours - call for details)

›› Table height of 710mm

›› Seat height of 425mm

QST821Z

QST841Z

QST861Z

manufactured

558

SEAT COLOUR

OPTIONS

Grey

Red

Green

Blue


Description

Overall Size

H x W x L mm

Table Size

W x L mm

2 Seater

Model

Price

Single Entry 790 x 1755 x 570 600 x 535 QST821Z £440.40

4 Seater


Double Entry 790 x 1755 x 1100 600 x 1070 QST842Z £628.55

6 Seater


Double Entry 790 x 1755 x 1600 600 x 1580 QST862Z £801.85


Wooden Seat Canteen Tables

›› Fully welded construction for durability with 25mm thick table top


›› Seats are manufactured from beech veneer & mounted on a strong steel frame

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

2 Seater

>

L

>

>

W

>

WORKTOP

COLOUR

OPTIONS

White

Grey

Beech


FRAME

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Silver

Black


FROM ONLY

£228.60

NEW

VTD42Z

>

L

>

>

4 Seater

W

6 Seater

>

>

No. of

Seats

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Table Size

L x W mm

Single Entry

Double Entry


2 535 x 1600 x 750 600 x 600 VTD21Z £228.60 - -

4 1070 x 1600 x 750 1000 x 600 VTD41Z £376.20 VTD42Z £376.20

6 1600 x 1600 x 750 1600 x 600 VTD61Z £525.40 VTD62Z £525.40

Canteen Tables with Upholstered Seats

›› Fully welded construction for durability with 25mm thick table top


›› Seats are manufactured from coloured vinyl & mounted on a strong steel frame

L

>

manufactured

>

W

>

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£309.55

NEW

2 Seater

>

L

SEAT

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue

Red

Grey

Purple

Green


WORKTOP

COLOUR

OPTIONS

White

Grey

Beech


FRAME

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Silver

Black


VTE41Z

>

>

L

>

>

>

>

W

4 Seater

W

6 Seater

>

>

No. of

Seats

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Table Size

L x W mm

Single Entry

Double Entry


L

2 535 x 1600 x 750 600 x 600 VTE21Z £309.55 - -

4 1070 x 1600 x 750 1000 x 600 VTE41Z £527.80 VTE42Z £527.80

6 1600 x 1600 x 750 1600 x 600 VTE61Z £757.15 VTE62Z £757.15

>

>

W

>

559


Mail Distribution Trolleys

›› Non marking buffering helps prevent damaging doorways & furniture

›› These tubular steel trolleys can be used both indoors & outdoors

›› Models MTE01S & MTE02L have high cap. removable baskets, with a pannier basket available for both models

›› On the larger model, MTE02L, the upper basket can tilt back giving easy access to the lower basket

›› Platform trolley model MTE03C has side & end panels to help

maximise the storage capabilities of this large trolley

›› Side panels are easy to remove to aid loading & unloading

›› Large basket model MTE04D has 2 large capacity removable

baskets designed to accommodate concertina files

›› Diamond formation wheels on models MTE03C

& MTE04D give easy manoeuvrability

MTE02L

£387.50

MTE02L shown

with MTEB1Z,

concertina files

& support bars,

call for details

MTE01S shown

with concertina

files & support

bars, call for

details

MTE01S

£346.25

MTE03C

£715.90

MTE03C

MTE04D

£719.90

MTE04D

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Basket Size

W x D x H mm

Wheels

Max Load

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Mail Trolley

Mail Trolley

610 x 915 x 1000

610 x 1030 x 1000

460 x 485 x 255

460 x 635 x 255

2 x 125 mm

Swivel Castors,

2 x 200 mm

Fixed Wheels

Lower Basket - 50 kg

Upper Basket - 20 kg



25 MTE01S £346.25

30 MTE02L £387.50

Optional Pannier Basket to

suit above models

Platform Trolley with

side/end panels

Platform Trolley with large

baskets

560

- 460 x 130 x 350 - 10 kg - MTEB1Z £60.40*

610 x 1200 x 1070 - 4 x 200 mm

Castors, 2 fixed,

610 x 1200 x 1070 425 x 960 x 425 2 swivel

300 kg 66 MTE03C £715.90



68 MTE04D £719.90

*price applicable when ordering with the Mailroom Distribution Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.


Premium Mail Distribution Trolleys

MT983Y

£279.45

MT985Y

£346.00

MT983Y

MT985Y & PB800Z

Zinc Rails to facilitate

hanging files

Wheels situated

inside the frame

›› Manufactured from strong tubular steel

›› Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets

›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed grey non-marking

wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel grey non-marking

castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted

within the frame of the unit to help

prevent damage to furniture & doorways

›› These units also incorporate 2 removable

zinc rails in each basket. This allows the

units to facilitate hanging files

*prices applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.



manufactured

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

3YR

GUARANTEE

Basket Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

PB800Z

Price

530 x 820 x 910 470 x 370 x 320 18 MT983Y £279.45

530 x 950 x 910 470 x 520 x 320 19 MT984Y £321.35

530 x 1230 x 910 470 x 770 x 320 24 MT985Y £346.00

Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420 2 PB800Z £34.75*

›› Hygienic - Easy to clean

›› Removable centre shelf

for bulky loads

›› Mobile on 2

large fixed

200mm

wheels

& 2 swivel

braked

125 mm

castors

SWI52Y

£218.80

Assembly Available




Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Assembly

Code / Price

SWI52Y

with middle

shelf removed

Model

Price

860 x 660 x 990 17.5 ASC / £25 SWI52Y £218.80

Removable

Shelf

120kg

evenly

distributed

SWI52Y

561


Post Bag Holders

MT987Y

£150.70


›› Notches on the top of the frames hold postal

bags into place (postal bags not included)

›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors

MT988Y

£191.65

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MT987Y

MT988Y

Postal

Bags Held

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Post Distribution Stairclimber


›› Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets

›› Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel

mount. These are mounted inside the frame

›› Load capacity of 50kg whilst

the unit is in use on stairs

›› Height of top basket: 870mm

Price

1 390 x 390 x 1130 8 MT987Y £150.70

2 390 x 770 x 1130 12 MT988Y £191.65

SC983Y

£393.45

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

PB800Z

SC983Y &

PB800Z

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Basket Size

W x D x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

535 x 920 x 940 470 x 370 x 320 23 SC983Y £393.45

Rear Pannier Basket - factory fitted

320 x 210 x 360/420

Self Levelling Trolleys

2 PB800Z £34.75

›› GS9125: re-inforced heavy duty PVC

bag with a plywood deck

GS9226: constructed from galvanised steel

sides & ends with a plastic deck

›› Unloaded height:

bag - 650mm &

box - 800mm

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS9125

562

GS9226

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Wheels

Load

Capacity

Self Levelling Trolley - Bag

Weight

kg

Model

Price

935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 40 GS9125 £956.00

Self Levelling Trolley - Box

935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 50 GS9226 £982.70


Compact Self Levelling Trolleys

NEW

FROM ONLY

£617.60

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS9338

Platform shown at full height

Platform shown under load

›› Robust & compact construction

gives greater storage space

›› Fully welded construction with powder coated

sheet panels, neoprene foam edges & plastic deck

›› Designed to fit through standard doorways

›› GS9337: open version

›› GS9338: secure version with padlock

hole (padlock not supplied)

›› The standard trolley internal platform

has a 30mm lip & the unladen platform

is set 120mm down. The platform moves

down 350mm with 40kg & the springs

are factory set to the required load


Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Load

Capacity

Weight

kg

Self Levelling Trolley

Model

Price

900 x 505 x 900 60 kg 43 GS9337 £617.60

Secure Self Levelling Trolley with Lid

905 x 510 x 925 60 kg 50 GS9338 £662.40

563


Basket Trolleys

›› Fully welded frame & white powder coated removable baskets


FROM ONLY

£334.65

GS100H

125kg

evenly

distributed

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

GS074H

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Post Room Trolley

›› Manufactured in tubular steel

with 50 x 50mm mesh infil

›› 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray

›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking

castors with plastic corner buffers

Features

740 x 480 x 1100 2 Basket - 500L x 400W x 180H mm 20 GS074H £334.65

1250 x 480 x 1100 2 Basket - 1000L x 400W x 180H mm. Includes 2 dividers to make 4 compartments 28 GS100H £389.85

Weight

kg

Model

Price

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

MT991Y

£551.60

MT991Y

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

1020 x 500 x 1020 16 MT991Y £551.60

564


Mail Sorting Systems

MT960Z

›› ‘See through’ design prevents

mail being overlooked

›› Compartment size: 340 x 145mm

›› This modern sorting system has been

especially designed to offer an effective

way of ensuring all mail is correctly sorted

›› Each compartment clearly identified

›› Manufactured from light gauge mesh which is

lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

FROM ONLY

£503.40

No. of

Compartments

Overall Size

W x D x H

Weight

kg

Model

Price

18 1085 x 420 x 955 20 MT960Z £503.40

24 1445 x 420 x 955 30 MT961Z £670.50

FROM ONLY

£517.85

3YR

GUARANTEE

MT962Z

MT964Y

Static Mail Sorter

›› This unit is available either free standing on its

own stand or for bench mounting if required

›› It has 20 easily identified compartments

›› Stand is manufactured from 25mm

square tubular steel

Description

Post Sorter

& Stand

Post Sorter

only

Overall

Size mm

W x D x H

1450 x 457

x 1830

1450 x 457

x 1525

Compartment

Size mm

W x D x H

Weight

kg

Model

Price

355 x 457 x 297 28 MT962Z £992.95

355 x 457 x 297 18 MT963Z £885.50

manufactured

Mobile Mail Sorter

›› This mail sorter has 12 easily identified

compartments & is available with or

without a mobile trolley

›› The trolley is mobile on 100mm rubber castors

Description

Post Sorter

& Trolley

Post Sorter

only

Overall

Size mm

W x D x H

1375 x 380

x 1610

1065 x 380

x 1220

Compartment

Size mm

W x D x H

Weight

kg

Model

Price

355 x 380 x 305 28 MT964Y £740.15

355 x 380 x 305 11 MT965Z £517.85

565


Post Lockers

›› Manufactured from sheet steel in grey

›› Lockers are equipped with a master

door to allow authorised access

›› Supplied complete with cylinder locks (with

2 keys) & a master key for the master door

›› Each compartment is 290W x 425D mm

with a post hole which is 240W mm

PLW12Z

AVAILABLE WITH 12,

15 OR 30 COMPARTMENTS

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

No of

Boxes

Wall Mounted Unit

Model

Price

760 x 450 x 820 12 PLW12Z £464.10

Floor Standing Unit

380 x 450 x 1910 15 PLF15Z £488.60

760 x 450 x 1910 30 PLF30Z £880.45

Post Lockers

PLF30Z

PLF15Z

›› Ideal for use in offices, flats,

schools, colleges, hospitals etc

›› Use for central mail & internal post systems



›› Each box has its own posting slot




›› Light grey carcass with

various door colour options

manufactured

DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Light Grey

Blue

Yellow

Light Blue

Red


LX1230387

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

No of

Boxes

Model

Price

15mm Post Slots

230 x 255 x 1075 8 LX1023258 £227.35

230 x 255 x 1325 10 LX132325N £245.51

25mm Post Slots

300 x 380 x 1230 7 LX1230387 £236.43

300 x 380 x 1725 10 LX173038N £277.95

40mm Post Slots

300 x 380 x 870 3 LX8730383 £184.55

300 x 380 x 1665 6 LX1630386 £236.43

566

LX173038N


Mailroom Sorting Systems

MSS18Z

MCD04Z

MSS54Z

›› Practical yet stylish units which are ideal for post sorting

›› Finished in a hardwearing beech, birch or white laminate

Floor Mounted Units

›› Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged

with a slanted aluminium profile which makes labelling

easier. Compartment size is 280W x 380D x 80H mm

Mail Sorting System

›› Comprises of a mail cupboard with or without doors

& a pull out sorting unit. Also comes with a table top

mail sorting unit with 30 compartments

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

DOCUMENT &

POST SORTING

FROM ONLY

£313.90

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

No of

Compartments

Beech Birch White


Floor Mounted Units

315 x 400 x 1880 18 MSS18Z £313.90 MSS28Z £313.90 MSS38Z £313.90

915 x 400 x 1880 54 MSS54Z £692.05 MSS64Z £692.05 MSS74Z £692.05

Mail Sorting Systems

915 x 400 x 1880 Without Doors MCN04Z £712.20 MCN14Z £712.20 MCN24Z £712.20

915 x 400 x 1880 With Doors MCD04Z £750.00 MCD14Z £750.00 MCD24Z £750.00

MSS28Z

567


Packaging Benches

›› Designed to cover a multitude of uses

within the packaging industry

›› Ideal for use in assembly areas,

manufacturing facilities & production lines

›› Supplied with laminate worktops

›› 250kg capacity - U.D.L.

FROM ONLY

£1408.85

manufactured

Packaging Bench 1

›› Complete with:

Back Panel Frame

Laminate Upper Shelf x2

Upper Shelf Dividers (Pack of 5)

Perforated Panel

Louvre Panel

Magnetic Panel

Cutting Knife (will over hang by 30mm)

Under Bench Roll Holder

Cones For Roll Holder (Pack of 2)

Packaging Bench 1

Bench Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

840 to 1100 x 1500 x 750 PB01157518 £1879.35

840 to 1100 x 1800 x 750 PB01187518 £2127.75

Packaging Bench 2


Back Panel Frame

Laminate Upper Shelf x2

Perforated Panel

Louvre Panel

Magnetic Panel

Full Depth Lower Shelf x2

Short Full Depth Lower

Shelf Dividers (Pack of 5)


568

Bench Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

840 to 1100 x 1500 x 750 PB02157518 £1579.25

840 to 1100 x 1800 x 750 PB02187518 £1758.10

Packaging Bench 2


i

Information

DESIGNED TO

COVER A

MULTITUDE OF

USES WITHIN

THE PACKAGING

INDUSTRY

manufactured

Packaging Bench 3


Rear Support Posts

Laminate Upper Shelf


Above Bench Roll Holder

Cones For Roll Holder (Pack of 2)

Cutting Knife (will over hang by 30mm)

Full Depth Lower Shelf

Tall Full Depth Lower

Shelf Dividers (Pack of 5)

Packaging Bench 3

Bench Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

840 to 1100 x 1500 x 750 PB03157518 £1644.50

840 to 1100 x 1800 x 750 PB03187518 £1825.50

Packaging Bench 4


Rear Support Posts


LED Light - 30 Watt

Laminate Upper Shelf


Louvre/Pinboard Panel

Half Depth Lower Shelf x2

Short Half Depth Lower Shelf

Dividers (Pack of 5) x2

Bench Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

840 to 1100 x 1500 x 750 PB04157518 £1408.85

840 to 1100 x 1800 x 750 PB04187518 £1509.40

Packaging Bench 4

569


Economy Packing Bench

FROM ONLY

£558.55

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Overall

L x W mm

Overall

Height mm

i

Information

STAY ORGANISED

WITH THIS QUALITY

PACKING BENCH

Lower Shelf

Depth mm

Weight

kg

Model

MB156M

Price

1525 x 610 1525 350 70 MB156M £558.55

1830 x 760 1525 350 85 MB187M £590.60

Folding Shelf Trucks

›› Folding shelves & ends enable these

units to fold flat for compact storage

›› Tubular steel construction

with steel shelves



›› Complete with 2 reel holders

›› Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep


›› 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf

›› For ease of transport, the unit is

supplied in two components

›› The upper back frame is supplied

separately for bolting into position

100kg

evenly

distributed

Bolt which holds shelf

in folded position

i

Information

FOLDS IN SECONDS

CI9002 Folded

570

CI9002

No of

Shelves

Overall Size - Open

L x W x H mm


L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

2 850 x 460 x 1040 850 x 150 x 1040 19.5 CI9002 £191.95


Polypropylene Strapping Systems

P009

Polypropylene Strapping Kit

›› Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner,

sealer, 12mm x 1500M black strapping,

1000 seals & mobile trolley

P010

P011

Sealer

P012

P014

manufactured

P013

Tensioner

Description Qty Model Price

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 2000M (150kg b/s white) Per Reel P001 £33.89

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1500M (200kg b/s black) Per Reel P002 £26.17

Polypropylene Strapping - 12mm x 1200M (270kg b/s blue) Per Reel P003 £47.76

Semi-open Seals (1000) - 12 x 25mm Per Box P006 £6.86

Semi-open Seals (2000) - 12 x 32mm Per Box P007 £19.77

Strapping Tensioner & Cutter - 12/19mm Each P009 £31.81

Strapping Sealer - 12mm (takes 12/25 & 12/32 Seals) Each P010 £24.00

Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals) Each P011 £73.71

Heavy Duty Combination Tool - 12mm (takes 12/25 Seals) Each P012 £130.22

Portable Floor Stand with Brake Each P013 £27.53

Mobile Strapping Trolley with Brake & Seal Box Each P014 £59.64

Semi-automatic Strapping Machine

›› Adjustable for use with 9, 12, & 15.5mm wide strapping,

producing up to 24 strapping cycles per minute

›› Offers mechanical tension control from 15 to 45kgs,

& adjustable table height between 750-900mm

›› Ideal for general industrial applications, complete

with hinged table top for easy access, with

low-maintenance, easy operation

›› Overall size: 902L x 575W x 780H mm

Seals

Black Strapping & Mobile Trolley


Complete Strapping Kit P008 £150.00

Automatic Strapping Machine

›› Reliable, robust machine for use with 12-15mm strapping

›› Operates at up to 24 cycles per minute,

with a tension range of 15 - 70 kgs

›› Hinged table top, instant heating system, adjustable

cooling time to suit different applications, & modular

arch component

›› Overall size:

1440Lmm x

600Wmm x

1520Hmm.

Table height

805mm,

standard arch

size W850

x H600mm

i

Information

QUICK & EASY

WAY OF

STRAPPING ITEMS



Semi-automatic Strapping Machine ES-102A £641.79

Automatic Strapping Machine A-93N £2377.94

12mm x 3000M Semi-automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll) P017 £41.43 12mm x 3000M Automatic Machine Strapping - White (per Roll) P005 £54.34


571


Steel Strapping Kits

›› Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer,

steel strapping, 1000 seals & mobile trolley

Steel Strapping Systems

P060

P056

Seals

P055

manufactured

P059

Steel Strapping

& Mobile Trolley

P048


Tensioner

Sealer


Complete Strapping Kit with 13mm x 341M Strap & 13mm Seals P061 £225.87



Woven Polyester Strapping Systems

Mobile Coil Holder 13 - 19mm Ribbon Wound with Tray Each P048 £101.40

13mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 600kg b/s 323M Reel Per Reel P049 £32.23



Snap-on Seals (1000) - 13 x 25mm Per Box P052 £8.89



Steel Strap 13 - 19mm Tensioner Each P055 £60.86

Steel Strap - 13mm Sealer Each P056 £25.29



Steel Sealless Combination Tool - 13/19mm Each P059 £314.29

Safety Shears - 30mm Each P060 £35.63

P074

P078

P073


P079

13-19mm Tensioner & Cutter Each P073 £42.64

200M of 16mm Woven Polyester Strapping with 80 Buckles Each P074 £24.43

13mm x 1000M Woven Polyester Strapping - 410kg b/s Each P075 £50.14



13mm Metal Buckles (1000) Per Box P080 £22.29



Dispenser Stand with Brake Each P078 £57.74

Mobile Trolley with Brake & Buckle Box Each P079 £82.32

572



Counter Roll Holders & Kraft Paper

›› Versatile & efficient range to suit most papers, films & foils

›› All sizes are fitted with a serrated blade & rubber feet


Counter Roll Holder - 300mm P146 £46.71




Stacking Brackets (Price Each) P150 £14.14

Hanging Brackets (Pack 3) P180 £2.25

Wall Brackets (Pack 3) P181 £2.15

Mobile Cutter & Stand

manufactured


Pure Kraft Paper - 500mm x 275M (20” Roll) P151 £22.01



Heat Sealer

›› Makes & seals polythene bags

›› PE/PP/PVC up to 400mm

wide & 2 x 200 micron

P072

P167 & P169

(shown with Kraft Paper as sold above)


Mobile Stand for 1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1730 x 170 x 50mm) P167 £293.57

Mobile Stand for 1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 2020 x 170 x 50mm) P168 £312.86

1200mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1600 x 300 x 150mm) P169 £263.57

1500mm Cutter (1 Ctn 1900 x 300 x 150mm) P170 £305.00

Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser

›› Takes up to 100mm widths

›› Pre-set lengths from 100mm to

1100mm, plain or re-inforced

›› Gummed side in or out

›› 2 year warranty

P179, P066 & P072


400mm Heat Sealer with Cutter P179 £111.00

400mm x 150M Roll Layflat Tubing P066 £39.60

Unrolling Device for Film P072 £45.36

Hot Melt Glue & Guns

manufactured


12mm Stick LD Gun 100-250V P154 £25.99

12mm Stick HD Gun 100-250V P155 £57.06

Fast Set 12mm Packaging Glue - 5kg P120 £45.28

Clear 12mm General Purpose Glue - 5kg P121 £43.41

Safety Cutter

›› Suitable for plastic strapping, stretch film, fabrics etc

›› No exposed blades - fitted with blunt edged tape splitter


Gummed Paper Tape Dispenser P177 £417.86


Gummed Paper Tape - 72mm x 200m - 70gsm P178 £4.45

Safety Cutter - Pack of 5 P046 £6.00


573


Pallet Shrink System

›› Complete with hose & regulator

›› P107: 40kw power output

›› RIP3000: 76kw power output

Stretch Wrap Systems

P018

P026

RIP3000

P107

manufactured


Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System P107 £421.43

Cold Nozzle Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun System RIP3000 £863.01

Pallet Shrink System

P027

P029


P109

manufactured

P108


Propane Gas Cylinder Trolley to suit 13/19 & 47kg Each P108 £66.43

Dispenser Unit - Main Frame, 1 Spindle & Castor Set Each P109 £155.36

Extra Spindle Bars Each P110 £56.25

Pallet Covers for Euro Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (30 per roll) Per Roll P182 £99.64

Pallet Covers for Standard Pallets: max. 1200Hmm (25 per roll) Per Roll P112 £95.09

Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1/2M x 108M Per Roll P113 £81.96

Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 1.5/3M x 74M Per Roll P114 £81.96

Centre Fold Polythene Sheeting - 125MU 2/4M x 55M Per Roll P115 £88.93

Stretch Wrappers

Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU (6 Rolls) Per Ctn P018 £36.60



Clear Film - 400mm x 300M 17MU Ext Core (6 Rolls) Per Ctn P022 £37.37



Black Stretch Film - 500mm x 250M 25MU (6 Rolls) Per Ctn P025 £65.67

Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm Each P026 £12.43

Heavy Duty Stretch Wrap Dispenser - 400/500mm Each P027 £25.32

Stretch Packer Handle & 1 Roll Film Per Pack P028 £5.21

Stretch Packer Kit - 12 Rolls & 1 Handle Per Pack P029 £16.07

Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (6 Rolls) Per Pack P030 £6.60

Stretch Packer Film - 100mm x 150M (36 Rolls) Per Pack P031 £34.13

›› Reduce operator fatigue by

eliminating bending or stretching

›› Adjustable tension ensures consistent

wrapping with reduced wastage

›› Wraps to a height of 2M

i

Information

P040

QUICK & EASY

WAY OF

WRAPPING ITEMS


Mobile Pallet Wrapper P035 £2007.97

500mm x 600M 12 micron stretch film (for above) P036 £14.00

Turntable Pallet Wrapper P039 £3740.00

P035

Pallet Ramp (for above) P040 £308.45

574


P039

2000mm mast, 1650mm turntable

& will handle loads up to 1650kg


Cardboard Carton Shredders

›› IE3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy

efficient. Soft start means less component

wear & quieter operation

›› P067: produces upto 2.3 m 3 /hr void fill

›› P068: produces upto 3.5 m 3 /hr void fill

›› P069: produces upto 6 m 3 /hr void fill

P069

Lifting Straps

P067

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model Price

Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 12mm thick 660 x 660 x 980 P067 £2250.00



›› Contains 2 adjustable harnesses

& 1 lifting strap (3600 x 127 mm)

›› Suitable for loads up to 363kg

›› Fitted with metal tensioning buckles

›› Free your hands & arms whilst carrying loads

P071


Lifting Straps - 273kg capacity P070 £17.99

Lifting Straps - 363kg capacity P071 £35.99


575


430 - Electronic Bench Scale B140 - Weigh Count Scale

NEW

Green: Accept

CHECK WEIGHING MODE*

Orange: Under

›› General purpose bench scale

›› Electronic top loading scales which

displays in kg’s or lb’s

›› Check weighing mode*, ideal for repetitive weighing.

It can easily be set so the operator can quickly

tell if the weight is within tolerance

›› 5 LED annunciators display

›› Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied

›› Food grade 304 stainless steel top plate

›› Overall size: H190 x L365 x 335Wmm

Capacity Model Price

7kg x 0.0005kg & 15lb x 0.001lb 816965007219 £120.00

15kg x 0.001kg & 30lb x 0.002lb 816965007226 £120.00

WS Platform Scales

›› Hygienic stainless steel base

›› Functions include:

›› On/Off

›› Zero

›› Tare

›› Hold

›› Powered by Mains,

UK & EU power adaptor,

(supplied) or 4 x 1.5v

batteries (not supplied)

›› LCD display

Red: Over

i

Information

LARGE DISPLAY

FOR CLEAR

INFORMATION

›› High resolution LED counting scale


›› 20 button front panel with three separate

dispays for weight, piece weight & count

›› Overall size: 117H x 333L x 195Wmm


6kg x 0.2g 816965005758 £181.95

15kg x 0.5g 816965005765 £181.95

30kg x 1g 816965005772 £181.95

576

Capacity

300kg x 50g

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

550 x 550 x 60 WS300-50 £282.00

990 x 550 x 60 WS300-90 £326.60

Calibration certificate available for electronic machines – this must be specified on your order and is subject to an additional charge


B240 - Counting Scale

Parcel & Shipping Scales

NEW

NEW

›› Built-in database for fast recall of already stored

piece weights and other part number data

›› Electronic top loading scales which

displays in lb’s, g’s or kg’s

›› 7” colour graphic touch screen display

with 800 x 480 resolution


›› Stainless steel top plate

›› Overall size: H190 x L430 x 370Wmm


7kg x 0.0002kg & 15lb x 0.0005lb 816965007295 £651.45

15kg x 0.0005kg & 30lb x 0.001lb 816965007301 £651.45

30kg x 0.0001kg & 60lb x 0.002lb 816965007318 £651.45

Multi-Purpose Bench Scales

›› Ideal for portable applications without

the need to find power outlets

›› General weighing in oz’s, lb’s or kg’s

›› Large 180 mm x 90 mm easy-to-read blue

back lit LCD display with 25 mm high digits

›› Mains or battery operated by

four AA batteries - adaptor supplied

›› Stainless steel platform

›› Platform size: H40 x L390 x 310Wmm


75kg x 0.05kg & 165lb x 0.1lb 816965007110 £90.00

150kg x 0.01kg & 330lb x 0.2lb 816965007127 £90.00

›› Combines with a pole mounted

indicator that can be used for a

wide range of general purpose

floor or bench base type applications

›› Displays in lb’s, kg’s

›› The base is fully covered with a

removable, hard-wearing, food grade

304 stainless steel top pan

›› Fitted with a robust, R60 C3 approved

aluminium IP66 load cell

›› With 150% overload protection,

powder coated tubular base

frames constructed of mild steel,

and four corner stops the load

cell is well protected

›› The base frame is fitted with four

large, lockable, adjustable anti-slip

feet ideal for levelling the base

if positioned on uneven ground

›› Indicator has a large, easy-to-read

50 mm x 165 mm LCD backlit display

with 40 mm high digits and built-in

battery that allows this product

to be used in low lit areas or in areas

where power outlets are hard to find

›› Can provide over 107 hours of

battery life between charges

AWT05-509353

Anti-Slip Feet

NEW

Capacity

Base Size

L x W mm

Model

Price

60kg x 0.01kg & 132lb x 1oz 400 x 400 AWT05-509352 £275.75

150kg x 0.02kg & 22lb x 2oz 400 x 500 AWT05-509353 £283.60

300kg x 0.05kg & 56lb x 4oz 400 x 500 AWT05-509376 £283.60

300kg x 0.05kg & 110lb x 8oz 500 x 600 AWT05-509354 £448.60

AWT05-509354


577


Electronic Bench/Floor Scales

›› Accurate, easy to read display

›› Large 25.4mm backlit LCD display


›› On/Off

›› Zero

›› Tare

›› Auto shutdown feature turns

off the weight display after

2 minutes of none use

›› Battery alert will display ‘LO’ when

the battery is weak

›› This unit continues to display the

weight after the item has been removed.

Ideal for weighing oversized goods

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

278 x 318 x 56


45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs GP100 £121.20

110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs GP250 £121.20

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

PALLETS,

CONTAINERS &

STILLAGES ETC

Portable Beam Scales

›› Place the beams up to 2 metres apart

›› Both beams are fitted with a carry

handle & adjustable feet


›› On/Off

›› Net/Gross

›› Tare

›› Print

›› Ideal for pallets, long loads, containers etc

578

Indicator

›› Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm high

digits which is backlit LCD for excellent viewing

›› Scales will display low battery when the unit

requires recharging. The battery lasts approx. 15 hours

of continuous use & is charged via the charger.

The display turns itself off after 2 minutes

Overall Size

mm


2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams 2500kg / 5000lb 816965005628 £695.15

2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams 5000kg / 10,000lb 816965005635 £736.40



Electronic Crane Scales

›› Complies to GB/T11883-2002 & European CE directives

›› Aluminium casting case, high firm hook & shackle

›› Quality integrated circuit for high performance & long time stability

›› 35mm LED display with adjustable brightness setting

›› Internal rechargeable battery or AC power


›› On/Off

›› Zero

›› Tare

›› Hold/Print

i

Information

SLEEP MODE TO

MAXIMISE THE

BATTERY LIFE


1000kg x 0.5kg BCS-1000 £419.95

3000kg x 1kg BCS-3000 £419.95

5000kg x 2kg BCS-5000 £458.00

Floor & Drum Weighing Scale

›› Ideal for the weighing of drums, sack

trucks & trolleys etc where ease of

operation & accuracy is essential

›› 6 digit 20mm (0.8”) LED display

›› Includes indicator/readout stand

›› Powered by internal rechargeable batteries

which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use


›› On/Off

›› Zero

›› Tare

›› Hold/Print

Capacity

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Model

Price

500kg x 0.2g 1050 x 1050 x 46 DS1000 £565.45

Floor Scale System

›› Versatile indicator - ideal for applications such

as shipping, counting, totalising

& check weighing functions

›› Hard wearing powder coated finish

›› Thick safety tread top plate with

heavy duty welded wide channel supports

›› 4 alloy steel potted load cells


›› Checkweighing

›› Count

›› Weight

›› Total

›› Print

Overall Size

L x W mm


1220 x 1220 2500kg x 0.5kg 816965006922 £750.45

1220 x 1220 5000kg x 1kg 816965006946 £816.60

1500 x 1500 2500kg x 0.5kg 816965006939 £832.55

1500 x 1500 5000kg x 1kg 816965006953 £885.90


579


Dump Baskets

›› White plastic coated

Display Baskets

›› Top quality build & finish

›› Bright zinc finish

›› Space utilisation

›› Self stacking

›› Free standing

D2400

D1600

›› D2100: round

dump bin

›› D1600 & D2400:

square collapsible

basket with

adjustable base

i

Information

IDEAL FOR

CATERING FOR THE

IMPULSE BUYER

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

D2100

Price

400 x 400 x 726 D1600 £15.85

600 x 600 x 726 D2400 £22.62

533 x 533 x 720 D2100 £13.57

Shopping Baskets

Description

Basket A

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Price

Divider

Price

475 x 300 x 250 SB475-300 £15.10 £3.68

475 x 400 x 250 SB475-400 £16.85 £4.05

475 x 450 x 300 SB475-450 £20.30 £4.57

475 x 500 x 300 SB475-500 £20.95 £4.76

Plinth with Castors to suit - 475 wide SB P1 £32.52 -

Basket B

580 x 300 x 250 SB580-300 £16.60 £3.68

580 x 400 x 250 SB580-400 £17.31 £4.05

580 x 450 x 300 SB580-450 £21.59 £4.57

580 x 500 x 300 SB580-500 £21.76 £4.76

Plinth with Castors to suit - 580 wide SB P2 £34.69 -

Basket C

980 x 300 x 250 SB980-300 £22.53 £3.68

980 x 400 x 250 SB980-400 £25.04 £4.05

980 x 450 x 300 SB980-450 £28.11 £4.57

980 x 500 x 400 SB980-500 £32.99 £4.90

Plinth with Castors to Suit - 980 wide SB P3 £40.26 -

Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm SBDS450/39 £1.67 -

Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm SBDS550/39 £1.99 -

Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm SBDS950-39 £2.08 -

›› Double handles for extra strength

i

Information

24 LITRE CAPACITY

580

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green) 430 x 295 x 220 B07 - 2 Handle Plastic £3.33

Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green handles) 445 x 326 x 190 B09 - Wire Shopping £5.15

Price

Universal Plinth 470 x 300 x 340 B10 - UNI Plinth £14.17


Universal

Plinth


Display Baskets

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Green

Blue

Red

specify when ordering.

other colours available

›› Ideal for order picking

& fulfilment operations

›› For warehouse/bulk storage

D1

4 x C12

›› The simplest & most effective

way to display stock

›› Tough & durable, constructed from

welded steel wire with plastic

coating to prevent corrosion

›› Designed by engineers & built to

withstand the rigours of harsh

environments

4 x C2DS & 8 x D1

External Size

W x D x H mm

Mesh

Size mm

Capacity

Litres

4 x C12, 8 x D1 & F9901

Capacity

kg

Model

Price

Model

Divider

Price

›› Safe & stable, the interlocking design

of these baskets ensures safe stacking

›› Plastic coating which protects

the goods from damage

›› Open front containers which allow

easy access to even bulky goods

›› Finish: durable plastic coating

›› Dividers available

660 x 460 x 350

65 0.088 MT8 £23.36

24 x 46

980 x 460 x 350 88 0.140 C12 £25.71

980 x 680 x 480

300 0.300 C2DS £32.49

46 x 46

1220 x 680 x 480 360 0.400 C4 £37.56

Description

Overall Size

W x D x H mm

Model

D1 £3.17

D2 £3.78

Price

Wheels to suit - MT8 F9901 £53.39

Wheels to suit - C12 F9903 £53.39

Wheels to suit - C2DS & C4 F9902 £53.39

Hook On Price Tag 120 x 40 PPB £0.56

Hook On Price Tag 165 x 80 PPA £0.68

EPOS Strip 980 x 60 EPOS £2.26


581

Index

A

Absorbents

Access Equipment

Access Gates

Access Platforms

Ackerman Trucks

Adjustable Shelving

Aisle Labelling

Aluminium Shelving

Aluminium Steps

Aluminium Trucks & Trolleys

Anti-collapse System

Anti-ligature Mirrors

Anti-static Workbenches

Ashtrays

Attached Lid Containers


B

Balanced Trucks

Bar Pallets

Bar Racks

Bar Trucks

Barriers

Baskets

Beam Benches

Belt Barriers

Benches

Bench Scales

Bicycle Racks & Shelters

Bin Lifter

Bin Racks & Trolleys

Bins - Litter

Board Trolleys

Bottle Skips

Box Pallets

Bubble / Stretch Film

Bulk Handling Trucks

C

Cable Ramps & Protectors

Canteen Furniture

Cantilever Racking

Cantilever Workbenches

Carry Case - Storage

Cash & Carry Trolleys

Castors & Wheels

Caution Boards

Chain Hoists

Chain Posts & Barriers

Chairs

Charging Laptop Lockers

Chemstores

Chrome Wire Shelving

294

440 to 503

215

452, 454,

494 to 503

412 & 415

50

160 to 1173

58

445 to 455

346 & 347

8

219

244 & 245

526

126, 128 &

129

41 to 44

412

60

60 to 65

416 & 417

13, 34, 35 &

194 to 218

580 & 581

555

194, 196

to 200

228 to 257,

566 to 568

576 to 579

220 to 223

534

114 to 121

512 to 535

400 & 401

416 & 417

60, 130 &

131

573 & 574

401

190 & 212

556 to 559

40, 64 & 65

234 & 245

109

396 to 403

431 to 437

509

321

200

550 to 556

82 to 84

274

56 & 57

Clever Trolley

Cloakroom Equipment

Clothing

Coat Racks & Stands

Combination Ladders

Compartment Cases

Computer Cabinets

Cones

Connecting Dollies

Construction Systems


Container Walls

Containers

Convertible Trolleys

Conveyors

CoSHH Cupboards

Crowd Barriers

Cube Lockers

Cupboards

Cycle Racks & Shelters

Cylinder Storage & Cages

Cylinder Trolleys

D

Desk Converter

Desk Screens

Desks & Pedestals

Display Baskets

Display Racks & Stands

Distribution Pallets

Distribution Trucks

Dividers & Screens

Docking Equipment

Dock Steps

Document Pockets

Dollies

Drawer Cabinets

Drip/Spill Trays

Drum Dollies

Drum Handling

Drum Lifting

Drum Storage

Dry Wall Trolleys

Dump Baskets

E

Easy Slope Steps

Easy Steer Steps

Eclipse Shelving

Economy Shelving

Emergency Showers

Euro Containers

Expanding Conveyors

Extension Ladders

354, 373,

402, 403

& 425

96 to 101

150 to 151

96 to 101

452, 454,

455 & 460

109 to 113

94 & 256

217

356

36 & 37

416 to 427

124

122 to 131

335 to 337,

396

438 & 439

136 & 137

217 & 218

66

89 to 95,

132 to 138

& 508

220 to 223

141, 145 to

149 & 288

289 to 291

257 & 555

544 & 545

544 to 547

580 & 581

179 to 183

129

384 to 387

544 & 545

158 & 479

479

170 & 171

355 to 357

248 to 254

275 to 277

268

268 to 273

273

274 to 287

401

578 & 579

489 to 493

488

56 & 57

18 & 19

504 & 405

126 & 127

439

455

Eye Wash Station

F

Fibreglass Steps

Filing Cabinets

Fire Extinguishers

Fire Resistant Safes

First Aid Cupboards

First Aid Equipment

Flammable Storage

Floor Marking

Floor Matting

Floor Paint

Folding Box Trucks

Folding Chairs

Folding Steps

Folding Tables

Fork Lift Cages

Fort Sack Trucks

Fort Steps

Fort Trucks

Foyer Stands

G

Galvanised Steps

Galvanised Trucks

Garment Rails

Gas Cylinder Storage & Cages

Glass Fibre Steps

Glass Whiteboards

Grit Bins

Grit Spreaders

H

Hand Drawn Trucks

Handling Cans

Handy Steps & Stools

Hazardous Storage

Healthcare Trolleys

Hi280 Shelving

Hi-Vis Clothing

High Lift Pallet Trucks

Hygienic Shelving

I

IBC Containers

IBC Storage

Identification Labels

Impact Protection

Inclined Shelving


Industrial Screens

Industrial Trailers

504 to 506

456 to 459

546 & 548

152

156

92

504 to 507

132 to 149,

292 & 293

169, 192

& 193

184 to 132

193

339

555 & 556

443 to 459

555 & 556

503

324 to 337

462 to 497

350 to 353

181

463, 465,

478, 479

& 492

346

96

141, 145 to

149 & 298

456 to 459

177

540 to 543

541

404 to 415

292 & 293

440 to 443

132 to 149

509 to 511

23 to 29

150 & 151

307

56 to 59

274

274, 282,

286 & 287

160 to 173

201 to 211

54 & 55

14 & 15

264

417

J

Janitorial Trolleys

K

Kanban Shelving

Key Cabinets

Kick Steps

Knives - Safety

L

Labelling

Ladder Accessories

Ladders

Laser Measurers

Laundry Trolleys

Lift Tables

Lifters & Stackers

Lights

Literature Storage

Litter Bins

Load Movers

Location Markers

Lockers

Cube

Executive

Express

Garment

Laminate Door

Laptop

Personal Effect

Plastic

Z Door

Longspan Shelving

Louvered Panel Kits

M

Machine Guards

Machine/Service Steps

Mailroom Equipment

Matting

Maxi Bins

Mesh Cages/Mini/Maxi Boxes

Mesh Pallets

Mezzanine Floors

Mirrors

Mobile Bar Rack

Mobile Shelving

Mobile Steps

N

Noticeboards

509 to 511

54

155

440 to 443

571

160 to 173

460

454, 455 &

458 to 461

153

511

318 to 321

310 to 317

153 & 158

179 to 183

512 to 535

318 to 321

160 to 173

66 to 88

66

80 & 81

67

75

76 & 79

82 to 84

66 & 73

85

76

20 & 21

105 & 114

201 to 211

465, 466 &

489 to 493

560 to 577

184 to 191

22 & 103

148

144

2 & 3

219

62 & 63

55

443, 450 to

453 & 463

to 493

174 to 178

O

Office Chairs

Office Furniture

Office Partitioning

Office Planners

Office Seating

Office Shelving

Order Picking Trolleys

Outdoor Litter Bins

P

PPE Equipment

Packaging Equipment

Packing Benches

Padlocks

Pallet Boxes

Pallet Loading

Pallet Pull-outs

Pallet Racking

Pallet Stacking Systems

Pallet Trucks

High Lift

Long Fork

Powered

Printers

Weigh Scale

Pallets - Plastic

Plastic Cupboards

Plastic Lockers

Plastic Shelving

Plastic Steps

Plastic Trolleys

Platform Steps

Platform Trucks & Trolleys

Platforms

Podium Steps

Polyethylene Trucks

Post Room Equipment

Powered Pallet Trucks

Powered Stackers

PVC Strip Curtains

R

Rack Guards

Racksack

Ramps

Reception Furniture

Recycling Bins

Refuse Sacks & Holders

Rivet Racking

Rivet Workbenches

Rock Salt

Roll Containers

Roller Tracks

Rope Barriers

550 to 553

546 to 555

7

182

550 to 559

554

428 & 429

526 to 529

150 to 151

566 to 575

566 to 570

154

60, 130 &

131

318 & 319

33

30 to 32,

38 & 39

30

296 to 307

307

299

303 to 305

298

300 to 301

130 & 131

95 & 508

85

58 & 59

440 & 442

341 to 367

455, 494

to 498

340 to 248

494 to 501

498 & 501

416 to 422

560 to 575

303 to 305

314 to 317

159

34, 35 &

201 to 211

168

213 & 214

552 & 553

512 to 522

512 to 515

48, 52 & 53

228 to 230

543

394 & 395

430

195

S

Sacks Holders & Refuse Sacks

Sack Trucks

2 & 3 Way

Aluminium

Compact

Fort

Stairclimbers

White Goods

Safes

Safety Matting

Safety Showers

Safety Signs

Salt & Grit Bins

Salt Spreaders

Scaffold Towers

Scales - Weight

Scissor Lift Tables

Screens & Dividers

Seating

Security Cages

Security Cupboards

Security Trolleys

Self Levelling Trucks

Service Trolleys

Sheet & Bar Racks

Shelf/Tray Trolleys

Shelving

Economy

Hi280

Impex

Longspan

Shrink Wrap Systems

Shoe Racks

Shopping Baskets

Showers

Signs & Identification

Skip Trucks

Slotted Angle

Small Parts Storage

Smoking Shelters

Snow Shovels & Ploughs

Speedframe

Speed Ramps

Spill Control

Spill Kits

Stackers & Lifters

Stainless Steel

Cloakroom Equipment

Cupboards

Platform Trucks

Shelf Trolleys

Steps

Work Benches

Stairclimbers

Stair Treads

Index

512 to 515

322 to 338

335 to 337

331 to 333

331 to 333

324 to 327

338

329

156

184 to 191

504 & 505

161 to 173

540 to 543

541

501 & 502

574 to 577

308 & 309

544 & 545

550 to 559

141 to 149

157

397 to 399

423, 562 &

563

364 to 372

60 to 65

358 to 383

18 to 21, 23

to 29, 45 to

59 & 554

18 & 19

23 to 29

46 & 47

20 & 21

561 to 565

97 to 100

578

504 & 505

160 to 173

536 to 537

37

22, 102 to

121

224 to 227

541

36

213 & 214

274 to 295

295

310 to 317

101

92

346

382 & 383

468

240

2338

184

S continued

Stanchions

Stationery Cupboards

Steel Bins & Racks

Steps

Aluminium

Combination

Folding

Glass Fibre

Handy Steps

Kick/Stools

Mobile Steps

Stainless Steel

Stock Trolleys

Storage & Bar Racks

Storage Machines

Storage Racks - Literature

Storage Vaults

Stores

Straddle Stackers

Strapping Systems

Stretch Film Systems

Strip Curtains

Sump Storage

System Flow Trolleys

162

547 to 549

120 & 121

442 to 490

445 to 455

452, 454,

455 & 460

443 to 459

456 to 459

440 to 443

440 & 441

443, 450 to

453 & 464

to 503

468

396 & 403

60 to 65

41 to 44

179 to 183

139 & 280

142 & 143

315 & 316

571 & 572

574

159

278 to 287

263

T

T-Cards

Tables

Telescopic Ladders

Three Way Trucks

Tilt & Pull Steps

Tilt Trucks

Tip-A-Trucks

Tool Storage

Tool Trolleys

Tote Bins & Racks

Towers

Traffic Cones

Traffic Management

Trailers

Tray Racks

Tray Trolleys

Treads

Turntable Trucks

Two Way Trucks

V

Vaults

Vision Barriers

182

556 to 559

461

335 to 337

467 & 468

523 & 534

419

262 to 267

258 to 263

120 & 121

501 & 502

198 & 217

198 to 218

415

426 & 427

358 to 383

184

404 to 414

336

139 & 280

204

W

Wall Mounted Barriers

Wall Planners

Warehouse Identification

Warehouse Trucks

Waste Converters

Waste Management

Weigh Scales

Wheelbarrows

Wheeled Bin Shelters

Wheeled Bins

Wheels & Castors

Wheel Chocks

Wheel Stops

Whiteboards

Winter Management Products

Wire Baskets

Wire Mesh Lockers

Wire Shelving

Workbenches

Workwear

Work Lights

196 & 200

182

160 to 173

396 & 403

573

512 to 539

576 to 579

408

534

530 to 535

431 to 437

158

213

174 to 177

540 to 543

580 & 581

86 to 88

56 & 57

228 to 257,

566 to 568

150 to 151

153 & 158

CONDITIONS OF SALE:

1. ACCEPTANCE

Acceptance of any order by the purchaser for the supply of goods will be subject to these conditions of sale.

2. PRICES

PRICES QUOTED ARE NORMALLY EX-WORKS EXCLUSIVE OF VAT & CARRIAGE

Whilst we shall endeavour to maintain the prices shown, this we cannot guarantee & we reserve the right to charge

the price ruling at date of despatch. In the event of a price alteration after an order has been placed & prior

to despatch notification of such alteration will be made before despatch of goods.

Low value orders may be subject to an administration charge.

Prices will be subject to any customs tariffs following Brexit

3. SPECIFICATIONS

Due to continual improvements in the design & manufacturing methods strict accuracy of specifications & illustrations cannot be

guaranteed. So that any product improvements can reach the purchaser as soon as possible the Company reserves the right to change design of

specification without formal notice. Stated load capacities are for evenly distributed loads only & must not be exceeded.

4. GUARANTEE*

Where the goods have been supplied by the seller & are found to be defective, the seller shall repair, or at their discretion, replace

defective goods free of charge within one year (unless otherwise stated) from the date of delivery, subject to the following conditions:

4.1 The buyer notifying the seller in writing immediately upon the defect becoming apparent.

4.2 The defect being due to faulty design, materials or workmanship of the seller.

4.3 Any goods to be repaired or replaced shall be returned to the seller at the buyer’s expense, if so requested by the seller.

4.4 Where the goods have been manufactured & supplied to the seller by a third-party,

any guarantee granted to the seller in respect of the goods shall be passed on to the buyer.

4.5 The seller shall be entitled at their absolute discretion to refund the price

of the defective goods in the event that such price has already been paid.

4.6 Guarantee excludes product finish, locks, wheels & castors.

4.7 The remedies contained in this clause are without prejudice to the other terms & conditions herein.

5. DELIVERY

Delivery dates are estimates only & the company shall not be liable for any loss or damages resulting from any delay in delivery. In addition we

shall not be liable for any matter which results from any act of God, war or riot, extreme weather, strikes or any other events which are beyond

our control. The company reserves the right to deliver goods by installments, each installment being treated as a separate contract. Goods will

be delivered at the point most convenient to our carrier, usually the goods inwards department or reception on the ground floor. Further transfer

or installation within the purchasers premises, particularly for large or heavy items, must be arranged prior to delivery & will be charged extra.

We can also not take responsibility for deliveries that require pallet trucks or fork lifts to offload from the courier or move the goods

within your premises. All goods must be examined upon receipt & any damage or discrepancy recorded with the carrier.

6. CLAIMS

All goods must be examined upon receipt & any damage or discrepancy recorded with the carrier. The company must be notified in writing of any damage

or incomplete delivery within 3 days of delivery. No claims for shortage or damage will be entertained after a clear receipt has been given to the

carriers. The company will not be liable if this procedure is not followed. Total non delivery due to loss in transit must be notified within 7 days of invoice.

Goods are not sold for any particular purpose, the end user should be responsible for the suitability of the product for use. The company shall not be liable

for any indirect or consequential loss arising out of or in connection with the sale of goods. Any claim is limited to the value of the goods purchased.

7. RETURN OF GOODS

Standard goods will only be accepted for return after prior agreement with us & within 14 days of receipt. A handling

charge may be imposed which will vary dependent on the condition of the goods when returned. Carriage charges

for the outward journey plus the return of standard goods are payable by the purchaser. Bespoke

goods manufactured specially for a customer will not be eligible for return.

8. RESERVATION OF TITLE

Goods supplied will remain the property of ‘the company’ until full payment is received. In the event of sale of these

goods to a third party “the company” reserves title to the proceeds of sale. Responsibility for maintenance

& insurance passes to the purchaser on delivery.

Insulated to 30,000 Volts

Available in 3 to 8 treads

Complete with Tool Tray

Key to Symbols

look out for the these;

We will endeavour to deliver

products showing these symbols

within the shown working days

(quantity & postcode restrictions

apply - orders must also be

received by 11am)

We can also offer a next day

delivery service, for £10, on

products highlighted with

the Next Day Delivery symbol

Look for the EN-14183

& EN-131 symbols for Fort

Steps with accreditation

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre

Swingback & Platform

Stepladders

see pages 456 & 457

manufactured

3YR

GUARANTEE

Look for this symbol

highlighting our quality

UK Manufactured products

Look for this symbol

highlighting products with

a longer guarantee period


Look for the Fort Logo which

depicts our quality British

Manufactured Steps

Denotes where a product

requires some assembly

Premier Storage and Office Solutions

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?